VIDAS and miniVIDAS Service Manual

VIDAS - mini VIDAS Service Manual
ii VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

Warning
Warning
Information in this document is subject to change without notice. Should a
change to this manual become necessary, revision will be performed in
accordance with the applicable bioMrieux Control Procedure and will take
place at the Chapter level. No part of this manual may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopying and recording, for any purpose without express written
permission of bioMrieux S.A.
Trademarks
bioMrieux, the blue logo and VIDAS are used, pending and/or registered
trademarks belonging to bioMrieux S.A. or one of its subsidiaries.
Any other name or trademark is the property of its respective owner.
2011 bioMrieux S.A.

Photos: bioMrieux / bioMrieux S.A. RCS Lyon 673 620 399
Revision History
Version Date Changes
1.0 01/2011 First Edition
VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual iii

Revision History
iv VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

0 VIDAS - mini VIDAS Service Rear Panel Components 21
Manual Bar Code Readers 23
mini VIDAS (Grey and Blue): Internal Printer 23
Warning 0-iii The VIDAS Hardware 2-23
Trademarks 0-iii Configuration Components 24
Revision History 0-iii Hardware 25
Software 25
1 1. How To Use This Manual Consumables 25
Scope of the Manual 1-2 Analytical Module 25
Organization of the Manual 1-3 Microprocessor 26
Layout and Functions of the HTML Service Manual Reagent Strip Tray 26
1-4 Strip Preparation Tray (only concerns VIDAS
The Contents tab 1-4 blue) 27
The Search tab 1-5 SPR Block 28
Typographic Conventions 1-8 Incubator 28
mini VIDAS Keypad 1-8 Bar Code Readers 29
VIDAS 1-9 Detection System 29
Glossary and Abbreviations 1-10 Central Processing Unit 29
Computer Module 29
2 2. General Description UPS 29
Extension Potential 30
Introduction to the VIDAS and mini VIDAS System VIDAS and mini VIDAS Consumables 2-30
2-2 Assay Kit 30
The VIDAS and mini VIDAS System 2-2 Single Reagent Strip 30
mini VIDAS System Description 2-4 Dual Reagent Strip 30
VIDAS System Description 2-5 Reagent Strip Label 31
mini VIDAS Operator Interface 2-7 The SPR 32
VIDAS Operator Interface 2-7 General Characteristics 2-34
Protocols 2-10 mini VIDAS: Characteristics 2-34
Test Description 2-10 Environmental Requirements 34
Antigen Detection 10 Physical Features 34
Antibody Detection 11 Dimensions 34
Analysis Methods 2-11 Physical Space Requirements 34
Single Reagent Strip 12 Sound Level 34
Dual Reagent Strip - Qualitative Assays 13 Mass 35
Quantitative Assays 13 Electrical Requirements 35
System Composition 2-15 Technical Features 35
The mini VIDAS Hardware 2-15 Temperature Control 36
Sections 15 Optics 36
Reagent Strip Tray 15 Test Kit 36
SPR Block 16 VIDAS: Characteristics 2-37
Operating Status Light 16 Environmental Requirements 37
Microprocessor 16 Physical Features 37
Incubators 17 Dimensions 37
Strip Preparation Tray (only concerns mini Space Requirements 37
VIDAS blue) 17 Weight 37
Detection System 18 Sound Level 38
Central Processing Unit 19 Electrical Requirements 38
Keypad and Screen 19 Technical Specifications 38
Internal Printer 21 Temperature Control 38
User Manual 1
Characteristics of Optical Components 39 Configuring the Bar Code Reader 33
Assay Kit 39 Check the Keyboard Language 33
How to use the bar code reader 35
3 3. Installation And Setup Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software 3-36
Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software and
Preliminary Instructions 3-2 Windows XPe Operating System for EN600,
mini VIDAS: Preparations Before Unpacking 3-2 EV0 510, EVO 530 Platforms, from a Migration
VIDAS: Preparations Before Unpacking 3-2 Kit 36
Packing / Unpacking 3-3 Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software and
Unpacking / Packing the mini VIDAS 3-3 Windows XPe Operating system for DC7600
Unpacking 3 Platforms, from a Master DVD 39
Before Packing 4 Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software and
Packing 4 Windows XPe Operating System for DC7700
Appendix 1 8 Platforms, from a Master DVD 40
Unpacking the mini VIDAS (old version) 3-9 Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software and
Unpacking the VIDAS 3-9 Windows XPe Operating System for DC7800
VIDAS PC Software Installation 3-11 Platforms, from a Master DVD 41
Presentation 3-11 Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software and
Introduction 11 Windows XPe Operating System for RP5700
Aim of the Procedure 11 Platforms 42
Installation Checklist 12 Installing the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Software 3-42
Equipment Required 14 Installing the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Software for
Preparing Installation 3-15 EN600, EVO510, EVO530, DC7600, DC7700
Preparation & Cabling for Compaq Deskpro EN and DC7800 Platforms 42
600 Platforms 16 Installing the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Software for
Preparation & Cabling for Compaq Deskpro RP5700 Platforms 44
EVO D510 Platforms 16 Installing the Turkish Language Pack for
Preparation & Cabling for EVO D530 Platforms Windows XPe (only necessary for DC7600
17 and DC7700 platforms) 44
Preparation & Cabling for DC7600 Platforms 19 Installing the Windows XPe Operating System
Preparation & Cabling for DC7700 Platforms 20 and the VIDAS PC 4.6.0 Software (only for
Preparation & Cabling for DC7800 Platforms 21 China) 45
Preparation & Cabling for RP5700 Platforms 22 Configuration 3-48
VIDAS: Bar Code Reader Installation 3-23 Checking the BIOS Parameters 48
Installing the VIDAS PDF Bar Code Reader BIOS (Setup): Boot Device Settings, only for
USB (Ref 99746) 24 Compaq Deskpro EN 600 and EVO D510
Preparing the Bar Code Reader 24 Platforms 49
How to Connect the Bar Code Reader on BIOS (Setup): Boot Device Settings, only for
VIDAS PC 24 EVO D530 Platforms 50
Connecting the Bar Code Reader 24 BIOS (Setup): Boot Device Settings, only for
Connect the Bar Code Reader 25
Switch on the Computer 27 DC7800 Platforms 50
Configuring the Bar Code Reader 27 Selecting the Correct Regional Settings, for All
Check the Keyboard Language 27 Platforms and Countries 53
How to Use the Bar Code Reader 30 Specific Settings to Apply when Changing to
Installing the VIDAS BARCODEREAD Turkish or Polish Languages 56
3800GPDF USB (ref 93628) 30 Selecting the Local Keyboard and the USB PDF
Preparing the Bar Code Reader 30 Bar Code Reader Language for All Platforms
Connecting the Bar Code Reader 31 and All Countries 58
Connect the Bar Code Reader 32 Selecting the Correct Date, Time and Time
Switch on the Computer 32 Zone for All Platforms and All Countries 58
2 User Manual
Creating New Users for All Platforms and All Created Using the "HD Backup/Restore Tool"
Countries 58 (Ref. 93550) 94
Selecting a Default Printer 60 APPENDIX A: DVD Boot Problem on EVO D530
Selecting a Default Printer for the EN600, Platforms 3-95
EVO510 and EVO530 Platforms 60 Introduction 95
Default Printer for the DC7600, DC7700, Procedure 95
DC78000 and RP5700 Platforms 62 APPENDIX B: Procedure for Formatting a CDRW
Using a Validated Printer Different from the / DVD+RW Using the InCD Software 3-96
Initial One (all platforms) 63 APPENDIX C: Non Standard Printer Validation
Programming the Automatic Data Backup (all Sheet 3-99
platforms and all countries) 63 VIDAS System Installation 3-102
Equipment Required 63 Required Tools 3-102
Programming the Data Backup on CDs, DVDs Installation Instructions 3-102
or on the bioMrieux USB Key 63 Preliminary Recommendations: 102
Performing the Data Backup 65 Preliminary Operations: 102
Creating the Data Backup Task (only if Analytical Module Checks: 103
necessary) 65 Optical Check: 103
Checking the VIDAS PC UPS Management for Pipetting Check: 104
All Platforms Except RP5700 68 VIDAS PC - New Protocols Activation 3-107
Enabling the Network (only for DC7600 What To Do? 3-108
platforms) 73 To Modify 3-108
Installation and Configuration of the USB Key VIDAS Switching On and Initialization 3-111
(only for DC7800 and RP5700 platforms and for Run an Optics Check as Follows: 3-112
all countries) 73 Run a QCV Assay 3-114
Activating and Setting BCI RS232 or BCI NET VIDAS: Printer Installation 3-115
Software Programs (only when requested) 78 Installing the HP DeskJet 1100d Printer for VIDAS
BCI RS232 78 PC on Compaq EN600 & D510 Platforms 3-115
Displaying BCI RS232 only in French 79 Procedure 115
BCI NET 79 Installing the HP Laser Jet 1320n Printer 3-124
Stopping LIS Requests with a Demography Changing Computer IP Address 125
Change 80 Installing the Printer 128
Checking the System 3-83 Installing the HP LaserJet 2015dn Printer 3-150
Checking the Data Backup Functionality for All Configure the Computer IP Address 150
Platforms and All Countries 83 Reset and Configure the Printer 153
Checking the Data Restore Functionality for all Configure the Computer IP Address 158
Platforms with a USB Thumb Drive and All Printer Installation 161
Countries for All Platforms and All Countries 84 Specific installation for VIDASPC Platforms 174
Checking the Bar Code Reader Functionality - Set the Printer by Default for All Accounts 176
Bar Code Reader 3800PDF for All Platforms Installing the Lexmark E352dn Printer 3-178
and All Countries 85 Configure the Computer IP Address 179
Checking the Bar Code Reader Functionality - Configure the Printer IP Addresses 182
Bar Code Reader 3800G-PDF 86 Install the Printer 183
Full System Backup 3-86 USB Printer Installation Procedure 194
Creating a Full System Backup Using the "HD Installing the Lexmark E360dn Printer 3-199
Backup/Restore Tool" (Ref. 93550) 87 Configure the Computer IP Address 200
Restoring a Full System Backup Using the Configure the Printer IP Addresses 204
RP5700 DVD Master for All Countries 88 Install the Printer as Default in LAN Mode 205
Creating a Full System Backup Using the USB Printer Installation Procedure 216
RP5700 DVD Master for All Countries 90 PCL5 Compatibility Modification 222
Restoring a Full System Backup Medium VIDAS: Windows XPe Platforms VU04 - Verification
User Manual 3
of Non-Standard Printers 3-226 How to Connect the Bar Code Reader on mini
Purpose 3-226 VIDAS 245
Scope 3-226 Before Installation 245
List of Standard Supported Printers - Reminder Connecting the Bar Code Reader 245
3-226 Configuring the Bar Code Reader 246
Procedure 3-226 mini VIDAS: External Printer 3-247
Getting Up-To-Date Printer Drivers 226 Equipment Required 247
Install the Printer 227 Installing an External Printer 247
Perform Printing Tests with VIDAS PC Software mini VIDAS: Installing Paper in the mini VIDAS
227 Internal Printer 3-248
General Printing Test (portrait orientation in Interfacing the mini VIDAS with a Laboratory
one page) 227 Information System 3-249
Portrait / Landscape and Pagination Printing Test Pattern 249
Test 227 Firmware Updates 3-254
Graphics Printing Test 227 VIDAS Firmware 2.41 3-254
Compare Reports with bioMrieux Validated Scope 254
Printing Samples (Appendices 1, 2, 3) 227 Compatibility 254
Fill Verification Summary Report 228 Purpose 254
Appendix 1 3-228 New Functionality 254
Appendix 2 3-229 Order 255
Appendix 3 3-230 New Scanner Board Firmware 3-255
Appendix 4 3-232 Information 255
mini VIDAS System Installation 3-233 Reason 255
Required Tools 3-233 Compatibility 256
Installation Instructions 3-233 Implementation 256
Preliminary Operations 3-233 Software Updates 3-257
Power Up 3-233 VIDAS and mini VIDAS - VU05Software Update
Language Selection 234 Global Launch 3-257
Keyboard Test 234 Principles of the VU05 Release 257
Printer Test 234 Stakes of the VU05 Release 257
Installation of the External Barcode Wand 235 Purpose and Improvements of the VU05
Air Reading Test 235 Release 258
QCV Test 235 For mini VIDAS 258
Language Selection 235 For VIDAS PC 258
APPENDIX A: mini VIDAS Installation Record Known Anomalies and Their Workaround for
Sheet 3-237 VU05 260
mini VIDAS Software Installation 3-238 VIDAS PC 260
mini VIDAS Switching On and Initialization 3-239 mini VIDAS 260
mini VIDAS: Bar Code Reader Installation 3-243 Implementation of this Software Release 260
mini VIDAS: Installing the MVIDAS PDF Delays 261
BARCODEREADER 3800G, P/N 93629 3-243 Field Implementation, Kit Contents, Software
Preparing the Bar Code Reader 243 Update for mini VIDAS 261
Connect the Bar Code Reader on the mini Field Implementation 261
VIDAS 243 mini VIDAS Software Update to Version
Before Installation 243 R5.3.0 263
Connecting the Bar Code Reader 244 mini VIDAS Kit Contents 264
Configuring the Bar Code Reader 244 Contents of all mini VIDAS Kits (all items
mini VIDAS: Installing the mini VIDAS PDF Bar highlighted in grey are included) 265
Code Reader, ref 99747 3-245 Software Update and Kit Contents for VIDAS
Preparing the bar code reader 245 PC 265
4 User Manual
Update VIDAS PC Software to V4.3.0 265 Particular Cases After VIDAS PC Update 280
Field Implementation 266 VIDAS PC Application Displays an Error
VIDAS Kit Contents: 266 When Starting a Run 280
Contents of All VIDAS PC Kits (all items Solution 283
highlighted in grey are included): 267 The VIDAS PC Application Does Not Trans-
Complaints Handling by the CCMC 267 form Correctly the Letter 'i' in Uppercase (Tur-
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) 268 kish only) 284
Appendix 1 - VU05 Update Troubleshooting Solution 285
Guide 270 Incorrect Labels When Selecting Industry
Information 270 Mode (Turkish only) 286
mini VIDAS 270 Solution 287
VIDAS CC or Text 293
mini VIDAS with Software Version Different
Solution 293
than R5.2.0 270 VIDAS Software Update V4.0.0 to 4.3.0 3-295
Solution 271 Before You Start 295
mini VIDAS with Strange Characters in the
Duration of the Update 296
Calibration Menu 272
Procedure 296
Solution 273
Error Message During MLE Card Reading 273 Once the Update is Complete 297
Solution 274 Troubleshooting 298
Error 2120, 2124, Unexplained, or Menu Not mini VIDAS Software Update V5.2.0 to 5.3.0 3-
Available After Update 274 298
Solution 274 Preliminary Conditions 298
Incorrect Date on Display and On Reports Check the Current Version of the mini VIDAS
Printout (Turkish only) 275 Software 300
Solution 275 Prepare the mini VIDAS for the Update 302
VIDAS PC 275 Update the Software 303
Error Message During MLE Card Reading 275 Powering On and Initialization: 305
Solution 275 Read Assay Update Card Bar Codes 306
Error Messages During VIDAS PC Update To Update an Assay 306
275 To Read a Bar Code 306
VIDAS PC with the Incorrect User Logged 276 Print the Version Number of the Updated
Solution 276 Software 307
VIDAS PC with Incorrect Software Version
Confirmation Mail 309
276
Troubleshooting 311
Solution 277
VIDAS PC with Insufficient Disk Space 277 Data Backup 3-313
Solution 277 VIDAS: Data Backup on USB Thumb Drive 3-
Update Failure with a Non-Blocking Error 313
Message 278 Required Hardware / Software 313
Solution 278 Warnings and Precautions 313
Update Failure with a Blocking Error Message Procedure 314
279 To Secure Data 314
Solution 279 To Copy the Necessary Files Attached to the
Change to Polish or Turkish Language, in USB Thumb Drive 314
Case of Changing to Cp1252 Codepage, After To Remove Useless InCD Software and In-
the Update 279 stall Necessary Fix 314
Solution 280 To Install the USB Thumb Drive 314
No Update Report Prints Out 280 To Setup the Environment for the USB Thumb
Solution 280 Drive 319
The Interface of BCI NT (RS232) Previously in
To Check the Data Backup Functionality 319
French, Turns to English 280
Starting from VIDAS PC DC7800 with Data
Solution 280
User Manual 5
Backup in USB Key 3-320 mini VIDAS Internal Printer 4-19
Information 320 Hardware 20
The USB Key 320 Cable Connections 20
Purpose 320 DIP Switch Settings 21
Product References 321 VIC PC Board Configuration 21
Warnings and Precautions 321 Operating FUJITSU Printer 21
Installation Procedure 321 mini VIDAS Grey: Internal Printer Update (Seiko
Backup and Restore 322 - Fujitsu) 21
Archiving Feature 322 Boards & Schematics 4-23
Instructions 322 mini VIDAS Block Diagram 4-23
Step I - Media Insertion 322 VIDAS Block Diagram 4-24
Step II - Start the Burn Backup 322 mini VIDAS: VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) 4-
Step III (optional) - Compare the Contents of 24
the CD Drive with the USB Key 322
Step IV - Troubleshooting and Solutions 323 Current VIC Board 24
Step V (optional) - Store the Burned Backup Purpose 24
323 Highlights 25
Messages 323 Improvements 25
VIDAS: Recovering or Transferring Data from a Jumper Settings 26
CD/DVD Media into a VIDAS PC with a USB Board Connections 27
Thumb Drive 3-324 Test Points 27
Scope 324 Miscellaneous 28
Procedure to Restore Data from a CD/DVD VIC Board (526700) 29
Media onto a VIDAS Computer Equipped with a LEDs 30
USB Thumb Drive 324 Fuse (see marking in Figure "VIC, P/N
Graphical Guide to Burn Backup 3-326 526700-2 Shown") 30
Standard Jumper Settings 30
4 4. System Composition Test Points 31
Parts of the System 4-2 VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Scanner Board 4-31
Temperature Control System 4-3 VIDAS and mini VIDAS current Scanner Board
mini VIDAS 4 (6200595) 31
VIDAS 4 LEDs 31
Reagent Handling System 4-4 Power Supply: 31
Incubator Serial Communication: 31
Optics 4-6 RS232 Serial Internal Communication: 31
Auto Calibration 4-9 Scanner Cable: 32
VIDAS Scanner Board (VSB) 4-11 Fuse 32
Incubator Board 4-12 Standard Switch and Jumper Settings 32
Bay Interface Board 4-13 Test Points only Used by a Field Service
Motors and Sensors 4-14 Engineer (FSE) 32
mini VIDAS: VIDAS Internal Computer 4-14 Scanner Board 527722 34
mini VIDAS (Grey): Power Supply 4-15 mini VIDAS Settings 34
VIDAS (Grey): Power Supply 4-15 LEDs 34
mini VIDAS and VIDAS (Blue): Power Supply 4- Fuse 34
16 Switch Settings 34
mini VIDAS (Grey and Blue): Keypad Screen 4- Jumper Definitions 35
18 Test Points 35
Evolutions 4-19 Adjustments 35
mini VIDAS: Hardware changes / Internal Printer VIDAS Settings 35
4-19 LEDs 35
mini VIDAS Hardware Modifications 19 Fuse 35
Switch Settings 35
6 User Manual
Standard Jumper Settings 35 VIDAS: Power Supply 527166 52
Multiple VIDAS Configuration 36 PS1 Power Supply 52
Jumper Definitions 36 VIDAS: Wiring Diagram - Power Supply
Test Points 36
Adjustments 36 527166 53
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Incubator Board 4-37 VIDAS: Power Supply 527152 54
# Incubator Board Table Reminder (please refer PS1 Power Supply 54
to Figure "Incubator board P/N 6200594"): 37 VIDAS: Wiring Diagram - Power Supply
LEDs 37 527152 55
Sensors: 37 VIDAS: Vidas Power Supply Board 56
Power Supply: 37 Test Points for Power Supply Board 527724-x
RS232 Internal Serial Communication: 37 56
Heater regulation: 37 Fuses 56
Fuses: 37
Standard Switch Settings: 37
VIDAS: VDE Power Supply 57
Test Points 38
Incubator Board 527720 39
mini VIDAS Settings 40 5 5. Maintenance
Address and Reset Jumper Settings 40 Decontamination and Cleaning 5-2
Switch Settings 40 Routine Decontamination 5-2
Test Points 40 Scanner Head Decontamination 5-3
Fuses 40
LEDs 40 Tool Decontamination 5-3
VIDAS Settings 40 Decontamination of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS
Address and Reset Jumper Settings 40 blue Module 5-3
Switch Settings 41 Cleaning the SPR Block (weekly) 4
Test Points 41 Cleaning the Strip Preparation Tray (monthly) 7
Fuses 41 Cleaning the Reagent Strip Trays (monthly) 8
LEDs 41
Incubator Board 6200594 (see Figure Cleaning the Plastic Trays (monthly or in the
"Incubator board P/N 6200594") 41 event of accidental spills) 10
VIDAS: Incubator Board (527700) 42 Reassembling the Strip Preparation Tray and
Standard Jumper Settings 42 Powering On the Analytical Module 10
Test Points 42 Reassembling the Strip Preparation Tray 10
LEDs 43 Powering On the Analytical Module 11
Bay Interface Board 4-43 Cleaning the mini VIDAS Computer Screen and
Switch Settings 43 Keypad (as required) 11
Jumper Settings 43 Cleaning the Bar Code Reader (as required) 11
mini VIDAS: Fujitsu Thermal Printer 4-44 Decontamination of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS
Switch Settings 45 grey Modules 5-11
mini VIDAS: Keypad 4-45 Cleaning the SPR Block (weekly) 12
mini VIDAS Wiring Diagram 4-47 Cleaning the Reagent Strip Trays (monthly) 14
mini VIDAS: Power Supply 4-48 Cleaning the Plastic Tray (monthly or in the
Power Supply Assy 48 event of accidental spills) 16
Fuse 48 Replacing the Front Panel and Powering On the
mini VIDAS: VIDAS 12 Power Supply Board 48 Analytical Module 17
Test Points 49 Replacing the Front Panel 17
Fuses 49 Powering On the Analytical Module 17
Standard Jumper Settings 50 Cleaning the mini VIDAS Computer Screen and
V12 Power Supply Board Schematic 50 Keypad (as required) 17
VIDAS: Power Supply 4-51 Cleaning the Bar Code Reader (as required) 17
VIDAS: Vidas Power Supply Block Diagram 51 Terminal Setup 5-18
Test Points for Power Supply 527152-x 51 Diagnostics 5-19
User Manual 7
VIDAS / mini VIDAS: Diagnostic Commands for Power Supply Assembly 5-50
VSH and VSB 5-19 mini VIDAS Grey Power Supply 50
Diagnostics Tests 5-20 To Remove the Power Supply Assembly 50
Scanner Test 20 mini VIDAS Blue Power Supply 51
Section Diagnostics 5-20 Fan Replacement 54
Tray Test 21 VIDAS Grey Power Supply 55
Pump Test 21 VIDAS Blue - Power Supply Mounting 56
Tower Test 22 VIDAS and mini VIDAS Grey PS1 57
Tower Preventive Maintenance 23 mini VIDAS Grey Power Supply Board 57
Section Completion 24 VIDAS Grey Power Supply Board 57
Internal Installations 5-25 mini VIDAS and VIDAS Grey Fan 58
Equipment Required 5-25 SPR Door Slide Block 5-58
Outer Covers 5-25 New Door Plunger Ball Nut 58
mini VIDAS Right Trim Mounting 27 Door New Safety Latch 59
VIDAS (Grey and Blue) - Instrument Levelling 5- New Strip Preparation Tray 5-60
29 Assembly 5-61
Incubator Board 5-29 Pump Motor 5-61
To remove an Incubator Board 31 Pump Assembly 5-62
Bay Interface Board 5-32 VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue and ARKRAY New
Scanner Board 5-33 Ballast 64
mini VIDAS: Scanner Board 33 Spare Part Number Involved: 64
VIDAS: Scanner Board 33 Scope 64
Scanner Board 6200595 (see Figure Assembly Procedure for Pump Ballast for
"6200595") 35 VIDAS Blue, mini VIDAS blue and mini VIDAS
Power Supply 5-36 ArkRay 65
mini VIDAS: Power Supply Adjustment 36 VIDAS and mini VIDAS (Blue and Grey) Spring
Power Supply for mini VIDAS Blue (VD6003-1) Retainer Plate Upgrade 67
37 Scope 67
VIDAS: Power Supply 38 Upgrading 67
Power Supply (P/N 527166-X) 38 Spare Part Number 67
Power Supply for VIDAS Blue VD6002-1 39 Reworking Procedure (Optional) 67
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Power Supply / Incubator Tower Screw Pulley Spacer (see Figure
Board Have Changed since the Beginning of Year "Attachment 8") 71
2003 5-40 Tray 5-72
mini VIDAS: VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) Tray Motor Assembly 75
Board 5-41 Tray Motor Assembly Spring 77
mini VIDAS (Grey and Blue): Keypad / Display / Cocked Tray 78
Speaker 5-43 Vidas / mini VIDAS Inter-Tray RFV Adjustment
mini VIDAS (Grey): Keypad / Display / Speaker 79
43 Door / SPR Block 5-79
Installing OPTREX and AND Displays 43 New SPR Block 81
OPTREX Installation 44 Scanner / Carriage VSH 5-83
AND Installation 44 Scanner Head Assembly VD0128 or VD0131
mini VIDAS Blue - Keyboard Holder Mounting (see Figure "Attachment 17" and Figure
46 "Attachment 18") 83
mini VIDAS Blue - New Screen 47 mini VIDAS: Scanner / Carriage Assembly 83
mini VIDAS: Printer / Printer Board 5-48 VIDAS: Scanner / Carriage Assembly 90
To Remove the Thermal Printer 48 Flash Trigger Board Assy Replacement 92
To Remove the Thermal Printer Board 49 Reference 92
mini VIDAS Blue - Printer Assembly 49 Required Tools 93
8 User Manual
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Replacing the Scanner 127
Cable Assembly 96 VIDAS & mini VIDAS Preventive Maintenance
mini VIDAS - Scanner Cable Replacement Procedure 5-127
Over 2 Years Age 96 Introduction 127
VIDAS - Scanner Cable Replacement Over 2 Purpose 127
Years Age 96 Scope 128
Procedure for Replacing the Scanner Cable Note 128
Assembly on VIDAS and mini VIDAS Inst- Reference Documents 128
ruments 96 Materials Required 128
Alignment and Calibration 5-104 Required Parts / Tools 128
Alignment 5-104 Required KITs and PM Replacement Inter-
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Equipment Required vals: 129
104 VIDAS / mini VIDAS - New Preventative Main-
mini VIDAS: Section Setup 104 tenance Kits 129
VIDAS: Section Setup 105 Information 129
Door Sensor on Blue and Grey Systems 106 Highlights 129
Pump Sensor on Blue and Grey systems 108 Kit Part Number, Designation, Contents and
Use 129
Tray Sensor on Blue and Grey Systems 109 Preliminary Recommendations 131
Tower Sensor on Blue and Grey Systems 111 Preventive Maintenance Steps 132
Section Completion on Blue and Grey Systems Decontamination 132
112 General System Overview 132
VIDAS Scanner Head (VSH) 5-113 Scanner Cable Replacement 133
Equipment Required 113 Mechanical Alignments: Checks and Settings
mini VIDAS: Setup 113 134
VIDAS: Setup 114 Pipetting System Check 135
Home Flag 114 Optics Cleaning 136
Solid Standard Bracket 115 Bar Code Reader Check 136
Tray Edge Sensor 115 Optics System Check and Setting 136
Bar Code Reader 117 Optics Calibration 137
Optics Calibration 5-120 Optics Calibration Steps Reminder 137
VIDAS Scanner Head (VSH) 120 System Reboot 138
Equipment Required 120 System Validation 138
Optics Calibration Checks 120 Computer 139
mini VIDAS: To Verify mini VIDAS Optics Peripherals 139
Calibration 121 Electrical Controls 139
VIDAS: To Verify VIDAS Optics Calibration Power Supply Assembly 140
121 Appendix A - Life Data Sheet 141
Optics Calibration Procedure 121 Appendix B- mini VIDAS Preventive
mini VIDAS Setup 121 Maintenance Data Sheet 143
VIDAS Setup 122
Rough Zero Adjustment 122 Appendix C - VIDAS Preventive Maintenance
Gain Adjustment 123 Corporate Data Sheet 143
Final Zero Adjustment 124 VIDAS Grey: Replacing Power Supply Fuse
Extended Range Check 124 Holder 5-144
Auto Calibration Value Storage 125 Scope 144
mini VIDAS: Final Calibration Check 125 Explanation 144
VIDAS: Final Calibration Check 125 Solution 145
Preventative Maintenance 5-127 Specific Cases 145
Appendix B: mini VIDAS / VIDAS Blue New Parts Concerned Instruments 146
Preventive Maintenance Corporate Impacts 5- Part Number to Be Ordered and Tools to Be
User Manual 9
Used 146 Worn Holder of the Section Door / Worn Holder
Procedure 147 of the Dust Cover 65
Bad Adjustment of Pump Block 66
6 6. Troubleshooting Horizontality of the Pump Assy 66
Height of Tower 66
General Troubleshooting 6-2
Pump Ballast 67
mini VIDAS: Front Panel Symptoms 6-2
VIDAS: Power Supply Grounding 6-68
VIDAS: Front Panel Symptoms 6-5
Electronics Troubleshooting 6-73
mini VIDAS: Fuse Panel Removal 6-5
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Error 59 and ESD
VIDAS: Fuse Panel Removal 6-6
(Electro Static Discharge), Problems on Incubator
mini VIDAS: Error Message Alert System 6-7
Board 6-73
VIDAS: Error Message Alert System 6-9
VIDAS / mini VIDAS: Scanner Board Information:
Instrument errors 9
Digipot Break Detection 6-73
mini VIDAS: Error Message Screens 6-10
Review: Failure after Power-Up Sequence or
mini VIDAS: Start Errors 6-11
Self-Calibration 74
mini VIDAS: System Errors 6-12
Printers and Printing Troubleshooting 6-75
VIDAS: System Errors 6-13
VIDAS: Troubleshooting for HP Laser Jet 1320N
Scanner Codes / Errors 6-14
6-75
Section Codes / Errors / Information 6-30
VIDAS: Troubleshooting for HP Deskjet 1100d 6-
mini VIDAS: Section Codes 6-30
75
VIDAS: Section Codes 6-30
VIDAS: Warning on Page Number Print-Out
mini VIDAS: Incubator Status Codes (Errors) 6-
Identification for VIDAS PC (V 4.0.0) only 6-77
31
VIDAS: Printer HP 6122 on EN600 / EVO 510 with
VIDAS: Incubator Status Codes (Errors) 6-35
Windows Xpe 6-77
mini VIDAS / Vidas: System Incubator State
Anomaly Description 77
Codes (Information) 6-38
Anomaly Explanation 77
mini VIDAS: VIC Software Codes/Errors 6-40
Solution 77
User Error Messages and Their Translation String
Procedure 78
Number 6-46
Barcode Reader Troubleshooting 6-90
Fastcodes Menu 6-50
mini VIDAS: PDF Bar Code Reader - Alarm
mini VIDAS: Troubleshooting Protocols 6-50
***Exception 3*** Task # 21 6-90
VIDAS: Troubleshooting Protocols 6-50
Diagnostic Port Use Description 90
mini VIDAS: Test Menu 6-51
"Barcode wand" Not Selected - Consequence
mini VIDAS: Service Menus 6-52
90
mini VIDAS Menu Fast Codes 6-54
Solution 90
Software Troubleshooting 6-56
VIDAS: Windows XPe Platforms V4.0.0 - Bar
mini VIDAS: Software Slowness Problem 6-56
Code Reading Anomaly During PTC Update 6-
VIDAS: Patch Daylight Saving Time (all VIDAS
91
PC) 6-56
Scope 91
Impact of the Anomaly only when the VIDAS PC
Problem 91
is Connected to the LIS 59
Reason 92
Device Troubleshooting 6-61
Solution 92
New SPR block 6-61
Configuration of the PDF Bar Code Reader 92
mini VIDAS (Blue) - Keys Cracked on mini VIDAS
mini VIDAS (Grey) - Blank Screen when
Blue Keypad 6-62
Connecting a New PDF Bar Code Reader 6-93
Problem 62
Anomaly Explanation 93
Solution 64
Restoring the Display - Solving the Anomaly 93
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: VIDAS Reagent Unstuck
mini VIDAS Grey + PDF Bar Code Reader -
Dot (label at the top of the SPR) 6-64
Blank Display Bypass Procedure 93
Section Misaligned 65
Cable Reference 94
10 User Manual
Cable Replacement 94 First Time Use (VIDAS PTC Protocol Data
Network Communication Troubleshooting 6-96 Entry) 4
VIDAS: BCI RS232 Problem when Opening the Performing the Assay 5
BCI RS232 Application 6-96 Results 5
Close Applications 96 Interpretation 6
Stop "Bio-Com Server" Service 96 Solutions 6
Delete Configuration Files 97 Limitations of the Method 6
Delete Temporary Log File 97 VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Quality Control VIDAS
Restart "Bio-Com Server" Service 98 (QCV) 7-7
Open BCI RS232 Software 98 mini VIDAS: QCV Assay 7-7
Configure the BCI Link(s) 99 VIDAS: QCV Assay 7-7
Restart the Link Operation in BCI RS232 Temperature Validation 7-8
Software 100 Purpose & Definition of Terms 7-8
Check the Communication VIDAS PC - BCI Temperature Tolerances of the VIDAS and MINI
RS232: 100 VIDAS Analyzers 8
Reboot the VIDAS PC Computer 101 Trays 8
QCV Troubleshooting 6-102 SPR Blocks 8
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Troubleshooting Materials 7-8
Guideline for QCV Results Out of Range 6-102 Measurement Instrument 8
Introduction 102 Accessories 8
Scope 102 Methodology 7-8
Reminder of QCV (Quality Control VIDAS) 102 Testing the Trays Temperatures 9
The QCV: How Does It Work? 103 Testing the SPR Blocks Temperatures 9
The QCV: When? 103 Results Sheet 7-9
The QCV: Why? 103 VIDAS Pump Tester (Part no. 4530120A) -
The QCV: Performances 103 Procedure for Use 7-11
"QCV Specificity": 103 Introduction 7-11
"QCV Reproducibility": 103 Characteristics 12
Flowchart 104 Technical Characteristics 12
Appendices to the Flowchart 104 Presentation of the VIDAS Pump Tester (VPT) 7-
Appendix 1 104 12
Appendix 2 105 Recommendations for Use 7-14
Appendix 3 105 Testing the Pumps 7-15
Appendix 4 106 Initializing Measurement 18
Appendix 5 107 Cleaning and Decontamination Procedure 7-20
Appendix 6 108 Before Use 20
Appendix 7 110 Each Time the VPT is Decontaminated (every 6
months and before metrological testing or
7 7. Quality Control / Specific Tools / maintenance) 20
Metrology Procedure for Returning the VPT for Metrological
Testing or Maintenance 7-21
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Leak Test 7-2 Pump Tester Verification Date 22
Introduction 7-2 Scope 22
Aim of the Test 7-2 Information 22
Preliminary Instructions 7-2 VIDAS Pump Tube Cleaner 7-23
Principle 2 Introduction 7-23
Warnings and Precautions 3 Specifications 7-24
Storage 3 Technical Specifications 24
Index of Symbols 4 Environmental Specifications 24
Procedure for Use 7-4 Description 7-24
User Manual 11
Operation 7-26 HP Business Inkjet 1100d Printer (C8124A) -
Precautions for Use 26 Specifications and Warranty 8-11
Installation of the Drill Bit on the Motor 26 Specifications and Warranty 11
Cleaning the Pump 28 HP LaserJet 2015dn 8-13
Acceptance Criteria 30 Consumables 13
Additional Procedures 7-31 Warranty 13
Cleaning and Decontamination 31 Cables 8-14
Decontamination of the Sleeve/Drill Bit Null-modem Cable (Ref. 451 1251A) 8-14
Assembly 31 VIDAS PC Host Cable (Ref. 93426) 8-14
Decontamination of the VPCT Tool 31 Fuses 8-15
Decontamination of the Insertion Guide 32 mini VIDAS Fuses List 8-15
Battery Replacement 32 Pinout Serial to IF Terminal (Ref. 186009-1) 8-15
Repair 33
VIDAS Alignment Tool - Procedure for Use and 9 9. Optional bioMrieux Equipment
Realignment 7-34
VIDAS Heat And Go - INDUSTRY 9-2
Using the VIDAS Alignment Tool 7-34
What is the VIDAS Heat And Go? 9-2
Introduction 34
Product references 4
Presentation of VIDAS Alignment Tool 7-35
CD User Manual VIDAS Heat And Go P/N
Precautions for Use 36
93557 4
Checking Alignment 36
Accessories and Consumables 4
Cleaning and Decontamination Procedure 40
Contacts for Technical Support Assistance 9-4
Before Use 40
Training and Installation 9-5
After Use 41
MOVEX Codification 5
Realignment 7-41
WTO - Where to Order Document 9-6
Prerequisite 41
Warranty 9-6
Introduction 41
Spare Parts 9-7
Checking Slide Block Alignment 42
Metrology 9-7
Checking Tower Phasing 44
Preventative Maintenance 9-7
Correcting Left/Right Misalignment 44
Temperature Verification 9-7
After Correcting Left/Right Misalignment 45
Tools 7
After the Ball Plunger has been Verified/Adju-
Method 7
sted 45
Troubleshooting 9-7
Correcting In/Out Misalignment 46
Appendix 1 9-8
QCV After Realignment 48
Table of Spare Parts 7-48
VIDAS Inter-Tray RFV Adjustment 7-50
8 8. Spare Parts And Consumables

Spare Parts Compatibility And Accessories 8-2
mini VIDAS and VIDAS (Grey and Blue) - Spare
Parts Compatibility Table 8-2
Printers 8-8
LEXMARK Consumables References 8-8
Scope 8
Information 8
HP 1320 Specifications and Consumables 8-9
HP Laser Jet 1320n Specifications 9
Warranty 11
Consumables 11
12 User Manual
1. How To Use This Manual
1 1. How To Use This Manual

Scope of the Manual
Organization of the Manual
Typographic Conventions
Layout and Functions of the HTML Service Manual
Glossary and Abbreviations
VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual 1-1

Scope of the Manual
Scope of the Manual

This manual is for use by bioMrieux Field Service Engineers and factory
trained Biomedical Engineers to assist in the troubleshooting and repair of the
VIDAS and mini VIDAS system. Every effort has been made to ensure that
the information contained in this manual is complete and accurate. All
calibration and adjustment procedures used in this manual are adapted
directly from current Engineering documentation or manufacturers' supplied
documentation.
This Service Manual contains information on the operation, installation,
maintenance, and repair of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS. This information is
intended to provide an understanding of how these instruments perform,
possible causes of malfunctions, and how to isolate and correct performance
problems.
1-2 VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual


The information in the manual is organized among eight chapters, arranged
so that the information you need first is in the beginning of the manual.
Information required for maintenance after the system is operating, is found in
later chapters. The following is a brief outline of what you will find:
Chapter One: How to use this manual - This chapter explains how the
manual is organized and how to use the manual.
Chapter Two: General Description - Use this chapter to familiarize yourself
with the VIDAS and mini VIDAS hardware and the basic parts of the
software system. This chapter describes the Reagent Strips and other
parts of the assay kits you use with the system.
Chapter Three: Installation and Setup - This chapter is a complete guide
for the installation and setup of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS. It begins with
the unpacking of the instrument and proceeds through its power up,
configuration and software installation. This chapter also contains
environmental, space, and electrical requirements, along with instructions
for connecting external options.
Chapter Four: System Composition - This chapter describes the systems
and their components, peripherals and their operation. It contains the
descriptions of the boards and major subassemblies.
Chapter Five: Maintenance - This chapter contains several different types
of procedures, for decontamination and cleaning, mechanical and
electronic alignment and calibration of subassemblies in the systems. This
chapter also describes the error reporting system, the error messages you
will see, and how to respond to error conditions. This chapter also
describes how to perform Preventive Maintenance on the VIDAS and mini
VIDAS, and provides a checklist that can be used for recordkeeping. This
chapter describes It also describes how to remove and install the
subassemblies that you may encounter during repair of the VIDAS and
mini VIDAS.
Chapter Six: Troubleshooting - This chapter contains instructions and
procedures to solve hardware and software related errors and
malfunctions on the systems.
Chapter Seven: Quality Control / Specific Tools / Metrology - This chapter
contains procedures for performing various Quality Control Tests using
specific tools and procedures.
Chapter Eight: Spare parts and consumables - This chapter describes all
parts and materials used with the systems and their compatibility. All
reference numbers can be found for re-ordering parts.
Chapter Nine: Optional BioMrieux equipment - This chapter describes
optional devices and equipment available from BioMrieux.
Following these chapters are appendices listing procedures for
decontamination and routine cleaning; board layouts and schematics. You
will also find a glossary of terms in the back of the manual.


The electronic HTML service manual for VIDAS and mini VIDAS uses
standard internet browsers for display.
The general layout of the HTML service manual is displayed below.
Figure HTML service manual displayed in an internet browser
A Internet browser functions
B Contents tab
C Search tab
D Table of contents for navigation within the HTML service manual
E Field to enter search text
F Click on this icon to display copyright and version information
G Manual content
The Contents tab

The Contents tab shows the complete table of contents of the HTML service
manual and can be used to browse through the content.

Figure Contents tab
Contents tab not active. Click this button to display

the Contents tab.
Contents tab is displayed.
Click this button to hide the Contents (or Search)

tab.
Closed chapter or subchapter. Click to open.
Opened chapter or subchapter showing its contents

below in the content tree.
Topic without further subchapters. Click to display

the content.
The Search tab

The Search tab allows a full text search within the HTML service manual
contents.

Figure Search tab
Search tab not active. Click this button to display

the Search tab.
Search tab is displayed.
Click this button to hide the Contents (or Search)

tab.
Text field Enter your search text here.
Click this button to start the search.
Highlight search Enable this option to highlight the matching search

results text in the manual content.
Search results per Enter here the number of search results displayed
page on one result page below.
Title Headline of the chapter containing the search term.
Rank Relevance of search result (1-99).

1, 2, 3, ... Search results pages.
<<, >> Proceed to previous / next page of search results.

Following are the terms and visual cues used in this manual to aid in your
understanding of the procedures.
DANGER
DANGER (red) indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. This signal word is to
be limited to the most extreme situations.
WARNING
WARNING (orange) indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION (yellow) indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE (blue) indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not
avoided, may result in property damage.
NOTE: Symbol calls attention to especially useful information or

instructions.
mini VIDAS Keypad

There are 24 keys on the mini VIDAS Keypad. They are divided among five
groups, according to the function:
or Return key.
Number keys. A standard set of digits, as you would find on a calculator. In
referring to these keys, we use their general name in bold type: 1
Function keys. Three keys with specially programmed functions. In
procedures, these keys are referred to by their individual names, in bold
type. For example:
press Previous Screen to return to the menu.
Arrow keys. Four keys used to move the cursor on some screens. The
arrow keys are referenced by their direction, in bold type: UP, DOWN,
LEFT, and RIGHT.
Selection keys. Five keys used to select options from the screen. The
selection keys are used most often in the operation of the system. The
manual therefore uses special conventions for them.
An operation involving a selection key always begins with "Select." Contrast
this with the other keys, where we use the word "press."

The use of a selection key is always associated with a selection option

displayed on the screen.
A selection reference specifically by name appears in bold type. For example:
Select: Utility Menu on the Main Menu.
A selection referenced as a general category appears in normal type. For
example:
Select Section A to halt.
Commands. From time to time, this manual will instruct you to enter a
command on an external keyboard. An operation involving a command
will appear in bold type. For example:
Type motor pump and press ENTER.
press <Ctrl X>.
VIDAS
The following data entry instructions are used throughout this manual:
ENTER key. An instruction to use this key ALWAYS takes the form: press
ENTER.
NOTE: On some keyboards, this key may be labeled RETURN.
Function keys. Function keys include all control keys, the ESCAPE key,
the CONTROL key and the SHIFT key. They are capitalized and appear
as: press CTRL U.
Data Entry. Data entered into the system via the keyboard is ALWAYS
shown in bold. Instructions for making a data entry begin with "type" and
conclude with "press ENTER."
An operation involving a selection always begins with "Select." Single-key
entries may not require pressing ENTER. Such entries begin with "press",
such as: press Q.
Commands. From time to time, this manual will instruct you to enter a
command on an external keyboard. An operation involving a command
will appear in bold type.
For example: Type motor pump and press ENTER.
press <Ctrl X>.


Abbreviation / Symbol Description
"..." Command typed
Space to type
'...' Message displayed
<...> Action on one key
A,B Section A and B for mini VIDAS
BCI Bidirectional Communication Interface
A,B,C,D,E For VIDAS
BR Big Range
CCMC Customer Complaint Management Center
DP Digital Potentiometer
ESD ElectroStatic Discharge
FSE Field Service Engineer
FW Firmware
GCS Global Customer Service
HW Hardware
mean TP1AB(CDE) tray mean (RFU) with calibrator.strips for section A, B (C, D, E)
mean TP1X tray mean (RFU) with calibrator.strips for section X = A or B or C or D or E
NA Not Applicable
OPT Liquid Calibrator
OPTST Reference value displayed on the OPT bag
PC PC software version
PM Preventive Maintenance
PTV Pump Tester Value
QCV Quality Control Vidas
RFU Relative Fluorescence Unit
RFV Relative Fluorescence Value
SM Service Manual
Solid STD Solid STandarD
SR Small Range

Abbreviation / Symbol Description
SW Software
TN Technical Note
TP1 Read Test
VAC Volt Alternative Current
VDC Volt Direct Current
VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Laboratory "Electronic German

Engineer association")
Vid PC Vidas PC


2. General Description
1 2. General Description
Introduction to the VIDAS and mini VIDAS System
System Composition
General Characteristics

The VIDAS and mini VIDAS System

The VIDAS and mini VIDAS provide self-contained, complete immunoassay
automation. Using predispensed disposable Reagent Strips and specially
coated Solid Phase Receptacles (SPRs), the VIDAS and mini VIDAS can
pipette, mix, incubate, control, and analyze samples, without user
intervention. The detection system uses Enzyme Linked Fluorescent Assay
(ELFA) technology, and a fluorescence optical system to read the results of
each test.
The mini VIDAS module (see Figure "mini VIDAS Blue and Grey") is
controlled by the VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) and the VIDAS module (see
Figure "VIDAS Blue and Grey") by an external computer, using menu driven
software to transmit the test protocols to be run based on user input. The
VIDAS and mini VIDAS performs the assay (test) requested. Test results are
transmitted to the computer to be analyzed and printed.
The VIDAS and mini VIDAS are complete, stand-alone immunodiagnostic
systems.
Figure mini VIDAS Blue and Grey

Figure VIDAS Blue and Grey

mini VIDAS System Description

The mini VIDAS module consists of a built-in computer, display, printer and
keypad.
The mini VIDAS module also contains two independent sections, an optical
scanner, and a controlling microprocessor. Each section (labeled A and B)
can process six single or three dual Reagent Strips for a maximum capacity
of twelve tests.
The mini VIDAS electronics consists of the VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC),
one system controller, and two identical section controllers. Firmware on
these two microprocessor based boards provides a high degree of
programmability and fault tolerance to section failures in the instrument. The
system controller (Scanner Board) provides the interface between the VIC
and section controllers. The VIC provides complete internal computing
capability and controls all aspects of mini VIDAS operations. Protocols and
other information for processing assays are transmitted from the VIC to the
system controller and then to the needed section controllers. The system
controller also interfaces to the bar code reader and optical system,
positioning the optics for data acquisition of the fluorescence signals as
required.
Each section contains an incubation system, pipetting device, control motors
and a microprocessor, which allow it to run independently. The
microprocessor in each section translates the computer encoded test
protocols into the specific actions required to process a reagent strip. If a
section experiences a mechanical failure, the operator can disable it, allowing
the other section to continue.
A green Light Emitting Diode (LED) above the Solid Phase Receptacle (SPR)
compartment door of each Section (see Figure "mini VIDAS Blue Front
View") indicates its operating status as follows:
OFF: The section is idle
ON: A test is in progress
FLASHING: The tests in that section are finished and the reagent strips
and SPRs should be removed

The keypad and display provide the communication link for the user to VIC.
The keys on the keypad are almost completely flat, and when depressed
produce a "click" that can be heard and felt. The display is a Liquid Crystal
type, providing all communications from the internal computer.
Figure mini VIDAS Blue Front View
Figure mini VIDAS Front View
VIDAS System Description

The complete VIDAS system has one or more VIDAS modules, Computer,
Printer and Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS). The VIDAS module
contains five independent sections, an optical scanner, and a controlling

microprocessor. Each section (labeled A, B, C, D, and E) can process six

single, or three dual, Reagent Strips for a maximum capacity of thirty tests.
Figure VIDAS Blue Module
Figure VIDAS Module
The VIDAS electronics consist of one system controller and five identical
section controllers. Firmware on these six microprocessor based boards
provides a high degree of programmability and fault tolerance to section
failures in the instrument. The system controller provides the interface
between the Computer and the VIDAS. Protocols and other information for
processing assays are transmitted from the Computer to the system
controller and then to the needed section controllers. The system controller
also interfaces to the bar code reader and optical system, positioning the
optics for data acquisition of the fluorescence signals as required.
Each section contains an incubation system, pipetting device, control motors
and a microprocessor, which allow it to run independently. The
microprocessor in each section translates the computer encoded test
protocols into the specific actions required to process a reagent strip. If a
section experiences a mechanical failure, the operator can disable it allowing
the other four sections to continue.

A Green Light Emitting Diode (LED) above the Solid Phase Receptacle
(SPR) compartment door of each Section indicates its operating status as
follows:
OFF: The section is idle.
ON: A test is in progress.
FLASHING: The test(s) in that section are finished and the reagent strips
and SPRs should be removed.
An Amber LED power light (later production units) located at the upper left
end of the instrument, above Section A, indicates power is ON to the VIDAS
Module.
mini VIDAS Operator Interface

All operator interfaces to the mini VIDAS is provided through menu-driven
software residing in the VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC). The operator
accesses the software through the Keypad Screen on the front of the mini
VIDAS.
The operator places a specimen in the sample well of each reagent strip and
then inserts the strip(s) into the instrument. SPRs are loaded into the SPR
compartment above each strip. Assays using the same protocol can be
placed in the same section of the instrument, as data handling and reports
will treat the samples individually upon completion.
When an operator wants to process one or more specimens, the first task is
to select Start a Section from the Main Menu. The screen displays a choice of
available options Section A, Section B, or All Sections. The operator then
selects the desired Section or All Sections and indicates their identification
number. The mini VIDAS will perform the requested tests unattended. This is
also known as a LOAD and GO Run, and does not require sample IDs,
standards or controls (standards and controls entered previously).
A built-in Bar Code Scanner verifies correct placement of reagent strips in
each section. If the wrong type reagent strips have been placed in a section,
processing of that section will be halted and the operator warned. If this QC
check is successful, the processing protocol is carried out under control of the
microprocessors in the mini VIDAS. Upon completion of the test, results are
transmitted to the VIC for data analysis and a report is printed. Should an
error occur during the test, a warning is displayed on the screen and printed
out on the test report.
See the mini VIDAS User's Manual for additional information on performing
tests.
VIDAS Operator Interface

All operator interfaces to the VIDAS is provided through menu driven
software residing in the Computer. When an operator wants to process one or
more specimens, the first task is to click on the Loading Menu from the Main
Menu, indicating the types and number of assays to be run in the Sample
Input Area, with the option Reserve selected, and then click on the (Create
box icon) or F10. In the Predefined Section List of the Display of the Analysis
Request the screen displays the virtual placement of assays attached to a
work list number. Reserve the section by clicking in the square containing the

number of the working list (screen shot), and then access to the Loading Plan
by clicking on the tool bar the concerned module to load the samples in the
correct position. Assays using the same protocol can be placed in the same
section of the instrument, as data handling and reports will treat the samples
individually upon completion.
The operator places a specimen in the sample well of each reagent strip and
then inserts the strip(s) into the instrument per the work list sequence (see
Figure "Illustration of Operator Interface Workflow" for workflow). SPR's are
loaded into the SPR compartment above each strip. On the Loading Plan
menu you can either start one section or all reserved sections at the same
time. The VIDAS will perform the requested tests unattended.
A built in Bar Code Scanner verifies correct placement of reagent strips in
each section. If the wrong type reagent strips have been placed in a section,
processing of that section will be halted and the operator warned. If this QC
check is successful, the processing protocol is carried out under control of the
microprocessors in the VIDAS. Upon completion of the test, results are
transmitted to the Computer for data analysis and a report is printed. Should
an error occur during the test, a warning is displayed on the screen and
printed out on the test report.
See the VIDAS Procedure and Reference Manuals for additional information
on running assays. At times in this Service Manual, you will be required to run
an assay. Specific instructions will be given as needed.
Figure Illustration of Operator Interface Workflow


Protocols
A protocol is the set of instructions used by the VIDAS and mini VIDAS to run
an assay. It defines the sequence of fluid manipulations and fluorescence
readings, along with mechanical functions of the section during an assay.
Protocols for the assays used on the system are automatically stored in the
computer memory. As new assays and protocols are developed, the
customer will receive the new reagent kit together with a new Package Insert.
The Package Insert has the new Protocol available in the last page, as a 1.5
bar code, to be read using the external bar code wand. Updates to protocols
are loaded into the computer. When the VIDAS logs onto the computer and
the mini VIDAS logs onto the VIC, it sends a command to download the
protocol set, as needed. The transmitted protocol set is stored in memory on
the Scanner Board.
When tests are run, the required protocol is sent from the Scanner
microprocessor to the microprocessor in the section in which the tests are
being run. In each of the two sections in the mini VIDAS or the five sections of
the VIDAS the reagent tray and SPR block interact in response to the
protocol of the assay being run. This means that all six positions within a
section will follow the same protocol. Therefore, all tests run in a particular
section must use the same protocol. Some VIDAS and mini VIDAS assays
use the same protocols and may occupy the same section on the instrument.
The VIDAS or mini VIDAS will automatically alert the user that assays are not
compatible.
See the VIDAS or mini VIDAS User's Manual for additional information.
Test Description
Antigen Detection
A detailed description of an Antigen Detection Assay appears in Figure
"Antigen detection".
A SPR coated with capture antibody is used.
The sample is pipetted in and out of the SPR, binding the target organism
to the inside the SPR.
A well containing a wash solution moves under the SPR. The wash is
pipetted, removing any unbound sample.
The next reagent contains an enzyme-conjugated antibody for the target
organism. The antibody binds to the target organism forming a
sandwich.
Another wash cycle removes any unbound tagged antibody.
Substrate is pipetted and the sample breaks down into subcomponents
that fluoresce.
The sample is then pipetted into an optical cuvette, where a photodiode
reads the fluorescence.
The result is calculated by an analysis routine.
Figure Antigen detection

Antibody Detection
The only difference in an antibody detection assay is that the SPR is coated
with a capture antigen. The result is calculated by an analysis routine.
Analysis Methods
The VIDAS and mini VIDAS use several different methods to calculate
results. Three basic categories of analysis methods are:
Patient (Test) to Standard A comparison of the Relative Fluorescence Value (RFV) of the test sample
to that of a standard. This met od is used in Single Reagent Strip qualitative,
and most semiquantitative assays.
Patient (Test) to Reference A comparison of the RFV of the test sample to that of a reference blank.
This method is used in Dual Reagent Strip qualitative assays.

Curve Fitting Equations The RFV of a test sample is mathematically placed on a Calibration Curve.
This method is used for all quantitative and some semi-quantitative assays.
The following terms are used in the discussion of analysis methods:
Background The reading of the fluorescence of the substrate in the optical cuvette. This
reading is taken during the bar code processing phase of a run.
RFV Relative Fluorescence Value. This is the fluorescence reading of a Reagent

Strip minus the Background.
Reference The second strip of a Dual Reagent Strip. It lacks the reaction ingredient that
forms a fluorescent product.
Standard Qualitative and semi-quantitative assays.

A solution of known RFV to which the RFV of a test sample is compared.
Quantitative assay.
A solution with a known concentration of analyte that is used to calibrate
a standard curve.
Test Value The quantity calculated by the analysis method in qualitative and
semiquantitative assays. The test value is compared to a set of thresholds in
the software to generate the assay result.
Threshold Experimentally determined Test Values for qualitative and semiquantitative

assays that translate the Test Value into a clinically significant Result.
Results Positive A significant level of analyte is present in the test sample.
Negative A significant level of analyte is not present in the test

sample.
Equivocal The result falls in a zone between Positive and Negative.

The test value obtained is close to both Positive and
Negative results. The test should be rerun.
Single Reagent Strip

Single Reagent Strip assays are calibrated using a standard supplied with the
assay kit.
The standard should be run the first time the assay kit lot is used. The
software maintains the standard result for 14 days, at which time it
automatically expires, requiring the standard be rerun.
Two analysis methods are for Single Reagent Strips qualitative assays: The
P/S method and the P-S method. The P stands for the RFV of the test sample
and the S stands for the RFV of a standard.
In the P/S method, the ratio of the test sample RFV to the standard RFV is
calculated, giving the Test Value.
Example: RFV (sample) = 2158 Test Value = 2158 2177 = 0.99
RFV (standard) = 2177

In the P-S method, the test value is calculated from the difference between
the test sample RFV and the standard RFV.
Example: RFV (sample) = 1774
RFV (standard) =1689
Test Value = 1774 - 1689 = 85
In both the P/S and P-S methods, the Test Value is compared to pre-
established high and low thresholds stored in the computer for the assay
type. The assay result is determined as follows:
If the Test Value is The Result is
> High threshold Positive
< High and > Low threshold Equivocal
< Low threshold Negative
Dual Reagent Strip - Qualitative Assays

Dual Reagent Strips assays do not require separate calibration standards.
The reference strip serves the same purpose. For qualitative assays, two
methods of analysis are used: The P/N method and the P-N method. The P
stands for the RFV of the test sample, and the N stands for the RFV of a
reference.
In the P/N method, the ratio of the test sample RFV to the reference RFV is
calculated, giving the Test Value.
Example: RFV (sample) = 2158 Test Value = 2158 2177 = 0.99
RFV (standard) = 2177
In the P-N method, the test value is calculated from the difference between
the test sample RFV and the reference RFV.
Example: RFV (sample) = 1774
RFV (standard) =1689
Test Value = 1774 - 1689 = 85
In both the P/N and P-N methods, the Test Value is compared to pre-
established high and low thresholds stored in the computer for the assay
type. The assay result is determined as follows:
If the Test Value is The Result is
> High threshold Positive
< High and > Low threshold Equivocal
< Low threshold Negative
Quantitative Assays
Quantitative VIDAS and mini VIDAS assays use a Calibration Curve to
determine analyte concentrations in test samples. The basic steps required to
run quantitative assays are:

Enter the Master Lot Data for the Calibration Curve into the system. A
Master Lot Data card is supplied with the assay kit and is applicable for all
tests run using that particular assay kit lot.
Run the calibration standards supplied with the assay kit to adjust the
Calibration Curve to the VIDAS or mini VIDAS.
Run the test samples.
NOTE: Although standards can be run after the test samples have been
completed, it is recommended that they be run either before or with
test samples. Also if there are two standards, both must be run at
the same time.

System Composition
System Composition
The mini VIDAS Hardware

The mini VIDAS is a completely self-contained unit, intended for use with
VIDAS assay kits.
The hardware contains the following elements:
Space to insert up to 12 single or 6 dual reagent strips.
A fluorometric optical system.
A mechanical system that processes the tests.
An incubation system to maintain all components at required
temperatures.
A central processing unit to control the entire mini VIDAS.
A keypad and screen.
A thermal printer.
A strip preparation tray which is used to prepare reagent strips when
assays are already running (only concerns mini VIDAS blue).
A bar code reader to read encoded information from the reagent strip label
and Master Lot Data Cards.
Sections
The analytical portion of the mini VIDAS contains two compartments called
"Sections."
Labeled A and B, the sections operate independently, allowing a variety of
tests to be run on the mini VIDAS at the same time.
Reagent Strip Tray

On the lower portion of each section, a plastic dust cover can be lifted to
reveal the reagent strip tray. The tray, shown in the figure below, consists of
six channels into which you can slide a reagent strip. Each of the six channels
constitutes a position in the section. You can insert up to six single, or three
dual reagent strips for a combined capacity of up to 12 tests. The tray is
pulled into the instrument during processing.

System Composition
Figure Reagent strip tray
The strip tray is also used to automatically enter the MLE card.
SPR Block
The upper portion of a section has a door that pulls down to reveal the SPR
block. The main feature of this compartment is the six-position SPR block,
used to hold the SPRs, or Solid Phase Receptacles.
The six positions of the block correspond to the six positions in the reagent
strip tray. During processing, the SPR block and SPR form a pipetting system
that is used in the various steps of the assay process.
Figure SPR block
Operating Status Light

A small light above the SPR block door indicates the operating status of each
section. When the section is running a test, the light is on; when the light is
off, the section is idle. A flashing light indicates that the tests in that section
are completed, and that the reagent strips and SPRs should be removed.
Microprocessor
In addition to the central processing unit, each section of the mini VIDAS
contains its own microprocessor. This unit is responsible for storing and

System Composition
operating the assay protocols. A protocol is a series of commands that

include the mixing of reagents, washing steps, and optical readings. It allows
the mini VIDAS to perform a completely automated assay.
Incubators
The assays used in the mini VIDAS require temperature control. Two
systems control temperature, one in the reagent strip tray and the other in the
SPR block.
Strip Preparation Tray (only concerns mini VIDAS blue)

A retractable strip preparation tray is located under each reagent strip tray.
Figure Strip preparation tray closed
Figure Opening the strip preparation tray

System Composition
Figure Reagent strips placed on the strip preparation tray
Figure Reagent strips placed on the strip preparation tray with its boat
Detection System
The mini VIDAS uses a fluorometric scanner as the detection system.
The scanner is mounted on a mechanical device that permits it to be used for
both sections.

System Composition
The mini VIDAS detects chemical changes in the specialized optical cuvette
mounted at the end of every reagent strip. Figure "Optical cuvette on a
reagent strip" shows the position of the optical cuvette in a typical reagent
strip.
Figure Optical cuvette on a reagent strip
Central Processing Unit

The central processing unit controls all aspects of mini VIDAS operations,
including data analysis, and control of the mechanical and optical systems.
Keypad and Screen

The keys on the mini VIDAS console are almost completely flat. They are
used to enter information which is taken directly into account when the key is
pressed. The screen is a liquid crystal type. It conveys all communications
from the onboard computer.
Immediately to the right of the screen are five touch keys that are used to
select items presented on the screen.
Figure mini VIDAS blue keypad and screen

System Composition
Figure mini VIDAS Grey keypad and screen
Ref. Description
1 Display screen
This is where all instructions and messages for operating the mini VIDAS are displayed.
2 Option selection keys

These five keys are used to select one of up to five options that can appear on the display screen.
The options are displayed on the screen opposite the keys (which are black in the manual) used
to select them.
3 Numeric keypad
These keys are used to input numbers into the mini VIDAS, and, in some cases, to make input
selections. They include the ten digits, 0 - 9, a decimal point, and an <ENTER> key.

System Composition
Ref. Description
4 Function keys
These three keys perform specific functions in the mini VIDAS.
The key represented by a question mark <?> is the help key.

Press this key once to display information for the screen on which you
are working, to view an error after a sound signal has been emitted
and/or a flashing screen (see the Configuration Menu).
Press this key twice for a Help Mode Screen that provides the
following: print screen, mini VIDAS status, information, assay
compatibility list. This key is also used to display error messages.
This key is used to return to the previous screen during a procedure It

can be used to return to a particular menu or to correct a selection
error.
The <UNDO> key is used to undo a keypad input. In some cases it

deletes the last input and returns you to the previous operation.
5 Arrow keys
These keys are used to move the cursor on certain screens.
The <>and <> keys are also used to page the display screen, that is, to show a second or third
page of output that does not fit on one screen.
Internal Printer
The mini VIDAS includes an internally mounted thermal printer. The printer is
located on the top of the mini VIDAS, directly above the keypad and screen.
Rear Panel Components

The rear panel of the mini VIDAS contains several important hardware
components. The location of these components is shown in the figure below.

System Composition
Figure mini VIDAS rear panel
Ref. Description
1 Memory card slot

This slot is the receptacle for the mini VIDAS software update cards.
A memory card is sent to you to perform updates of the mini VIDAS software when required.
This recyclable card must be returned to bioMrieux SA or their local representative after your
mini VIDAS has been upgraded.
2 Diagnostic port
This cable connection is used to troubleshoot the mini VIDAS and is not part of normal operation.
This cable connection can be used if problems occur with the instrument. If necessary, it will be
used by a bioMrieux service technician.
This cable connection is also used to connect the bar code reader. Please read carefully chapter
"mini VIDAS: Bar Code Reader Installation" before plugging anything.
3 Computer port
This cable connection can be used to connect the mini VIDAS to a computer.
Assay results are then sent to that computer via this connection.
This cable connection is also used to connect a Laboratory Information System (LIS) to have an
unidirectional communication interface to upload the results. Read the "Connectivity Service
Manual" to get more details.
4 Printer port
This cable connection can be used to connect the mini VIDAS to a matrix parallel printer.
A parallel / Centronix-type cable and a printer are therefore required.

System Composition
Ref. Description
5 AC power connection
This section of the rear panel contains the hardware for connecting the mini VIDAS to an AC
power source. It includes:
ON/OFF switch.
Receptacle for an AC power cord.
Fuse compartment.
Bar Code Readers

There are 2 readers:
A hand-held bar code reader is included in the mini VIDAS configuration.
It is used to:
read the bar codes of certain reagents before they are used. The
procedure for using these reagents is described in "Instructions for
use" in the package insert.
enter the sample ID and read MLE cards.
A bar code reader inside the instrument enables identification of the
reagent strips and reading of the MLE card.
mini VIDAS (Grey and Blue): Internal Printer

The mini VIDAS includes an internally mounted Fujitsu Thermal Printer. The
thermal printer, located on top of the Keypad/Screen assembly, is the default
printer. All results for assays will print on this printer. An option is provided to
connect an external printer to the mini VIDAS. Older mini VIDAS (Grey) have
a Seiko Thermal Printer.
The VIDAS Hardware

VIDAS is a compact automated multiparametric immunoanalyzer including:
the VIDAS analytical module divided into five independent sections each
containing six assays with compatible protocols,
the VIDAS PC software allowing up to two VIDAS modules to be operated,
the reagents presented in kits of 60, 30 or 10 unit tests including:
the SPRs and reagent strips,
the additional consumables required: standard, control(s), solvent,
the factory calibration data provided in the form of a bar code (MLE
card),
the package insert.
The basic VIDAS workflow steps consist of:

creating predefined sections,
performing calibrations and controls,
running assays.
VIDAS offers routine batch or random access (mixed) testing for:

System Composition
serology,
immunochemistry,
antigen detection,
industrial microbiology,
immunohemostasis.
The combination of two original concepts, sectioned architecture and single-

dose reagents (SPR/Reagent Strip), offers:
reliable results,
ease-of-use,
rapid analysis results.
VIDAS stands for: Vitek Immuno Diagnostic Assay System.

The technology used, which is adaptable to a wide range of assays,
combines the EIA method with a final fluorescence reading: this technology is
known as ELFA (Enzyme Linked Fluorescent Assay).
The enzyme used in the VIDAS range is alkaline phosphatase.
The substrate is 4-methyl umbelliferyl phosphate (4-MUP) hydrolyzed into 4-
methyl umbelliferone. Umbelliferone fluoresces at 450 nm after excitation at
370 nm.
Configuration Components
Figure Configuration components (example)

System Composition
The VIDAS can be divided into three categories of components:

hardware,
software,
consumables.
Hardware
VIDAS consists of:
One or 2 analytical modules, each containing 5 sections of 6 positions
each (capacity to process over 200 samples per day).
A computer system offering data management, result storage and
bidirectional interface with the laboratory information system. This system
consists of:
a computer,
a screen,
a bar code reader,
a printer.
Software
The software is multi-task and provides for:
entry of patient data and assays,
storage of calibrations in memory,
display and validation of results,
system operation and self-tests,
management of patient records,
management of the uni- or bidirectional interface (optional).
Consumables
Assay kit (60, 30 or 10 tests).
Analytical Module
30 tests can be performed simultaneously: 5 sections (A, B, C, D, E)
containing 6 positions each. Each section is microprocessor-controlled and
consists of:
a transport tray for reagent strips,
a pipetting system,
a SPR block for pipetting,
an incubation system.
Each section operates independently, enabling the analytical module to
handle a wide range of tests at one time.
An indicator light on each section shows the current status.
The indicator light is on when a section is performing an assay.
The indicator light flashes when the assays are completed.
The indicator light goes off when the reagent strips and SPRs are
unloaded.

System Composition
The VIDAS handles reagents via five six-channel pipetting systems (1 system
per section) which carry out all reagent transfers, dilution and washing by
means of the SPRs.
The pipetting system handles liquid volumes of between 8.9 l to 316.5 l.
The system is lowered and raised to give the SPRs access to the wells on the
reagent strip.
The six pipetting channels are physically independent but mechanically
linked for synchronized operation. Movement in each section is driven by
stepper motors. The range of movement is determined by parameter-defined
protocols.
The assay temperature is 37C inside the module.
Each module is equipped with two thermal probes per section, which ensure
that this constant temperature is maintained.
Microprocessor
In addition to the central processing unit, each VIDAS section contains its
own microprocessor. Each microprocessor controls the movements required
by each assay, depending on the protocol applying.
Each section is therefore independent and autonomous.
This unit is responsible for storing and operating assay protocols.
A protocol consists of a series of commands including aspiration of the
reagents, washing and optical scanning.
The microprocessor enables the VIDAS to perform a fully automated assay.
Reagent Strip Tray

A plastic cover, located at the lower edge of each section, can be lifted up to
reveal the reagent strip tray. This tray shown in the figure below contains six
channels into which reagent strips can be inserted.
Each channel constitutes a section position. Up to six single reagent strips or
three dual reagent strips can be inserted at one time, taking the total module
capacity to 30 single tests.

System Composition
Figure Reagent strip tray
The reagent strip tray is also used for automatic entry of the factory master
calibration data (MLE card) using the card holder.
Strip Preparation Tray (only concerns VIDAS blue)

A retractable strip preparation tray is located under each reagent strip tray.
Figure Reagent strips placed on the strip preparation tray

System Composition
Figure Reagent strips placed on the strip preparation tray with its boat
SPR Block
The upper part of the section includes a tilt-down door which gives access to
the SPR block. The six positions of the SPR block correspond to the six
positions of the reagent strip.
During processing, the SPR block and SPRs form a pipetting device that is
used throughout the assay. The reagent is cycled in and out of each SPR by
a piston-driven air system.
Figure SPR block
Incubator
Assays using the VIDAS require a controlled temperature.
The temperature of each section tray and each SPR block is individually
controlled and monitored.
Each tray and SPR block are equipped with a stable high-precision
temperature detection system, known as the thermistor.
During manufacture, each thermistor assembly is tested to NIST (National
Institute of Standards and Technology) ITS-90 tolerance requirements for
temperature measurement.
The thermistors used in the VIDAS are accurate to within 0.2C.

System Composition
Only thermistor systems that meet this criterion on manufacture are installed
in the VIDAS.
Bar Code Readers

Two bar code readers:
A hand-held bar code reader is included in the VIDAS configuration. It
may be used to:
read the bar codes of certain reagents before they are used.
enter patient data or search for patient data (or a specimen) and read
MLE cards.
An internal bar code reader enables identification of the reagent strips and
reading of the MLE card.
Detection System
The VIDAS detection system consists of an optical fluorimetric scanner. It is
mounted on a mechanical device which enables it to be used on all five
sections.
The system detects any chemical changes occurring in the optical cuvette at
the end of each reagent strip. Figure "Optical cuvette on a reagent strip"
shows the position of the optical cuvette on a standard reagent strip.
Figure Optical cuvette on a reagent strip
Central Processing Unit

The central processing unit controls all aspects of the VIDAS operations,
including data analysis and verification of optical and mechanical systems.
Computer Module
The computer is designed to operate the analytical module(s) (up to 2) and to
manage assays using the VIDAS PC software (see the VIDAS PC User's
Manual).
It is connected to the module(s) in order to perform automatic analysis of the
various assays. The computer is equipped with peripherals to display, print
and store results.
UPS
In the absence of a safety power supply system in the laboratory, the UPS
guarantees an uninterrupted power supply. It protects the analytical
module(s) from any electrical disturbances, ensuring that test results are
systematically preserved.

System Composition
Extension Potential
Second analytical module,
Uni-directional or bidirectional connection (connection to the laboratory
information system).
VIDAS and mini VIDAS Consumables
Assay Kit
Each VIDAS assay kit contains the reagents required to run a specific assay.
Kit contents vary for each assay, but generally a kit contains:
Single or dual reagent strips,
SPRs (Solid Phase):
one for a single reagent strip,
two for a dual reagent strip,
control(s),
the necessary standard(s),
a diluent (as required),
a package insert
a MLE card.
Single Reagent Strip

Reagents for performing assays on the VIDAS and mini VIDAS are pre-
packaged for 15, 30, or 60 tests per kit. The kit components include pre-
dispensed reagent strips and solid phase receptacles (SPR), along with
controls and reference materials needed. A single bar coded reagent strip
and related SPR contain all the reagents required for online processing of
one test. The bar code label identifies assay type, lot number and expiration
date. A color-coded dot, with three-letter assay code, is used to match the
reagent strip to its related SPR. Each reagent strip contains one sample well,
eight reagent wells, and one optical cuvette. The test specimen is placed in
the sample well of the strip and the strip is placed in the instrument. Reagents
are protected in the strip by a foil seal that can be punctured by the
instrument as needed. When an assay is completed, all liquid wastes are
contained in the reagent strip for safe and convenient disposal.
Figure Single reagent strip
Dual Reagent Strip

Some tests require a dual reagent strip, consisting of a reference strip and a
test strip. The reference strip detects nonspecific fluorescence due to the
variability of the sample matrix; while the test strip contains an analyte
specific reagent not included in the reference strip. Measurements from both
strips are used to determine test result.

System Composition
Figure Dual reagent strip
Reagent Strip Label

Each VIDAS reagent strip has a label and a color-coded dot. Both are
identified by the same 2-4 character and/or figure code. The colored dot
corresponds to a matching dot on the test's companion SPR.
The bar code identifies:
the assay name,
the manufacturing lot number,
the sequence number,
the assay kit expiration date.
Figure Reagent strip label
Figure Reagent strip dot
Ref. Description
1 Bar codes
Under normal operating conditions, the internal bar code reader reads the machine readable
code.
2 Alphanumeric representation of the bar code

If the system is unable to read this code, the alphanumeric form of the bar code is used to enter
the bar code.

System Composition
Ref. Description
3 Assay code
The assay code is based on two or four characters and/or figures which represent the name of the
assay to be performed.
Examples:
RBG: Rubella IgG II
153: CA 15-3
All references to an assay in the software and on printed reports use the assay code.
4 ID
A blank space is provided to write the sample ID (if necessary).
5 Lot number
The lot number is used by the VIDAS to code the expiration date of the reagent lot.
6 Expiration date
This corresponds to the expiration date of the reagent lot. When the bar code reader reads this
date, the VIDAS compares it to the date stored in its memory to ensure that the lot has not passed
its expiration date.
7 Sequence Number
Within a single batch, each reagent tray carries a different number corresponding to the order of
manufacture.
The SPR
The Solid Phase Receptacle, or SPR (pronounced "spur"), is a pipette tip
shaped device made from polypropylene or polystyrene material. The inside
surface is coated at the time of manufacture with antigen, antibody, or other
treatments that allow it to capture soluble proteins, viruses, bacteria, and
whole cells. The SPR (Figure "Solid Phase Receptacle (SPR)") has a
beveled edge for piercing the foil seal on the reagent strip. The instrument
automatically cycles reagents into and out of the SPR at various points in an
assay to provide increased surface contact, generate extended fluid mixing,
or to transfer fluids between wells. Each SPR has a corresponding VIDAS
Reagent Strip included in the test kit; both are coded with matching color dots
and assay code. It is critical that SPRs be paired only with strips that have
matching dots. Otherwise, the SPR will be incompatible with the reagents in
the strip and the test results will be invalid.

System Composition
Figure Solid Phase Receptacle (SPR)

mini VIDAS: Characteristics
Environmental Requirements
Operating Temperature 15 C to + 30 C (59 F to 86 F)
Storage Temperature 10 C to + 40 C (14 F to 104 F)
Relative Humidity 10 to 80%, non-condensing
Type of Installation for indoor use only; light industrial equipment
Installation Category (overvoltage category) II

(according to IEC 1010.1)
Degree of Pollution (according to IEC 1010.1) n2
Maximum installation altitude 2,000 m
Physical Features
Dimensions
mini VIDAS blue mini VIDAS Grey
instrument packed instrument alone instrument packed instrument alone
Height 59 cm (23 inches) 45 cm (17.7 inches) 57 cm (22 inches) 44 cm (17 inches)
Width 80 cm (31.4 inches) 57.5 cm (22.6 inches) 68 cm (26 inches) 54 cm (21 inches)
Depth 66 cm (26 inches) 55 cm (21 inches) 68 cm (26 inches) 53 cm (21 inches)
Physical Space Requirements
mini VIDAS blue mini VIDAS grey
Height 65 cm (25 inches) 65 cm (25 inches)
Width 120 cm (47 inches) 120 cm (47 inches)
Depth 90 cm (35 inches) 90 cm (35 inches)
The instrument must be placed on a flat surface with a maximum horizontality

defect of 5.
Sound Level
Sound level < 59 dBA

Mass
Mass 47 kg (103.6 lb) 40 kg (88 lb) 46 kg (101.4 lb) 37 kg (81.5 lb)
Electrical Requirements
Class 1 Instrument
The instrument includes an internal bar code reader with a 660 nm LED
whose radiation is Class 1 according to IEC 60825-1. This class does not
present a risk.
Voltage 100 - 240 VAC 100 - 120 VAC

3 - 1.2 A 200 - 240 VAC
The voltage (100 - 120 VAC or 200 - 240
VAC) is selected using the power unit at
the back of the instrument.
Consumption 100 - 240 VAC 1.5 A at 100 - 120 VAC

1.5 - 0.8 A 0.8 A at 200 - 240 VAC
Frequency 50 - 60 Hz 50 - 60 Hz
Power 150 Watts 180 Watts (maximum)

75 Watts (nominal)
Fuse current External: External (power input module):

4.0 AT 1.5 AT at 100 - 120 VAC
1.6 AT at 200 - 240 VAC
Approximate 512 Btu / hr 150 W 250 Btu / hr 75 W

Emission of Heat
Power switch Location: back of instrument

Type: bipolar (phase + neutral)
Max. leakage of current: < 1mA
Technical Features
Capacity 12 test positions:

2 sections with 6 positions in each section.
Up to 30 tests/hour depending on the type of assay used (see test duration
in the package insert for each mini VIDAS assay).
Motors Automatic control by stepper motors.

Pumping 2 pumps; one for each section

Mixing, diluting, and transferring of liquids
Temperature Control
Absolute Accuracy SPR: 36C - 38C

Tray: 35C - 38C
Relative Accuracy SPR: 0.7C between the 2 sections

Tray: 1C between the 2 sections
Process Thermal resistance
Automatic Control by thermal probe
Optics
Detector Photodiode fluorometer
Detection range 40 to 40 000 nmol of 4MU (4-Methyl Umbelliferone)
Automatic checking Automatic checking every 12 hours of the optic system against a reference
standard (named "solid standard"); automatic calibration if the difference
with the solid standard is 0.6 %.
Test Kit
SPR Length 76 mm (3 inches)
Material plastic polymer
Work volume 5 to 350 l
Single reagent strip External dimensions
Length 157 mm (6.2 inches)
Width 18 mm (0.7 inches)
Depth 15 mm (0.6 inches)
Well Capacities Sample well 960 l
Reagent well (8) 960 l
Substrate well 530 l
The strip is sealed by a foil to ensure that no evaporation will occur that may
compromise the reagents.
The substrate well is made of a plastic that meets with the appropriate optical
qualities.

VIDAS: Characteristics
Environmental Requirements
Operating Temperature + 15 C to + 30 C (59 F to 86 F)
Storage Temperature - 10 C to + 40 C (50 F to 104 F)
Relative Humidity 10 to 80%, without condensation
Type of Installation for indoor use only; light industrial equipment
Installation category (voltage overload category) II

(according to standard IEC 61010.1)
Degree of Pollution (according to IEC 1010.1) n2
Maximum installation altitude 2,000 m
Physical Features
Dimensions
VIDAS blue VIDAS grey
Height 59 cm (23") 45 cm (175/8") 58.2 cm (23") 44.4 cm (max.) (17")
Width 110 cm (431/3") 88 cm (34") 99 cm (39") 84.7cm (331/3")
Depth 66 cm (26") 55 cm (215/8") 67.5 cm (265/8") 52.4 cm (205/8")
Space Requirements
Height 65 cm (255/8") 65 cm (255/8")
Width 150 cm (59") 150 cm (59")
Depth 90 cm (35") 90 cm (35")
The instrument must be placed on a flat surface with a maximum horizontality

defect of 5.
Weight
Mass 75 kg (1651/3 lbs) 65 kg (1431/3 lbs) 71 kg (156 lbs) 61 kg (134 lbs)

Sound Level
Sound level < 59 dBA
Electrical Requirements
Class 1 equipment
Voltage 100 - 240 VAC 100 - 120 VAC

3 - 1.2 A 200 - 240 VAC
The voltage (100 - 120 VAC or 200 - 240
VAC) is selected using the power suply
unit at the rear of the module.
Consumption 100 280 VA 200 VA
Frequency 50 - 60 Hz 50 - 60 Hz
Safety fuse External: External (power input module):

4.0 AT 3.0 AT at 100 - 120 VAC
1.6 AT at 200 - 240 VAC
Approximate 921 Btu / hr 512 Btu / hr

Emission of Heat 270 W 150 W
Power switch Location: back of the module

Type: bipolar (live + neutral)
Maximum leakage current: < 1mA
Internal bar code The instrument includes an internal bar code reader with a 660 nm LED whose
reader radiation is Class 1 according to IEC 60825-1.This class does not present a risk.
Technical Specifications
Processing capacity 30 test positions: 5 sections each containing 6 positions.

Up to 50 tests/hour depending on the type of test used (see test duration
indicated on each VIDAS assay package insert).
Motors Automatic control by means of stepper motors.
Pumping 5 pumps; one per section

Mixing, dilution and transfer of reagents.
Temperature Control
Absolute precision SPR blocks: 37 1C

Section tray: 37C (-2C, + 1C)

Relative precision SPR blocks: 0.7C (against the average of all the SPR blocks)
Section tray: 1C (against the average of all the section trays)
Process Thermal resistance
Automatic Control by thermal probe
Characteristics of Optical Components
Detector Fluorimetric photodiode
Detection range 40 to 40 000 nmol of 4MU (4-Methyl Umbelliferone)
Automatic self-testing Automatic self-testing of the optical system every 12 hours against a
benchmark standard (known as the "Solid Standard").
Automatic recalibration if the deviation from the Solid Standard is 0.6 %.
Assay Kit
SPR Length 76 mm (3 inches)
Composition plastic polymer
Work volume 5 - 350 l
Reagent strip External dimensions
Length 157 mm (6.2 inches)
Width 18 mm (0.7 inches)
Depth 15 mm (0.6 inches)
Well capacity Sample well 960 l
Reagent well (8) 960 l
Substrate well 530 l
The strip is covered by foil which seals the wells and prevents any
evaporation that might compromise the reagents.
The substrate well is made of a plastic which has the appropriate optical
qualities.


3. Installation And Setup
1 3. Installation And Setup

Preliminary Instructions
Packing / Unpacking
VIDAS PC Software Installation
VIDAS System Installation
VIDAS PC - New Protocols Activation
VIDAS Switching On and Initialization
VIDAS: Printer Installation
VIDAS: Windows XPe Platforms VU04 - Verification of Non-Standard
Printers
mini VIDAS System Installation
mini VIDAS Software Installation
mini VIDAS Switching On and Initialization
mini VIDAS: Bar Code Reader Installation
mini VIDAS: Installing Paper in the mini VIDAS Internal Printer
Interfacing the mini VIDAS with a Laboratory Information System
Firmware Updates
Software Updates
Data Backup

mini VIDAS: Preparations Before Unpacking

Before unpacking your mini VIDAS, you should prepare a suitable bench top
space for it (see mini VIDAS Specifications). In doing so, remember the
following:
The bench must be level to within 5.
The mini VIDAS is 21 inches (54 cm) wide, 17 inches (44 cm) high,
and 21 inches (53 cm) deep.
There must be at least 2 inches (5 cm) of clearance on each side and on
the top, and 4 inches (10 cm) behind.
You must be able to reach behind the system to access the power switch,
cable connections, and memory card slot.
The front of the system must be totally clear of any obstructions.
Place the system close enough to an adequate power source, so that the
power cord (included) can reach the outlet.
The ambient temperature in the mini VIDAS location must be 20 to 30C.
Therefore keep the system away from all air vents, direct sunlight, or other
objects that could affect temperature performance.
See chapter "mini VIDAS: Characteristics" for more information.
VIDAS: Preparations Before Unpacking

Before unpacking the VIDAS, you should prepare a suitable bench top space
for it (see VIDAS Specifications). In doing so, remember the following:
The bench must be level to within 5.
The VIDAS is 33 inches (85 cm) wide, 17 inches (44 cm) high, and 21
inches (53 cm) deep.
There must be at least 2 inches (5 cm) of clearance on each side and on
the top, and 4 inches (10 cm) behind.
You must be able to reach behind the system to access the power switch,
cable connections.
The front of the system must be totally clear of any obstructions.
Place the system close enough to an adequate power source, so that the
power cord (included) can reach the outlet.
The ambient temperature in the VIDAS location must be 20 - 30C.
Therefore keep the system away from all air vents, direct sunlight, or other
objects that could affect temperature performance.
See chapter "VIDAS: Characteristics" for more information.

Packing / Unpacking
Packing / Unpacking
Unpacking / Packing the mini VIDAS
Unpacking
Unpack and then remove the instrument from the box, according to the
instructions of the pictures below, in the customer site:
1 Remove the plastics and the stripes.
Figure Remove plastics and stripes
2 Remove the upper cover
Figure Remove upper cover
3 Remove the wedge
Figure Remove wedge
4 Remove the antistatic bag
Figure Remove antistatic bag

Packing / Unpacking
5 Remove the interior side thickers
Figure Remove interior side thickers
6 Handle the mini VIDAS always with two operators
Figure Handle mini VIDAS always with two operators
7 Install the system in the bench, and after removing the sponges and
powering the mini VIDAS without errors, perform an OPT assay with the
calibrator strips. Attach the report to the questionnaire that will be
completed at the end.
Before Packing
1 Perform the parking of the system, before turning off the mini VIDAS. On
the mini VIDAS Main Menu select "Utility Menu" -> "Misc. Functions" ->
"Park System" -> "Yes". Wait until the sections LEDs blink.
After this, secure the Scanner Head with the stick and the trays with the
sponges.
Packing
1 Insert the lower supports "A" using cardboard "B".
Figure Insert lower supports "A" using cardboard "B"
2 Lower supports.

Packing / Unpacking
Figure Lower supports
WARNING
Two operators are always required to lift or pick down the
instrument.
CAUTION
During operations, the mini VIDAS must be without antistatic bag.
3 Insert the mini VIDAS rear feet on the Lower Support holes.
Figure Insert mini VIDAS rear feet on Lower Support holes
4 Once the instrument is correctly positioned, the Base plate place on the
supports "A", front feet will be out.
Figure Base plate on the supports "A" front feet will be out.
CAUTION
Once the rear feet has been inserted into the Lower support holes,
the instrument should rest directly on the supports.

Packing / Unpacking
5 Side view instrument correctly positioned.
Figure Instrument correctly positioned
6 Place the antistatic bag.
Figure Place antistatic bag
7 Place the interior side.
Figure Place interior side
8 Insert all side thickers.
Figure Insert all side thickers
NOTE: The interior side parts are all equal.

9 Close the box.

Packing / Unpacking
Figure Closing the box
10 Insert the rear moving parts of the Lower supports "A".
Figure Insert rear moving parts of lower supports "A"
NOTICE
During the box closing procedure make sure to insert the rear
moving parts of the Lower Supports "A" and push the box until it
touches the base.
11 Open the top of the box and place the wedge "C" near the printer zone.
Figure Open top of the box and place wedge "C" near the printer zone
12 Thread the tensor belt through the buckle.
Figure Thread tensor belt through the buckle
13 Thread the tensor belt through the buckle by pressing the buckle release.

Packing / Unpacking
Figure Thread tensor belt through the buckle by pressing the buckle release
14 Slide the tensor belt through the buckle while holding the release open
and pull until tight.
WARNING
Make sure that you tight well the two tensor belts.
WARNING
Every instrument or spare part in contact with biological samples
must have the appendix 1 completed and attached to the
package. If not, every instrument or spare part will be rejected and
returned to sender.
Appendix 1
Click on the image below to open a printable PDF document.
Figure Appendix 1

Packing / Unpacking
Unpacking the mini VIDAS (old version)
WARNING
The mini VIDAS weighs 85 lb. (40 kg). Two people should be used
to move the mini VIDAS.
1 Place the box containing the mini VIDAS on the floor and open the bottom
of the carton.
NOTE: Retain the shipping carton and packing materials in case you need
to ship the mini VIDAS at a later date.
2 Turn over the box over so that the open end of the carton is on the floor.
Be sure the flaps are out. Then lift the carton up, away from the mini
VIDAS.
3 Remove the foam end caps and the anti-static bag.
4 Place the instrument on the bench top.
5 Remove the tape securing the dust covers.
Figure mini VIDAS Dust Covers
6 Open each dust cover and remove the foam shipping block.
NOTE: The shipping block in Section A, on the left as you face the
instrument, has a rod attached to it. This rod, which secures the
Scan head during shipment, must be removed with the shipping
block.
Unpacking the VIDAS

1 Place the box containing the VIDAS on the floor and open the bottom of
the carton.
NOTE: Retain the shipping carton and packing materials in case you need
to ship the VIDAS later.

Packing / Unpacking
2 Roll the box over so that the open end of the carton is on the floor; be sure
the flaps are out. Then lift the carton up off the VIDAS.
WARNING
The VIDAS weighs 140 lb (65 kg). Two people should be used
when lifting it to the bench top.
3 Remove the foam end caps and the anti-static bag.

4 Place the instrument on the bench top.
5 Remove the tape securing the dust covers (see Figure "VIDAS Dust
Covers").
6 Open each dust cover and remove the foam shipping block.
NOTE: The shipping block in Section A, on the left as you face the
instrument, has a rod attached to it. This rod secures the Scan head
during shipment and must be removed with the shipping block.
7 Adjust the feet on the instrument for approximately 1 inch (2.54 cm)
clearance above the table.
8 Level the instrument (see chapter "VIDAS (Grey and Blue) - Instrument
Levelling").
Figure VIDAS Dust Covers

Presentation
Introduction
CAUTION
The system must be installed and brought into service by or under
the guidance of bioMrieux Field Service Engineers and
Application Specialists or your local bioMrieux representative.
NOTICE
The computer media (DVD+ or CD-ROMs) containing the VIDAS
PC software programs or the user's backups must be stored in an
appropriate location.
NOTICE
You are advised to read and understand all the instructions in this
procedure to be able to derive the best performance from the
software programs. During installation, comply with the
instructions in this procedure.
NOTE: Use the db2bmx user account to perform this procedure.

NOTE: All the screenshots in this procedure are given as examples only.
Aim of the Procedure

This procedure provides all the information that bioMrieux Field Service
Engineers and Application Specialists or your local bioMrieux representative
may require to run this installation.
It is intended for use by bioMrieux Field Service Engineers and Application
Specialists or your local bioMrieux representative who are trained to use the
PC environment and its Windows XPe operating system.
It is used to install:
the VIDAS PC 4.. software and the Windows XPe operating system,
the VIDAS PC 4.3. software worldwide, except china.
the VIDAS PC 4.6. software (only for China).
NOTE: On EN600, EVO510, EVO530, DC7600, DC7700 and DC7800
platforms, the VIDAS PC 4.3. software cannot be installed without
prior installation of the VIDAS PC 4.. software and the
Windows XPe operating system.
NOTE: On RP5700 platforms, no prior installation of the VIDAS PC 4..
software is required. The Windows XPe operating system and the
VIDAS PC 4.3. or the VIDAS PC 4.6. software programs will be
installed directly.
The specific instructions for the PCs are given in this procedure in the
following order:

Compaq Deskpro EN 600

Compaq Deskpro EVO D510
Hewlett-Packard EVO D530
Hewlett-Packard DC 7600
Hewlett-Packard RP 5700
NOTE: Complete installation will take about 1 hrs.
Installation Checklist
Computer EN EVO EVO DC DC DC RP

selection 600 510 530 7600 7700 7800 5700
Hardware Checking the

Power Supply
Cabling the
VIDAS PC
system
Software VIDAS PC Note Note Note Note Note Note

Software
V4.0.0 (VU04)
Installation
VIDAS PC Note Note Note Note Note Note Note

Software
V4.3.0(VU05)
Installation
VIDAS PC
Software
V4.6.0
Installation
(only for
China)


selection 600 510 530 7600 7700 7800 5700
Configuration Checking the

BIOS
parameters
Regional
settings
Local
Keyboard and
USB PDF
barcode
reader
language
Correct date,
time and time
zone
New users
Default printer
Automatic
backup
VIDAS PC
UPS
Management
Enabling the
network
Installing and
setting up the
USB key
Activation and Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional

configuration
of the BCI
RS232 or
NET
Checking the Communicatio

system n between
VIDAS
analyzer and
the PC
Data Backup
Data Restore
Bar code
reader


selection 600 510 530 7600 7700 7800 5700
Backup Full system

backup
NOTE: The PCs or original ghost images are delivered with Windows
XPe and VIDAS PC 4.0.0 (EN600, EVO510, EVO530, DC7600,
DC7700, DC7800) or VIDAS PC 4.3.0 (RP5700) already installed
(as well as all the necessary peripheral drivers), though set in
English.
This step is only necessary in case of Software reinstallation
worldwide.
Equipment Required
Type of platform EN EVO EVO DC DC DC RP

600 510 530 7600 7700 7800 5700
CD use Media type
XPe + VIDASPC CD CD DVD DVD DVD DVD NA

VU04 master
V4.0.0
VU04 patch CD CD CD NA NA NA NA
VIDAS Turkish CD
Language Fix V1
(only for Turkey)
VIDAS PC V4.3.0 CD CD CD CD CD CD
VU05 master
DVD
VIDAS PC SOFT CD CD CD CD CD CD
RP5700 V4.3.0
(*)
or

Type of platform EN EVO EVO DC DC DC RP

600 510 530 7600 7700 7800 5700
CD use Media type
HD Backup/ V1.0 ref. V1.0 ref. V1.0 ref. V1.0 ref. V1.0 ref. V1.0 ref. Ref.
Restore Tool (*) 93550 93550 93550 93550 93550 93550 93627:
VIDAS PC
(*) Make sure one
SOFT
of these tools is
RP5700
available before
V4.3.0
performing a new
software
installation.
VIDAS PC V4.6.0 NA NA NA NA NA NA DVD

(for China only)
Ref.
410681:
VIDAS PC
Chinese
RP 5700
Master
V4.6.0
Notes Yellow CDs Yellow CDs Yellow The VU04 The VU04 The VU04 The VU05
and Green and Green DVD and master is master is master is master
CD (V2) CD (V2) Green CD already already already
(Ref.
provided in provided in (V2) patched. patched. patched.
93627)
the EN 600 the EVO provided in
Ref 93551: Ref 93584: Ref. directly
migration 510 the EVO
VIDAS PC VID PC 02793609: installs
kit. migration 530
DC7600 FSE SOFT VID PC Windows
kit. migration
V4.0.0 DC7700 FSE SOFT XPe and
kit.
FSE V4.0.0 DC7800 the VIDAS
V4.0.0 PC 4.3.
software:
The VIDAS PC V4.3.0 VU05 master and the VIDAS Turkish Language Fix VIDAS PC
V1 are provided in the VIDAS PC V4.3.0 FSE UPDATE kit, Ref. 93602. SOFT
RP5700
V4.3.0
NOTE: At the end of the installation, you will also need suitable media (2
CD-R or 1 DVD+R) to perform a full system backup.
Preparing Installation
Follow the corresponding chapter to install a VIDAS PC configuration with the
new VIDAS PC software.

Preparation & Cabling for Compaq Deskpro EN 600 Platforms

1 Checking the 110V - 220V power supply
The PC power supply is managed by a manual switch on the Compaq EN
600.
The computer power supply is set up according to the reference ordered.
Please check and confirm that the selected voltage is adapted to the
country.
2 Cabling the VIDAS PC system
Compaq Deskpro EN 600 cabling
The following picture shows how to connect the different components of
the VIDAS PC system (Analyzer, UPS, BCI cable, printer etc.).
Figure Compaq Deskpro EN 600 cabling
NOTE: (1) (2) see following page:
Preparation & Cabling for Compaq Deskpro EVO D510 Platforms

1 Cabling the VIDAS PC system.
Compaq Deskpro EVO D510 cabling.


Figure Compaq Deskpro EVO D510 cabling
NOTE: (1) If your customer uses the PTC support function which requires a
new bar code reader, you will have to replace the existing one with
a new one, ref. 99746. The new bar code reader will have to be
connected to the USB port.
NOTE: (2) If your customer already uses a network printer and wants to
connect a network LIS (Laboratory Information System) with BCI
NET, add a switch to increase the number of RJ45 port connectors.
Specifications Supplier
Switch Type: Standard "SOHO" Local supplier or LIS company

(Small Office/Home Office)
Ports: 10/100 or 10/100/100 (full
duplex/auto switch)
NOTE: If a non-standard parallel printer (not validated by bioMrieux) was

previously installed, disconnect the printer from the parallel cable
before installing the software. After the software installation, refer to
chapter "Selecting a Default Printer".
Preparation & Cabling for EVO D530 Platforms

1 Checking the 115V - 220V power supply:
The PC power supply is managed by a manual switch on the HP EVO

D530.
The computer power supply is set up according to the reference ordered.
Please check and confirm that the selected voltage is adapted to the
country.
2 Cabling the VIDAS PC system.
Hewlett-Packard EVO D530 Cabling.
Figure Hewlett-Packard EVO D530 Cabling
NOTE: (1) If your customer uses the PTC support function which requires a
new bar code reader, replace the existing one with a new one, ref.
99746. The new bar code reader will have to be connected to the
USB port.

Ports: 10/100 or 10/100/100 (full
duplex/auto switch)
NOTE: (3)USB ports for keyboard and mouse connections must be

respected.

Preparation & Cabling for DC7600 Platforms

1 Cabling the VIDAS PC system (Hewlett-Packard DC7600 Cabling).
Figure Hewlett-Packard DC7600 Cabling

Ports: 10/100 or 10/100/100 (full
duplex/auto switch)


NOTE: (1) If your customer is already connected to a network LIS

(Laboratory Information System) through BCI NET and wants to
use a network printer, add a switch to increase the number of RJ45
port connectors.

Ports: 10/100 or 10/100/100 (full
duplex/auto switch)



port connectors.
NOTE: Only plug the USB Thumb Drive when the procedure gives that
instruction.

Ports: 10/100 or 10/100/100 (full
duplex/auto switch)
NOTE: The computer must boot once without any peripheral connected
(e.g.: USB key, printer, barcode reader, VIDAS module).

Preparation & Cabling for RP5700 Platforms

1 Cabling the VIDAS PC system (Hewlett-Packard rp5700 Cabling).
NOTICE
Never connect the diagnostic port on the VIDAS instrument to a
COM Port on the computer.
2 Switch off the computer before connecting any equipment to a COM Port.
Figure Hewlett-Packard RP5700 Cabling

port connectors.
NOTE: Only plug the USB Thumb Drive when the procedure gives that

instruction.

Ports: 10/100 or 10/100/100 (full
duplex/auto switch)
NOTE: The computer must boot at least once without any peripheral
connected (e.g.: USB key, printer, barcode reader, VIDAS module).
VIDAS: Bar Code Reader Installation

The VIDAS is designed to work with:
a Welch Allyn 3800 LR12, USB version (VIDAS PDF Bar code reader
USB, ref 99746)
Figure Bar code reader 3800PDF
a hand-held Bar Code Reader Kit (VIDAS BARCODEREAD 3800GPDF

USB, Reference - 93628)
Figure Bar code reader 3800G-PDF

Installing the VIDAS PDF Bar Code Reader USB (Ref 99746)
Preparing the Bar Code Reader
Figure VIDAS PDF Bar code reader USB, ref 99746
The reader is supplied in a kit containing:

1 bar code reader
1 cord
1 configuration sheet (The reader is already configured and takes into
account most of existing types of bar codes)
Connect the cord with the barcode reader.
How to Connect the Bar Code Reader on VIDAS PC

See VIDAS Instrument User's Manual.
Connecting the Bar Code Reader
1 Switch off the computer

2 Close the VIDAS PC application (and BCI application if necessary)
a Click on the stop icon in the top right-hand corner of your work
window.
b The following dialog box displays.
Figure Dialog box
3 Close the BCI RS232 or BCI-Net software (if necessary),

a click on the stop icon in the top right-hand corner of the BCI
window.

b Follow the instructions in the dialog box corresponding to the BCI

software installed on your computer. The Windows desktop displays.
4 To shut down the computer:
a Click on the button in the bottom left-hand corner of the

screen or press one of the "Windows" keys situated either side of the
space bar,
b Select "Shut Down".
Figure Windows Start menu
The following window appears.
Figure Shut Down Windows dialog box
5 Select "Shut down".

6 Click "OK". The computer will stop and shut down.
Connect the Bar Code Reader
1 If the system is already equipped with a bar code reader, disconnect the
reader.
2 Connect the (new) bar code reader

If the cord connecting the reader to the computer is Y-shaped:

3 Disconnect the Y-shaped cord from the keyboard port on the computer (1)
and from the keyboard cord (2) (see diagram below).
Figure Connection diagram
4 Reconnect the keyboard cord to the keyboard port (1).

5 If the cord is directly connected to the computer:
6 Disconnect the reader cord from the connection port (USB port)
The bar code reader cord must always be connected to a USB port. This port
may be located at the back and / or at the front of the computer depending on
the VIDAS configuration.
The USB port is flat and is identified by the symbol .
7 Connect the reader cord to a USB port (the figure below shows the
connection at the back of the computer).
Figure Connection diagram USB
For systems which were already equipped with a reader, use the USB port to
which the old bar code reader was connected.
NOTICE
For all platforms, please strictly respect these USB ports as
follows.

Figure Connection diagram USB for EVO 530
Switch on the Computer
The reader initializes and emits 2 beeps.

1 Wait for the Windows login screen to display.
2 Enter your user name and password.
Configuring the Bar Code Reader

Should the reader lose its configuration, refer to the following procedure.
Check the Keyboard Language
1 On the Windows desktop:
2 Click on the button in the bottom left-hand corner of the

screen (or press one of the "Windows" keys situated either side of the
space bar).
3 Select "Settings", "Control Panel" and "Regional and Language Options".
4 The options screen is displayed.
5 Select the "Languages" tab.
6 Click "Details...".
7 The "Text Services and Input Languages" window is displayed.
8 Select the "Settings" tab.
9 The default language is indicated:
10 Note down this information which will be required for configuration of the
reader.
(in this example the bar code corresponding to the keyboard to be scan is
USA international in Figure "Bar code 1" - Figure "Bar code 3").

Figure Windows Regional Settings

Before configuring the bar code reader, check that the upper case key
(<Shift> or <Caps lock>) is disabled. Follow the instructions below.
NOTICE
Click HERE to open a printable PDF document. Use a laser printer
to print the bar codes.
NOTE: For complete instructions, see chapter 4 of the VIDAS Instrument

User's manual. Scan the three bar codes in the order they appear
below.
Figure Bar code 1
Figure Bar code 2
Figure Bar code 3
Scan the bar code corresponding to your keyboard layout.
Caution Barcode to scan Keyboard layout
For AZERTY keyboard only FRANCAIS
For US QWERTY keyboard & ENGLISH US

US International QWERTY
keyboard

See Chapter 4 of the ITALIANO

Instrument User's manual
before using these codes
ESPAOL
ENGLISH UK
DEUTSCH
PORTUGUES
How to Use the Bar Code Reader

To read a bar code:
1 Hold the reader about 5 cm from the bar code.
2 Check that the reader is perpendicular to the bar code (maximum 5 tilt).
3 Depress the trigger.
Installing the VIDAS BARCODEREAD 3800GPDF USB (ref 93628)
Figure VIDAS BARCODEREAD 3800GPDF USB, ref 93628

1 bar code reader
1 cord


2 Close the VIDAS PC application (if necessary)
a Click on the stop icon in the top right-hand corner of your work
window.
b The following dialog box displays.
Figure Dialog box
3 Close the BCI RS232 or BCI-Net software (if necessary),

a Click on the stop icon in the top right-hand corner of the BCI
window.
b Follow the instructions in the dialog box corresponding to the BCI
software installed on your computer. The Windows desktop displays.
4 To shut down the computer:
a Click on the button in the bottom left-hand corner of the

screen or press one of the "Windows" keys situated either side of the
space bar,
b Select "Shut Down".
Figure Windows Start menu
The following window appears.

Figure Shut Down Windows dialog box
5 Select "Shut down".

6 Click "OK". The computer will stop and shut down.
Connect the Bar Code Reader
The bar code reader cord must always be connected to a USB port. This port
may be located at the back
The USB port is flat and is identified by the symbol .
1 Connect the reader cord to a USB port (connection at the back of the
computer).
Figure Connection diagram USB
For systems which were already equipped with a reader, use the USB port to
which the old bar code reader was connected.
NOTICE
Please strictly respect the USB ports configuration provided in the
latest document used to install the VIDAS PC platforms.
Switch on the Computer
The reader initializes and emits 2 beeps.

1 Wait for the Windows login screen to display.
2 Enter your user name and password.


Should the reader lose its configuration, refer to the following procedure.
Check the Keyboard Language
1 On the Windows desktop, click on the button in the bottom

left-hand corner of the screen (or press one of the "Windows" keys
situated either side of the space bar).
2 Select "Settings", "Control Panel" and "Regional and Language Options".
The options screen is displayed.
4 Click "Details...". The "Text Services and Input Languages" window is
displayed.
5 Select the "Settings" tab. The default language is indicated:
6 Note down this information (Ex. English US) which will be required for
configuration of the reader. (in this example the bar code corresponding to
the keyboard to be scanned is USA international in Figure "Default+
Terminal ID: USB PC Keyboard 124" to Figure "Reread Delay Medium +
Presentation Mode + Multiple Symbols On").

Figure Windows Regional Settings
Follow the instructions on the configuration sheet, which comes inside the kit
or from below:
NOTE: For complete instructions, see Chapter 4 of the VIDAS Instrument
User's manual. Click HERE to open a printable PDF document and
scan the three bar codes in the order they appear below.
Figure Default+ Terminal ID: USB PC Keyboard 124
Figure Intercharacter Delay 1 + Add Suffix 99 09
Figure Reread Delay Medium + Presentation Mode + Multiple Symbols On

Scan the bar code corresponding to your keyboard layout.
For AZERTY keyboard only FRANCAIS
For US QWERTY keyboard & ENGLISH US

US International QWERTY
keyboard
See Chapter 4 of the ITALIANO

Instrument User's manual
before using these codes
ESPAOL
ENGLISH UK
DEUTSCH
PORTUGUES
NOTICE
In case of doubts, when choosing the correct language, or
problems, during the Update of a Protocol, please refer to chapter
"VIDAS: Windows XPe platforms V4.0.0 - Barcode reading
anomaly during PTC update".
How to use the bar code reader

To read a bar code:
1 Hold the reader about 5 cm from the bar code.
2 Check that the reader is perpendicular to the bar code (maximum 5 tilt).
3 Depress the trigger.
4 Move down and up until you heard a sound like "bip" and a green LED
blinks.

Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software
WARNING
In all computers shipped the software is already installed with all
necessary drivers and software. These procedures are only
necessary to be applied only if a software reinstallation is
necessary.
Installing the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 Software and Windows XPe Operating

System for EN600, EV0 510, EVO 530 Platforms, from a Migration Kit
NOTE: The number of installation CDs differs according to the type of PC
platform used.
NOTICE
All hard drive data will be erased.
On a VIDAS PC EN600 or EVO D510 platform, insert the first yellow CD #5A
into the CD drive.
or
On a VIDAS PC EVO D530 platform, insert the yellow DVD #5 into the CD
drive.
2 Reboot the PC. Wait a few seconds.
NOTICE
Problems may occur during a boot on the master DVD EVO D530:
the DVD reader is not able to detect the DVD. In this case, refer to
chapter "APPENDIX A: DVD Boot Problem on EVO D530
Platforms".
The CD is automatically ejected from the CD drive and the following message
is displayed: "System has detected that you are not allowed to do this now".
Do not remove the CD.
3 Press the "Ctrl" and "C" keys simultaneously.
The following message appears on the screen: "Terminer le fichier de
commandes (O/N) ?".
NOTE: This question will be displayed in French whatever the language
used.
4 Type "O".

5 Close the CD drive.

6 At the prompt D:\> (or C:\>), type "xpe" and press <ENTER>.
A warning screen may be displayed to inform you that all the data on the
hard drive will be erased.
7 Press <ENTER> again.
Restoration of the ghost begins. Its progress is indicated by the progress
bar displayed on the screen.
For EN 600 and EVO D510 platforms, after several minutes, the following
message asks you to insert the second yellow CD:
! Symantec Ghost needs to open the next part of the image. Please either
insert the next disk and choose OK or choose Browse to select the next part
of the image.
NOTE: The message may differ depending on the type of platform.
8 Remove the first yellow CD #5A from the CD drive.

9 Insert the second yellow CD #5B into the CD drive. Wait at least 15
seconds.
10 Click "OK".
The restoration process continues. When it is complete, a new screen is
displayed indicating that installation is over.
11 Remove the yellow DVD #5 (for EVO D530) or CD #5B (for EVO D510
and EN600) from the CD drive and close it.
12 Press any key to automatically reboot the PC.
13 When Windows XPe runs for the first time, you are automatically logged
in as "db2bmx".
The login dialog box will first be displayed when you start a new session.
About two minutes after you have logged in, the following message may
appear:
Figure System Settings Change
14 If the above message appears, click "Yes". Your computer will shut down
and restart automatically.
If the message does not appear on the screen, shut down and restart the
computer.
15 Log in as "db2bmx".
16 Insert the green CD #1 into the CD drive.
17 Click <Start>, <Programs>, <Explorer>

Figure Explorer
18 Click "GREEN_xxx (E:)" (Option 1 above), where xxx depends on the PC

used, as listed below:
PC Type Replace xxx by
EN 600 EN 600
D 510 D 510
D 530 D 530
19 Click on the "Patch_VU04" (Option 2) folder.
20 Double click on "UpdateVIDAS.cmd" (Option 3).
A DOS window will appear and close automatically: do not interrupt.
The "c:\Temp\UpdateJAR_OK.log" file is then created.
21 Close the Explorer window.
22 Remove the green CD from the CD drive.
NOTE: If your configuration is EVO510 or EN600 + Printer HP6122, make
sure you have properly updated the driver as indicated in chapter
"VIDAS: Printer HP 6122 on EN600 / EVO 510 with Windows Xpe".


system for DC7600 Platforms, from a Master DVD
NOTICE
On a VIDAS PC DC 7600 platform only,

1 Switch ON the computer (the computer is able to boot on the optical
drive).
2 Insert the DVD Master DC 7600, ref 93551 into the CD ROM drive.
Ref 93551
3 If the computer boots normally on WINXPe, shut down the computer,
VIDAS PC DC7600 wait for at least 10 seconds and then restart.
V4.0.0 FSE
Installation will start automatically. The following menu appears:
Figure Master Installation
4 Press <Enter> to validate selection 1.

The following message appears:
"WARNING !!! ALL DATA FROM THE HARD DRIVE WILL BE ERASED!
PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE, OR CTRL+C TO CANCEL"
5 Press <Enter> to confirm and start installation, or press <CTRL+C> to
cancel the installation process.
At the end of installation, the DVD is automatically ejected. The following
message appears:
"RESTORE COMPLETED, REMOVE MEDIA AND PRESS
CTRL+ALT+DEL"

6 Remove the DVD Master medium from the drive.

7 Press <CTRL+ALT+DEL> to reboot the computer.

System for DC7700 Platforms, from a Master DVD
NOTICE

drive).
Ref 93584
VIDAS PC FSE wait for at least 10 seconds and then restart.
DC7700 V4.0.0
Installation should start automatically. The following menu appears:

1. ENGLISH
2. FRANCAIS
3. DEUTCH
4. ITALIANO
5. ESPANOL
6. PORTUGUES
4 Select the option corresponding to the customer's language using the
keys (English in this procedure).
5 Press <Enter> to validate the selection. The following message appears:
1. FULL BACKUP
2. FULL
RESTORE
6 Select "2. FULL RESTORE" using the keys.
"WARNING!!! FULL RESTORE. ALL DATA ON THE HARD DRIVE WILL
BE ERASED. PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE, OR CTRL+C TO
CANCEL"
8 Press <Enter> to confirm and start the restoration, or press <CTRL> +
<C> to cancel the restoration process.
The medium is automatically ejected when restoration is complete.
"PROCESS COMPLETE, REMOVE CDROM AND PRESS ANY KEY TO
REBOOT"


10 Press any key to reboot the computer.

System for DC7800 Platforms, from a Master DVD
NOTICE

drive).
Ref 02793609
VIDAS PC FSE wait for at least 10 seconds and then restart.
DC7800 V4.0.0

1. ENGLISH
2. FRANCAIS
3. DEUTCH
4. ITALIANO
5. ESPANOL
6. PORTUGUES
1. FULL BACKUP
2. FULL
RESTORE
"WARNING!!! FULL RESTORE. ALL DATA ON THE HARD DRIVE WILL
BE ERASED. PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE, OR CTRL+C TO
CANCEL"
8 Press <Enter> to confirm and start the restoration, or press <CTRL> +
<C> to cancel the restoration process.
The medium is automatically ejected when restoration is complete.
"PROCESS COMPLETE, REMOVE CDROM AND PRESS ANY KEY TO
REBOOT"



System for RP5700 Platforms
As no prior installation of the VIDAS PC 4.0.0 software is required, go directly
to chapter "Installing the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Software for RP5700 Platforms" to
install the VIDAS PC software.
Installing the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Software
Installing the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Software for EN600, EVO510, EVO530,

DC7600, DC7700 and DC7800 Platforms
NOTE: The VIDAS PC 4.3. software cannot be installed without prior
installation of the VIDAS PC 4.. software and Windows XPe
operating system.
1 Restart the computer.

2 Log as db2bmx.
3 Wait 2 minutes.
4 Insert the VIDAS PC V4.3.0 CD Master into the CD ROM drive.
VIDAS PC Installation should start automatically.
V4.3.0 FSE Update
Ref. 93602
Figure Select Setup Language

6 Click "OK". The following screen displays.

Figure Setup Wizard
7 Click "Next".
A screen indicating the progress of the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 installation displays.
The following screen displays.
Figure Completing the Setup Wizard
The installation report prints out automatically.

8 Click "Finish".
9 Remove the CD Master medium from the drive. The computer reboots
automatically.

Installing the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Software for RP5700 Platforms
NOTICE
RP5700 platforms are delivered with the Windows XPe operating
system and the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 software already installed.
Installing the Turkish Language Pack for Windows XPe (only

necessary for DC7600 and DC7700 platforms)
For platforms, other than DC7600 and DC7700, go directly to chapter
"Configuration".
On DC7600 platforms, the installed Windows XPe operating system does
not include the Turkish language and on DC7700 platforms, the installed
Windows XPe operating system does not have the Turkish language
activated.
The Language Pack for Windows XPe in Turkish should be installed using a
specific CD provided by bioMrieux.
1 Switch on the computer and then log in as "db2bmx", password "db2bmx".
2 Insert the "VIDAS Turkish Language Fix V1" CD-ROM provided in the
update kit into the CD drive and run it.
3 Acknowledge the messages which may display.
Figure Multilingual User Interface Pack
4 Check the "Accept the License Agreement" box and click "Continue".

Figure Select Turkish
5 Select "Turkish" and click "OK".
Figure Confirmation
6 Click "OK".
Figure Confirmation 2
7 Click "OK".
8 Wait for a few minutes.
9 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD drive and restart the computer.
Installing the Windows XPe Operating System and the VIDAS PC 4.6.0
Software (only for China)
For RP5700 platforms only
NOTE: RP5700 platforms are delivered with the Windows XPe operating

system and the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 software already installed.
NOTICE
For the RP5700 platforms already installed with the VIDAS PC
4.3.0 software with data, the installation of the VIDAS PC 4.6.0
software in Chinese is possible but all data will be lost.
After restoration of the master (Ref. 410681: VIDAS PC Chinese
RP 5700 Master V4.6.0), the Windows XPe operating system and
the VIDAS PC 4.6.0 software will be set in English. To select the
Chinese language, please go to chapter "Selecting the Correct
Regional Settings, for All Platforms and Countries".
1 Insert the DVD Master (ref.410681: VIDAS PC Chinese RP5700 Master

V4.6.0) into the DVD/CD ROM drive:
drive).
Ref. 410681 3 Installation starts automatically.
VIDAS PC Chinese
RP5700 Master V4.6.0
4 Wait until the following screen appears:
Figure bioMrieux Full Backup Restore Tool V4
5 Select "2. Full System Restore" using the keys. You can also press the
"R" or "2" key without pressing "Enter".
6 Press Enter.
The following screen appears and the computer beeps 3 times.
Figure Warning

7 Press "Enter to restore the full disk image

or
Press "Escape" to return to the main menu.
CAUTION
If you press "Enter", all the data on the hard disk will be erased.
Figure Restoration in progress
8 Wait until the end of the restoration process. The medium is automatically
ejected, the computer beeps and the following screen appears.
Figure Restoration completed

9 Remove the medium from the optical drive.

If the restoration fails, the following screen appears and the medium is
ejected. The computer beeps until a key is pressed to reboot it.
Figure Restoration failed
NOTE: In this case, repeat this procedure from step 1 as the hard disk is
now in an unknown state.
CAUTION
Do not start the VIDAS PC application before having selected the
regional settings for China (see chapter "Selecting the Correct
Regional Settings, for All Platforms and Countries").
CAUTION
Specific Chinese characters are not supported by the VIDAS PC
and BCI applications when entering Patient Data.
Configuration
NOTE: It is possible to switch from the French keyboard (FR) to the English
keyboard (EN) by pressing the <Alt> and <Shift> keys
simultaneously when the login box is displayed on the screen.
Configuration should be performed differently according to each PC platform.
Checking the BIOS Parameters

The aim of this verification is to ensure, if necessary, on EN600, EVO510,
EVOD530 and DC7800 computers, that the BIOS, and in particular the boot
sequence, is correctly set up. It provides the information that bioMrieux Field
Service Engineers may require to boot on a CD-ROM.
It is intended for use by the bioMrieux Field Service Engineers who are
trained to use the PC environment and its Windows XPe operating system.

BIOS (Setup): Boot Device Settings, only for Compaq Deskpro EN 600
and EVO D510 Platforms
1 Immediately after switching on the computer, press the <F10> key to
access the computer setup.
After a few seconds, a list of languages is displayed on the screen.
2 Select the language you want.
NOTE: English is used in this procedure.
3 To modify or check the settings used for the boot sequence, select
"Storage - Boot Order".
4 Press <Enter>. A screen allows you to select the devices and the order in
which you want to set them for the boot sequence.
5 Select the devices or check that they appear as follows:
IDE CD-ROM Drive First
Diskette Drive (A:) Second
Hard Drive (C:) Third
Compaq Ethernet controller Fourth
NOTE: In the Compaq EVO D510, the "USB peripheral" should be set to
the Fifth position.
6 Press <F10> in order to save the modification and quit.
7 To enter the correct settings for the printer, select "Advanced- Device
Options".
8 Press <Enter>.
9 In printer mode, select "Bi-Directional".
10 Press <F10> to save the modifications made and quit.
11 To enter the correct date and time for the PC, select "File- Set time and
Date".
12 Press <Enter>.
13 Enter the correct date and time.
NOTE: Use the <>, <> and <tab> keys to select the values to be
modified. Use the <> and <> to modify the selected value.
14 Press <F10> to save the modifications made and quit.
15 To quit the computer setup program after having checked the settings,
select "File - Save Changes and Exit".
If something has been changed in the BIOS, press <F10> to save the
modifications,
or
press <Enter> if no significant modification has been made.
The computer will boot.
Setting the CD-ROM or DVD(1) device as the first boot device will enable the
computer to boot on a bootable CD-ROM, for example the CD-ROM used to
load the required Operating System.
NOTE: (1) Depending on the VIDAS PC platform used, the medium can be
either a CD-ROM or a DVD.

BIOS (Setup): Boot Device Settings, only for EVO D530 Platforms
1 Immediately after switching on the computer, press the <F10> key to
access the computer setup. After a few seconds, a list of languages is
3 To modify or check the settings used for the boot sequence, select
"Storage - Boot Order".
Multibay Device (A: or CD-ROM) First
USB Device Third
Hard Drive (C:) Second
Broadcom Ethernet controller Disable

6 Press <F10> to save the modification and quit.
7 To enter the correct date and time for the PC, select "File - Set time and
Date".
8 Press <Enter>.
9 Enter the correct date and time.
NOTE: Use the <>, <> and <tab> keys to select the values to be
modified. Use the <> and <> to modify the selected value.
10 Press <F10> to save any modifications made.
11 To quit the computer setup program after having checked the settings,
select "File - Save Changes and Exit".
12 If something has been changed in the BIOS, press <F10> to save the
modifications,
or
press <Enter> if no significant modification has been made. The computer
will boot.
Setting the CD-ROM device as the first boot device will enable the computer
to boot on a bootable CD-ROM, for example the CD-ROM used to load the
required operating system.
BIOS (Setup): Boot Device Settings, only for DC7800 Platforms

1 Immediately after switching ON the computer, press the <F10> key to
access the computer setup. After a few seconds, a list of languages is

Figure Language Selection

3 To modify or check the settings used for the boot sequence, Select
Storage -> Boot Order.

Figure Boot order
Figure Device selection
6 Press F10 to save the modification and quit.

Selecting the Correct Regional Settings, for All Platforms and Countries
Available Windows XPe language VIDAS PC language
Windows XP Embedded includes Chinese English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Polish,
(simplified), Chinese (traditional), French, German, Spanish and Turkish and Chinese.
Japanese, Korean, Arabic, Dutch, Hebrew, Italian,
Portuguese (Brazil), Spanish, Swedish, Czech,
Danish, Finish, Norwegian, Russian, Greek,
Hungarian, Polish, Portuguese (Portugal), Turkish,
Bulgarian, Estonian, Croatian, Latvian, Lithuanian,
Romanian, Slovak, Slovenian, Thai languages.
The system can be switched to any of these
languages.
At the end of the installation, the Windows XPe operating system and the
VIDAS PC 4.0.0, 4.3.0 and 4.6.0 software programs are installed in English.
1 Click on <Start>, <Settings>, <Control panel>.
2 Select "Regional and Language Options".
3 Select the "Regional Options" tab.
Figure Regional Options
4 Select the software format and the language (1) you want to install.

Figure Selection of Windows Xpe language
6 Select the Windows XPe language you want to install.

7 Click "Details...". The "Text Services and Input Languages" window is
displayed.

Figure Selection of the Keyboard language
8 Select the "Settings" tab.

9 Select the desired keyboard language.
10 Click "OK".
11 Select the "Advanced" tab in the "Regional and language options" window.

Figure Regional and Language Options
12 Select the Regional options (1) to match the language you want to install.
13 Activate the box (2) to apply the selected language to current and future
users. If a warning message appears, click "OK".
14 Click "Apply".
If an information message appears, click "Yes".
If a second message appears, click "Yes".
The system informs you that you need to restart the computer to apply the
new regional options selected.
15 Select "Yes" to restart the computer.
NOTICE
The same procedure must be applied to each default bioMrieux
user.
Specific Settings to Apply when Changing to Turkish or Polish

Languages
This procedure should only be applied if the VIDAS PC application was
previously installed in a language other than Turkish or Polish.
After setting up the regional and language options in Turkish or Polish (or any
language that uses a different page code to Cp1252), you are forced to re-
create the database, to enable the VIDAS PC software to work properly.
NOTICE

This operation will erase the current data existing in the database:
all patient information, calibrations, controls and results.
1 To do so, reboot the computer.

2 Open a session as "db2bmx", password "db2bmx".
3 Print the BCI NT or BCI NET configuration as well as the VIDAS "Routine
menu" configuration as the database will be erased.
4 Using the explorer, go to the "d:\bmx\vidas\database" folder.
5 Launch the "run.bat" script.
6 Wait until the script has ended. At the end of the script, the "black window"
will close automatically. This window should be displayed for at least 1
minute. If not, repeat this procedure, starting from the beginning.
7 Once the database has been re-created, restart the computer.
8 Wait 2 minutes before starting the VIDAS PC application. The VIDAS PC
software should now run as expected.
9 Set up the BCI NT or BCI NET software again according to the BCI
configuration printed before the update.
10 Set up the VIDAS "Routine menu" again using the configuration printed
before the update.
11 Rescan the PTC update barcodes of the VIDAS assays used by your
customer (available at the end of the package insert).
If an error message is displayed after the VIDAS PC application is started,
repeat this procedure, starting from the beginning.
NOTICE
Specific Turkish or Polish characters are not supported by the
VIDAS PC and BCI applications when entering Patient Data.

Selecting the Local Keyboard and the USB PDF Bar Code Reader
Language for All Platforms and All Countries
NOTICE
The bar code reader must be configured according to the
keyboard language selection.
NOTICE
Only for China: Your keyboard is set to English US and should not
be changed. Please remember to select the same language for
the PDF bar code reader.
If you have any doubt, please read carefully chapter "VIDAS:
Windows XPe Platforms V4.0.0 - Bar Code Reading Anomaly
During PTC Update" in order to reconfigure the bar code reader.
Selecting the Correct Date, Time and Time Zone for All Platforms and All
Countries
1 To select the correct date, time, and time zone, log as "db2bmx" with the
password "db2bmx" if necessary.
2 On the Windows desktop, double-click in the bottom right-hand corner of
the window where the time is displayed.
3 Select the corresponding time zone (second tab).
4 Click "Apply".
5 Select the correct date and time (first tab).
6 Click "Apply".
7 Click "OK".
Creating New Users for All Platforms and All Countries

The creation, modification, and deletion of VIDAS PC user accounts can be
done using either a standard Windows XPe user manager or a simpler
bioMrieux management tool, which is recommended. This can only be done
by a system administrator.
NOTE: During user management, you must close the VIDAS PC interface.
None of the users mentioned below (default users) should be
deleted.

1 On the Windows XPe desktop, double click on the "User manager" icon.
Figure VIDAS user manager
2 Click on "Add". The following window appears:
Figure Add user
3 Enter the user's name and password.

4 Confirm the password.
5 Click "OK" to confirm creation of the new user account. The following
window displays:

Figure VIDAS user manager 2
6 Select the group(s) to which this user will belong.

7 Click "Quit". The message "Do you want to save modifications on user
XXX" is displayed.
8 Click "Yes".
The following table presents the user groups and their rights for Windows
XPe, VIDAS PC and BCI RS232 or BCI NET.
GROUP WINDOWS VIDAS PC BCI RS232 or BCI NET
Users ORDINARY / /
Administrators FULL / /
VIDAS_ROUTINE / ORDINARY /
VIDAS_ADMIN / FULL /
BCI_ROUTINE / / ORDINARY
BCI_ADMIN / / FULL
Selecting a Default Printer
Selecting a Default Printer for the EN600, EVO510 and EVO530

Platforms
NOTE: Select the default printer for each default user and new users.

1 To do this, log in as the user for whom you want to select a default printer.

left-hand corner of the screen or press one of the "Windows" keys
situated either side of the space bar.
3 Select "Settings" and then "Printers and Faxes".
Figure Printers and Faxes
4 In the "Printers and Faxes" menu, click on the icon of the printer to be
selected by default.
5 Click on the right mouse button and select "Set as default printer".
Figure Set as Default Printer
This printer will be selected by default for the user's printouts.

6 Print a test page before continuing.
7 To do this, click on the icon of the default printer.
8 Click on the right mouse button and select "Properties".
NOTE: If your customer uses a non-standard printer (printer not validated
by bioMrieux on VIDAS PC), you have the possibility to verify it for
use with VIDAS PC 4.0.0.

In this case,
Locally verify the non-standard printer as described in chapter "VIDAS:
Windows XPe Platforms VU04 - Verification of Non-Standard Printers".
Send the result sheet to our Computer and Peripherals Department (an
example of this data sheet is enclosed in chapter "APPENDIX C: Non
Standard Printer Validation Sheet").
NOTE: To continue the procedure, log in again as db2bmx.
Default Printer for the DC7600, DC7700, DC78000 and RP5700 Platforms
NOTE: When checking the contents of the "Printer and Faxes" folder, you
will notice that it is empty, although the drivers are available. Do not
try to install the printer drivers if the printer is one of the default
printers.
In order to correctly perform the installation of the default printer, you must:
1 Ensure that the computer is ON. According to the computer, please refer
to the connection and the printer to be used by default:
Computer Connection by Printer drivers installed by default

default
DC7600 USB HP1320n
DC7700 USB HP2015dn HP1320n
DC7800 USB Lexmark HP2015dn HP1320n

E352dn
RP5700 USB Lexmark HP2015dn HP1320n Lexmark

E352dn E360dn
2 Connect the printer to the computer using the default connection.
The connected printer will be automatically available in the "Printer and
Faxes" folder and will be set as the default printer.
3 Print a "Test Page" to make sure that the printer is working.

Using a Validated Printer Different from the Initial One (all platforms)
Please refer to the appropriate procedure to reinstall the printer and the
printer driver (if not existing).
Programming the Automatic Data Backup (all platforms and all

countries)
Equipment Required
EN600 EVO510 EVO530 DC7600 DC7700 DC7800 RP5700
CD-RW type Compatible CDRW 4X.* X(1) NA NA NA NA NA

If you have difficulty
finding it locally, you can
order the following
spare part (for EN600
only): 4550781A - Tool,
CDRW 700 MB EN 600
ONLY
DVD+RW type NA NA X(1) (2) X(1) (2) X(1) (2) NA NA
bioMrieux USB NA NA NA NA NA X(3) X(3)

key
(1)it is recommended to use RW media which have the lowest speed you can
find locally.
(2) it is recommended to use DVD+RW 4X VERBATIM
(3) the bioMrieux USB key (ref. 99946) is provided with the PC platform.
Programming the Data Backup on CDs, DVDs or on the bioMrieux USB

Key
NOTICE
This operation will erase the data currently on your media.
NOTE: In order to program automatic backup or modify the stored default

backup settings, you must be logged on with a user identifier which
gives you administration rights over the operating system.
Only Windows XPe administrators (db2bmx, bmx_admin or
temp_admin) are allowed to create or modify tasks in the
"Scheduled task" menu.
For further information, please contact your laboratory system
administrator.
By default, the automatic backup is set at one AM (1:00 AM). If you want to
change these settings, please follow the procedure below:


left-hand corner of the screen or press one of the "Windows" keys
situated either side of the space bar.
2 Select "Settings", "Control Panel", "Scheduled Tasks" and
"DailyVidasBackup". The "DailyVidasBackup" window is displayed.
Figure Daily Vidas Backup
3 Enter the Schedule data you want for the automatic backup using the
"Schedule" and "Settings" tabs (see screenshots below).
4 Click "OK" to confirm your selection.
Figure Default Settings (red)

Depending on your selections, the backup of the data will start automatically
after the system is rebooted.
Performing the Data Backup

1 If you are using the backup kit with the bioMrieux USB key, the backup
will be performed automatically to the USB key.
a Check the presence of the USB key (see Figure "Fasten USB key").
2 If you are not using the backup kit with the bioMrieux USB key, the
backup will be performed automatically to the CD or DVD.
a Before starting the backup, make sure you have a medium that is
ready-to-use (InCD formatted on a PC on which VIDAS PC is
installed).
See chapter "APPENDIX B: Procedure for Formatting a CDRW /
DVD+RW Using the InCD Software".
b Insert your backup medium in the CD-ROM drive.
c Close the CD-ROM drive.
A "InCD" window may appear.
Whatever type of backup medium you are using, the data backup
functionality will be tested in chapter "Checking the System".
Creating the Data Backup Task (only if necessary)

If no automatic backup was programmed on the WINAT application and if you
wish to schedule it on Windows XPe, the "DailyVidasBackup" task must be
created.
To do so, proceed as follows:
1 Open a session with the user account "db2bmx".
2 Click on "Start".
3 Select "Settings", "Control Panel", "Scheduled Task", "Add Scheduled
Task". The following window displays:
Figure Schedule Task Wizard
4 Click on "Next".

Figure Schedule Task Wizard 2
5 Click on "Browse".
Figure Select Program to Schedule
6 In the "Look in" field, select: "d:\bmx\system\bin\backup.bat"

7 Click on "Open".

8 Enter the task name: "Daily Vida Backup" in the field (1).
9 Select "Daily", then click on "Next".
10 Select 1:00AM as default time, select "Every Day" and select the date of
the day (by default) in the "Start date" field,
11 Click on "Next".

12 Enter "db2bmx" as user name.

13 Enter "db2bmx" as password and confirm.
14 Click on "Next".
15 Click on "Finish".
16 Reboot the system.
Checking the VIDAS PC UPS Management for All Platforms Except

RP5700
NOTE: For RP5700 platforms, the VIDAS PC UPS is already correctly set
up. Please go directly to chapter "Installation and Configuration of
the USB Key (only for DC7800 and RP5700 platforms and for all
countries)".
1 Open the "Power options" window (Start -> Settings -> Control Panel ->
Power Options).
2 Select the "UPS" tab. The following dialog box is displayed:

Figure Power Options Properties
3 Click on the "Select" button. The following dialog box is displayed:
Figure UPS Selection
4 Configure your UPS (usually "AmericanPowerConversion", "Smart-UPS"

on "COM4").

Figure UPS Selection 2
5 Click "Finish". The previous screen displays again.
Figure UPS
6 Now click on the "Configure" button. The following dialog box is

displayed:

Figure UPS Configuration
7 Set the configuration options as shown above.

NOTE: Do not allow the UPS to turn off (= uncheck the check-box).
You can configure the "Minute on battery before critical alarm"
according to the customer's needs but with a maximum time of 5
minutes.
You can set the VIDAS UPS program (BmxVidasStartUPS.bat).
8 To do this, click on the "Configure" button.
9 The following dialog box is displayed:

Figure UPS System Shutdown Program
10 Set the configuration options as shown above.

11 Use the "Browse" button to select the program:
D:\bmx\vidas\bin\BmxVidasStartUPS.bat.
12 Enter D:\bmx\vidas\bin in the "Start in" box.
13 Do not forget to set up the "db2bmx" password to run the program
correctly.
14 To do this, click on the "Set password" button. The following dialog box
is displayed:
Figure Set Password
15 Enter the "db2bmx" password and confirm it.

16 Click "OK".
If the password you entered is incorrect, a dialog box will inform you and
allow you to enter the password again. To avoid this problem, make sure
you are using the correct keyboard and typing the correct keys.
17 Click "OK" several times to close all the windows relating to UPS
configuration. The UPS is now correctly set up.

18 Reboot the computer.

NOTE: If VIDAS PC locks following a power failure, you will have to reboot
the computer, even once the Power supply has been restored.
Enabling the Network (only for DC7600 platforms)

By default the network is not activated, after a software reinstallation. Please
proceed as follows to activate the network.
1 Log as "db2bmx".
2 Click on <Start>, <Settings>, <Control panel>, <Network connections>.
Figure Select Local Area Connection
3 Click on <Local Area Connection>.
Figure Enable Local Area Connection
The network is now enabled and ready to be used.
Installation and Configuration of the USB Key (only for DC7800 and
RP5700 platforms and for all countries)
The USB key must be installed according to the following instructions:
1 Make sure the computer has booted twice without the USB key plugged in
since the full system restore. If not, reboot the computer twice.
2 Check that there is no "d:\vidbackup" folder. If this folder exists, delete it
before continuing.
3 With the computer ON, plug the USB key into the USB port at the rear of
the computer, below the Network port.
4 Fasten the USB key to the computer using the lanyard provided in the kit.
Figure Fasten USB key

After insertion, the USB key must be assigned to the "F:" drive.
This procedure will work if the USB key is the only external drive connected to
the PC.
5 Proceed as follows to change or to confirm the drive letter for the USB key,
to be assigned to the "F" drive.
a Click on Start -> Settings -> Control panel -> Administrative Tools ->
Computer Management.

b Double-click on Disk Management.
c Right-click on the partition area of the Disk 1 Removable and select

"Change Drive Letter and Paths...".

d Click on "Change".
e Select "F". If a drive is already mapped with this drive letter, the letter
"F" will not be available in the list. If this is the case, you must first
remove this drive or re-affect it to another drive letter.
f Click on "OK".

g Click on "Yes".
6 The volume name must be set to "BMX".
a Open the Windows Explorer. Right-click the Removable Disk
previously configured with the drive letter "F" and select Properties.
b Select General, enter the name "BMX" and then click "OK". The name
of the volume will be "BMX".

7 Reboot the computer with the USB key inserted.

8 Perform a data backup.
9 Check the presence of the backup folder on drive "F".
Activating and Setting BCI RS232 or BCI NET Software Programs (only
when requested)
When VIDAS PC is installed, all the BCI files are copied to the user hard
drive.
To use the communication interface, you have to activate one of the two
software programs (if BCI NET is used, the program can be activated on
another computer within the same network - refer to step 3 "Specific case" in
the section on BCI NET).
NOTE: Use the db2bmx user account to perform these procedures.
NOTICE
Specific Chinese, Polish or Turkish characters are not supported
by the VIDAS PC and BCI applications for entering Patient data.
BCI RS232
1 To activate the BCI RS232 software:
a Click "Start" on the Windows XPe desktop.
b Select "Run".
c Enter the following command: d:\bmx\system\gcs\installBCINT.wsf.

d Click "OK".
e Click "Yes" when the messages are displayed and click "OK" at the last
message.
f Shut down and reboot the computer.
The service is now enabled and the registry values are filled in with the
correct values.
The BCI RS232 shortcut is automatically created on the user desktop.
2 To set up the BCI RS232 software, please refer to the following
documents:
Connectivity Service Manual ref. 99636.
VIDAS PC User's Manual.
Displaying BCI RS232 only in French

When the French Windows XPe operating system is running, the BCI
RS232 graphical user interface (GUI) is displayed in English (due to a
Windows XPe bug).
To solve this problem and display the BCI RS232 in French:
1 Open the Explorer.
2 Go to the following folder: D:\bmx\bcint\language.
3 Change the name of the "CommGui.enu" file to "CommGui.enu_old".
4 Change the name of the "CommManager.enu" file to
"CommManager.enu_old".
5 Change the name of the "CommGui.fra" file to "CommGui.enu".
6 Change the name of the "CommManager.fra" file to "CommManager.enu".
The BCI RS232 GUI is now displayed in French.
NOTE: A patch which solves the problem automatically can also be
ordered: ref. 98807.
This patch can only be applied after installation of the VIDAS PC
4.3.0 software.
BCI NET
1 To activate BCI NET:
a Click on "Start" on the Windows XPe desktop.
b Select "Run".
c Enter the following command: d:\bmx\system\gcs\installBCINet.wsf
d Click "OK".
e Click "Yes" when the messages are displayed and click "OK" at the last
message.
f Shut down and reboot the computer.
BCI NET is now activated.
The BCI NET shortcut is created on the user desktop, "Start menu",
and "Startup" menu, if the user chose the "auto-start" feature.
2 To set up the BCI NET software, refer to the following documents:
BCI NET User Manual Ref. 99605
Connectivity Service Manual ref. 99636
NOTE: To deactivate BCI RS232 or BCI NET, double-click on the
uninstallBCINT.wsf or uninstallBCINet.wsf files in the

d:\bmx\system\gcs folder.
3 Specific case: local network configuration where BCI NET software is
already installed and activated on a remote computer.
NOTICE
Do not activate BCI NET on the PC in this case.
a Configure the Windows XPe Network as described in the

Connectivity Service Manual ref. 99636, in order to allow
communication with the BCI NET software.
b If a common network printer is available, refer to the Connectivity
Service Manual ref. 99636 to set up the computer.
Stopping LIS Requests with a Demography Change

This step should only be performed if the customer prefers to work in security
mode (i.e. rejecting any analysis requests with a demography change).
1 Close the VIDAS PC user interface.
2 Check that you are logged in as db2bmx.
3 Click on Start -> Programs -> Explorer.
Figure VIDAS Pilot Properties

4 Select the folder "D:\ bmx\vidas\vidaspilot\properties"

5 Right click on the "AutomaticReconnection.properties" file.
6 Select "Open With", then select application "Notepad"
7 Click "Ok".
8 Add the following paragraph at the end of file: as shown in the example on
the following page (where the # symbol indicates comment lines), please
respect the letter case. (you can copy and paste the text from the
example).
Figure Paragraph to add

Figure File with new paragraph
9 Select "File" - "Save".

10 Select "File" - "Exit".
11 Double Click on "AutomaticReconnection.properties".
12 Check that your modification has been taken into account.
13 Select "File" - "Print ".

Figure Print
a Choose the appropriate printer.

b Click "Print".
This report is a proof of the modification and must be added to the customer's
installation file.
14 Select "File" - "Exit".
15 Close the Explorer.
Checking the System

1 Checking communication between the VIDAS analyzer and the PC for all
platforms and all countries
2 Close all applications.
3 Log on as "db2bmx", password "db2bmx". Wait for 30 seconds.
4 Double-click on the VIDAS PC icon.
Check that the sections of the VIDAS analyzer appear as available in the
"Status" bar.
5 Create a TP1 test and run it in order to check that the Analyzer and the
Computer operate properly.
6 Check that the results printout is correct.
Checking the Data Backup Functionality for All Platforms and All
Countries
1 Log on as "db2bmx", Password "db2bmx".
2 Check the presence of an InCD pre-formatted medium or the bioMrieux
USB key.
3 On the VIDAS PC Software, click on the "Navigation tree",
4 Select "Maintenance" -> "Backup/ Restore".

5 Click on the "Backup" button.

Wait for the data backup to end. The window will close automatically.
Check that it has been performed directly on the appropriate medium:
6 To do this, go to the CD drive (E:\) or the USB key drive (F:\).
7 Open the "backup.log" file in the E:\backup or F:\backup folder.
Check the date and time at the end of the file and make sure that the
backup has been successful (see example below).
Figure Backup.log file
Checking the Data Restore Functionality for all Platforms with a USB
Thumb Drive and All Countries for All Platforms and All Countries
1 Log on as "db2bmx", Password " db2bmx ".
2 Check the presence of a bioMrieux USB key.
3 Click on Start -> Programs -> Explorer.
4 Select the drive "BMX(F:)", in the "Folders" window.
5 Create an empty file on the USB key.
Figure Explorer view

6 Select "BMXSOFTWARE (D:)" and check the presence of the same file in
the "D:\VIDBACKUP" folder.
The presence of the file in the "D:\VIDBACKUP" folder will confirm that the
restore procedure works properly. Indeed, the "D:\VIDBACKUP" is a
mirror of the "BMX (F:)" drive.
7 Erase the document created on the "BMX (F:)" drive.
Checking the Bar Code Reader Functionality - Bar Code Reader

3800PDF for All Platforms and All Countries
Figure Bar code reader 3800PDF
If you have connected a bar code reader, check the functionality by using the
Windows WordPad application to read a bar code.
By default, the bar code reader configuration is set to French.
If the bar code reader is not correctly set, refer to the barcode reader
Configuration quick guide included in the package, or available on the GCS
Portal as a ZIP file (see chapter "Installing the VIDAS PDF Bar Code Reader
USB (Ref 99746)").
NOTICE
In any case, the bar code reader configuration MUST MATCH the
default keyboard selection in Windows XPe.

Checking the Bar Code Reader Functionality - Bar Code Reader 3800G-
PDF
Figure Bar code reader 3800G-PDF
If you have connected a bar code reader, check the functionality by using the
Windows WordPad application to read a bar code.
By default, the bar code reader configuration is set to French.
If the bar code reader is not correctly set, refer to the barcode reader
Configuration quick guide included in the package, available on the GCS
Portal as a ZIP file or in chapter "Installing the VIDAS BARCODEREAD
3800GPDF USB (ref 93628)".
NOTICE
In any case, the bar code reader configuration MUST MATCH the
default keyboard selection in Windows XPe.
Full System Backup

"HD BACKUP/RESTORE TOOL" (P/N ref. 93550) is a bootable medium
which enables a Full System Backup of any computer hard drive onto an
appropriate writable or rewritable medium using the Symantec GHOST
software.
For the RP5700 platform, an updated BACKUP/RESTORE TOOL has been
included in the RP5700 DVD Master (ref. 93627: VIDAS PC SOFT RP5700
V4.3.0. for all countries except China or ref. 410681: VIDAS PC Chinese RP
5700 Master V4.6.0 only for China).
NOTE: Recommended method for all platforms:
Create the Full System Backup using the RP5700 DVD Master (ref.
93627: VIDAS PC SOFT RP5700 V4.3.0. for all countries except
China or ref. 410681: VIDAS PC Chinese RP 5700 Master V4.6.0
only for China).
The medium created is bootable, and allows the full hard drive backup to be
restored, or a new Full System Backup to be made.

The aim of this procedure is to describe:

How to perform a full system backup,
How to restore a full system backup.
The following material is required:
The RP5700 DVD Master (ref. 93627: VIDAS PC SOFT RP5700 V4.3.0.
for all countries except China or ref. 410681: VIDAS PC Chinese RP 5700
Master V4.6.0 only for China), or the HD Backup/Restore tool CDROM (P/
N ref. 93550) or a previous Full system backup medium.
One or more blank media (CD-R/RW or DVD+ R/RW).
Creating a Full System Backup Using the "HD Backup/Restore Tool"

(Ref. 93550)
1 Switch ON the computer (the computer must be able to boot on the optical
drive).
2 Insert the "HD Backup/Restore Tool" ref. 93550 medium in the CD drive.
NOTE: You can also use a previous Full system backup medium.
3 Press "CTRL" + "ALT" + "DEL" " (to restart the computer if necessary).
The following menu will display automatically:
1. ENGLISH
2. FRANCAIS
3. DEUTCH
4. ITALIANO
5. ESPANOL
6. PORTUGUES
4 Select the option corresponding to the appropriate language using the
5 Press "Enter" to validate the selection.
6 The following message appears:
1. FULL BACKUP
2. FULL
RESTORE
7 Select "1. FULL BACKUP" using the keys.
8 Press "Enter" to validate the selection. After less than 20 seconds, the
following message appears:
Error accessing CD/DVD disk
CD/DVD disk is not blank. Insert media not previously written to.
Retry Cancel
9 Remove the "HD Backup/Restore tool" medium from the drive.
NOTE: You can also use the previous Full system backup medium if
rewritable.

10 Insert a blank or rewritable medium in the drive.

11 Click on "Retry". The medium is automatically ejected at the end of the
backup.
12 Remove the medium from the drive.
Restoring a Full System Backup Using the RP5700 DVD Master for All
Countries
CAUTION
drive).
2 Rapidly insert the DVD Master medium (ref. 93627: VIDAS PC SOFT
RP5700 V4.3.0. for all countries except China or ref. 410681: VIDAS PC
Chinese RP 5700 Master V4.6.0 only for China) in the DVD/CD drive.
3 Installation starts automatically.
4 Wait until the following screen appears:
5 Select "2. Full System Restore" using the keys. You can also press the
"R" or "2" key without pressing "Enter".
6 Press Enter.
The following screen appears and the computer beeps 3 times.
Figure Warning

7 Press "Enter to restore the full disk image

or
Press "Escape" to return to the main menu.
CAUTION
If you press "Enter", all the data on the hard disk will be erased.
Figure Restoration in progress
8 Wait until the end of the restoration process. The medium is automatically
ejected, the computer beeps and the following screen appears.
Figure Restoration completed


If the restoration fails, the following screen appears and the medium is
ejected. The computer beeps until a key is pressed to reboot it.
Figure Restoration failed
NOTE: In this case, repeat this procedure from step 1 as the hard disk is
now in an unknown state.
Creating a Full System Backup Using the RP5700 DVD Master for All
Countries
CAUTION
drive).
2 Rapidly insert the DVD Master medium in the DVD/CD drive.
3 Wait until the following screen disappears:

The following screen appears:
Figure bioMrieux Full Backup Restore Tool V4 - Selection
4 Select "1. Full System Bacjup" using the keys. You can also press the
"B" or "1" key.
5 Press Enter.
The following screen appears and the computer beeps once.

Figure Full Backup is starting
The following screen appears.
Figure Backup in progress
6 When the following window appears, eject the medium.

7 Insert a blank medium and press Retry.

Figure Message
If the backup requires several media, a window will appear asking you to
insert a new medium before continuing.
8 Wait until the end of the backup process.
If the backup is successful, the medium is automatically ejected, the
computer beeps and the following screen appears.
Figure Backup completed

If the backup fails, the following screen appears and the medium is ejected.
The computer beeps until a key is pressed to reboot it.

Figure Backup failed
NOTE: In this case, the current medium must be destroyed as its contents
are corrupted. A new backup must be performed using the same
procedure.
Restoring a Full System Backup Medium Created Using the "HD

Backup/Restore Tool" (Ref. 93550)
NOTE: This full system backup restoration procedure is performed using
the full backup medium created as described in "Creating a full
system backup using the "HD Backup/Restore Tool" ref. 93550".
CAUTION
drive).
2 Insert the (first) medium containing the "Full System Backup" (performed
in the previous section).
3 Press "CTRL" + "ALT" + "DEL" (to restart the computer if necessary).
1. ENGLISH
2. FRANCAIS
3. DEUTCH
4. ITALIANO
5. ESPANOL
6. PORTUGUES


5 Press "Enter" to validate the selection. The following message appears:
1. FULL BACKUP
2. FULL
RESTORE
7 Press " Enter " to validate the selection.
WARNING !!! FULL RESTORE. ALL DATA ON THE HARD DRIVE WILL BE
ERASED
PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE, OR CTRL+C TO CANCEL

8 Press "Enter" to confirm and start restoration, or press " CTRL+C " to
cancel the restoration process.
For EN 600 and EVO D510 platforms, after several minutes, the following
message asks you to insert the second ghost CD:
! Symantec Ghost needs to open the next part of the image.
Please either insert the next disk and choose OK or choose Browse
to select the next part of the image.
NOTE: The message may differ depending on the type of platform.

The medium is automatically ejected when restoration is complete. The
following message appears:
PROCESS COMPLETE, REMOVE CDROM AND PRESS ANY KEY TO REBOOT

9 Remove the medium from the drive.
11 Store the "Full System Backup" medium in a safe place.
APPENDIX A: DVD Boot Problem on EVO D530 Platforms

NOTE: This procedure should be read in full before being applied.
Introduction
This problem occurs with the following model of CD reader: TEAC DV-
W24EP.
During a boot on the yellow DVD #5 (or any type of bootable DVD, i.e. Full
system backup), the CD reader is not able to recognize the type of medium
used.
Procedure
1 Press Ctrl + Alt + Del simultaneously.
2 Click "Shutdown".

3 Select "Shutdown and restart".

4 Click "OK".
5 When the following screen appears, quickly press the Break key on your
keyboard.
Figure Screen during startup
6 Wait for one minute, then press the ESC key.

7 You can continue your installation (see chapter "Installing the VIDAS PC
4.0.0 Software").
NOTE: If you still cannot boot on the DVD, repeat the procedure but wait a
while longer.
APPENDIX B: Procedure for Formatting a CDRW / DVD+RW Using the InCD Software
NOTE: Screen copies are only given as an example.
1 Left-click on My Computer. Then right-click on drive M:.
Figure Step 1

2 Select InCD Format.
Figure Step 2
3 Select Format and click Start.
Figure Step 3
4 Click Yes.
Figure Step 4
5 Click OK.

Figure Step 5
6 Click Close.
Figure Step 6

APPENDIX C: Non Standard Printer Validation Sheet


Figure Non standard printer validation sheet


NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the VIDAS P/N 99735 and to all
previous versions of VIDAS.
NOTE: VIDAS installation shall be performed by BioMrieux FSE. The
controls prescribed in this procedure are not enough to warrant the
performances of a second hand unit that was not refurbished. This
procedure describe only the mandatory controls for instrument
installation, local procedures can include additional controls.
Required Tools
VIDAS 30 maintenance kit
Toolbox with tools for imperial units hardware
Digital Multimeter (DMM, accuracy 0.3% for DC voltage measurements)
RS232 cable (DB25M - DB25M)
Barcode Test Strip 380355-1
Sensor alignment tool 371114-1
Barcode alignment tool 371117-1
Tower alignment tool 371115-1
VIDAS Pump Tester 4530120B-N
VIDAS alignment tool 4550745A
Level
Vidas OPT REF 30529
Quality Control VIDAS REF 30706
Installation Instructions
Preliminary Recommendations:
While executing the prescribed operations, record all the required values
or notes in the "VIDAS installation record sheet" (see APPENDIX A).
For each VIDAS analytical module use a separate "VIDAS installation
record sheet".
The "VIDAS installation record sheet" shall be kept by the subsidiary, a
copy shall be given to the customer.
All the printout generated during the execution of the tests shall be
attached to the "VIDAS installation record sheet"
About the installation of the PC and the software refer to the installation
procedure provided together with the software.
Whenever during this procedure you will get some error related to
alignment you will have to check the complete instrument alignment.
Preliminary Operations:
Lab:

1 Verify that the workbench space is enough for the installation of all the
required modules.
2 Verify that enough plugs of the proper voltage and power rating are
available.
3 Verify that the ground connection is efficient.
PC:
4 Perform the installation and checks as requested by the PC installation
procedure.
Analytical module:
5 Unpack the VIDAS module. Be careful that two persons are required to
safely handle a VIDAS module.
6 Ask the customer to keep the user manual and product certificate in a safe
place.
7 Remove the ESD protection bag.
8 Check that the instrument is not externally damaged.
9 Remove the foam block in each section (keep them for future shipments)
10 Place the analytical modules on the workbench leaving around each
analytical module a space of 3 cm for proper air circulation.
11 All the analytical modules shall be leveled in order to have a maximum
inclination of 5 (special care shall be put to avoid twisting of the
instrument due to uneven bench).
12 Connect the instrument to the mains and to the PC.
13 Switch on the instrument and wait for the completion of the reset process.
All section LEDs shall be off when the reset is completed. If you got a
failure during the reset you have to check instrument alignment.
Analytical Module Checks:

The following operations shall be repeated for each analytical module
installed.
NOTE: Before performing the following tests switch off and on (allow 5
seconds before switching on) the instrument to repeat the
initialization The instrument shall be on for at least 30 minutes
before performing the tests.
Optical Check:
1 Launch 6 OPT tests in section A with no OPT strips in the tray.
2 Check that the results are in the range 52 RFU, otherwise perform a new
optical calibration.
3 Insert 6 OPT strips in section A and start 6 OPT tests in section A.
4 Check that the mean of the 6 readings equals the OPT value 100 RFU;
otherwise perform a new optics calibration.
5 Perform the OPT test on all the other sections (B,C,D,E).
6 Attach all the printouts to the "VIDAS Installation Record Sheet".

Pipetting Check:
1 Insert QCV strips in all the slots of all the sections.
2 Insert the QCV cones in the SPR blocks, be careful no to touch the SPR
tips.
3 Start QCV test in all the sections.
4 Refer to the QCV package insert for results interpretation; in case any
section fails, investigate on the causes and after fixing repeat the test.
5 Attach all the printouts to the "VIDAS Installation Record Sheet".


Figure VIDAS Installation Record Sheet


Due to improvement of some reagents your customers will have in the next
future to deactivate old protocols and activate new protocols. There is no
particular action to do for mini and VIDAS text since the new protocol code
are already activated.
Concerning VIDAS PC, your customer will have to do it manually on request.
A note will be included in the new kit and you will receive information from the
marketing.
Your customers may not be used to this, the risk is to receive many calls
regarding this activation.
You will find, enclosed, information to guide them.
Procedure on VIDAS PC:
Go to configuration menu
Select "Assay activation"
Select concerned parameter
Deselect old protocol
Select new protocol
Figure Assay Activation

A confirmation window appears when you quit the assay activation sub-
menu.
NOTICE
This action should be done before any request on VIDAS PC
concerning this improved parameter.
Why?
When assays are requested on VIDAS PC the assay code is
automatically associated, therefore the requests done before the
change are registered with old protocol.
Trying to run the test using the section reserved before the
change, will lead to the message below:
Figure Error message
(In this example the protocol Y3 is the protocol which has been deactivated)
What To Do?
Remove the reservation done for the given section (if not done before) then:
Delete all requests regarding the given parameter done before the change
and create new ones.
OR
Modify the requests by selecting the assay again. At this level the request
appears with, in the assay zone: Deactivated assay.
To Modify
1 Click on the requests concerned in job list or predefined section.
2 Select the assay (currently, it appears as deactivated).
3 Then, press the icon "modify".

Figure Assay Selection
This second option is may be better for customers who are connected with
BCI (no need to download information again).
NOTICE
If this parameter is part of a profile (configuration menu) you have
to create the profile again.
To avoid loosing time on the phone we suggest to send a letter to your PC

customers. Please find enclosed a model for this letter.
Address
City, date
Dear Madam, Dear Sir,
We are constantly improving our parameters to take into account your remark
and the market evolution.
As these improvements may impact the tests protocols included in the VIDAS
PC software, we may ask you to change the protocols codes attributed to
some parameters.
Any change will be indicated with a note in the kit, giving the new protocol
code to be activated according to the software version.
Please find below the procedure to follow on VIDAS PC to update these
protocols (for more details please refer to your user's manual, chapter 7):
Go to configuration menu

Select "Assay activation"

Select concerned parameter
Deselect old protocol
Select new protocol
Validation is done when you exit this screen
Caution: If this parameter is part of a profile, you have to create this profile
again
This procedure shall be implemented before creating any request concerning
the parameter to change.
Nevertheless, if some tests have been created prior to the change, the
request should be modified as follow before running them:
To modify:
1 Click on the requests concerned in job list or predefined section,
2 Type the assay concerned or use the scroll bar (currently, it appears as
deactivated)
3 Then, press the icon "modify".
Now, you can run the test with the new kit without any problems.
We hope you will enjoy the new performance of our reagents. We remain at
your disposal for any further information you may require.
Best regards,
Tel. XXXXXXXX - Fax. XXXXXXXX
Sincerely,


To start the VIDAS system proceed as follows:
1 Connect the power cord of the VIDAS UPS to an appropriate power outlet
(see VIDAS Specifications).
2 Power up the VIDAS and the Computer. Both instruments will go through
their power up and self test routines.
NOTE: The VIDAS exercises all of its motors. During the self test routine
expect to hear noises inside the instrument and observe that the
Reagent Trays cycle into the instrument. The instrument also
checks its Optics during his time. The VIDAS should be at room
temperature before applying power.
3 At the Windows XPe Login type db2bmx as user and password (example
with an image) and press ENTER on the keyboard.
4 On the windows desktop, double-click on the VIDAS PC icon. The Main
Menu with the VIDAS Status bar will be displayed (see Figure "Main
screen").
Figure Main screen

Run an Optics Check as Follows:

1 Click on the Loading menu.
Figure Main screen
2 Select the OPT Assay in the Sample Input Area, enter "30" for how many
and select the option Reserve. Then click on Create box icon or F10.
Figure Loading > Complete demographics

3 In the Predefined Section List of the Display of the analysis request, move
the scroll bar up to show all runs created (see Figure "Loading > Complete
demographics").
4 To continue, reserve the section by clicking in the square containing the
number of the working list.

Figure Load Help>Complete Demographics
5 Then on the tool bar click on the module 1 or 2 to access the loading plan.
6 On the tool bar of the loading plan you can start all sections at the same
time or you can start one section at the time by clicking on the run (icon
on/off) existing in each section.
7 The OPT report printout should be 5 2 for all Sections of the Instrument.
If not verify Optics Calibration.
Run a QCV Assay

See chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Quality Control VIDAS (QCV)".


The VIDAS is designed to work with external printers:
Printer HP DeskJet 1100d
Printer HP Laser Jet 1320n
Printer HP LaserJet 2015dn
Printer Lexmark E352dn
Printer Lexmark E360dn
CAUTION
The Printer that comes by default with the computer has the
drivers already installed. Plug the printer according to chapter
"Preparing installation".
Before installing any printer driver, plug the printer first to check if
the driver is installed.
Installing the HP DeskJet 1100d Printer for VIDAS PC on Compaq EN600 & D510
Platforms
The new Hewlett-Packard DeskJet 1100d printer replaces the 6122 model
that became obsolete.
This procedure helps you to install and configure your new HP 1100d printer.
Required materials:
Compatible PC with Windows NT4.0 Workstation Service Pack 6 installed.
HP DeskJet 1100d printer.
HP DeskJet 1100d installation manual.
HP DeskJet 1100d setup CDROM disk ("starter CD") which contains the
installation files.
A Centronics parallel cord and a parallel port module.
Procedure
1 Shut down the PC.
2 Install cartridges correctly (see installation manual or quick guide).
3 Install parallel port module: HP JetDirect 200N LIO Printer Server (see
installation manual).
4 Connect the HP DeskJet 1100d printer to the parallel port of the computer
with Centronics parallel cord.
5 Switch ON the printer.
6 Switch ON the computer.
7 Log as "db2bmx", password: db2bmx.
8 Insert the Hewlett-Packard 1100d installation CDROM ("Starter CD") in the
drive. (The installation windows should automatically appear on the
screen)

Figure Installation screen
9 Click on "Exit" button to quit.
Figure Installation screen 2
10 Click on "Exit" button to return to desktop.

11 Click on "Start" -> "Setting" -> "Printers".

Figure Printers
12 Click on "Add Printer".
Figure Add Printer Wizard
13 Click on "Next".

Figure Add Printer Wizard 2
14 Select "LPT1" and click on "Next".
15 Click on "Have Disk".

Figure Install from disk
Figure Locate File error message
17 Click on "Cancel".
Figure Locate File 2
18 Select drive "hp 1100 (M:)" in "Look in" menu.

19 Open "Setup" -> "Drivers" -> "Pcl3" -> "WinNT40" -> "English" folder, or
select the language you want.
20 To select the English driver, select the English folder.

21 Select "hpf1100n.inf" file and click on "Open".
Figure Install from disk
22 Click on "OK".

23 Click on "Next".
24 Select "Yes" and click on "Next".

25 Click on "Next".
26 Click on "Finish" to load the driver and to print test page and exit.

Figure Print test page
27 Click on "Yes" when the test page printed correctly.
Figure Printers 2
28 Close the "Printers" window.

The printer is successfully installed.
Installing the HP Laser Jet 1320n Printer

The new Hewlett-Packer LaserJet 1320n is replacing the Hewlett-Packard
DeskJet 1100d became obsolete.
This procedure helps you to install and configure the HP LaserJet 1320n
(Network connection) on VIDASPC NT4 SP6 EN600 / EVO D510 platforms.
The printer is connected to the computer using an Ethernet cord (RJ45)
included in the printer parcel.

To perform the installation, You need the 2 CD ROM delivered with the
HP1320n:
HP Jetdirect Installation and Documentation
HP LaserJet 1160/1320/1320n/1320tn/1320nw
Changing Computer IP Address
NOTICE
You must connect the printer to the computer only at step 12.
1 Switch on the printer.

2 Switch on the computer.
3 Log on an administrative account (db2bmx)
NOTE: If your computer is already started, close all applications (Vidas PC
and BCI NT if necessary)
4 Click on "Start" - "Settings" - "Control Panel".
Figure Control Panel
5 Double click on "Network".

Figure Network - Identification
6 Click on "Protocols".
Figure Network - Protocols
7 Click on "Properties".

Figure Microsoft TCP/IP Properties - IP Address
8 Specify IP Address: "192.0.0.1"
Figure Microsoft TCP/IP Properties - IP Address 2
9 Click on "OK".

Figure Network - Protocols
10 Click on "OK".
11 Connect the printer to the computer using the Ethernet RJ45 cord.
12 Restart the computer.
Installing the Printer

1 Log on an administrative account (db2bmx).
2 Insert the "HP Jetdirect Installation and Documentation" CDROM in the
drive. (Wait a few moment while setup is initializing)

Figure Installation CD start screen
3 Click on "Install".
Figure HP Install Network Printer Wizard
4 Click on "Next".

Figure Connection Type
5 Click on "Next".
Figure Identify Printer
6 Click on "Next".

Figure Select Printer
7 Click on "Next".
Figure Network Printer Configuration
8 Select "Let me configure my own network printer setting".

Figure Network Printer Configuration 2
9 Click on "Next".
Figure Network Settings
10 Enter the information:

IP Address: 192.0.0.193
Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0
Default Gateway: 192.0.0.193

Figure Network Settings 2
11 Click on "Next".
Figure Driver Options
12 Select "Install a driver from a printer installation disk or driver file".

Figure Driver Options 2
13 Click on "Next".
Figure Open
14 Insert "HP LaserJet 1160/1320/1320n/1320tn/1320nw" CDROM in the

drive. (wait a few moment while setup is initializing)
NOTE: In place of pft6.tmp, you could have pft3.tmp (it does not matter).

Figure Confirmation
15 Click on "OK".
Figure Open 2
16 Select directory "Lj_1160_1320 (M:)" in the "Look in" menu.

Figure Open 3
17 Open the folder according to your Windows NT language (English used as

example in this procedure):
"English" folder for English language.
"Francais" folder for French language.
"Italiano" folder for Italian language.
"Deutsch" folder for German language.
"Espanol" folder for Spanish language.
"Portugus" folder for Portuguese" language.
Figure Open 4
18 Double click on "Drivers".

Figure Open 5
19 Double click on "WinNT4".
Figure Open 6
20 Double click on "PCL5".

Figure Open 7
21 Select "hp1160p5.inf" file then click on "Open".
Figure Drivers from Disk
22 Double click on "hp LaserJet 1320 PCL5e".

Figure Printer Name
23 Click on "Next".
Figure Sharing
24 Click on "Next".

Figure Summary
Figure Finishing installation

27 Click on "Yes".
NOTE: In case of no test page printout, you may have the following error
message:
Figure Confirmation
28 Click on "OK" and go to next step.

29 Restart computer.
30 Log on an administrative account (db2bmx).
31 Repeat Steps 2 to 6.

Figure Select Printer
32 Click on "Next".
Figure Network Printer Configuration
33 Select "Let me configure my own network printer setting".

NOTE: At this moment, you may have a test page printout.

Figure Network Printer Configuration 2
34 Click on "Next".
35 Click on "Change Settings"

Figure Change IP Settings
36 Enter the information:

IP Address: 192.0.0.192
Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0
Default Gateway: 192.0.0.192
Figure Change IP Settings 2
37 Click on "OK".

38 Click on "Next".
39 Repeat steps 12 to 21.
Figure Replace Driver
40 Click on "Next".

Figure Printer Name
41 Enter the following Printer Name: "hp LaserJet 1320 series LAN".
42 Then select "Use this printer as the default printer for Windows-based
programs".
Figure Printer Name 2
43 Click on "Next".

Figure Sharing
44 Click on "Next".
Figure Summary

Figure Install Network Printer Wizard
46 Click on "Finish" (a test page should be printed).
47 Click on "Yes".
48 Click on "Start" ' "Settings" ' "Printers"

Figure Printers
49 Select "hp LaserJet 1320 series" then press "Delete" (on keyboard)
Figure Confirmation
50 Click on "Yes".
Figure Printers 2
51 Close the window

52 Restart computer.
NOTE: Don't forget to test the printer on the VIDAS PC application.
NOTICE

Keep the USB cable delivered in same package.

It might be necessary in case, for the 2005 projects (VIDAS/VIDIA
BCI Net), the RJ45 port is used for Network.
Installing the HP LaserJet 2015dn Printer

This procedure helps you to install and configure the HP LaserJet P2015dn
(Network connection) on all Windows XP Platforms.
The HP 2015dn printer is connected to the computer using an Ethernet cord
(RJ45) included in the printer parcel.
NOTE: The screen captures present in this procedure are not contractual
but not impact the process.
Configure the Computer IP Address

1 Connect the printer to the computer using an Ethernet RJ45 cord.
2 Switch on the computer and printer.
3 Log as an administrative account.
4 Click on "Start" - "Settings" - "Control Panel" - "Network Connections" -
"Local Area Connection".
NOTE: The "Local Area Connection" shortcut location is depending on the
platform used.
Figure Local Area Connection Status
NOTE: Restart STEP 4 If this screen doesn't appear.


Figure Local Area Connection Properties
6 Select "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)" and click on "Properties".
Figure Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties
7 Set IP address: 169.254.254.1

8 Set IP Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0

Figure Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties 2
9 Click "OK".
10 Click on "Close".

Reset and Configure the Printer

1 On the printer:
Press the "Go" and "Cancel" buttons present on the printer's panel at
same time to reset the internal printer network port (the orange and green
printer's LED must flicker).
2 Wait 5 minutes.
3 Press the "Go" button 5 seconds (the orange and green printer's LED
must flicker and 3 configuration pages must be printed).
4 Verify that "IP address" value is = 169.254.254.78 on the "Network
Configuration" page.
NOTE: If "IP address" value is "Configuring", wait 30 seconds and restart
step 3.
5 Click on "Start" - "Programs" - "Internet Explorer".
NOTE: The "Internet Explorer" shortcut location is depending on the
platform used.

Figure Internet Explorer
6 Type "169.254.254.78" on the address bar.

Figure Internet Explorer 2
7 Press "Enter".

8 Click on "Networking" tab (see red square)
9 Select "Manual IP"

10 Set IP Address: 10.0.0.51
11 Set Subnet Mask:255.255.255.0
12 Set Default Gateway: 10.0.0.51
(see red squares)

13 Click on "Apply" button (see red square).
Figure Confirmation
14 Only If this screen appears: Click on "Yes" button.

15 Click on "Yes" button.

16 Close all opened windows.

platform used.

3 Select "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)"


5 Set IP address: 10.0.0.1

7 Click "OK".

8 Click on "Close".
9 Click on "Close".
Printer Installation
2 Click on "Start" - "Settings" - "Control Panel" - "Printers and Faxes" - "Add
Printer".
NOTE: The "Add Printer" shortcut location is depending on the platform

used.
3 Click "Next".
Figure Local or Network Printer
4 Unselect the case "Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play
printer" if needed.

Figure Local or Network Printer 2
5 Click "Next".
Figure Select a Printer Port
6 Select "Create a new port".

Figure Select a Printer Port 2
7 Select "Standard TCP/IP Port".
8 Click on "Next".

Figure Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard
9 Click on "Next".
Figure Add Port
10 Set IP Address: 10.0.0.51

11 Set Port Name: HP LaserJet 2015dn LAN

Figure Add Port 2
12 Click on "Next".
Figure Additional Port Information Required
NOTE: Steps 13 to 14 are not required on several systems.

NOTE: Step 15 can appear directly.
13 Select "Hewlett Packard Jet Direct".

Figure Additional Port Information Required 2
14 Click on "Next".
Figure Completing the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard

Figure Install Printer Software
Figure Install from Disk
17 Insert the HP 2015dn printer CDROM in the optical drive (wait 15 seconds
while CDROM is initialized).
NOTE: If the CDROM is not inside the package you can always download
from the GCS portal the ZIP file "HP 2015 Printer Driver For
VIDAS".

Figure Install from Disk 2
NOTE: For Vidas PC platforms: Skip steps 19 to 23 and go to section
"Specific installation for VIDASPC Platforms" to continue the
procedure.
Figure Locate File
19 Select "X:\Drivers\Win2000_XP" using the "Look in" menu. X is the optical

drive letter generally named "E:\".

20 Click on "Open".
Figure Install from Disk 3
21 Click on "OK".

22 Click on "Next".
Figure Name Your Printer
23 Set the printer name "HP 2015dn LAN".

Figure Name Your Printer 2
24 Click on "Next".
Figure Printer Sharing
NOTE: This step is not required on several system.

NOTE: Step 26 can appears directly.
25 Click on "Next".

Figure Print Test Page
26 Click on "Next".
Figure Completing the Add Printer Wizard
NOTE: Click "OK" if non digitally signed driver warning message appears.

28 Click on "OK". (Verify that the test page is printed with no error)
Specific installation for VIDASPC Platforms

NOTE: Steps 1 to 5 must be performed only for VIDASPC systems.
Figure Locate File

1 Select "X:\Drivers\WinNT4\PCL5" using the "Look in" menu.

X is the optical drive letter generally named "E:\".
2 Click on "Open".
3 Click on "OK".

4 Double click on "hp LaserJet 1320 PCL5e".
Figure Name your Printer
5 Set the printer name "HP 2015dn LAN".

6 Continue the procedure at step 24 in section "Printer Installation".
Set the Printer by Default for All Accounts

1 Log as all existing accounts.
2 Open the "Start" - "Settings" - "Control Panel" - "Printers and Faxes"
window.

NOTE: The "Printers and Faxes" shortcut location is depending on the

platform used.
3 Right mouse button click on "HP 2015dn LAN".
Figure Printers and Faxes 2
4 Click on "Set as Default Printer".

Installing the Lexmark E352dn Printer

The printer LEXMARK E352dn, ref.93577 (110V) & 93578 (220V), delivered
together with the HP DC7800, is also available for installation, either through
LAN or USB, on the following VIDAS PC computers with VU04 or greater
software installed:
EVO 510
EVO 530
DC 7600
DC 7700
Please find below the procedure to install and configure the Lexmark E352dn
(LAN or USB connection) on these platforms.
NOTE: The bioMrieux Lexmark E352dn printer driver CDROM V1.0,
included in the printer package, is mandatory to apply this
procedure on EVO 510, EVO 530, DC 7600 and DC 7700
computers.
For DC7800 computers, the necessary drivers are already loaded
on the hard drive.
NOTICE
You must not use any other driver than the ones available from
CDROM V1.0 ref. 270068.
NOTE: The screen shots below are for example only and not contractual.
NOTE: The LAN printer installation procedure must follow the steps
sequence.


2 Switch on the computer and the printer.
4 Insert the "bioMrieux Lexmark E352dn Printer drivers CDROM" into the
computer CD drive.
platform used.
NOTE: Restart STEP 2.1.4 If this screen doesn't appear.




10 Click "OK".
11 Click "OK".

12 Click "Close".
Configure the Printer IP Addresses
Figure Lexmark E352dn front panel
On the printer:
1 Press the right arrow printer key to display the "Paper Menu" screen.
2 Press the right arrow printer key until to display the "Network Menu"
screen (9 actions)
3 Press the validation key "" to display the "Standard Network" menu.
4 Press the validation key ""to display the "PCL Smartswitch" menu.

5 Press the right arrow printer key until to display the "Std NET SETUP"
menu (5 actions)
6 Press the validation key "" to display the "Reports" menu.
7 Press the right arrow key until to display the "TCP/IP" menu (2 actions)
8 Press the validation key "" to display the "Hostname" menu.
9 Press the right arrow key until to display the "Address" menu (1 action)
10 Press the validation key "" to enter into the "Address" menu.
11 Press the right arrow to enter the new printer IP address: 10.0.0.51 (press
the validation key "" to jump into the next number groups)
12 Press the validation key "" to validate the new printer IP address and
return to the "Address" menu.
13 Press the right arrow key until to display the "Netmask" menu (1 action)
14 Press the validation key "" to enter into the "Netmask" menu.
15 Press the right arrow to enter the new Netmask IP address: 255.255.0.0
(press the validation key "" to jump into the next number groups)
16 Press the validation key "" to validate the new printer IP address and
return to the "Netmask" menu.
17 Press the right arrow key until to display the "Gateway" menu (1 action)
18 Press the validation key "" to enter into the "Gateway" menu.
20 Press the validation key "" to validate the new Gateway IP address and
return to the "Gateway" menu.
21 Press "Back" button until to exit to the printer setup menu and display
"Ready" on the screen (5 actions)
Install the Printer

4 Click on "Start" - "Settings" - "Printers and Faxes" - "Add a Printer".

5 Click on "Next".
Figure Local or Network Printer
6 Select only "Local Printer attached to this computer" then click on "Next".

7 Select "Create a new port" => "Standard TCP/IP Port".
8 Click on "Next".

9 Click on "Next".
Figure Add Port
10 Enter IP address "10.0.0.51".

Figure Add Port 2
11 Click on "Next".
Figure Additional Port Information Required
12 Select "Generic Network Card" then click on "Next".


15 Click on "OK".
Figure Locate File
16 Select directory "E:\WinXP EN V1.1".

17 Click on "Open".
18 Click on "OK".

19 Select "Lexmark E352dn XL" printer in the list.
Figure Install Printer Software 2
20 Click on "Next".

21 Click on "Next".
22 Click on "Next".

Figure Test Page Information
24 Click on "OK" (a test page is printed).

26 Make sure that the printer is set as default printer (if needed)
USB Printer Installation Procedure


Computer CD drive.
4 Connect the printer to the computer using an USB cable.
Figure Found New Hardware Wizard
5 Select "No, not this time".
Figure Found New Hardware Wizard 2
6 Click on "Next".

7 Select "Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)".
8 Click on "Next".

Figure Choose your search and installation options
9 Select "Search for the best driver in these locations"

10 Then check only the case "Include this location in the search".
Figure Choose your search and installation options 2
11 Click on "Browse" then select the directory "E:\WinXP EN V1.1".

Figure Browse For Folder
12 Click on "OK".
13 Click on "Next".

Figure Completing The Found New Hardware Wizard
15 Make sure that the printer is set as default (if needed)
Installing the Lexmark E360dn Printer

The printer LEXMARK E360dn ref.93620 (120V) & 93621 (230V), delivered
together with the HP RP5700, is also available for installation, either through

LAN or USB, on the following VIDAS PC computers, with version 4.3.0 or

greater software installed:
EVO 510
EVO 530
DC 7600
DC 7700
DC 7800
Please find below the procedure to install and configure the Lexmark E360dn
(LAN or USB connection) on these platforms.
NOTE: For the bioMrieux Lexmark E360dn printer driver CDROM V1.1,
included in the printer package, is mandatory to apply this
procedure in the EVO 510, EVO 530, DC 7600, DC 7700 and DC
7800 computers.
For the RP5700 computers, all drivers are already loaded on the
hard drive.
NOTICE
You must not use any other driver than the ones available from
CDROM "CD bioMrieux V1.1 Lexmark E360dn Printer Drivers",
available inside the Printer Package.
NOTE: The LAN printer installation procedure must follow the steps
sequence.

NOTE: When the printer is switched on at the first time, you must select
your local countries information.
optical drive.
NOTE: This CDROM is present in the printer's parcel.
platform used.

NOTE: Restart STEP 2.1.4 If this screen doesn't appear.



10 Click "OK".

11 Click on "OK".

Configure the Printer IP Addresses
Figure Lexmark E360dn front panel
1 On the Lexmark E360dn printer, press the "Menus" button printer key to
display the "Paper Menu" screen.
2 Press the right arrow printer key until to display the "Network / Ports"
screen (2 actions)
3 Press the validation key "" to display the "Active NIC" menu.
4 Press the right arrow printer key until to display the "Network Menu" (1
action)
5 Press the validation key "" to display the "PCL Smartswitch" menu.
6 Press the right arrow printer key until to display the "NETWORK SETUP"
menu (5 actions)
7 Press the validation key "" to display the "Reports" menu.
8 Press the right arrow key until to display the "TCP/IP" menu (2 actions)
9 Press the validation key "" to display the "Activate" menu.
10 Press the right arrow key until to display the "IP Address" menu (2 actions)
11 Press the validation key "" to enter into the "IP Address" menu.
13 Press the validation key "" to validate the new printer's IP address and
return to the "IP Address" menu.
14 Press the right arrow key until to display the "Netmask" menu (1 action)
15 Press the validation key "" to enter into the "Netmask" menu.
16 Press the right arrow to enter the new Netmask IP address: 255.255.0.0
(press the validation key "" to jump into the next number groups)
17 Press the validation key "" to validate the new printer's Netmask IP
address and return to the "Netmask" menu.
18 Press the right arrow key until to display the "Gateway" menu (1 action)
19 Press the validation key "" to enter into the "Gateway" menu.

20 Press the right arrow to enter the new printer's Gateway IP address:
10.0.0.51 (press the validation key "" to jump into the next number
groups)
21 Press the validation key "" to validate the new printer's Gateway IP
address and return to the "Gateway" menu.
22 Press "Back" button until to exit to the printer setup menu and display
"Ready" on the screen (5 actions)
Install the Printer as Default in LAN Mode

4 Click on "Start" - "Settings" - "Printers and Faxes" - "Add a Printer".
5 Click on "Next".

6 Select only "Local Printer attached to this computer" then click on "Next".
7 Select "Create a new port" => "Standard TCP/IP Port".

8 Click on "Next".
9 Click on "Next".

Figure Add Port
10 Enter IP address "10.0.0.51" and port name "Lexmark E360dn LAN".
Figure Add Port 2
11 Click on "Next".

Figure Add Port Information Required
12 Select "Generic Network Card" then click on "Next".

NOTE: If this step doesn't appear, go to next step.

Figure Install From Disk

Figure Locate File
16 Select directory "E:\WinXP EN V1.0".
17 Click on "Open".

Figure Install From Disk
18 Click on "OK".
19 Select "Lexmark E360dn XL" printer in the list then click on "Next".

20 Enter the printer name "Lexmark E360dn XL LAN" then click on "Next".
Figure Printer Sharing
21 Click on "Next".
NOTE: If this step doesn't appear, go to next step.

22 Click on "Next".
24 Optional Step: It is possible that Windows XP needs some additional files
depending on the platform that is used.
In this case, browse the Lexmark E360dn CDROM driver folders and/or
the local hard drive (generally located under
"C:\windows\system32\spool".

Figure Test Page Information
25 Click on "OK". (a test page is printed)

27 Verify that the printer is set as default printer (if needed).

To do that, right mouse button click on the "Lexmark E360dn XL LAN"
printer then select "Set as default Printer".
28 Perform the procedure in chapter "PCL5 Compatibility Modification".
USB Printer Installation Procedure

optical drive.
NOTE: This CDROM is present in the printer's parcel.
4 Connect the printer to the computer using an USB cable.

Figure Found New Hardware Wizard
5 Select "No, not this time".

NOTE: If this step doesn't appear, go to step 7.
6 Click on "Next".

7 Select "Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)".
8 Click on "Next".

Figure Choose your search and installation options
9 Select "Search for the best driver in these locations"

10 Then check only the case "Include this location in the search".
11 Click on "Browse" then select the directory "E:\WinXP EN V1.0".

Figure Browse For Folder
12 Click on "OK".
13 Click on "Next".

Figure Select your best match for your hardware from the list
14 Select "Lexmark E360dn XL" then click on "Next".

15 Optional Step:
It is possible that Windows XP needs some additional files depending on
the platform that is used.
In this case, browse the Lexmark E360dn CDROM driver folders and/or
the local hard drive (generally located under
"C:\windows\system32\spool".
Figure Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard

17 Verify that the printer is set as default printer (if needed).

To do that, right mouse button click on the "Lexmark E360dn XL" printer
then select "Set as default Printer".
18 Perform the procedure in chapter "PCL5 Compatibility Modification".
PCL5 Compatibility Modification

This procedure must be performed on the VIDASPC systems only after
performing the USB or LAN printer installation.
The VIDASPC systems requires that the printer has to be configured with the
PCL5 standard.
1 Click on "Start" - "Settings" - "Printers and Faxes".
2 Right mouse button click on the "Lexmark E360dn" printer then select
"Printing Preference".

Figure Page Layout
3 Select "Other Options" tab.
Figure Other Options
4 Click on "More Options" button.

Figure More Options
5 Click on the "PCL" button.

o
Figure PCL
6 Select "Compatible with PCL5 emulation".
Figure PCL 2
7 Click on "OK".

Figure More Options 2
8 Click on "OK".
Figure Other Options 2
9 Click on "Apply" then "OK".


VIDAS: Windows XPe Platforms VU04 - Verification of Non-Standard Printers
VIDAS: Windows XPe Platforms VU04 - Verification of Non-Standard

Printers
Purpose
NOTICE
Any non-standard printer will NOT be supported by bioMrieux.
This verification must be done before the migration at customer
sites, on a system already equipped with the VIDAS PC
Windows XPe VU04.
Scope
VIDAS PC Windows XPe VU04 and higher versions environment and all
non-standard printers.
List of Standard Supported Printers - Reminder
Epson FX850, FX870
Lexmark E322, Z52, Z53, 2380 Plus, 2480, E352dn, E360dn
Hewlett Packard 990C, 6122, 1100d, LJ1320n, LJ 2015 dn

For all printers not listed above, the following procedure has to be performed.
Procedure
Getting Up-To-Date Printer Drivers
NOTICE
Printer drivers are usually available on a media included inside the
printer package.
As the version of these drivers may not be the latest one,
BioMrieux is recommending to download the latest and up-to-
date printer drivers for Windows XP, in order to ensure the best
printing reports and a full system compatibility.
You will find below some manufacturers web sites links, in order to download
up-to-date printer drivers (addresses are given only as an example, may
vary)
Hewlett-Packard http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/support.html?pageDisplay=drivers
Lexmark http://downloads.lexmark.com
Epson http://www.epson.com/cgi-bin/Store/support/SupportIndex.jsp
Canon http://consumer.usa.canon.com/ir/controller?act=DownloadIndexAct

OKI http://www.okidata.com/mkt/html/nf/Drivers.html
NOTE: For other products, please refer to the printer user's manual.
Install the Printer

Please refer to manufacturer procedure to install the non-referenced printer
on Windows XPe platform.
Perform Printing Tests with VIDAS PC Software

NOTE: Some patient data must have been previously recorded in the
database, to proceed to the printing tests.
General Printing Test (portrait orientation in one page)

1 Start VIDAS PC software.
2 Click on "Display Navigation Tree" button.
3 Click on "Calibrations" menu.
4 Click on "Print" button to edit calibration list.
Portrait / Landscape and Pagination Printing Test

1 From VIDAS PC software already open,
2 Click on "Display Navigation Tree" button.
3 Click on "Results" menu.
4 Click on "Print" button to edit the result list.
Graphics Printing Test

1 From VIDAS PC software already open,
2 Click on "Display navigation tree" button.
3 Click on "Quality Control" menu.
4 Select "Levey Jennings Graph" in "Type" menu.
5 Click on "Print" button to print graph.
Compare Reports with bioMrieux Validated Printing Samples

(Appendices 1, 2, 3)
NOTE: Values on the printed reports cannot be compared to values on the
given examples, as the database is not the same.
You must only compare elements described in the "Acceptance
criteria" below.
1 Compare test result 3.1 with the bioMrieux example in Appendix 1.
Acceptance criteria:
Date, Top and Bottom fields, texts, graphics, positioned correctly with
no cuts.
2 Compare test result 3.2 with the bioMrieux example in Appendix 2.
Portrait / Landscape mode switching successfully and automatically
during printing. Come back in portrait mode for a new printing
successfully.
3 Compare test result 3.3 with a bioMrieux example in Appendix 3.

Readability of any application graphics printing, with all colors.

Graphic printing must fit on one page.
Fill Verification Summary Report

In order to be compliant with bioMrieux rules, fill the "Verification Summary
Report" form (see appendix 4) and mail it back with all print outs, obtained
during testing, to:
bioMrieux
Computers and Peripherals
3 Route de Port Michaud
38390 La Balme Les Grottes
France
Appendix 1
Figure Calibrations to do report

Appendix 2
Figure Reports list

Appendix 3

Figure Patient report

Appendix 4
Figure Appendix 4


NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the mini VIDAS P/N 99737 and P/N
99739 and to all previous versions of mini VIDAS.
NOTE: Installation shall be performed by qualified BioMrieux personnel.
The controls prescribed in this procedure are not enough to warrant
the performances of a second hand unit that was not refurbished.
This procedure describe only the mandatory controls for instrument
installation, local procedures can include additional controls.
Required Tools
Quality Control VIDAS REF 30706
Installation Instructions
NOTE: Preliminary recommendations:
While executing the prescribed operations, record all the required values
or notes in the "mini VIDAS installation record sheet" (see chapter
"APPENDIX A: mini VIDAS Installation Record Sheet").
The "mini VIDAS installation record sheet" shall be kept by the subsidiary,
a copy shall be given to the customer.
All the printout generated during the execution of the tests shall be
attached to the "mini VIDAS installation record sheet".
Preliminary Operations
1 Remove the instrument from the packaging (keep the packaging in the
eventuality of a future shipment of the instrument).
2 Remove the antistatic protection.
3 Ask the customer to keep the user manual and product certificate in a safe
place.
4 Check that the instrument is not externally damaged.
5 Place the instrument on the lab bench leaving at least 3 cm around the
instrument to allow a good air circulation.
6 Remove the foam block in each section (keep them for future shipments).
Power Up
1 Make sure that a mains plug of the right type is available and that the
power line is of good quality (if the lab is subject at frequent power
shortages the installation of an UPS is strongly recommended).
2 Check with the lab responsible that the plugs have a functional grounding
connector.
3 For mini VIDAS P/N 99734/99733 or earlier, make sure that the proper
voltage is available (220V or 110V).
4 Connect the power cord to the mains plug.
5 Switch on the instrument.

6 The mini VIDAS will boot the software and perform an automatic system
test to verify efficiency of the device (in the event of an error, record the
code for the troubleshooting).
7 At the end of the startup procedure verify that each section LED is off and
on the display appears the main menu:
Figure mini VIDAS Main menu
Language Selection
1 From the main menu select UTILITY MENU.
2 Then select CONFIGURATION MENU.
3 Press the down arrow to access the next page.
4 Select SELECT LANGUAGE.
5 Chose the appropriate language from the list.
Keyboard Test
2 Then select MISC. FUNCTIONS.
3 Select TEST MENU.
4 Select KEYPAD TEST.
5 Verify that all the keys are working, then go back to the main menu.
Printer Test
1 Place the paper roll in the paper holder and place the paper in the input
slot of the printer mechanism. (You can rise the paper release lever to
insert manually or you can leave it down and let the printer motor load the
paper inside during the following steps).
3 Select MISC. FUNCTIONS.
4 Select LOAD PRINTER (now the printer will feed in the paper).
5 Go back to the upper menu.

6 Select TEST MENU.

7 Select PRINTER TEST.
8 The system will print a set of uppercase and lowercase characters. Verify
the quality of the printing.
Installation of the External Barcode Wand

2 Select CONFIGURATION MENU.
3 Press twice the down button to select the third page.
4 Select BARCODE WAND.
5 Choose the proper barcode wand from the list.
6 Go back to the main menu.
Air Reading Test

NOTE: Before performing the following test switch off and on (allow 5
seconds before switching on) the instrument to repeat the
initialization The instrument shall be on for at least 30 minutes
before performing the test.
1 From the main menu select STATUS SCREEN.
2 Select section A.
3 Press "1" key on the keypad.
4 Select ASSAY and then SELECT ASSAY.
5 Search the list until you find OPT assay.
6 Press ENTER key for six times.
7 Go back to the upper menu and select START.
8 After some minutes you will get a printout with the results. All the readings
shall be 5 2 RFU.
9 Attach the printout to the "mini VIDAS Installation Record Sheet".
QCV Test
NOTE: For QCV preparation and handling please refer to the QCV
package insert.
1 Insert 12 QCV strips and SPRs in all positions.
2 From the main menu enter the number 3278 and press ENTER.
3 Search the list until you find QCV assay. Once you select the assay the
instrument will start performing the test in all positions.
4 After some minutes you will get a printout with the results. Check the
acceptance criteria in the QCV package insert.
5 Attach the printout to the "mini VIDAS Installation Record Sheet".
Language Selection
NOTE: This step can be performed earlier but all the messages in the
previous steps will be in the selected language.
2 Then select CONFIGURATION MENU.

3 Press the down arrow to access the next page.

4 Select SELECT LANGUAGE.
5 Chose the appropriate language from the list.

APPENDIX A: mini VIDAS Installation Record Sheet
Figure mini VIDAS Installation Record Sheet


The mini VIDAS software comes pre-installed with the system.
NOTE: For updating the mini VIDAS software, refer to chapter "Software
Updates".


All operating software has been preloaded into the mini VIDAS. To start the
mini VIDAS, proceed as follows:
1 Connect the power cord to the mini VIDAS and an appropriate power
outlet (see mini VIDAS Specifications).
NOTE: Verify the instrument is at room temperature before applying power
Reach behind the instrument and turn the power switch ON (see Figure
"Power Switch (mini VIDAS Blue)"). The mini VIDAS will go through a power
up and self-test sequence, this involves the following:
2 Hardware self tests. The mini VIDAS exercises all of its motors. During
this time, expect to hear noises inside the instrument and observe that the
Reagent Trays cycle into the instrument. The instrument also checks its
Optics during this sequence.
3 Software boot sequence, self test, and diagnostics. The boot sequence
program starts the mini VIDAS software stored in non-volatile RAM on the
computer board. Messages similar to following display on the screen:
VIC BOOT R1.0
Booting
Initializing... Please Wait
NOTE: The first time that power is applied to the mini VIDAS, the language
selection screen will appear. Select the language you want to use.
4 The mini VIDAS Main Menu is displayed, completing the startup sequence
(see Figure "Accessing the Test Menu").
5 Select Utility Menu from the Main Menu. The Utility Menu appears.
6 Select Misc. Functions from the Utility Menu. The Miscellaneous
Functions Menu appears.
7 Select Test Menu from the Misc. Functions Menu. The Test Menu
appears.
8 Select Keypad Test from the Test Menu. Press all buttons on the Keypad,
(see Figure "Keypad Test Switch") and press the key last. The screen
displays keypad okay and press any key to continue.
Figure Power Switch (mini VIDAS Blue)

Figure Keypad Test Switch

Figure Accessing the Test Menu



The mini VIDAS is designed to work with:
a hand-held Bar Code Reader Kit (MVIDAS PDF BARCODEREADER
3800G, P/N 93629)
a Datalogic DL65 Welch Allyn 3800 LR12 (mini VIDAS PDF Bar code
reader, ref 99747)
mini VIDAS: Installing the MVIDAS PDF BARCODEREADER 3800G, P/N 93629
Figure mini VIDAS PDF Bar code reader, ref 93629

1 bar code reader
1 cord
Connect the Bar Code Reader on the mini VIDAS

See mini VIDAS User Manual, ref. 99188, Appendix D, for more details.
Before Installation
Prior to installing the bar code reader, make sure that the mini VIDAS has
been configured to use the bar code reader.
1 Select Utility menu.
2 Select Configuration menu
3 Select Bar code Wand.
The following selections appear:
[None] (the default setting)
[Bar code Wand]
4 Select Bar code Wand
5 Press the "previous key"


1 Switch off the mini VIDAS (1)
Figure mini VIDAS instrument rear side
2 Connect the bar code reader cable to the diagnostic port.(2)

3 Switch on the mini VIDAS (3)

If the mini VIDAS was already equipped with a bar code reader, the old
reader's configurations will be replaced by the default configuration of the
new bar code reader.
Should the reader lose its configuration: Scan the configuration sheet that
comes inside the kit or from below:
NOTICE
to print the configuration document.
NOTE: For complete instructions, see the mini VIDAS User Manual, ref.
99188, Appendix D.
In the event of a problem, scan the three bar codes in the order they appear
below.
Figure mini VIDAS bar code 1

mini VIDAS: Installing the mini VIDAS PDF Bar Code Reader, ref 99747
Preparing the bar code reader
Figure mini VIDAS PDF Bar code reader, ref 99747

1 bar code reader
1 cord
How to Connect the Bar Code Reader on mini VIDAS

See mini VIDAS User Manual, ref. 99188, Appendix D, for more details.
Before Installation
Prior to installing the bar code reader, make sure that the mini VIDAS has
been configured to use the bar code reader.
1 Select Utility menu.
2 Select Bar code Wand.
The following selections appear:
[None] (the default setting)
[Bar code Wand]
3 Select Bar code Wand
4 Press the "previous key"

5 Switch off the mini VIDAS (1)
Figure mini VIDAS instrument rear side

6 Connect the bar code reader cable to the diagnostic port.(2)

7 Switch on the mini VIDAS (3)

If the mini VIDAS was already equipped with a bar code reader, the old
reader's configurations will be replaced by the default configuration of the
new bar code reader.
Should the reader lose its configuration: Scan the configuration from below.
NOTICE
to print the barcodes.
NOTE: For complete instructions, see the mini VIDAS User Manual, ref.
99188, Appendix D.
In the event of a problem, scan the three bar codes in the order they appear
below.
Figure Bar code 1
Figure Bar code 2
Figure Reread Delay Medium + Presentation Mode + Multiple Symbols On

mini VIDAS: External Printer

The mini VIDAS provides an option for printing reports on an external
Personal Computer (PC) compatible printer or the internal printer. The
internal thermal printer is the default. Installation of an external printer is
described below.
Equipment Required
Epson compatible parallel printer, Dot Matrix printer and with the ESC
mode available.
PC compatible printer cable, having a DB 25-pin male connector on one
end and a 36-pin Centronix connector on the other end.
Installing an External Printer

To install the external printer, proceed as follows:
1 Connect the DB 25-pin connector to the PRINTER port on the back of the
mini VIDAS (see Figure "mini VIDAS instrument rear side").
2 Connect the 36-pin Centronix connector to the port on the printer.
3 Power up the printer.
4 Select Utility Menu from the Main Menu (see Figure "Accessing the Test
Menu") on the mini VIDAS.
5 Select Configuration Menu from the Utility Menu. The Configuration Menu
appears (see Figure "Configuration Menus and the Interface Menu").
6 Press the DOWN arrow key to access the second page of the
Configuration Menu.
7 Select Select Printer. The following selections appear:
Internal Printer (The x indicates the current setting.)
External Printer
8 Select External Printer.
9 Press the Previous Screen key three times to return to the Main Menu.
11 Select Misc. Functions Menu from the Utility Menu. The Miscellaneous
Functions Menu appears.
12 Select Test Menu from the Misc. Functions Menu. The Test Menu
appears.
13 Select Printer Test from the Test Menu. The external printer will print the
test pattern (see Figure "Printer Test Display").
Figure Printer Test Display


Install paper in the thermal printer as follows:
1 Lift the printer door, located on top of the mini VIDAS, and remove the
paper spindle.
2 Insert the spindle through the core of the paper roll, and return the loaded
spindle to the vertical slots in the recessed paper housing.
3 Pull the paper engagement lever forward to the end of its slot.
4 Select Utility Menu from the Main Menu.
5 Select Misc. Function from the Utility Menu. The Miscellaneous Function
Menu appears (see Figure "Accessing the Test Menu").
6 Select Load Printer. The Load paper now... message appears.
7 Push the edge of the paper under the paper feed roller. A paper sensor
detects the presence of the paper and activates the paper roller.
8 Place the paper engagement lever to the upper end of its slot. The paper
feeds into the printer and automatically stops in a few seconds.
9 Repeat steps 6 through 8 until the edge of the paper is above the printer
compartment with the door closed.
The mini VIDAS is now ready for use.
NOTE: See the mini VIDAS User's Manual for additional information on
configuring the instrument.
NOTE: The shiny side of the paper should be facing upward after feeding
through the printer.


Any mini VIDAS instrument at software version R5.3.0 or higher can support
a literal unidirectional computer interface. This interface allows mini VIDAS
results to be transmitted (i.e. uploaded) to a Laboratory Information System
(LIS) or other host computer. Refer to the mini VIDAS User's Manual for
additional information.
The interface cable (P/N 186036-x) connects to the COMPUTER port on the
rear of the instrument. Refer to BCI Specifications of VIDAS (P/N V0460) for
To setup the interface, proceed as follows:
3 Press the DOWN arrow key three (3) times to access the fourth page of
the Configuration Menu (See Figure "Configuration Menus and the
Interface Menu").
4 Select LIS Interface Options. The following four selections (see Figure
"Configuration Menus and the Interface Menu") appear:
Communications Settings
Timeouts & Limits
Data Format
Send Test Message
NOTE: Configuration of the above selections is dependent upon LIS
Vendor specifications.
5 After configuring the Interface, press the Previous Screen key one time to
return to LIS Interface Options screen.
6 Press the UP Arrow to return to the third screen of the Configuration
Menu.
7 Select LIS User Options. The following selections appear:
LIS Upload Enabled
Warn About Missing IDs
8 Select the following:
LIS Upload Enabled. An x will appear next to the selection.
Test Pattern
To send a Test Pattern, proceed as follows:
3 Press the DOWN arrow key three times to access the fourth page of the
Configuration Menu.
4 Select LIS Interface Options.

5 Select Send Test Message. The Test Pattern message will be sent to the
host computer.
Figure Configuration Menus and the Interface Menu



Figure Sub-selections from the Interface Menu

Firmware Updates
Firmware Updates
VIDAS Firmware 2.41
Scope
All Vidas 30 instruments must be upgraded, whatever their status (Service
contract or not). If the customer doesn't want to pay the service, the cost must
be supported by local representant.
The deadline for Vidas PC implementation is end of 2003.
Compatibility
NOTE: The new Scanner firmware 2.41 is only compatible with Incubator
firmware 3.10:
Scanner firmware 2.41 is not compatible with Incubator firmware 2.11.
Incubator firmware 3.10 is not compatible with Scanner firmware 2.22.
NOTE: I.e., changing the scanner board on a "text" based instrument
(Scanner 2.22/ Incubator 2.11) by a "new" one with version 2.41 will
require to update incubator firmware to version 3.10. (see table
below).
NOTE: The new firmware (Scanner 2.41/ Incubator 3.10) is compatible with
mini VIDAS.
The mini VIDAS firmware upgrade is not required. Nevertheless, fixing a
problem by changing the hardware may lead to an upgrade (Scanner AND
Incubator firmware, see example above).
Purpose
ref. 93 285: Update Vidas Analyzer Eprom
3 Eproms R 2.41 for the Scanner board
Must be used to upgrade the Scanner board of a Vidas PC
configuration from R2.33 to R2.41
NOTE: The Vidas PC upgrade is mandatory and immediate (worst case is
Err 161 management by the Vidas PC software).
Note that you will benefit from linking the firmware upgrade with the software
update VU01 or VU02 to optimize field resources
ref. 93 286: Vidas Analyzer Eprom
Contains 93 285, plus 5 Incubator Eproms R 3.10
Must be used to upgrade any Text based Vidas (NC2 or Workstation)
to PC version
Can be used to upgrade a mini VIDAS in case of hardware change
The Vidas Text upgrade is also mandatory, with implementation during
next service or PM
New Functionality
In case of error 161 on a Vidas 30 equipped with 2.41 firmware, the following
will appear:
the status of the instrument (scanner board) will stay in "err 161"

Firmware Updates
nothing will appear in the Vidas PC software: the user will not be informed
by the software that an error occurred (this will be corrected in the next
update). Nevertheless, an alarm will be logged in the Instrument menu
if the user try to run a work list, the incubator status will quickly change:
VERIF
ERRINST
then will stay to
RESERV
Starting again the work list will repeat the same.
Order
The kits are available since July 2003. They must be ordered in France. They
are not free of charge.
Figure VIDAS Boards Firmware Compatibility Table
New Scanner Board Firmware
Information
From now on, a new Firmware version is installed on the released Scanner
Board. This situation occurs on new released instruments and Spare parts.
Reason
Due to a change in the Scanner Board Microcontroller characteristics, by the
Manufacturer, a new Firmware version 2.52 is installed on the Scanner

Firmware Updates
Boards. This situation has occurred and detected at the Board Manufacturer
and none of these Boards have arrived to the field.
NOTE: The only difference between Firmware V2.52 and V2.51 is a bug
correction, no other feature has been added.
Compatibility
This new firmware version, is fully compatible with the current Incubator
Board Firmware version 3.10 installed.
No firmware update is necessary on the current Scanner Boards existing in
the field, since they were not impacted by this particular case.
Reminder: The incompatibility between the Incubator Board Firmware V2.11
and the new Scanner Board Firmware V2.52 remains.
Implementation
Starting from the following serial numbers, the VIDAS and mini VIDAS
instruments will be installed with this new Firmware version 2.52:
VIDAS - IVD3002969
mini VIDAS - IVD1206164
The Scanner Board reference 6200595, shipped as a spare part and with the
new Firmware V2.52, will continue to have the same part number.

Software Updates
Software Updates
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - VU05Software Update Global Launch

Please find information for the Implementation of the VU05 in the field, as
soon as the kits are available on the Subsidiary and Distributor. Since the
Update is planed to be performed by the Customer, on this document there is
also all the necessary information, to answer any costumer question or
problem during Update, for Application Specialists and System Engineers
regarding the VU05 software update for VIDAS PC & mini VIDAS.
Principles of the VU05 Release

We are going to release and ship a new VIDAS software version (VU05)
during February 2009 (weeks 7,8,9) and all installed base must be finished
before the end of May 2009.
As usual for this type of release, a limited launch was performed and all the
problems encountered were solved with modifications, already included for
the Global Launch, in the software and documents provided to the customer.
This software release was developed to:
Be done by the customer.
Improve the reagent production process.
Add some additional software properties.
Due to the stakes that are in cause, a regular reporting will be requested at a
Corporate level, in order to follow up the evolution and completion of the
Update on the field.
The shipment of the Kits used in the Update will be done without the need of
putting any order at the Sales Administration, but according to the number of
the Installed Base existing in the records of the Global Marketing.
Along with this document, the installation procedures for VIDAS and mini
VIDAS, will be sent to help local customer service helpdesk to install the
VU05.
Stakes of the VU05 Release

The main stake of this Update is to save 700.000 Euros / year in reagent
production. To achieve this:
The shipping of the new reagents will start in the beginning of June 2009
and all instruments, VIDAS and mini VIDAS, must be updated before this
deadline. In case they are not Updated, the systems will not be able to
work with the qualitative assays.
As more than 25.000 systems must be updated in 3 months, the update
was developed in order to be executed with simple tasks, by the customer.
Particularly for mini VIDAS:
Due to an old and costly technology, it is very difficult to purchase flash
cards. Already for this Update, some of the subsidiaries will received 50%
of their installed base of flash cards. As a consequence, these
subsidiaries will have to manage themselves the turnover of the flash
cards to complete the Update in All Customers. For this reason this
subsidiaries will receive 2 Update kits. 50% of Update kits with a flash
card and 50% of Update Kits without flash card.

Software Updates
At the end of VU05 update, it's mandatory to return to bioMrieux SA all

the flash cards, after completion of Update at All Customers, for an
eventual new release. Here is the address below were to return the flash
cards from this Update or even older Updates:
Franoise Neyret / Christian Barras
3 route de Port Michaud,
38 390 La Balme Les Grottes
France
Purpose and Improvements of the VU05 Release

The other purposes of this update are to:
Introduce an adjustment coefficient for qualitative assays, which is applied
for the test results calculation.
The implementation of this coefficient is going to reduce significantly the
manufacturing cycle time.
This coefficient will be automatically loaded through the MLE card reading,
for each reagent batch, then used by the system. Therefore, there is no
impact for the customer, since this coefficient will not appear anywhere
(neither on the MLE card nor on the results report).
Implement the Turkish language pack in both mini VIDAS and VIDAS PC
software.
Add some improvements to the software.
Fix some identified anomalies.
For mini VIDAS

Introduction of the adjustment coefficient:
This coefficient will be loaded through the MLE card, meaning, a new
version of MLE card will be released. The mini VIDAS systems updated
with the VU05 will be able to read the new MLE cards and still capable of
read the old MLE cards.
Implementation of Turkish language.
For VIDAS PC
Introduction of the adjustment coefficient:
This coefficient will be loaded through the MLE card, meaning, a new
version of MLE card will be released. The mini VIDAS systems updated
with the VU05 will be able to read the new MLE cards and still capable of
read the old MLE cards.
Implementation of Turkish language.
Display in the results screen in the right order and on the extracted .csv
file, the RFV's computed for a double calibration result.
Extension of the length of both Sample ID and Patient ID fields, from 12 to
17 characters.
NOTICE

Software Updates
If you wish to work with 17 characters on a connected VIDAS PC,

you must:
Change the BCI configuration, as described in the Connectivity
Service Manual.
Inform the LIS supplier to change the configuration, to accept
17 characters for these fields.
Display an error message when the MLE card is read before the PTC
update.
Removal of the unexpected footnote, when J2>J4 for assays with a
double calibration.
Display an error message, to inform the user, in case an assay was
interrupted due to an instrument error. The following pop up message will
appear, for example
NOTE: More details about the error that has occurred, will still be available
from the Instrument Error screen.
Addition of page numbers in the mode "Condensed Printing" in the results
report.
Correction of translation errors, in Portuguese.
Correction of translation errors in Spanish and Portuguese in the printout
of the header in calibration menus.
New feature for Industry Customers
With the VU05 update an addendum for Industry customer was created
with a new feature. This feature will enable bioMrieux Field Service
Engineers or Application specialists to customize the VIDAS PC labels (in
both the HIM (Human Interface Management) and the reports, except the
tools tips, the error and warning messages and the labels of the patient
data screen and the patient report), as shown in the screenshot below:

Software Updates
Figure Demographics
This feature, described in the addendum, will provide information about a

specific "Complete Demographics" entry mode intended for Industrial
Customers.
After the activation of an option of the VIDAS PC software (version 4.3.0 or
later) by bioMrieux Field Service Engineer, you will have access to specific
industrial entry fields when selecting the "Complete Demographics" entry
mode.
Reference - 93569
Designation - KIT VIDAS PC INDUSTRY
Contents: 1-FSE activation procedure - 4501-1810
1-Industry Addendum - 4501-1809
Known Anomalies and Their Workaround for VU05
VIDAS PC
In the scrolling list upon assay selection, in Turkish language, the letter 'i'
is not correctly converted into uppercase.
Read chapter "Appendix 1 - VU05 Update Troubleshooting Guide" for
detailed information.
The Time zone patch does not applies until the user clicks on the
activation toggle of the configuration screen.
As this defect will only be possible to be corrected through a FSE
installation procedure, in the future using the Daylight Saving Patch, no
software correction or user procedure is required at this point. A later
information will be issued.
When starting a run the VIDAS PC application display an error.
mini VIDAS
Strange characters in the Calibration Menu.
Error 2124, unexplained, or Menu not available after update.
This is due to a failure in the writing process into the memory of the VIC
board during the update, caused by an extra power consumption by the
writing process, since the limit was already reached upon the connection
of the Barcode Reader. Read Appendix 1 for detailed information.
Implementation of this Software Release

The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed information about VIDAS
and mini VIDAS Software Update, regarding the Implementation, Shipment,
Delays, Kits Contents and References to be sent.

Software Updates
Delays
NOTICE
It is Mandatory to Update all installed base before the end of May
2009. After completion please fill Appendix 3 and proceed as
ordered.
All reagents kits released before end of May 2009 will have the
possibility to be used with the VU05 and VU04.
All qualitative reagents kits released after end of May 2009, will
only be allowed to be used if the systems have the VU05 installed.
VIDAS Text (NCII & CCx) is not updated, and as a consequence
the qualitative reagents kits released after end May 2009 will no
longer be usable with this platform.
NOTE: No order is necessary to be done for the Update kits.
Field Implementation, Kit Contents, Software Update for mini VIDAS
Field Implementation
After the reception of the Kits, the Update can start immediately.
Due to high manufacturing cost and some difficulties in manufacturing the
Flash Cards bioMrieux has decided to implement the following logistic flow,
to be used by some of the subsidiaries.
The Subsidiary:
1 Will receive from bioMrieux S.A. 50% of Kits containing a Flash Card
(93605) needed to Update the mini VIDAS, and the others 50% of Kits
without the Flash Card (93619).
2 Will have to send the Kits with the Flash cards (93605) to half of their
customers.
NOTE: In case you have a translated Marketing Letter, insert it in the
plastic pouch outside the Kit.
3 Will receive the Flash Card back from the customer. The return of flash
cards will dictate the success of the complete Update in the stipulated
delays.
4 The subsidiary has to:
Inspect if the flash card version is R5.3.0 and without externally visible
damages.
Insert in the Flyer, the Documentation Kit (93619) and the Return
Envelope with the Flash Card inside.
5 Will receive the Flash Card back from the rest of the customers.
6 Will collect all flash cards, to ship back to bioMrieux SA.
Below is the summary flowchart:

Software Updates
Figure Summary flowchart
The majority of the subsidiaries will receive the total amount of flash cards
needed to Update All mini VIDAS on one shot. In such a case, the subsidiary
will have to proceed in the following way:
1 Receive from bioMrieux 100% of Kits containing a Flash Card (93606 or
93605) needed to Update the mini VIDAS.
2 Ship the Kits with the Flash cards (93606 or 93605) to their customers.
NOTE: In case you have a translated Marketing Letter, insert it in the
plastic pouch outside the Kit.
3 Recover the Flash Cards from the customers.
4 Collect all flash cards, to ship them back to bioMrieux SA.
Below is the summary flowchart:

Software Updates
Figure Summary flowchart 2
mini VIDAS Software Update to Version R5.3.0

The Software R5.3.0 does not require any customer training.
This update can be performed by the customer.
The duration of the complete procedure is less than 1 hour.
Please read carefully and follow the instructions of the procedure in
chapter "mini VIDAS Software Update V5.2.0 to 5.3.0". The update will
keep Calibrations, Controls, MLE cards and lot numbers stored in the mini
VIDAS system, but not the last Assays Updated through the PTC barcode
Update.
In case of problem during, or after, the Update, please refer to chapter
"Appendix 1 - VU05 Update Troubleshooting Guide".
NOTICE

Software Updates
All expired calibrations from assays that are no longer used must
be deleted before performing the update.
The update will reinitialize the knowledge base. Consequently, the
protocol data previously loaded with the PTC update function (bar
code reader), will no longer be available. All PTC must be
reloaded.
This update has to be performed in all systems, Blue or Grey. You
can only Update from version R5.2.0. to R5.3.0. If necessary, the
same flash card also allows to Install directly the version R5.3.0.
whatever the existing version, but the installed software is erased
(Software, Calibrations, Lots, Protocols, Configuration, Setup).
Before starting this Install process, check if the mini VIDAS is
connected to a LIS system. The configuration must be written
down since the LIS configuration will be set to default settings.
Read chapter "Appendix 1 - VU05 Update Troubleshooting Guide"
for detailed information.
mini VIDAS Kit Contents

References with the selection highlighted in grey to be received by each
country:
Reference 93619 93605 93606 93607 NA NA

Documentati Complete kit Complete Kit User and Envelope to Flyer (Plastic
on Kit (except PL/ (PL/TR) Instrument send flash bag)
(except PL/ TR) Manual (TR) card
Country TR) paper
1 100% of
installed base
Turkey (TR) 100% of Turkish user

installed base manual
Poland (PL) 100% of

installed base
2 50% of 50% of 50% of 50% of

installed base installed base installed base installed base
Distributors 100% of Adapted to

installed base each
distributors
(dependant of
SE number)
1: Belgium, France, Switzerland, U.K, Portugal, Netherlands, Austria, Russia,
Norway, Denmark, Sweden, Finland, South Africa, USA, Canada, Japan,
China, Australia, Korea, Thailand, India, Mexico, Brazil, Chile, Colombia,
Argentina, AMLAT.
2: Germany, Spain, Greece, EMEA distributors.

Software Updates
Contents of all mini VIDAS Kits (all items highlighted in grey are
included)
Reference 93605 93606 93607

Complete kit (except Complete kit (PL/TR) User and instrument
Item PL/TR) Manual (TR) paper
Flash card
Flash card (TR/PL)
Return envelope for flash

card
User and Instrument

Manual CD ROM, ref.
93498 (except TR)
User and Instrument

manual (paper) - TR only
Update procedure
Safety vol.1
Safety vol.2
Marketing letter
Software Update and Kit Contents for VIDAS PC
Update VIDAS PC Software to V4.3.0

The V4.3.0 update does not require customers training.
The new update was developed in order to be performed by the customer
with simple indications, except for Turkey, where it must be performed by
the Turkish Field Service Engineers or Application Specialists in order to
install the local language for the Application and Operating System.
Make sure, before starting the update, that your VIDAS PC software
version is V4.0.0. In case not, first, update your software to V4.0.0.
The update to VIDAS PC V4.3.0 only applies over version VIDAS PC
V4.0.0.
The complete procedure takes approximately 10 minutes, except for
Turkey where it takes about 30 minutes.
Please read and follow carefully the instructions in chapter "VIDAS
Software Update V4.0.0 to 4.3.0".
The update will keep all calibrations, controls and patients data stored in
the VIDAS system PC computer, except for Turkish customers.
In case of problem during or after the installation, please refer to chapter
"Appendix 1 - VU05 Update Troubleshooting Guide".
For Turkish customers we advise to print all configuration menus,
including any BCI configuration before starting the update, since the
database is restarted and everything is set to its default values.
NOTICE

Software Updates
BCI NET as set by default does not allow more than 12 characters
(to be downloaded or uploaded) for the Patient ID nor the Sample
ID fields. Any test with more than 12 characters in these fields will
be discarded by BCI NET.
If you wish to work with 17 characters in the Patient ID or the
Sample ID fields, you have to:
Change BCI NET configuration as described in the
Connectivity Service Manual.
Have the LIS configuration modified to accept 17 characters.
WARNING: With BCI RS232 as set by default, uploading to LIS a
Patient ID nor the Sample ID locally created with up to 17
characters is possible. In such a case, the LIS configuration must
be modified to accept 17 characters in those fields.
Field Implementation
After the reception of the Kits, the Update can start immediately. This
software release will be done by the customer, except in Turkey where a FSE
or AS is needed.
The V4.3.0 update doesn't require customers training. All subsidiaries will
receive VIDAS PC update kits (93601), except Turkey that will receive FSE
kits (93602).
For FSE World wide (subsidiaries and distributors), they will have to order the
FSE kit (93602).
A special kit ref. 93569, to be used only after this Update, will be available for
Industry Customers, to give the possibility to modify the labels, more adapted
to each customer.
VIDAS Kit Contents:

References with the selection highlighted in grey to be received by each
country:
Reference 93601 93602 93582 93583 93569

VIDAS PC VIDAS PC VIDAS PC VIDAS PC Industry
update update for FSE User's manual Instrument customers Kit
for Turkey Manual for
Customer Turkey
All subsidiaries 100% of Adapted to each

installed base subsidiary
(dependant of
SE number)
Turkey 100% of 100% of 100% of

installed base installed base installed base
Distributors 100% of Adapted to each

installed base distributors
(dependant of
SE number)

Software Updates
Reference 93601 93602 93582 93583 93569

VIDAS PC VIDAS PC VIDAS PC VIDAS PC Industry
update update for FSE User's manual Instrument customers Kit
for Turkey Manual for
Customer Turkey
Industry To be ordered by
Customers WW FSE / AS
Contents of All VIDAS PC Kits (all items highlighted in grey are

included):
Reference 93601 93602 93582 93583

VIDAS PC update VIDAS PC update VIDAS PC User's VIDAS PC
Item for FSE manual for Turkey Instrument Manual
for Turkey
CD for V4.3.0
software update
CD Windows
update
(Turkish language)
Turkish User's
Manual (paper)
Turkish Instrument
Manual (paper)
User and Instrument

Manual CD ROM,
ref. 93498 (except
TR)
Multilingual Update
procedure (except
Turkish)
English Update
Procedure
Turkish Update
Procedure
Safety vol.1
Safety vol.2
Marketing letter
Complaints Handling by the CCMC

The Global System Support will have to manage all complaints that will occur
and they must be coded and filled correctly, through MOVEX, used by some
Subsidiaries, and through the document CFO0016 when MOVEX is not used.

Software Updates
When using MOVEX, please enter the correct code in the field "Software",
according to the system you are referring to:
Figure Software field
For mini VIDAS systems please select the code C0923 and for VIDAS
systems select the code C0924, like the screenshot below:
Figure Select software code
When using the CFO0016, in the field "Softw. Vers.", enter the correct
software version. For VIDAS system please enter V4.3.0 and for mini VIDAS
system enter R5.3.0.
Figure Complaint form
Please do not forget to code the complaints correctly, to have a correct

handle by the CCMC department.
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
Question Answer
The provided CD for VIDAS PC update is usable for Yes, along with all necessary information will be
all VIDAS PC computer version? provided for each customer, in 1 kit.
All qualitative assays will be implemented on the No. The switch will be progressive, following
market at the same time? manufacturing cycle. First lot will be shipped in May
2009.
Quantitative assays are also affected by this No, only qualitative are affected by this new process -
modification? Assay without calibration.
VIDAS and mini VIDAS must be in software version Yes, it's mandatory. If it's not the case, customers will
VU04 to support VU05 upgrade? loose their data (patient results for VIDAS - Controls
& calibration curves for both systems). To avoid this,
we can install VU04 (some CD and flashcards are
still available in English).

Software Updates
Question Answer
VIDAS text doesn't support VU05 - If the customer No, it's mandatory too. We wont support any more
doesn't perform qualitative assay, can we allow the this VIDAS old version for budget reasons. Please
customer to continue with the old version? find local solution, case by case, considering the
importance of the customer.
What will be the first kit produced and when they will First parameters who will integrate our new
be on the market? manufacturing processes will be: VIDAS SLM,
VIDAS LIS, VIDAS ICS II, VIDAS LSX, VIDAS LMO2,
VIDAS LDUO, VIDAS CAMPYLO, VIDA SETII,
VIDAS ICE, VIDAS TXM, VIDAS RBM, VIDAS
CMVM, VIDAS TXC, VIDAS MSG, VIDAS MPG,
VIDAS HPYL, VIDAS VZG, VIDAS LYT.
We estimate that these kits will be available for
shipment mid of July 2009.
New qualitative assay production will need a special No. The use of new qualitative assay is 100% the
customer training for use? same as the previous one.
Patient results, Internal or External QC results may No. Patients results, controls results (internal or
be affected by these changes? external) will stay the same and perfectly correlated
and comparable. (e.g.: Patient re-testing).
Customers will be informed when the lot production Yes. A sticker (or insert sheet) will inform the
will change? customer of lot compatibility with VU05 version only.
Does our Reagent Instruction For Use, be modified? No. Our IFU will remain the same as today.
Furthermore, this change doesn't affect any product
registration.
Will I loose data during the VU05 update? For mini VIDAS, you will not loose any of your data
(calibrations, MLE cards, headers,...) if the installed
version is R5.2.0, but all previously updated assay
protocols will have to be entered again with the bar
code wand. For VIDAS PC, all data will be kept,
except if you select the Turkish language after
updating - in such a case, all patient data,
calibrations, MLE cards and configuration will be
cleared from the database, since it must be re-
initialized.
Does the Flashcard be kept at customer site, after No. They have to be returned to France - We will
upgrade? allocate one flashcard to each FSE for further use.
Please pay attention that flashcard cost is 40 Euro
per unit.
We choose to update some customers, do we have Yes, it's a quality insurance commitment. Safety and
to leave all the documentation at customer site? regulatory information booklets must stay in the
laboratory. Furthermore the kit content is described in
the marketing letter.
May I keep on using my instrument during the VU05 No. The instrument must be idle (not performing any
update? assay) during the update.

Software Updates
Question Answer
Why do I need to disconnect the bar code wand from The current consumption of the idle instrument has
mini VIDAS before restarting the update in case of already reached its maximum value, the bar code
error 2124, 2120 or incorrect menu? must be disconnected to decrease it to allow the
transfer of the software into the memory in optimal
conditions.
Do I need to inform my LIS supplier about the VIDAS If you keep on using the VIDAS PC software as
PC software update, regarding the ability to use 17 before, the Patient ID and the Sample ID fields
characters in both the Patient ID and the Sample ID? holding a maximum of 12 characters, no change is
necessary.
If you wish to use this new possibility (up to 17
characters) with the new version of VIDAS PC
V4.3.0, then you must check with your LIS supplier if
an update of their driver is necessary, or if it is just a
simple LIS setting modification.
Appendix 1 - VU05 Update Troubleshooting Guide

The Appendix below will provide guidelines, in order to troubleshoot the
installation of the VU05 for the global launch.
Information
The aim of this chapter is to give solutions in order to solve the problems that
you or your customers may find during the mini VIDAS and VIDAS PC
software update and also some guidelines for particular situations after the
Update.
mini VIDAS
The next situations, described in the following steps, may occur during the
update. Make sure your customer has been through the Preliminary
Conditions, Warnings and Verifications before starting the Update procedure.
Many of the errors described can be prevented if the customer has followed
the procedure.
mini VIDAS with Software Version Different than R5.2.0

The Update will only be possible if the software version is R5.2.0. In case the
software present in the mini VIDAS is different from the version R5.2.0, the
software is erased (Software, Calibrations, Lots, Protocols, Configurations),
and then the version R5.3.0 is Installed. Be careful you can either Update or
Install the software version R5.3.0, depending of the version installed in the
mini VIDAS.
NOTE: Before continuing the process, check if the mini VIDAS is
connected to a LIS system. If the mini VIDAS is connected you
must write down the values of the LIS configuration, because during
the Installation, not Update, of the version R5.3.0, the configuration
is set to the default values, which can be different from the existing
configuration.
The picture below is an example of software different than R5.2.0.

Software Updates
Figure Software version
Solution
Follow the procedure bellow to Install the software version R5.3.0.

1 In case the mini VIDAS is connected to a LIS system, from the Main menu
go through Utility Menu -> Configuration Menu -> LIS Interface Options
and then write down the values set in the menus 1, 2 and 3 to set the LIS
at the end of this procedure:
Figure LIS Interface Options
Then you can either erase the software, step 2, or go to the step 4 directly.
2 In the Main menu, press the <6>, <8>, <5> and <3> keys followed by the
< > key.
3 In the next screen, select [Yes].
A screen will appear informing that the deleting process has finished.
4 Switch [OFF] the mini VIDAS.
5 Insert the Flash Card with R5.3.0.
6 Switch [ON] the mini VIDAS.
The system will start booting.
7 A screen will appear asking if you want to Update, select [Yes].
8 A second screen may appear asking if you are sure, select [Yes].

Software Updates
Wait until a screen appears informing that the update is finished.

9 Switch [OFF] the mini VIDAS.
10 Remove the Flash Card.
11 Switch [ON] the mini VIDAS.
12 Print the report
The system will boot and be ready to reconfigure the LIS if necessary, as
described steps 13 & 14.
13 Activate 1 the communication with the LIS, by selecting the option LIS
Upload Enabled, in selecting in the Main menu Utility Menu ->
Configuration Menu -> LIS User Options, and then hit Enter to accept.
Figure LIS Upload Enabled
14 Configure the Link in the Menu LIS Interface Options, has shown in the
Step 1 of this procedure, with the values written in the beginning of this
procedure.
The system is ready to start.
mini VIDAS with Strange Characters in the Calibration Menu

This situation is created if the customer has not follow the Preliminary
Conditions and Warnings provided in the software update procedure.

Software Updates
Figure Unreadable screen
Solution
In this case apply the following procedure to have a readable screen in the
calibration menu.
If the calibration was valid before the update, to have it also after, the
customer must read the PTC barcode(s), present in the Package Insert(s), of
the assays that are referred in the beginning of the update.
Gather all Package Inserts from the concerned assays and proceed as
described below:
1 Follow the procedure from the User Manual, "Miscellaneous operations",
Chapter "Updating an assay", and update all protocols or PTC existing in
the last page of the Package Insert. Wait for the printout(s) to confirm the
Update(s).
2 Reboot the mini VIDAS.
After the reboot, the strange characters will disappear from the Calibration
Menu. In any case the customer can use the mini VIDAS, without questioning
or providing false Results.
Error Message During MLE Card Reading

An error message appears after reading a MLE card, similar to the following
error message.

Software Updates
After trying a manual introduction of the MLE card values, the problem
remains.
Solution
It means that the mini VIDAS software has not been updated, and as a
consequence is not able to understand the new MLE card. Proceed as below:
Update, only possible, if the version that's installed is the R5.2.0, or otherwise
install directly the new software version R5.3.0.
Error 2120, 2124, Unexplained, or Menu Not Available After Update

The error message appears:
During the Update
At the end of the Update
When restarting mini VIDAS, a Menu or Option may be unavailable.
This is due to a failure in the writing process into the memory of the VIC board
during the update, caused by an extra power consumption by the writing
process.
Solution
This error is described in the Installation Procedure provided to the customer

and the solution is also provided in the same document.
To decrease this power consumption, the customer needs to unplug the
Barcode Reader from the mini VIDAS. Please follow the procedure to allow
the Update.
1 Turn the mini VIDAS off.
2 Unplug the Barcode Reader.
3 Insert the Flash Card.
4 Turn the mini VIDAS on and follow the Update Procedure.
5 At the end of the update, turn the mini VIDAS off.
6 Plug, in the "Diagnostic" port, the Barcode Reader.
7 Turn the mini VIDAS on.
8 Follow the last part of the Update Procedure.

Software Updates
Incorrect Date on Display and On Reports Printout (Turkish only)

This error is due to the specific Turkish flash card used to Update the
software.
After the Update, if the 'Selected date/time format' option does not have a
separator, the date on the reports printouts and on the display will be
incorrect.
Solution
1 Select "Utility Menu" -> "Configuration Menu" -> "Set date/time format" ->
"Format".
2 Select one of the options which has a date separator. Example "HH:MM
dd/mm/yy".
VIDAS PC
NOTE: Remember that for VIDAS PC systems you, or your customer, will
only be able to update to VIDAS PC V4.3.0 if the version VIDAS PC
V4.0.0 is installed.
Error Message During MLE Card Reading

An error message, similar to the one below, pops-up after decoding the MLE
card. The problem is that the software has not been yet updated, and as a
consequence, not able to decode the New MLE card.
Solution
Update the software to version V4.3.0.

NOTE: Version V4.0.0 must be operating on the PC to Update the software
to version V4.3.0.
Error Messages During VIDAS PC Update

The update process is performing a series of checks before starting the
Update, and the following errors are the result from a failure, during these
verification steps.

Software Updates
VIDAS PC with the Incorrect User Logged

The user is logged as a VIDAS Routine user, when the mandatory user to
update the system is the VIDAS Administrator Login "db2bmx".
Solution
1 Logout the windows current session, by selecting "Start" -> "Shut

down",
2 From the pull-down list, select the option "Log off xxxx", where xxxx is the
current user
Figure Log off
3 Click "OK".
4 Enter the new login and password "db2bmx".
5 Click "OK".
6 Re-start the Update procedure.
VIDAS PC with Incorrect Software Version

The user is trying to update the system, but an error message pops-up
informing that to update the computer to V4.3.0, a higher version of Windows
must be installed.

Software Updates
Solution
1 If the current Operating System is still Windows NT and VIDAS application

is V3.0.0, proceed to the migration of the software to V4.0.0.
2 Otherwise (older software version than VIDAS 3.0.0), you are forced to
directly proceed to V4.0.0 install, using the Yellow and the Green CD's
from the migration kit. The current installation procedure is available from
the GCS Portal, named as "VU04 Installation Procedure".
3 After setup, configuration and customization of the V4.0.0, re-start the
Update procedure to V4.3.0.
VIDAS PC with Insufficient Disk Space

During the update, an error message pops-up informing that the update has
failed, since there is not enough disk space in D:\ to perform the Update.
NOTE: bioMrieux recommendation is not to install any other programs

besides the ones validated and supplied by bioMrieux.
Solution
As the disk space available in D:\ drive is less than 450Mb:

1 Erase the contents of the "D:\TEMP" folder.
2 Erase or uninstall any additional program located in the D:\ drive. As a
reference, the subfolders in D:\ are like in the screenshot below:

Software Updates
Figure Windows Explorer
3 Re-start the Update V4.3.0.
Update Failure with a Non-Blocking Error Message

During the Update, an error message appears informing that the update has
failed but the user can still use the VIDAS PC, after the reboot.
Solution
Check the file D:\VidasPC_4.3.0_install.log to read what went wrong and

determine if it is possible to bypass the problem.
1 If there is a problem during the update process, the final line is:
"Vidas PC version 4.3.0 update ended: failed".
a Check the line above to locate the problem.
b Delete (or rename) the folder D:\DataBeforeUpdate430, and retry the
Update.
2 If no problem was found in the file and the Update keeps failing:
a If no Data Backup has been recently performed by the customer,
create one as follows (computers not equipped with a USB key):
Format a CD-RW or DVD+RW, depending of the platform.

Software Updates
Create a folder in the CD or DVD, named "Backup".

Copy the contents of the folder "Backup", located in
D:\DataBeforeUpdate430, into the folder "Backup" in the CD or DVD.
b Get the last Full System Backup, or in case you have used the VU04
Migration Kit, the blue CD's, and Restore the System Backup.
c Restore the latest Data Backup.
d Restart the Update to V4.3.0.
If the Update persists to fail, please contact the next level of Support from
bioMrieux.
Update Failure with a Blocking Error Message

During the Update, an error message pops-up informing that the update has
failed and the user cannot use the VIDAS PC.
Solution
1 If no Data Backup has been recently performed by the customer, create

one as follows (computers not equipped with a USB key):
a Format a CD-RW or DVD+RW, depending of the platform.
b Create a folder in the CD or DVD, named "Backup".
c Copy the contents of the folder "Backup", located in
D:\DataBeforeUpdate430, into the folder "Backup" in the CD or DVD.
2 Get the last Full System Backup, or in case you have used the VU04
Migration Kit, the blue CD's, and Restore the System Backup.
3 Restore the latest Data Backup.
4 Restart the Update to V4.3.0.
If the Update persists to fail, please contact the next level of Support of
bioMrieux.
Change to Polish or Turkish Language, in Case of Changing to Cp1252

Codepage, After the Update
If the software has been installed in English the regional settings are
modified, using a Codepage different from Cp1252 (Polish or Turkish
languages), the VIDAS application will not start unless you recreate the
Database. This procedure is necessary and will erase the all data (all patient
information, calibrations, controls and results) currently in the Database.

Software Updates
Solution

2 Log as "db2bmx".
3 Using the Explorer, go to the "D:\bmx\vidas\database" folder.
4 Start the "run.bat" script.
5 Wait until the script has ended. At the end of the script, the "black window"
will close automatically. This window should display at least 1 minute. If
not, restart this procedure from step 1 (reboot the computer).
Once the database has been recreated,
7 Wait AT LEAST 2 minutes before starting the VIDAS PC application.
The VIDAS PC software will now run as expected.
Whenever an error message pops-up after starting the VIDAS PC application,
restart this procedure.
No Update Report Prints Out

At the end of a successful Update, the computer should print out a report to
inform the success of the update.
Solution
1 Confirm that a printer is connected and ready to print.

2 Confirm the installed printer is the default selection.
3 Open the file "VidasPC_4.3.0_install.log" located in D:\ drive, with the
Notepad or WordPad and reprint.
The Interface of BCI NT (RS232) Previously in French, Turns to English

At the end of the Update the system automatically turns the BCI NT
application into its default language (English). There is a Patch available with
the Ref. 98807 to solve the issue, but if you decide to type the orders directly
you can do it by following the procedure below:
Solution
Apply the procedure described in chapter "Activating and Setting BCI RS232
or BCI NET Software Programs (only when requested)".
Particular Cases After VIDAS PC Update

The behavior of software versionV4.3.0 may be different than usual, under
certain circumstances, during routine work.
Please inform your customer about the new procedures in case of software
changes.
VIDAS PC Application Displays an Error When Starting a Run

After starting a run, the following error message may pops-up.

Software Updates
This message is due to existence of errors in the option "List of Errors", not
erased or forgotten.
Even if this error doesn't exist anymore in the instrument nor error is being
visible in the "section status window", the situation created is the result of a
sequence of events that leads to an error when starting a run.
Here below is the sequence of events how the error occurs with the solution:
1 A temperature error occurs in one section. If the error is temporary, after a
while, the error disappears from the "Section Status Bar", but remains in
the "Instrument" menu, when you click on the "Error Display" 1 button, in
the "List of Errors" 2. Like the screenshot below:
Figure Instrument menu
2 The customer runs a sample and there is no error, in the "section status
bar", at the moment of starting the run, since the error was temporary, like
the screenshot below shows.

Software Updates
Figure Section status bar
3 If, and only if, another Error occurs in the section, where previously a
temporary error had occurred and not removed from the "List of Errors",
the run stops. For information, the software keeps all instrument error in
memory, visible in the "list of errors", until they are erased.

Software Updates
Solution
1 From the "List of Errors" the customer must select all existing errors and
delete them by clicking "Delete" 3.
Figure List of errors
2 The "Section Status Bar" will then show the status "RESER" and the
instrument is ready to re-start.

Software Updates
Figure Section Status Bar
The VIDAS PC Application Does Not Transform Correctly the Letter 'i' in
Uppercase (Turkish only)
Due to an existing software bug of Java Language, if the customer upon the
assay selection enters the letter 'i' to go faster, the scrolling list will not react
to the keyboard entering.
Figure Test selection

Software Updates
Solution
1 Open the "Scrolling List" 1 of the assay selection, in the loading screen,
and select the desired assay, by developing the list, using the mouse.

Software Updates
Incorrect Labels When Selecting Industry Mode (Turkish only)

Due to a software bug, with the Industry Mode and the Turkish language
selected, the "Loading Menu" will displays the following:
Figure Loading menu
and also in the "Results Menu":
Figure Results menu

Software Updates
Solution
This fields will be possible to be modified, if the VU05 is installed and the
procedure from the Industry Kit executed.
1 Check that VIDAS PC software is in version 4.3.0 (menu "About") and the
procedure from the Industry Labels have been updated (kit Industry ref.
93569).
2 Close BCI application, by clicking on .
3 Close VIDAS PC application, by clicking on .

4 Open the Windows explorer.
5 Go into the folder "d:\bmx\vidas\VidasPilot\resources".
6 Open the file "VidasResource_tr" with the WordPad application as follows:
Figure Open file
7 Find the text "PRE_PATIENT_NAME" in the file:
Figure Text search

Software Updates
8 Select and copy the word that is after the equals character, as follows:
Figure Copy text
9 Then Find the text "PRE_JL_NAME":

Software Updates
Figure Find text
10 And Paste, after the equals character as follows:

Software Updates
Figure Paste text
11 Find for the "RES_TITLE4":

Software Updates
Figure Find text
12 And Paste, after the equals character as follows:

Software Updates
Figure Paste text
13 Save the "VidasResource_tr" file and close WordPad.

14 Close the Windows Explorer.
15 Restart the VIDAS PC and BCI applications.
16 Confirm that VIDAS PC user interface is as follows:
Figure Check language
and also:

Software Updates
Figure Check language
VIDAS CC or Text
An error message appears after reading the MLE card, and it's similar to the
following error message below. The problem is that the software is unable to
decode the New MLE card.
Solution
If this situation happens, the only solution is to replace the computer by a PC

Platform and update with the software version V4.3.0. Several
communications informing the impossibility of the VIDAS text to work with the
New reagents, were already made through GCS or Marketing Product
Manager, to avoid this situation.

Software Updates
Figure Appendix 2

Software Updates
Figure Appendix 3
VIDAS Software Update V4.0.0 to 4.3.0
Before You Start

1 Please check that your data have been backed up to a CD. If not, perform
a backup using the VIDAS PC user manual for help (Chapter 9 - Backup).
2 Check that the version of your VIDAS PC software is 4.0.0 ("About"
menu). If not, contact your local bioMrieux representative.
3 Check that there are no analyses in progress on the VIDAS instrument.
4 If you are connected to a LIS, validate all your results and send them to
the LIS.

Software Updates
5 Close the BCI user application.

6 Close the VIDAS PC user application.
7 Check that a correctly configured printer is connected and online. The
update report will print out automatically at the end of the update.
Duration of the Update

About 10 minutes. The time will vary according to the size of your database.
Procedure
1 Restart your computer.
2 Log in as "db2bmx", password "db2bmx".
3 Wait for 2 minutes.
4 Insert the VIDAS PC 4.3.0 update CD-ROM into the CD drive.
Figure Select Setup Language
5 Select the language of the update and click "OK" to confirm.
Figure VIDAS PC 4.3.0 Setup Wizard
6 Click "Next".

Software Updates
Figure Installing
Figure Restart Computer
The update report prints out automatically.

7 Click "Finish".
8 Remove the update CD-ROM from the CD drive.
The update is complete. The computer will restart automatically.
Once the Update is Complete

1 Keep the update report.
2 Keep your update CD-ROM in case you need to perform the update
again.

Software Updates
Troubleshooting
Error message Cause / Action
"You must connect as db2bmx" You must log in as db2bmx.

Close the Windows session and open a new
session with the following information:
User name: db2bmx
Password: db2bmx
"Insufficient disk space on D. Call your local There is not enough space on your disk to perform
bioMrieux representative to perform the update." the update.
Please contact your local bioMrieux representative.
"An error occurred during update of Vidas PC 4.0.0 to An error occurred during the update. You can still use
Vidas PC 4.3.0. The computer will reboot, you can your VIDAS PC software.
continue using Vidas PC. Call your local bioMrieux
representative to perform the update."
"An error occurred during update of Vidas PC 4.0.0 to An error occurred during the update. You can no
Vidas PC 4.3.0. The computer will reboot, Vidas PC longer use your VIDAS PC software.
is no longer usable. Call your local bioMrieux
representative to perform the update."
"The update cannot be performed using the version The previous software update was not performed.
found: Vidas PC X.Y.Z. Call your local bioMrieux
representative to perform the previous update."
Version 4.0.0 of the VIDAS PC software should be
installed before this update.
mini VIDAS Software Update V5.2.0 to 5.3.0

The update takes about 1 hour.
If you have several mini VIDAS instruments, this update should be performed
for each one.
NOTE: The software card included in the update kit can be used to update
all the mini VIDAS instruments.
Additional messages, which are not indicated in the procedure, may appear
on the screen.
Preliminary Conditions
Both sections of the mini VIDAS should be available and no assay runs
planned immediately.
NOTICE

Software Updates
The mini VIDAS software update will reinitialize the knowledge

base. The protocol data updated with the barcode reader will no
longer be available and consequently, it will no longer be possible
to use the VIDAS assays concerned until the PTC update
barcodes have been rescanned.
Before you start the software update,
if you are no longer using one of the VIDAS assays listed
below, you must suppress the corresponding expired
calibrations.
if you are using one of the VIDAS assays listed below, you
must have the package inserts available for the assays
concerned so that you can rescan the PTC update barcodes
(see the example opposite) at the end of the update.
VIDAS NT-proBNP
VIDAS CEA (S)
VIDAS BRAHMS PCT
VIDAS C. difficile Toxin A & B
VIDAS Cortisol S
VIDAS TROPONIN I Ultra
VIDAS Listeria DUO
VIDAS IC Salmonella II
VIDAS Listeria Species Xpress
VIDAS UP E. coli O157:H7
VIDAS E. E. coli Serogroup
Some of these reagents are not yet available or have not yet
obtained regulatory clearance in certain countries.
Please contact your local bioMrieux representative for further
information on these products and their availability.
Figure PTC update barcodes

Software Updates
Check the Current Version of the mini VIDAS Software

1 To check that the current version of the mini VIDAS software is R 5.2.,
print the software version by following the steps in the diagram below:

Software Updates
Figure Checking the current SW version
2 Check that the mini VIDAS software version on the report is 5.2..

Software Updates
a If it is, follow the update procedure described below.

b If not, call bioMrieux technical assistance or your local bioMrieux
representative.
Prepare the mini VIDAS for the Update

1 To power off the mini VIDAS, put the "ON/OFF" switch at the back of the
instrument in "OFF" position.
Figure Rear side of instrument
2 Remove the plastic cover, if any, to access the software card reader.
3 Insert the R 5.3. software card in the reader in the direction of the arrow
printed on the bioMrieux label (label on the outside of the instrument).
Figure Software card

Software Updates
When the card is correctly inserted, the eject button of the card reader
(located below the card) will pop out.
4 To power on the mini VIDAS, put the "ON/OFF" switch in the "ON"
position.
The mini VIDAS takes a few minutes to boot.
At the end of the boot procedure, the following Menu appears:
Figure Message on display
Update the Software

1 Start the mini VIDAS update:
Figure Click Yes
The following screen appears:

Software Updates
Figure Click Yes
The following screen appears a few seconds later and remains while the
update takes place:
Figure Progress indication
2 When the update is finished, the mini VIDAS emits a beep and the
following screen appears:

Software Updates
Figure Success message
The update is finished.

3 To power off the mini VIDAS, use the "ON/OFF" switch at the back of the
instrument.
4 To remove the R 5.3. software card, press the eject button on the card
reader (located below the card).
Powering On and Initialization:

1 Before powering on the mini VIDAS, wait for 10 seconds.
2 Put the "ON/OFF" switch in the "ON" position at the back of the
instrument.
The mini VIDAS takes a few minutes to boot.
At the end of the boot procedure, the Main Menu appears.
Figure Main menu

Software Updates
Read Assay Update Card Bar Codes

When the update is complete, if you are using one of the VIDAS assays listed
below, you must rescan the PTC update barcodes that can be found at the
end of the package insert of the assay concerned:
Complete Name Assay code
VIDAS NT-proBNP PBNP
VIDAS CEA (S) CEAS
VIDAS BRAHMS PCT PCT
VIDAS C. difficile Toxin A & B CDAB
VIDAS Cortisol S CORS
VIDAS TROPONIN I Ultra TNIU
VIDAS Listeria DUO LDUO
VIDAS IC Salmonella II ICS2
VIDAS Listeria Species Xpress LSX
VIDAS UP E. coli O157:H7 ECPT
VIDAS E. E. coli Serogroup EES
To Update an Assay
1 Select [Utility Menu], followed by [Assay Update] and then [Yes].
For further information on the assay update, please refer to your mini VIDAS
User's Manual (page 6-10 "Updating an assay") on the enclosed " User's
guide " CD-ROM.
To Read a Bar Code

1 Take the page in the package insert that includes the barcodes (back of
the package insert).
Figure PTC update bar codes (example)
2 Scan the first barcode using the reader: slowly scan the barcode from top
to bottom and from bottom to top until the code has been totally read.
Several beeps are emitted during a correct reading. A beep is emitted and
a LED lights up when reading has been completed successfully.

Software Updates
3 Wait until printing of the assay update report is complete before starting to
scan the PTC barcodes for another assay.
For further information on barcode reading, please refer to your mini VIDAS
User's Manual (page 6-10 "Updating an assay") on the enclosed " User's
guide " CD-ROM.
Print the Version Number of the Updated Software

When the update is complete,

Software Updates
1 Print the software version by following the steps in the diagram below.
This will enable you to fill in the "STATEMENT OF CONFIGURATION" at
the back of this procedure.

Software Updates
Figure Display new version number
2 To return to the Main Menu, press the previous Menu key several
times.
Confirmation Mail
When the update is complete, please fill in the "CONFIGURATION
STATEMENT" at the back of this procedure.
It will enable you to inform bioMrieux that the mini VIDAS instrument(s)
update has been performed successfully.
1 On the "CONFIGURATION STATEMENT" (at the back of this procedure),
put your laboratory stamp in the space provided.
2 Then, in box no. (1) on the statement, write down the software version that
is printed on the first line of the report.
NOTE: It is essential to fill in a "CONFIGURATION STATEMENT" for each
mini VIDAS instrument that has been updated.
Therefore, if you have several mini VIDAS instruments, please
photocopy the "CONFIGURATION STATEMENT" and fill it in for
each one.
NOTICE
Please note that the software will not be guaranteed by
bioMrieux or your local bioMrieux representative, unless you
return the configuration statement(s) as instructed.
Please mail to bioMrieux or your local bioMrieux representative
the "CONFIGURATION STATEMENT(S)" IMPERATIVELY with
the R 5.3. software card, in the enclosed reinforced envelope.
NOTE: After you have performed this loading procedure, your mini VIDAS
will have the following software version: R 5.3..

Software Updates

Software Updates
Figure Statement of Configuration
Troubleshooting
Description Cause / Action
Error 2120 Cause:

Error 2124 Interference from the barcode reader during the
software update.
Defective display of certain menus
Action:
Never connect or disconnect the barcode reader
when the mini VIDAS is switched on as this could
damage the instrument.
Turn off the mini VIDAS: turn the power switch to
"OFF" and then disconnect the power cord.
Disconnect the barcode reader after having
previously unfastened the two connector screws.
Insert the R 5.3. software card.
Switch on the mini VIDAS: connect the power
cord and turn the power switch to "ON".
Start the software update again (see chapter
"Update the Software").
Turn off the mini VIDAS.
Remove the R 5.3. software card.
Connect the barcode reader to the "Diagnostic"
port of your mini VIDAS and fasten the two
connector screws.
Switch on the mini VIDAS.
For further information on installation of the
barcode reader, refer to your mini VIDAS User's
Manual ("Installing the barcode reader" on page
8-41).
Unexpected characters in the list of stored standards Cause:

Some valid or expired calibration curves stored in the
mini VIDAS are no longer linked to a protocol.
Action:
Make sure that you have updated the protocols of all
the assays that have been used on your mini VIDAS.
Refer to chapter "Read Assay Update Card Bar
Codes".
Figure Unexpected characters

Software Updates
Description Cause / Action
Absence of an assay in the list of available assays Cause:

or There is no stored protocol for this assay.
"Unknown assay" Action:
Make sure that you have updated the protocols of all
the assays that have been used on your mini VIDAS.
Refer to chapter "Read Assay Update Card Bar
Codes".

Data Backup
Data Backup
VIDAS: Data Backup on USB Thumb Drive

A kit is now available to replace the existing Data Backup Media (CD-RW/
DVD+RW). The replacement media is a USB Thumb Drive, suitable for the
most recent VIDAS PC platforms.
The evolution of DVD media to a USB Thumb drive was developed to
homogenize the existing installed base, concerning the media used, and also
to solve some unexplained problems occurred during a Data Backup on the
DVD media.
NOTICE
You must use a laptop to transfer executable files that are
attached to this document, onto the VIDAS PC platform.
To avoid any virus contamination of the VIDAS PC platform during
this operation, your laptop must be equipped with an updated,
valid and activated Antivirus software.
This procedure is to be applied on the following VIDAS PC platforms ONLY:

EVO510
EVO530
DC7600
DC7700
The EN600 can not handle this evolution, since the motherboard only
supports the USB version 1.0.
The DC7800 and the RP5700 are already delivered with the USB Thumb
Drive by default, so they are also not impacted by this evolution.
Required Hardware / Software
Name Ref. Available from
Hardware VIDASPC USB KEY BACKUP KIT 410150 To be ordered
Software InCD Uninstall - IMAPI V2 Archive script NA Attached, or from GCS

installation.exe Portal
VIDASPC_Retrofit_USB_KEY_R0.exe NA
Warnings and Precautions

These warnings and precautions must be communicated to the customer, at
USB key installation.
No other USB Thumb drive can be plugged on the VIDAS PC.
Only the bioMrieux USB Thumb Drive must be used for the Data Backup.
The USB Thumb Drive should not be removed from the slot after the Data
Backup.
The following warning must be acknowledge by the Field Service Engineer.

Data Backup
In case of VIDAS PC SWAP, Computacenter will not ship a USB key with
the computer. Re-plug it on the new computer.
Procedure
NOTICE
This procedure only applies to VIDAS PC software version V4.3.0
or higher.
If not, please update the software before continuing.
Follow the complete procedure, without jumping steps.
To Secure Data
1 Ensure a recent Data Backup is available. In case not, perform one.
To Copy the Necessary Files Attached to the USB Thumb Drive

2 On your laptop, unzip and copy the "InCD Uninstall - IMAPI V2 Archive
script installation.exe" file, attached to this GCS info, to the USB Thumb
drive issued from the kit.
Figure Copy file to USB thumb drive
3 Unzip and copy also the "VIDASPC_Retrofit_USB_KEY_R0.exe" file,

attached to this GCS Info.
Figure Copy file to USB thumb drive
4 Remove from your laptop the USB Thumb drive.
To Remove Useless InCD Software and Install Necessary Fix

5 Switch ON the VIDAS PC Computer.
6 Log as "db2bmx" or any other administrator account.
7 Plug the USB Thumb drive into the VIDAS PC Computer.
8 From Windows Explorer, run the "InCD Uninstall - IMAPI V2 Archive script
installation.exe" file from USB Thumb drive.
Wait for the automatic computer reboot.
To Install the USB Thumb Drive

9 Unplug the USB Thumb Drive from the computer.
In case the "d:\vidbackup" folder exist:
a Suppress the folder.

Data Backup
b Shutdown and reboot the computer (without the USB Thumb Drive on).
10 After the reboot, log as "db2bmx" account.
11 Plug the USB Thumb Drive. Insert the Thumb drive into a USB port at the
rear of the computer.
12 Fasten the USB Thumb Drive to the computer, as shown on picture below,
using the lanyard provided.
Figure Connect USB thumb drive
NOTICE
The USB Thumb Drive must be the only external drive connected
to the PC.
Figure Devices
13 Confirm (or change if necessary) that the USB Thumb Drive is assigned to
the "F" drive letter.
14 Click on Start -> Settings -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools ->
Computer Management.

Data Backup
Figure Select Computer Management
15 Double-click on Disk Management.
Figure Computer Management
16 Right-click on the partition area of the Disk 1 Removable and select

"Change Drive Letter and Paths...".

Data Backup
Figure Change Drive Letter
17 Click on "Change".
Figure Change Drive Letter
18 Select "F". If a drive is already mapped with this drive letter, the letter "F"
will not be available in the list. If this is the case, you must first remove this
drive or re-affect the other drive to another drive letter.
Figure Change Drive Letter or Path
19 Click on "OK".

Data Backup
Figure Confirm
20 Click on "Yes".
The volume name must be set to "BMX".
21 Open the Windows Explorer. Right-click the Removable Disk previously
configured with the drive letter "F" and select Properties.
Figure Select Properties
22 Select General, enter the name "BMX" and then click "OK". The name of
the volume will be "BMX".

Data Backup
Figure Enter drive name
23 Reboot the computer with the USB Thumb Drive plugged in.
To Setup the Environment for the USB Thumb Drive

1 Run "VIDASPC_Retrofit_USB_KEY_R0.exe" file from the USB Thumb
Drive.
Wait for the automatic computer reboot.
2 Log on as "db2bmx" account.
3 From Windows Explorer, delete the "InCD Uninstall - IMAPI V2 Archive
script installation.exe" and the "VIDASPC_Retrofit_USB_KEY_R0.exe"
files, from the USB Thumb Drive.
To Check the Data Backup Functionality

1 On the VIDAS PC Software, click on the "Navigation tree".
2 Select "Maintenance" -> "Backup/ Restore".

Data Backup
3 Click on the "Backup" button.

Wait for the data backup to end. The window will close automatically.
Check that it has been performed.
4 Go to the USB Thumb drive (F:\).
5 Open the "backup.log" file on the "F:\backup" folder.
Check the date and time at the end of the file and make sure that the
backup has been successful (see example below).
Figure Backup.log example file
Starting from VIDAS PC DC7800 with Data Backup in USB Key
Information
We are glad to inform you that due to a evolving storage solutions and data
processing a USB key is now available with the VIDAS PC DC7800 platform
to store the VIDAS Daily Data Backup. This solution is provided as a
replacement of current solution based in InCD third-party tool, plus the
rewritable CD or DVD media.
The USB Key

The USB key will have the following aspect:
Figure USB key
Purpose
This solution is provided as a replacement of the current solution based on
the InCD Software third-party tool, plus the rewritable CD or DVD media that
are no longer supported due to their significant robustness issues, to improve
the reliability of the Backup functionality.
NOTE: The USB key solution presented is not yet adapted nor available, to
a possible retrofit of the existing installed platforms. For VIDAS PC
EN600, EVO510, EVO530, DC7600 and DC7700, a retrofit solution
will be soon communicated.

Data Backup
In case your customer need to archive or transfer the data from the USB key
to a CD/DVD you find instructions in chapter "Graphical Guide to Burn
Backup".
This document is supplied inside the kit and should be provided during the
installation of the USB key to the customer, and describes the steps and
errors of the Burn Backup.
NOTICE
WHEN AN OLD PLATFORM IS REPLACED BY A DC7800!
For the moment, it will be impossible to Restore a Data Backup
from a DVD or CD, created by the InCD software, in the DC7800,
but a solution is being developed.
Product References
99947 - GENERIC BMX USB KEY BACKUP KIT
USB key of 4GB
Blank DVD+R, Verbatim
Lanyard to fasten the USB key to the computer
Addenda to explain how to Burn the content of the USB key in the DVD+R
for the customer
It is recommended to manage locally a small stock of spare USB keys, for
failure cases.
99946 - GENERIC SINGLE BMX USB KEY
USB key of 4GB

These warnings and precautions must be communicated to the customer, at
USB key installation.
No other USB drive can be plugged on the VIDAS PC.
Only the bioMrieux USB key must be used for the Data Backup.
The USB key should not be removed from the slot after the Data Backup.
Inform the customer about the storage conditions of the media (CD and
DVD).
The only supported type of medias to burn the backup are blank CD-R
and blank DVD+R. All other medias are not supported (RW, DVD-R, ),
and it is recommended to use bioMrieux recommended medias.
Not to use the USB key on other's bioMrieux platforms or external
platforms.
The following warning must be acknowledge by the Field Service Engineer.
In case of VIDAS PC SWAP, Computacenter will not ship a USB key with
the computer. Re-plug it on the new computer.
Installation Procedure
The installation procedure of the USB key is described in chapter "Installation
and Configuration of the USB Key (only for DC7800 and RP5700 platforms
and for all countries)".

Data Backup
Backup and Restore

The backup and restore procedure does not change from the customer point
of view, except the manipulation between the two media, used alternatively to
perform the daily data backup, that is suppressed. Also there is no
modification in the procedure of Programming the Automatic Backup.
Archiving Feature
This new feature is only applied when:
Your customer wants to archive the VIDAS Database.
The Global Customer Service or Global System Support requires a Data
Backup.
For the other cases this feature is optional and usually not applied by the
VIDAS customer.
So therefore, if you want to archive the content of the USB key, you find
instructions in chapter "Graphical Guide to Burn Backup". It is recommended
to explain and review the content of the addenda, to burn and to train the
customer to do alone this new feature.
Instructions
Please find below written instructions of the fully Burn Backup procedure,
which is used also by other systems.
NOTE: For VIDAS systems the 3rd and 5th steps are optional, and so
therefore you can instruct your customer to not perform these
additional steps.
Step I - Media Insertion
Only Blank CD-R or DVD+R are accepted.

Insert the media into the Drive.
Compare that the existence of the USB key is attached to the drive letter
"F:".
Step II - Start the Burn Backup
Double Left-click the icon named "Burn Backup" in the desktop.

A window is displayed to inform the evolution.
After a while two windows may appear:
If Burn Backup is successful go to Step III.
In case of error go to Step IV.
Step III (optional) - Compare the Contents of the CD Drive with the USB
Key
Hitting the keys "Windows logo" + "E" the "Explorer" window is open.
One Left-click the drive letter "F:" (or the drive named BMX).
To select all hit the keys "Ctrl" + "A".
One Right-click one of the highlighted files.
One Left-click the "Properties" option from the window opened.

Data Backup
Note down the number of Folders, Files and their Size.

Hitting the keys "Windows logo" + "E" the "Explorer" window is opened.
One Left-click the drive letter "E:" (or the CD drive).
To select all hit the keys "Ctrl" + "A".
One Right-click one of the highlighted files.
One Left-click the "Properties" option from the window opened.
Note down the number of Folders, Files and their Size.
Compare the values:
If they are equal go to Step V.
If they are different go to Step I.
Step IV - Troubleshooting and Solutions
Step V (optional) - Store the Burned Backup
Store in a safe place the Backup.

Hitting the keys "Windows logo" + "E" the "Explorer" window is opened.
One Left-click, the drive letter "F:" (or the drive named BMX).
To select all, hit the keys "Ctrl" + "A".
Erase the content of the USB key, hitting the "Suppr/Del" key.
Messages
Bellow are the Descriptions and Recommendations to the Burn Backup
procedure, for the error messages that may appear. It is also recommended
that you instruct and review them with your customer.
Message box Description Recommendations
Error #1 No more free space in user's temp folder. Free space on C:\
Contact bioMrieux.
Error #1 There is no media in the device. Insert a blank media in the drive.
Error #1 The media is not blank. Insert a blank media in the drive.
Error #1 The current media type is unsupported. Insert a blank media in the drive. The
only supported media types are:
DVD+R or CD-R.
Error #1 Size of data to archive is larger than the Insert a blank DVD+R in place of the
media size. CD-R in the drive.
Error #1 Initialization failed. Throw out the current media and try
once with another media.
Contact bioMrieux.
Error #1 Stream data failure. Throw out the current media and try
Contact bioMrieux.
Error #1 Unsupported recorder media type. Contact bioMrieux.

Data Backup
Message box Description Recommendations
Error #1 Source folder not found. Check that USB key is plugged and
available thru F:\ drive letter.
Contact bioMrieux.
Error #1 Burn failed. Throw out the current media and try
Contact bioMrieux.
Burn backup Burn backup successful. Check that burned media data and
successful USB Key data are identical.
In this case, and only in this case, USB
Key data can be deleted.
Store the burned media in a secure
environment.
VIDAS: Recovering or Transferring Data from a CD/DVD Media into a VIDAS PC with a
USB Thumb Drive
The aim of this document is to provide a procedure to enable the transfer of
Data from a CD/DVD media to a USB Thumb Drive.
The current PC for VIDAS are shipped with a USB Thumb Drive, allowing the
Data Backup storage on this media only. InCD software is no longer installed
on the VIDAS Computer, and as a consequence the Data Backup cannot be
recovered from a DVD media, only from a USB Thumb drive.
Scope
It then became impossible to restore directly data from a Data Backup CD/
DVD media (as created using InCD by the PC platforms EN600, EVO510,
EVO530, DC7600 and DC7700) into a computer using the USB Thumb Drive
(DC7800 and RP5700).
When replacing a former VIDAS PC computer (Data Backup on CD/DVD
media) with a recent one (USB Thumb Drive), there is nevertheless a
possibility to restore former data, as described in the procedure below.
Remark: Apply the same procedure to retrieve data from CD/DVD media
obtained from a Burn-Backup procedure.
Procedure to Restore Data from a CD/DVD Media onto a VIDAS

Computer Equipped with a USB Thumb Drive
Glossary:
Old computer = PC equipped with InCD software (EN600, EVO510,
EVO530, DC7600, DC7700)
New computer = PC equipped with a USB Thumb Drive without InCD
software (e.g.: RP5700)
1 Make sure a recent Data Backup CD/DVD media is available from the Old
computer. If not available and still possible, perform it before starting.
2 Install the New computer, paying special attention to the installation of the
USB Thumb Drive according to the current installation procedure.

Data Backup
At the end of the installation procedure, where a Data Backup check is

required, you must:
a Delete the "backup" folder from the USB Thumb Drive (F:\).
b Delete the "VIDBACKUP" folder from the Hard Drive (D:\).
3 Insert the Data Backup CD/DVD media into the DVD drive of the New
computer.
4 If Windows Explorer does not display after closing the DVD drive, open
Windows Explorer: then select the CD/DVD drive to display its contents.
5 Copy the "backup" folder from the CD/DVD media and paste it into the
USB Thumb Drive (F:\).
6 Remove the Data Backup CD/DVD media from the DVD drive.
7 Shutdown/Reboot the Computer with the USB thumb drive still plugged in.
8 Run a Data Restore (either from the VIDAS Application or from Windows)
to restore data from the USB Thumb Drive.
NOTICE
ORIGINAL SOFTWARE VERSION (Data Backup on CD/DVD
media) MUST BE IDENTICAL TO THE TARGET ONE (USB
Thumb Drive).
If not, the Restore will corrupt the application.
9 Open the Results screen in VIDAS PC software, to make sure data has
been restored in: a restore failure means that the USB Thumb Drive was
not properly installed - refer to the Note after the end of this procedure to
retrieve this functionality.
NOTE: In case the USB Thumb Drive has been installed the wrong way,
please proceed as follows to allow an efficient Data Backup /
Restore procedure:
1 Confirm that the USB Thumb Drive letter is 'F:' - if not, change it to 'F:'
2 Confirm that the name given to the USB Thumb Drive is 'BMX' - if not,
change it.
3 Suppress the complete folder 'VIDBACKUP' located in 'D:\'
4 Reboot the computer with the USB Thumb Drive inserted
5 Control from Windows Explorer the automatic creation of D:\VIDBACKUP
folder
6 Make sure the data backup is operating, by proceeding to a Data Backup.

Data Backup
Graphical Guide to Burn Backup

Data Backup

Data Backup
Figure Step 1

Data Backup
Figure Step 2

Data Backup

Data Backup

Data Backup
Figure Step 3

Data Backup

Data Backup
Figure Step 4
Figure Step 4 (continued)

Data Backup
Figure Step 4 (continued)

Data Backup

Data Backup
Figure Step 5

Data Backup

4. System Composition
1 4. System Composition
Parts of the System
Evolutions
Boards & Schematics

Parts of the System
Parts of the System

The VIDAS and the mini VIDAS consists of the following parts:
Temperature Control
Reagent Handling System
Optics
Auto Calibration
Scanner Board
Incubator Board
Bay Interface Board
Motors and Sensors
Internal Computer for the mini VIDAS and a PC computer for the VIDAS
Power Supply
Keypad and Display Screen (only for the mini VIDAS)
Internal Printer (only for the mini VIDAS)
Figure "mini VIDAS Block Diagram" shows a block diagram of the mini VIDAS
instrument.
Figure mini VIDAS Block Diagram

Parts of the System
Figure VIDAS Block Diagram
Temperature Control System

A constant temperature is maintained in the areas where the assay reactions
take place. Each group of six Solid Phase Receptacles (SPRs) is enclosed
within a thermally isolated heating block. The movable trays that hold the
reagent strips are also regulated by temperature controls.
There are two separate temperature controllers in the VIDAS and mini VIDAS
modules for each Section.
Each Section controller regulates the core temperature of the SPR Block and
Tray. The controllers operate with complete independence from each other.
The performance of each temperature circuit is independently controlled by
an internal microprocessor on the Incubator Board. An error message will
display if the temperature in either system deviates from the expected range.
An additional controller regulates the Power Supply enclosure temperature to
help regulate internal air temperature in the instrument.

Parts of the System
Each temperature controller contains a 0.1% on board 37C reference. The

temperature sensing devices, contained within the SPR Block and Tray, are
0.2 C accuracy thermistors.
The SPR Block is heated by a surface-mounted heating element. The
thermistor, located in the block, senses its temperature and connects to a
proportional controller, which adjusts the low voltage AC or DC current to the
heating element, thus maintaining a constant Block temperature of 37C
1.5C and should not exceed 0.5C from the average of all Sections.
The temperature of each movable Reagent Strip Tray is maintained by an
identical heating and control system at 37C 1.7C and should not exceed
0.7C from the average of all Sections.
mini VIDAS
The temperature range of the SPR block is 37C 1.5C and should not vary
more than 0.5C from the average of both Sections. The tray temperature
range is 37C 1.7C and should not vary more than 0.7C from the average
of both Sections. If the temperature drifts outside these limits and a run is
started, an error message is generated.
To view temperature, proceed as follows:
1 Close all instrument covers and allow a 30 minute warm up.
2 Select Section Status on the Main Menu. Then select Display
temperatures. The Temperature screen will display.
3 Verify all SPR temperatures report 37C 1.5C with a maximum
difference of 0.5C.
4 Verify all Tray temperatures report 37C 1.7C with a maximum
difference of 0.7C.
5 Press the Previous Screen key to return to the Main Menu.
VIDAS
The temperature range of the SPR block is 36 to 38C and should not vary
more than 0.7C from the average of all five sections. The tray temperature
range is 36 to 38C, and should not vary more than 1C from the average of
all five sections. If the temperature drifts outside these limits and a run is
started, an error message is generated. To view temperature proceed as
follows:
Reagent Handling System

Reagent handling within the VIDAS and mini VIDAS is supplied by six
channel pipettor modules (two each) that perform all fluid transfer, dilution,
and wash operations using the Solid Phase Receptacles (SPRs). The
pipettors can accommodate liquid volumes in the 8.9 l to 316.5 l range.
One six-channel pipettor module (Pump Assembly) is located in the Tower
Assembly of each Section. The six separate pipettors, in each Pump
Assembly operate in mechanical unison, but have no fluidic inter-connection.
The entire Pump Assembly moves vertically in the Tower Assembly, allowing
the SPRs to pierce the foil seal and access wells in the Reagent Strips, which
move horizontally under the module.
A cross section of one pipettor in the pump assembly is shown in Figure
"Reagent Handling System". The SPR (1) is connected to the pipettor by a

Parts of the System
resilient grommet seal (2). Fluids are moved in and out of each SPR channel
by an air displacement piston. This piston (3) is sealed using a low-friction
rolling diaphragm (4) that maintains a constant effective piston area
throughout its operating range. The actuating system is designed to provide a
linear translation of actuator arm motion to piston movement and thus fluid
displacement.
Pipetting volume and the speed at which fluids move into or out of the SPR
are microprocessor controlled and programmable through protocol
commands, downloaded by the software. A linear stepper motor (5) with an
integral lead screw produces a precise linear motion that translates through
the lever arm (6), the pivot point (7), and the pressure plate (8) to the top of
each piston in the Pump Assembly.
Figure Reagent Handling System

Parts of the System
Precision manufactured parts in the pipettor control the volume accuracy of

the fluid displacement. The pipettors do not require field calibration. But the
accuracy of the pipettors can be checked by using bioMrieux controls or the
QCV Assay. The SPR grommet seals should be replaced every twelve
months (Preventive Maintenance), if they become contaminated, or are
damaged.
When running an Assay, optical sensors and the microprocessor on the
Incubator Board monitor the linear motion in the pipetting system. If a
deviation in the extended linear displacement occurs, the Assay halts
automatically and the computer issues an error message.
Optics
The VIDAS and mini VIDAS optical (VSH) system measures the
concentration of fluorescence from the reaction product developed during an
Assay with a single channel fluorometer. The two available optical systems
use a dual-beam excitation system to compensate for variations in lamp
output. The optical system moves across the instrument to read the desired
test position.
The Scanner/Carriage (VSH) assembly moves the optical system to each
sample. For a diagram of the fluorometer of the VSH, see Figure
"Fluorometer Optics".
WARNING

Parts of the System
HIGH VOLTAGES and ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT are present on the

Scanner/Carriage Assembly.
High voltage poses the risk of shock or electrocution. Ultraviolet
light can damage the eyes.
Figure Fluorometer Optics
The excitation optics consist of a xenon flash lamp source (1) filtered by a
370 nm narrow band optical filter (3). Multiple flashes, triggered under
computer control, are projected through an aspheric lens (2) as a collimated
image of the arc from the flash lamp onto the optical cuvette (7). The reaction
product then produces a fluorescence signal proportional to its concentration.
The detection optics measure the fluorescence signal using a lens (8) that
focuses on the centre of the cuvette, at a 90-degree angle from the excitation
source. The lens projects an image of the centre of the cuvette through a 450
nm narrow band filter (9) onto a high sensitivity PIN photodiode (10).

Parts of the System
For the VSH, a fraction of the excitation beam is reflected by a beam-splitter

(4) through a UV pass filter (5) onto a reference photodiode (6), producing a
signal proportional to the intensity of the excitation beam. Optical readings
are measured by the system as a ratio of the detected light to the intensity of
the flash lamp, allowing the electronics to compensate for changes in the
intensity of the flash lamp.
Each flash of the excitation lamp produces output pulses from the signal and
reference photodiodes. High linearity peak detectors hold the maximum
amplitude of each pulse. The outputs of the peak detectors are applied to a
12-bit analogue-to-digital (A/D) converter producing an output proportional to
the ratio of the emission intensity to the excitation intensity. Each reading
cycle consists of a set number of flashes by the lamp. High and low readings
are discarded to filter noise components and the remaining readings are
averaged by an internal microprocessor, on the Scanner Board, to provide
the final value in Relative Fluorescence Units (RFU).
Internal self-diagnostics of the optics include computations that monitor the
CVs of the readings. The computer also periodically takes readings in air and
issues a message if the air readings fall out of expected bounds. All VIDAS
and mini VIDAS have a built-in solid reference standard used to check and
compensate for small changes due to optics calibration drift between
calibrations (Auto Calibration).
The instrument is calibrated using a standard calibration solution, in a VIDAS
Calibration Strip prepared by bioMrieux. These calibration strips are
checked by QC/QA, and values are assigned to the strips [approximately a
3144 RFU reading with an approximately 6.41 M solution of 4-
methylumbelliferone (4-MU) in a buffer]. Instrument calibration should be
checked every twelve months by a factory trained Field Service
Representative.
The fluorometer, located on the Scanner/Carriage Assembly, is shown in
block diagram in Figure "Block Diagram of the Fluorometer". The flash lamp
circuit consists of a high voltage power supply (600 VDC) and related trigger
control circuits. The signal and reference photodiodes are located on the Pre-
Amp Board. Coaxial cables routed through a flexible E-chain duct assembly,
connect the signal and reference photodiodes to the Scanner Board.
A Bar Code Reader that scans the bar code on the reagent strip label, and a
tray edge sensor for locating the tray are also found on the Scanner/Carriage
Assembly.
The Scanner Interface Board provides interfacing between the Scanner/
Carriage Assembly and the Scanner Board.
Figure Block Diagram of the Fluorometer

Parts of the System
Auto Calibration
The VIDAS and mini VIDAS incorporate a material imbedded in an optically
transparent polymer as a fluorescence optical reference. This reference
allows the Scanner Board to monitor the condition of the entire optical system
for changes that could result in optical drift. The long life-reference material,
placed in a standard VIDAS cuvette, is mounted internally and placed
between Sections A and B. The optical system periodically measures the
reference, and the results are closely monitored by the Scanner Board to
insure there is minimal optical drift between calibrations.
After calibration with a VIDAS Calibration Strip, the instrument is instructed to
read the Solid Reference Standard and the value is stored in non-volatile
RAM on the Scanner Board on the VSH. This value serves as a reference
point for calibration checks. When the instrument verifies its calibration,
internal digital circuitry automatically adjusts the internal reference signal to
this stored value.
When the VIDAS or mini VIDAS are powered up (booted) it will check for a
stored value for the Solid Reference Standard and for its bracket. If the
instrument finds a value but no bracket or finds a bracket and no value, it will
generate an error message and not run any assays. The instrument must find
both the stored value and the solid standard bracket before it will operate with
auto calibration capabilities. When an instrument is powered up, the
AUTOCAL function will not check or change calibration until it successfully
logs onto the host computer and receives a VIDINFO message from the host
computer.
When an instrument with auto calibration installed is powered up, it will read
the internal Solid Reference Standard and compare that value to the value
stored in memory. If the difference in the two values is in tolerance, the

Parts of the System
instrument continues to operate normally and will check calibration every 12

hours after that. Should the instrument be busy when the next scheduled
calibration check occurs, then it switches to an hourly schedule until the
check can be performed. After checking calibration, the instrument will go
back to a 12-hour schedule. If an instrument is kept so busy that it is never
able to perform a calibration check, it will generate an error message to warn
the user that calibration has not been checked recently.
The VIDAS or mini VIDAS performs a calibration check by taking three
readings of the Solid Reference Standard and averaging the results. This
average value is then compared to the stored value. The instrument will re-
calibrate if the difference is more than 0.6% (19 RFUs @ 3200) of the stored
value. The Scanner board will adjust itself and take three more readings. The
average of these readings is again compared to the stored value, but must
now be within 0.4% (13 RFUs @ 3200). The Scanner Board will continue to
adjust itself until it meets the 0.4% limit. The instrument will generate an error
and not run assays if it fails to calibrate successfully.
Auto calibration operation and limits can be summarized as follows:
Calibration Requirements / Accuracy:
Solid Reference must be 2700 RFUs to 3500 RFUs.
Average 3 readings to determine value of Solid each time calibration is
checked or adjusted.
Recalibrate if Solid value is more than 0.6% (19 RFUs @ 3200)
different than stored value.
Recalibrate to within 0.4% (13 RFUs @3200).
Calibration Timing / Frequency:
Turn on auto calibration only if a valid VIDINFO message is received
from the host computer.
Check calibration only when instrument is idle.
Check calibration every 12 hours.
If prevented from checking calibration as scheduled at 12 hours, go to
a one-hour schedule until able to check calibration.
Error / Warning Reporting:
Generate a warning (fault code: 160) if calibration changes by more
than 3% (96 RFUs @ 3200) from one check to the next.
Generate a warning (162) if calibration has not been checked in the
last five days.
Generate an error if either the Solid Reference bracket (158) or stored
calibration data (157) can't be found and the other is present.
Generate an error (159) if the Solid Reference bracket was found on
power up, but can no longer be found.
Generate a warning (161) if the digital potentiometers are within 9.2%
of the end of their range.
Generate a second error (161) if the digital potentiometers are within
2.3% of the end of their range and inhibit the running of assays.

Parts of the System
VIDAS Scanner Board (VSB)

The Scanner Board (VSB), located on the back cover of mini VIDAS and on
the right lateral cover of the VIDAS, is a single board computer built around
the 8032 microprocessor. The Scanner Board has 64K of both read-write
(RAM) and read-only (ROM) memory and enhanced input/output capabilities,
including two full-duplex serial input/output channels. There is also a 12-bit
analogue-to-digital (A/D) converter for the ultraviolet (fluorescence) data
readings, a peripheral interface adapter (PIA), circuitry for extended range
optics, and auto calibration. A block diagram of the Scanner Board is shown
in Figure "Scanner Board Block Diagram".
Figure Scanner Board Block Diagram
Firmware on the Scanner Board (VSB) provides support for:

Assay Scheduling
Auto Calibration
Bar Code Reading
Communication with Incubator Boards
Extended Range Optics
Startup and self-test diagnostics
Temperature calculation, monitoring and reporting
The 8032 microprocessor's for the VSB and the 80C32 microcontroller's for
the NSB built-in serial port connects to the serial ports of the two Incubator
Boards on a common line (J8), enabling the Scanner to communicate with
and control the incubators. One of the 82050 serial ports (J6) is the

Parts of the System
COMPUTER I/O and connects to the host computer (VIC) enabling it to

control the mini VIDAS or a computer enabling it to control the VIDAS through
the Scanner computer. The second serial port (J7) is the DIAGNOSTICS I/O
and is used for hardware diagnostic output from the Scanner computer to a
terminal.
The Scanner computer also operates the fluorometer and bar code reader,
on the Scanner/Carriage Assembly. The Scanner computer controls the
Scanner/Carriage Assembly through the 8255 peripheral interface adapter
(PIA), which controls a motor to move the carriage assembly to the
appropriate Section (Incubator) tray whenever a bar code or fluorescence
reading is taken. The Scanner computer then operates the bar code reader or
A/D converter to collect and transmit the data to the host computer. Refer to
chapter "Boards & Schematics" for additional board information.
The functions of the Scanner Board can be summarized as follows:
Controls Scanner/Carriage Assembly
Controls all Incubator Sections (Boards)
Startup and Hardware Self-Tests
Serial Port for Terminal DIAGNOSTICS
Serial Port for COMPUTER (VIC) for the mini VIDAS and a PC computer
for the VIDAS
Incubator Board
The Incubator Board is an 8032 microprocessor based slave controller. It
controls one section of the instrument based on instructions received from
the Scanner Board through the serial bus (J3). Two Incubator Boards, located
inside the back cover of the mini VIDAS or five Incubator Boards for the
VIDAS connect to the serial bus. Each board has a serial address defined by
jumpers on the board.
A block diagram of the Incubator Board is shown in Figure "Incubator Board
(Old)". Firmware on the Incubator Board supports quantitative and qualitative
assays. The Incubator Board monitors the state of various optical switches in
its Section and visually displays their status through Light Emitting Diodes
(LEDs) located on the board. The board also controls the Pump (Pipettor),
Tray, and Tower motors. Two independent temperature controllers, located
on the board, are monitored by the Incubator computer through a 4-channel
analogue to digital (A/D) converter.
Figure Incubator Block Diagram

Parts of the System
Address and Reset jumper configuration for an Incubator Board configured

for Section A is shown below. Refer to chapter "Boards & Schematics" for
additional board and jumper configuration information.
ADDRESS JUMPER RESET JUMPER
JP6 1-2 JP5 OUT
JP7 1-2 JP4 OUT
JP8 1-2 JP3 OUT
JP9 2-3 JP1 IN

The Incubator Board can be summarized as follows:
Two boards per mini VIDAS
Five boards per VIDAS
Controls pipette, tower, and tray motion
Controls, monitors, and reports SPR and tray temperatures
Delegates protocol information
Reports status and error information to the Scanner Board
Bay Interface Board

A Bay Interface Board is located on each tower assembly. The Bay Interface
Board can be summarized as follows:
Two boards per mini VIDAS
Five boards per VIDAS
Provide interfacing between the Incubator Board and the heaters/
thermistors, motors, sensors, and front panel LED in the section it
controls.

Parts of the System
Motors and Sensors

Stepper motors are used to drive the Pump, Tower, Tray, and Scanner/
Carriage Assemblies. The Tower, Tray, and the Scanner/Carriage Assemblies
use the same type of motor. Microprocessors on the Incubator and Scanner
Boards know the location of these assemblies by counting the steps required
to move their controlling motor from its "home" position, which is determined
by an optical sensor. The Pump, Tower, and Tray motors in each Section are
controlled by that Section's Incubator Board while the Scanner/Carriage
Assembly is under control of the Scanner Board.
Reflective sensors are used to provide a "home" reference point in each
Section. The operation of this type of sensor can be affected if the reflective
surface is dirty or marred.
Voltage measured across the green and white wires (collector) of the sensor
should be approximately 0.8 VDC or less with a reflective surface in front of
the sensor.
The "home" position for the Scanner/Carriage assembly is determined by a
flag mounted on the Scanner assembly interrupting an optical sensor.
mini VIDAS: VIDAS Internal Computer

The VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) Board with memory is designed to
provide complete internal computing capability for stand-alone mini VIDAS
instruments. The VIC Board, located on the right-hand end panel, is built
around the 68302 microprocessor, and provides read/write (RAM), read-only
(ROM), and Flash (ROM) memory. The VIC Board also has a PCMCIA
compatible memory cartridge slot and a real time clock with battery backup. A
block diagram of the VIC Board is shown in Figure "Internal Computer
Board".
The computer's built-in parallel ports support both the OPTREX and the AND
type of Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). These ports also support the keypad,
speaker, and either an internal thermal or external printer.
The VIC Board's serial ports connect to the Scanner Board (J1), enabling the
68302 microprocessor to communicate with and control the Scanner Board.
These ports also support a unidirectional interface and external bar code
reader.
Figure Internal Computer Board

Parts of the System
mini VIDAS (Grey): Power Supply

The mini VIDAS (Grey) Power Supply employs a toroidal transformer with an
internal Power Supply Board and switching supply. The Power Supply Board
provides the following:
Distributes power from PS1, the +5 VDC; 12 VDC 40W switching power
Supply
Distributes, rectifies and filters power from the toroidal transformer
Generates the additional voltages and power sequencing required for the
mini VIDAS
Provides test points for all voltage measurements
Provides temperature regulation of the air inside the power supply
Provides a fan test feature
For additional information concerning the Power Supplies see chapter
"Boards & Schematics".
VIDAS (Grey): Power Supply

The VIDAS (Grey) could have one of two different Power Supply Assemblies.
Older units will have Power Supply P/N 527152-x, located on the base of the
instrument. This Power Supply consists of three separate power supplies.
These power supplies and voltages provided are as follows:
PS1 +5 VDC and 12 VDC to all circuit boards
T2/CR1 Unregulated +10 VDC to all motors
T1 28 VAC to SPR and Tray heaters


Parts of the System
Test points are provided on the Scanner Board and Incubator Board for
voltage measurement. All DC Voltages are measured on the Scanner Board,
and AC Voltages on the Incubator Board.
Latest VIDAS (Grey) units will have Power Supply P/N 527166-x, which
employs a toroidal transformer with an internal Power Supply Board and
switching supply (PS1). The Power Supply Board provides the following:
Distributes power from PS1, the +5 VDC; 12 VDC 40W switching power
supply
Distributes, rectifies, and filters power from the toroidal transformer
Test points for all voltage measurements
Fan Test feature
For additional information concerning the Power Supplies see chapter
"Boards & Schematics".
mini VIDAS and VIDAS (Blue): Power Supply

The power supply unit is auto ranging, so it is not necessary to change any
setting on the power inlet module.
Into the power supply unit there are no serviceable parts except the fan.
NOTE:
It is totally forbidden to put this new Power Supply to the old mini VIDAS /
VIDAS units.
For the new Vidas Power Supply, the chimney is placed in the middle.
The Spare Part Numbers are:
VD6002-1 for VIDAS Blue Power Supply Assy.
VD6003-1 for mini VIDAS Blue Power Supply Assy.
NOTE: The Power Supply Assemblies are provided with the cables.
Power Supply Tolerances: the tolerances are related to the Power Supply
and not to the board. With the new Power Supply we have +5V +/- 2%,
+12V +/- 4%, -12V +/- 4%, and +24V +/- 4% (not all these voltages are
relevant for the Scanner Board). All the other voltages are generated on
board and tolerances are dictated by the characteristics of the
components on the board.
WARNING
The electronic boards into the power supply units of VIDAS and
mini VIDAS are exactly the same, so it is important to avoid
mistakes in the connection of the flat cable that powers the
incubator boards.
CAUTION

Parts of the System
OPENING THE POWER SUPPLY COVER OR REMOVING THE

CHIMNEY EXPOSES PARTS UNDER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES
(ELECTRICAL SHOCK). WHEN SERVICING THE POWER
SUPPLY SWITCH OFF THE INSTRUMENT AND ALLOW FOR
CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE.
The following figures show the correct cable arrangements in VIDAS and mini
VIDAS:
Figure mini VIDAS Power supply mounting
Figure VIDAS Power supply mounting

Parts of the System
mini VIDAS (Grey and Blue): Keypad Screen

All operator interface to the mini VIDAS is provided through menu-driven
software residing in the VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC). The operator
accesses the software through the Keypad Screen on the front of the mini
VIDAS (see Figure "Keypad and Screen").
The Keypad and Screen provide the following:
1. Display Screen All instructions and messages for operating the mini VIDAS are displayed here.
2. Option selection keys Up to five options can be displayed opposite these keys. The operator selects
the desired option.
3. Numeric keypad These keys are used to input numbers into the system or make input selections.
4. Function keys These three keys perform specific functions in the system. See Figure "Function
keys".
5. Arrow keys These keys are used to move the cursor on certain screens. The UP and DOWN
keys are also used to page the display.
Figure Function keys
Figure Keypad and Screen

Evolutions
Evolutions
mini VIDAS: Hardware changes / Internal Printer

From January 97 and starting with Serial N ITV 12I4666 the mini VIDAS is
modified as described hereunder.
mini VIDAS Hardware Modifications

Ground braids are added between one of the pump motor mounting
screws and the tower plate as well as on the back cover.
LCD display: the small pcb jumper J10 is cut open on the back of the
display board above the display connector.
OPTREX display: in the display cable, the first red wire, conductor #2 is
cut and pull away from the other wires in the cable.
AND display: in the display cable, the first brown wire, conductor #1 is cut
and pull away from the other wires in the cable.
VIC board: resistors R1,R4 and R5 are removed from the VIC PC board.
mini VIDAS Internal Printer

When a SEIKO Printer, or Printer Board, are damaged a set of spare parts
are necessary to be replaced. Here is the complete list:
References to be ordered when replacing the SEIKO printer:
Ref. Designation Alt. Ref.
4511079A FUJITSU printer 526112-1
4511085A Thermal Printer PCB 183093-2
4511084A Printer Power Cable 526815-1
4511146A Printer Control Cable 526816-1
4511086A Printer Cable
4521082A Bracket support 526239-1
4521081A Paper Holder 526238-1

Here are the instructions of how to replace the SEIKO Printer by a FUJITSU:
1 Switch OFF the Mini VIDAS.
2 Remove the Paper Holder (526217-1) and install new Paper Holder
(526238-1).
3 Remove the Power Supply cover and unplug Printer Power Cable
(526809-1) from power supply J5.
4 Unplug Cable (526804-1) from the VIC PCB (526700-x) J13 and remove
the 4 #6 kepnuts (312502-632) holding the printer bracket.
5 Assemble FUJITSU Printer (526112-1) and the Thermal Printer PCB
(183093-2) on the Support Bracket (526239-1) and install Cable (526815-
1), Cable (526816-1) and Cable (4511086A).

Evolutions
6 Install the previously assembled Printer/Support assembly to the Tower

Plate using the 4 #6 kepnuts.
7 Plug Cable (526815-1) to power supply J5.
8 Plug Cable (4511086A) to the VIC PCB (526700-x) J13.
9 Reinstall power supply cover.
10 Configure the VIC PCB jumper JP2 for the type of printer installed.
Position 31 Jumper OFF Position 41 Jumper OFF SEIKO LPT 451
Position 31 Jumper ON Position 41 Jumper OFF SEIKO LPT 5442
Position 31 Jumper OFF Position 41 Jumper ON FUJITSU FTP
11 Configure the Thermal Printer PCB Dip switches for FUJITSU.

1 2 3 4
SW1 OFF OFF ON OFF
SW2 ON OFF ON OFF

12 Close instrument and switch ON.
Hardware
The existing SEIKO mini VIDAS internal printer is not available anymore and
is replaced by a FUJITSU Thermal Printer.
Parts that change are:
printer mechanism / printer interface PCB and the subassembly bracket.
The new printer is a FUJITSU FTP 641 mechanism with a FUJITSU FTP
621 interface board.
the new FUJITSU printer needs a new model of bracket subassembly P/N
526215 and a new model of paper holder P/N 526217.
the existing power cable P/N 526809-1 (SEIKO) is replaced by a new
power cable P/N 526815-1.
the existing printer Control/CPU cable P/N 526804-1 (SEIKO) is replaced
by a new printer Control/CPU cable P/N 526817-1.
Cable Connections
Power Supply Power cable Printer interface

board
PS board <======> P/N 526815-1 <======>
FTP 621
J5
CN1 and CN2
VIC board Printer Control Printer interface

J13 <======> cable <======> board
P/N 526817-1 FTP 621
CN10

Evolutions
DIP Switch Settings

On the FUJITSU interface board FTP 621, dip switches DSW1 and DSW2
are set as hereunder.
NOTE: Never change the interface board DIP switch settings while power
is applied to the instrument.
POS 1 POS 2 POS 3 POS 4
DSW1 OFF OFF ON OFF
DSW2 ON OFF ON OFF
VIC PC Board Configuration

JP2 on VIC board is to be set as described hereunder.
Display types JP2 (1)
OPTREX OFF
AND ON
Printer types JP2 (3) JP2 (4)
SEIKO LTP 451 OFF OFF
FUJITSU FTP 641 OFF ON
SEIKO 5442 ON OFF
Operating FUJITSU Printer

The lever direction is reverse of that used in the SEIKO LTP 451.
lever upwards to load the paper
lever back down in normal use when the paper is loaded.
All existing print output functions are available with the new FUJITSU FTP
641 printer.
mini VIDAS Grey: Internal Printer Update (Seiko - Fujitsu)

The SEIKO printer and the SEIKO printer controller board are no longer
provided by our supplier. This printer assembly was installed on mini VIDAS
serial number < V12 I 4666.
If you have to replace one of these two parts, you'll have to install a Fujitsu
printer assembly.
To do this, you can order a kit containing all the parts needed to make the
conversion from a Seiko to a Fujitsu printer:
Designation bioMrieux Inc St Louis bioMrieux France
Kit, Seiko Fujitsu 526605 - 1 455 0659A
This kit is made of the following parts (+ instruction sheet):
Printer assembly, Fujitsu 526112 - 1 451 1079A

Evolutions
PCB, Thermal printer Fujitsu 183093 - 2 451 1085A
Harness, Printer power 526815 - 1 451 1084A
Harness, Printer control 526816 - 1 451 1146A
Harness, Printer control/CPU 526817 - 1 451 1086A
Bracket, Support 526239 - 1 452 1082A
Paper Holder 526238 - 1 452 1081A

mini VIDAS serial number > V12 I 4666 are equipped with Fujitsu printer.

Boards & Schematics
Boards & Schematics
mini VIDAS Block Diagram
Figure mini VIDAS Block Diagram

Boards & Schematics
VIDAS Block Diagram
Figure VIDAS Block Diagram
mini VIDAS: VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC)
Current VIC Board
Purpose
A new VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC Board) is currently being installed from
manufacturing for the mini VIDAS Blue Instruments. This release is
necessary for the management of obsolescence for spare parts in the mini
VIDAS, which is becoming increasingly critical, and also to solve the issue of
the Flickering Display on the mini VIDAS Blue.
This VIC board, from now on, should be used as a mini VIDAS Blue spare
part and the current references still in stock must continue to be used for the
mini VIDAS Grey until the stock is over.
Both mini VIDAS instruments (Blue and Grey) are able to handle this new
Board, as well as all types of Internal Printers that exist today on the field.

Boards & Schematics
Highlights
Implementation on the field
This new board is available on the instruments released by the manufacturing
site in Italy starting from the following serial number:
mini VIDAS Blue SN - IVD1206228
From this mini VIDAS Blue SN, all the manufactured instruments do not have
an external speaker positioned under the display, as the new speaker is now
implemented on the VIC board.
For Spare Parts orders, use the following references, according to the
system:
Current reference New reference

(Must be used only with Grey
System)
Kit VIC Printer adapter board 45151004 (*) 4510000077-1

(to be used on mini VIDAS with
SEIKO printer installed)
VIC board + Printer cable 45151005 (*) 4510000078-1

(to be used on mini VIDAS with
FUJITSU printer installed)
VIC board only 45151006 (*) 4510000079-1 (**)

(*) Must be used as the actual reference for the mini VIDAS Grey. Only after
exhausting the stock switch to the corresponding new references.
(**) Must be used as the only reference for the mini VIDAS Blue, and only
after exhausting the stock of the reference 45151006 use it also for mini
VIDAS Grey.
Two new parts, not compatible with the previous VIC board, have also been
created:
Remember that the Current Reference for the RAM Battery will continue to
exist in the future, since we must have the replacement spare part of the
battery in the old VIC boards.
The speaker assy is no longer useful with the VIC board 4510000079-1.
For the VIC Board 45151006 the For the VIC Board 4510000079-1
reference is: the reference is:
RAM Battery VIC board 4500428A 4510000080-1
Fuse 5Amps 4510733A 4510000081-1
Speaker Assy 4500510A NA
Improvements
The performances of the new VIC Board are still the same as the previous
version. The flickering display phenomenon has been solved by the addition
of JP5 Jumper.

Boards & Schematics
Jumper Settings
The jumpers on the VIC board must be checked and/or set, every time a new
VIC Board is installed.
NOTE: See the VIC Board jumpers recapitulative of the configuration in the
table below:
JP2 position on VIC Board Configuration
OUT IN
1 (pins 1 & 2) Display OPTREX Display AND
2 (pins 3 & 4) Not Used Not Used
3 (pins 5 & 6) Printer Printer

SEIKO LTP 451 SEIKO FTP 5442
FUJITSU FTP 641
4 (pins 7 & 8) Printer Printer

SEIKO LTP 451 FUJITSU FTP 641
SEIKO FTP 5442
NOTE: See the VIC Board new jumper configuration in the table below:
Jumper on VIC Board Configuration
1-2 2-3
NEW JP 4 INT EXT

(On Board Speaker) (Remote Speaker)
JP 5 OLD NEW
(mini VIDAS Grey) (mini VIDAS Blue)
When received as a spare part, the VIC Board will be configured by the
manufacturer with the setup of the mini VIDAS Blue as follows:
Jumper Default Configuration
JP 1 OUT
JP 2 pos 4 (pins 7 - 8): IN
JP 3 OUT
JP 4 pos INT (pins 1 - 2)
JP 5 pos NEW (pins 2 - 3)

Boards & Schematics
Jumper Default Configuration
JP 6 OUT
Board Connections
See the VIC Board connections recapitulative of the configuration in the table
below:
Connector Default Connection
J1 Scanner Board
J 10 For OPTREX Displays
J 11 External Speaker
J 13 Printer
J 14 Keypad
J 15 For AND Displays
NOTE: If the external speaker is present, it is mandatory to connect its

cable to avoid possible mechanical failure.
The functionality of both speakers are the same. Default setting is to use the
internal speaker but feel free to choose the other one (only the sound is a
little bit different).
Test Points
For information, the Tests Points and Voltage Values for the New VIC Board,
are in the table below:
Test Point Voltage (without tolerances)
TP1 +5V
TP2 DGND
TP3 DGND
TP4 +12V
TP5 -12V
TP6 AGND
TP7 +5V
TP8 +3.3V
TP9 +2.5V
TP11 DGND
TP12 Display Contrast
TP13 Design Debug
TP14 Design Debug

Boards & Schematics
Test Point Voltage (without tolerances)
TP16 +12V (Memory card)
TP17 +5V (Memory card)
Miscellaneous
JP2 and J8 (not used) are placed in different locations, but their
functionality remains the same.
The boot FLASH ROM, still version 1.13, is now directly soldered on the
Board position U3 and U4.
F1 is now a little fuse 453 Series 5A 125V, Very Fast Acting.
Although the Battery RTC chip shows the same characteristics as the
previous version, it has a different part number. It is incompatible with
former VIC Board models.

Boards & Schematics
Figure VIC Board Layout (4510000079-1)
VIC Board (526700)
Figure VIC, P/N 526700-2 Shown

Boards & Schematics
LEDs
HALT PWR VPP ON
Fuse (see marking in Figure "VIC, P/N 526700-2 Shown")

F2 = 5.0A
Standard Jumper Settings

JP1 IN
JP3 OUT
Jumper JP2:
Position OUT IN
1 (pins 1 & 2) Optrex Display AND Display
2 (pins 3 & 4) V12 V24
3 (pins 5 & 6) Seiko LTP 451 Seiko FTP 5442

Fujitsu FTP 641
4 (pins 7 & 8) Seiko LTP 451 Fujitsu FTP 641

Seiko FTP 5442

Boards & Schematics
Position OUT IN
6 (pins 11 & 12) Diagnostic Use
7 (pins 13 & 14) Development Use
8 (pins 15 & 16) Development Use
Test Points
TP1 GND TP6 UCAS TP11 +5 VDC TP16 VADJ1
TP2 GND TP7 VPP (+12 VDC) TP12 +12 VDC TP17 VADJ2
TP3 GND TP8 DTACK TP13 -12 VDC TP18 -10.8V
TP4 RAS TP9 HALT TP14 MCVCC TP19 -10.8V
TP5 LCAS TP10 SCLK TP15 -VREF
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Scanner Board
VIDAS and mini VIDAS current Scanner Board (6200595)
LEDs
Power Supply:
DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4 DS5
+ 5V + 10V + 12V - 12V + 3,3V
Incubator Serial Communication:
DS29 RX
DS30 TX
RS232 Serial Internal Communication:
HOST RS232 (J6) DEBUG RS232 (J7)
RTS DS28 DS22
DTR DS27 DS21
TXD DS26 DS20
CTS DS25 DS19
DSR DS24 DS18
RXD DS23 DS17

Boards & Schematics
Scanner Cable:
DS9 DS10 DS11 DS12 DS13 DS14 DS15 DS16
REF- REF+ FL- FL+ N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A: Non Applicable, R&D use only.
Fuse
F1 = 1,5 A (micro fuse)
Standard Switch and Jumper Settings

SW3:mini VIDAS or multi VIDAS configuration
Board Set
4 3 2 1 SW3
on on on off mini VIDAS
on on on on VIDAS 1
on on off on VIDAS 2
on off on on VIDAS 3
on off off on VIDAS 4
SW1 RUN
SW2 EXT
JP3 Not present, R&D use

only.
Test Points only Used by a Field Service Engineer (FSE)
TP1 ReferenceIn TP7 -12 VDC TP13 +10 V Gnd.
TP2 Reference Bias (mv) TP8 - 12V_ANA TP14 AGND (Analogue)
TP3 FLU TP9 -15V / -12 V TP15 A/D Reference Input
TP4 Signal Bias (mv) TP10 +5.0 VDC TP16 A/D Signal Input
TP5 +12 VDC TP11 +10 VDC TP17 +VREF
TP6 PGND TP12 DGND TP18 -VREF

Remark: for the other Test Points, R&D use only.
Figure 6200595

Boards & Schematics

Boards & Schematics
Scanner Board 527722
Figure Scanner Board, P/N 527722-3 shown
mini VIDAS Settings
LEDs
BARCODE SCANNER HOME TRAY SENSOR (Tray Edge)
Fuse
F1 = 1.5A (Scanner Motor)
Switch Settings
SW1 RUN
SW2 EXT
JP1 JP7 JP8 JP9 JP10 JP11 JP12
1-2 IN IN OUT IN OUT IN

Boards & Schematics
Jumper Definitions
Converter Output JP1: 1 - 2 = 15 Volts JP1: 2 - 3 = 12 Volts
Analogue/Digital GND's JP10: IN = Common JP10: OUT = Not common
Auto Calibration (digipots) JP11: IN = Disabled JP11: OUT = Enabled
Production Test JP12: IN = Normal JP12: OUT = Test Only
Test Points
TP2 Reference Bias (mv) TP8 +15 V / +12V TP14 AGND (Analogue)
TP3 Signal In TP9 -15V / -12 V TP15 A/D Reference Input
TP6 12 V Gnd. TP12 +5 V Gnd. TP18 -VREF
Adjustments
R12 - ZERO ADJ. R16 - SIG. BIAS (mv) R36 - REF. BIAS (mv)
R17 - SIGNAL GAIN R37 - REF. GAIN
VIDAS Settings
LEDs
BARCODE SCANNER HOME

TRAY SENSOR (Tray Edge)
Fuse
F1 = 1.5A (Scanner Motor)
Switch Settings
SW1 RUN
SW2 EXT
JP1 JP7 JP8 JP9 - IN VIDAS JP10 JP11 JP12
1-2 IN IN (JP9 - OUT mini VIDAS) IN OUT IN

Boards & Schematics
Multiple VIDAS Configuration
Jumper VIDAS #1 VIDAS #2 VIDAS #3 VIDAS #4
JP7 IN IN OUT OUT
JP8 IN OUT IN OUT
Jumper Definitions
Converter Output JP1: 1 - 2 = 15 Volts JP1: 2 - 3 = 12 Volts
Analogue/Digital GND's JP10: IN = Common JP10: OUT = Not common
Auto Calibration (digipots) JP11: IN = Disabled JP11: OUT = Enabled
Production Test JP12: IN = Normal JP12: OUT = Test Only
Test Points
TP2 Reference Bias (mv) TP8 +15 V / +12V TP14 AGND (Analogue)
TP3 Signal In TP9 -15V / -12 V TP15 A/D Reference Input
TP6 12 V Gnd. TP12 +5 V Gnd. TP18 -VREF
Adjustments
R12 - ZERO ADJ. R16 - SIG. BIAS (mv) R36 - REF. BIAS (mv)
R17 - SIGNAL GAIN R37 - REF. GAIN

Boards & Schematics
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Incubator Board
# Incubator Board Table Reminder (please refer to Figure "Incubator

board P/N 6200594"):
LEDs
Sensors:
DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4
Tray Tower Door Pump
Power Supply:
DS5 DS6 DS7 DS8 DS9
VGEN +12V +3.3V +5V +10V
RS232 Internal Serial Communication:
DS10 DS11 DS12 DS13 DS14 DS15
SCLK SS SD1 SD0 TX RX

SCLK, SS, SD1, SD0: R&D use only.
Heater regulation:
DS16 DS17
SPR Tray
Fuses:
F1 3 A micro fuse Motors
F2 50 mA N/S
F3 1,5 A micro fuse Heater
F4 50 mA N/S
N/S: Non Serviceable fuse.
Standard Switch Settings:
SW2 Dip Switch ID BOARD SET
A B C D E

Boards & Schematics
SW2 Dip Switch ID BOARD SET
RESET selection 1 on off off off off
2 off on off off off
3 off off on off off
4 off off off on off
5 off off off off on
ADDRESS selection 6 on on on on on
7 on on on off off
8 on off off on on
9 off off off on off
Firmware selection 10 On = FLASH ROM, Off = EPROM
Test Points
TP0 TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
DGND +5 V +3.3V AGND +12V VGEN MGND HGND
MGND: Motor GND, HGND: Heater GND, + 3,3 V: logical power supply
TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 TP13
+10V Unreg for old systems +5V N/A N/A DGND DGND
+12 V for new systems
NOTE: All the connectors, test points, LEDs not mentioned in those table
are only reserved for a R&D.
Figure Incubator board P/N 6200594

Boards & Schematics
Incubator Board 527720
Figure Incubator Board 527720

Boards & Schematics
mini VIDAS Settings
Address and Reset Jumper Settings
Jumpers JP1 through JP9 are configured by section (Bay) location as shown
below.
Section Reset Jumper Address Jumpers
JP1 JP2 JP3 JP4 JP5 JP6 JP7 JP8 JP9
A IN None None None None 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3
B None IN None None None 1-2 1-2 2-3 1-2
Switch Settings
SW1 - RUN
Test Points
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
+5 VDC 5V Gnd. +10 VDC 10V Gnd. +28 VAC VAC Comm. +12 VDC
Fuses
F1 = 1.5A (Heaters)
F2 = 3.0A (Motors)
LEDs
DOOR TOWER SPR (B) HEAT
PUMP TRAY TRAY (T) HEAT
VIDAS Settings
Address and Reset Jumper Settings
below.
JP1 JP2 JP3 JP4 JP5 JP6 JP7 JP8 JP9
A IN None None None None 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3
B None IN None None None 1-2 1-2 2-3 1-2
C None None IN None None 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3
D None None None IN None 1-2 2-3 1-2 1-2

Boards & Schematics
E None None None None IN 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3
Switch Settings
SW1 -- RUN
Test Points
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
+5 VDC 5V Gnd. +10 VDC 10V Gnd. +28 VAC 28 VAC +12 VDC
Comm.
Fuses
F1 = 1.5A (Heaters)
F2 = 3.0A (Motors)
LEDs
Incubator Board 6200594 (see Figure "Incubator board P/N 6200594")

The VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue are equipped with a new Incubator board.
This new board has been designed to be 100% compatible with the old
boards, so there will be very few changes compared to the previous board.
The main changes of the new Incubator board are:
Double ROM socket: Flash ROM or EPROM. The currently active device
is selected through switch 10 on SW2. It is not recommended to have both
Flash and EPROM installed at the same time.
The Flash Rom version is exactly the same as the current EPROM
version 3.10.
The EPROM socket is provided to allow the use of older firmware when
the board is installed as a spare part on old systems.
Remark: you can leave both kinds of firmware on the board in the same
time.
Configuration jumpers JP1 to JP9 (JP1 to JP5 Reset Jumpers and JP6 to
JP9 Address Jumpers) have been replaced by DIP switches SW2 (the
setting instructions are on the serigraphy of each board as a reminder)
SW1 (RUN/TEST) has changed its positions but can be easily identified
by the serigraphy.
LED for serial communications and power voltages have been added to
easy troubleshooting.

Boards & Schematics
The sensors LED have been moved, but can easily be located with
serigraphy.
Fuses have been replaced with SMD fuses.
NOTE:
LED DS10 to DS13 are not currently used and are reserved for R&D use
or future uses.
This board will be released as a spare part for old instruments.
Don't forget to check the firmware compatibility between Scanner Board
and Incubator board.
Don't forget to set correctly the board during a replacement.
VIDAS: Incubator Board (527700)
Figure Incubator Board (Old)

on previous page.
JP10 JP11 JP12 JP13 JP14
None None None None 1-2
Test Points
+5 -5 +10 -10 +12 -12 +28 -28
+5 VDC 5V Gnd. +10 VDC 10V Gnd. +12 VDC 12 Ground +28 VAC 28 VAC
Comm.

Boards & Schematics
LEDs
Bay Interface Board
Figure Bay Interface Board
Switch Settings
None
Jumper Settings
None

Boards & Schematics
mini VIDAS: Fujitsu Thermal Printer
Figure Thermal Printer

Boards & Schematics
Figure Thermal Printer Control Board and Connectors
Switch Settings
SW1 1 2 3 4
Position OFF OFF ON OFF
SW2 1 2 3 4
Position ON OFF ON OFF
mini VIDAS: Keypad

Boards & Schematics
Figure Keypad, P/N 526219-1, Shown
Figure Keypad Schematic

Boards & Schematics
mini VIDAS Wiring Diagram
Figure mini VIDAS Wiring Diagram

Boards & Schematics
mini VIDAS: Power Supply
Power Supply Assy
Figure Power Supply Assy 526101-0005 for 28VAC or 526101-0007 for

22VAC
Fuse
Fuse F1 = 2A
mini VIDAS: VIDAS 12 Power Supply Board
Figure Power Supply Board

Boards & Schematics
Test Points
Voltage Test Points Voltage Range Adjustment
+5VDC TP9 to TP11 (gnd) +5.0 0.2 VDC R26 on PS1
+12VDC TP7 to TP11 (gnd) +12 0.5 VDC
-12VDC TP8 to TP11 (gnd) -12 0.6 VDC
+12 VDC TP10 to TP11 (gnd) +12.0 0.5 VDC

(VPP VIC Board)
+10VDC TP6 to TP11 (gnd) +10.0 to 16.0 VDC
+24 VDC TP5 to TP11 (gnd) +24 2.0 VDC

(Thermal Printer)
28VAC TP4 to TP3 (gnd) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC

(Heaters)
FAN TEST TP1 to TP2

(use 10 kOhm resistor)
Fuses
F1 = 8.0A (Motors)
F2 = 3.0A (Heaters)

Boards & Schematics
F3 = 5.0A (Printer & VIC bd.)

JP1 - IN
V12 Power Supply Board Schematic
Figure V12 Power Supply Board Schematic

Boards & Schematics
VIDAS: Power Supply
VIDAS: Vidas Power Supply Block Diagram
Figure VIDAS Power Supply Block Diagram
The Fan Controller maintains approximately 37C air temperature within the
Power Supply enclosure.
Test Points for Power Supply 527152-x
Voltage Board Test Points Voltage Range Adjustment
+5VDC Scanner TP10 to TP12 (gnd) 5.0 0.2 VDC R26 on PS1
+12VDC Scanner TP5 to TP6 (gnd) 12 0.5 VDC
-12VDC Scanner TP7 to TP6 (gnd) -12 0.6 VDC
+10VDC Scanner TP11 to TP13 (gnd) 10.00 to 16.00 VDC
28VAC Incubator TP6 to TP5 (gnd) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC

(Heaters) (P/N 527720-x)
28VAC Incubator +28 to -28 (comm.) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC


Boards & Schematics
VIDAS: Power Supply 527166
Figure Power Supply 527166
PS1 Power Supply

Fuse F1 = 2A

Boards & Schematics
VIDAS: Wiring Diagram - Power Supply 527166
Wiring Diagram - Power Supply 527166

Boards & Schematics
VIDAS: Power Supply 527152
Figure Power Supply 527152
POWER SUPPLY FUNCTION
PS1 (P/N 183067-x) Provides +5VDC and 12VDC to all circuit

boards
T2 and CR1 Provides Unregulated +10VDC to all motors
T1 Provides 28VAC to SPR and Tray heaters
PS1 Power Supply

Fuse F1 = 2A

Boards & Schematics
VIDAS: Wiring Diagram - Power Supply 527152
Figure Wiring Diagram - Power Supply 527152

Boards & Schematics
VIDAS: Vidas Power Supply Board
Figure VIDAS Power Supply Board
Test Points for Power Supply Board 527724-x
+12 VDC (VPP) TP10 to TP3 (gnd) +12.0 0.5 VDC

(Not Used at this Time)
28VAC (Heaters) TP5 to TP6 (gnd) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC
FAN TEST TP7 to TP9

(10 kOhm resistor)
Fuses
F1 = 15A (Motors)
F2 = 7A (Heaters)

Boards & Schematics

JP1 - IN
VIDAS: VDE Power Supply

Boards & Schematics

Boards & Schematics

Boards & Schematics
Figure VDE Power Supply

5. Maintenance
1 5. Maintenance
Decontamination and Cleaning
Terminal Setup
Diagnostics
Internal Installations
Assembly
Alignment and Calibration
Preventative Maintenance

5. Maintenance
DANGER
Any break in the grounding protective conductor inside or outside
the equipment or disconnection of the protective ground terminal
may render the equipment dangerous. Deliberate interruption of
such conductors is forbidden.
After opening, if it is imperative to switch the instrument on, any
adjustment, servicing or repair should be performed by a qualified
technician, well aware of the possible risks.
During a storm, never connect cables to the keyboards, screens,
printer or telephones, or lightning conductors to the transmission
lines.
WARNING
POTENTIAL BIOHAZARDOUS MATERIAL
Any instrument that deals with clinical specimens, such as serum
or other body fluids should be considered potentially contaminated
with infectious materials. The VIDAS and mini VIDAS are
designed to minimize contamination, yet accidental spills, pipetting
mishaps, or SPR carry-over must be considered.
NOTE: Routine decontamination of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS should be

performed prior to any service or maintenance.
Routine Decontamination
Before performing any service or maintenance, have the lab personnel
decontaminate the VIDAS or mini VIDAS as follows:
1 Verify all tests have finished, and that the SPRs and Reagent Strips are
removed.
2 Turn the VIDAS or mini VIDAS Module power switch to (0) OFF. Open the
SPR compartment doors and tilt the SPR blocks toward you.
3 Moisten a Dacron swab with a germicidal detergent solution and clean
inside each SPR sleeve.
4 Moisten a foam or gauze sponge with detergent solution. Holding the
sponge with a curved forceps, swab the underside and back of the SPR
block.
5 Remove the front panel and manually pull the Reagent Strip Trays out to
their outermost position.
6 Moisten a foam or gauze sponge with detergent solution. Holding the
sponge with the forceps, clean each tray channel making sure to wipe the
underside of the locator bar.
7 Remove the plastic shield pans beneath the Reagent Strip Trays and
clean with a sponge moistened in a detergent solution.

5. Maintenance
8 Carefully clean the Reagent Strip Compartment Lid and front of the VIDAS
or mini VIDAS module with a detergent solution.
9 Repeat steps 3 through 7 with a 10.0% Exanios solution, allowing a
minimum of 10 minutes for the solution to react.
10 Due to the corrosive nature of bleach, rinse each area with a sponge or
swab moistened in distilled water.
11 Carefully push in each Reagent Strip Tray and replace the plastic shield
pans. Verify the pans fit into the grooves on each side. Be sure the wires
on the bottom of the tray are above the pan.
12 Reinstall the front panel. Close all the Reagent Strip Compartment Lids
and SPR doors.
13 Place the VIDAS or mini VIDAS AC power switch ON (1). It will
automatically reset and move the SPR tower and Reagent Tray to the
"park" position for each section.
Scanner Head Decontamination

A VIDAS or mini VIDAS Scanner head removed as part of a repair should be
decontaminated before returning to bioMrieux. To decontaminate a Scanner
head, proceed as follows:
1 Moisten a foam or gauze sponge with germicidal detergent solution.
2 Wipe the entire Scanner head body, paying particular attention to the
optical system housing and bar code reader assembly.
3 Wipe the E-chain assembly and any apparent sharp corners or edges.
4 Moisten a foam or gauze sponge with a 10% Exanios solution and repeat
steps 2 and 3.
Allow a minimum of 10 minutes for the bleach solution to react.
5 Rinse the entire Scanner head and E-chain with a sponge or swab
moistened with distilled water.
6 Place a Decontamination Sticker on the Bar Code Reader on the Scanner
head Assembly.
Tool Decontamination
All tools used while servicing the VIDAS or mini VIDAS should be cleaned
using a 10% bleach solution as follows:
1 Moisten a foam or gauze sponge in the bleach solution and wipe all tool
surfaces.
2 Allow the bleach solution to react for a minimum of 10 minutes.
3 Wipe off the bleach with water using a moistened foam or gauze sponge.
Be certain to rinse all areas thoroughly.
Decontamination of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS blue Module

Decontamination involves:
Routine decontamination which should be performed on a periodic basis.

5. Maintenance
Cleaning of accidental spills (accidental contamination), which should be

dealt with immediately.
DANGER
Turn the VIDAS module or mini VIDAS power switch to "OFF" and
then disconnect the power cord.
Use POWDERLESS disposable gloves.
This operation must be performed once all assays are completed.
Do not allow disinfectant solution to spill into the instrument.
Cleaning the SPR Block (weekly)
DANGER
To clean the SPR block the section needs to be fully open. To do this:
1 Open the section door slightly.
2 Pull the safety latch towards you and then fully open the section door.
Figure Opening the section fully
3 Open the door of the section containing the SPR block.

4 Using a Dacron swab moistened with a detergent solution, carefully clean
the interior of each SPR sleeve (see figure below).

5. Maintenance
Figure Cleaning the SPR block
5 Repeat the previous operation using a new Dacron swab moistened with a
bleach solution containing 0.5-0.6% active chlorine (5.5 to 6.6 g/l sodium
hypochlorite). This solution should be prepared in demineralized water.
6 Allow the bleach solution to react for 10 minutes.
7 Rinse each SPR sleeve using a new Dacron swab moistened with
demineralized water.
8 Using curved forceps, moisten a sponge with detergent and swab the rear
of the SPR block, pushing each SPR sleeve individually back towards the
interior of the section (see figure below).
Figure Cleaning the rear of the SPR block

5. Maintenance
9 Repeat the previous operation using a new sponge moistened with a

11 Moisten a sponge with demineralized water. Holding the sponge with
curved forceps rinse the SPR sleeves.
12 Close the SPR block door.
CAUTION
Do not clean the seals situated above the SPR block (see figure
opposite) as they do not require cleaning other than when
preventive maintenance is performed by the bioMrieux Field
Service Engineer.
In the event of accidental spills or contamination, it is imperative
that you call bioMrieux Technical Assistance. Any handling of the
seals may affect the performance of your instrument.
Figure Seals above SPR block

5. Maintenance
Cleaning the Strip Preparation Tray (monthly)

1 Lift the handle on the strip preparation tray (1) and tilt the tray forwards (2).
The strip preparation tray will open.
2 Using curved forceps and a sponge moistened with a detergent, carefully

clean the front of the strip preparation tray (3) and the 6 channels (4) by
sliding the sponge along each one (see the figure below).
Figure Cleaning the strip preparation tray

5. Maintenance

5 Carefully rinse using curved forceps and a new sponge moistened with
Cleaning the Reagent Strip Trays (monthly)

1 Raise the strip preparation tray until it is in its upright position.
2 Use a suitable screwdriver to remove the 2 screws (1) located under the
strip preparation tray.
3 Open the strip preparation tray by tilting it forwards.
Figure Dismantling the strip preparation tray
4 With one hand (finger and thumb), grasp the 2 tabs inside the strip
preparation tray, squeeze gently and pull forwards to remove the tray (see
the figure below).
Figure Removing the strip preparation tray
This gives access to the reagent strip tray.

5. Maintenance
5 Manually pull the reagent strip trays (2) to their outermost position (see
figure below).
Figure Cleaning the reagent strip trays
6 Moisten a sponge in the detergent solution. Holding the sponge with

curved forceps, carefully clean the 6 channels of the reagent strip tray by
sliding the sponge along each channel.
9 Moisten a new sponge with demineralized water. Holding the sponge with
curved forceps, rinse each tray.
10 Push the reagent strip trays (2) back in until they engage the tray drive
mechanism.
You will feel a slight resistance during engagement.

5. Maintenance
Cleaning the Plastic Trays (monthly or in the event of accidental spills)

1 Remove the plastic tray (3) that sits underneath each reagent strip tray by
sliding it towards you (see figure below).
Figure Cleaning the plastic tray
2 Clean each tray with a sponge moistened with a detergent solution.

6 Carefully replace each tray (3). The edges of the tray must fit into the
plastic grooves on each side.
NOTE: The tray must slide BELOW the electric wire (4) that is underneath
the reagent strip tray.
Reassembling the Strip Preparation Tray and Powering On the

Analytical Module
Reassembling the Strip Preparation Tray
CAUTION
Wait until all the parts are dry before reassembling them.
1 Slide the strip preparation tray into its housing.

A "click" indicates that the tray has been properly reassembled.
2 Raise the strip preparation tray until it is in its upright position and screw
the 2 screws back into place.

5. Maintenance
3 Slide the strip preparation tray downwards.
CAUTION
The mini VIDAS blue should not be used when the strip
preparation tray is not in place.
Powering On the Analytical Module

1 Reconnect the module to the power supply.
2 Turn the power switch to the "ON" position.
3 Allow the module to warm up for 45 minutes.
4 Turn the power switch to the "OFF" position.
5 Wait for approximately 1 minute and turn the power switch to the "ON"
position.
6 Wait for the module to reset (approximately 10 minutes) before attempting
to use it again.
NOTE: Discard the sponges and swabs according to acceptable
procedures for biohazardous material.
Cleaning the mini VIDAS Computer Screen and Keypad (as required)
1 Turn the mini VIDAS power switch to the "OFF" position.
2 Clean the screen with a dry antistatic cloth or, if necessary, use a soft cloth
moistened with a special product for cleaning screens.
Cleaning the Bar Code Reader (as required)

1 Clean the reader window using a soft cloth.
Decontamination of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS grey Modules

Decontamination involves:
Routine decontamination which should be performed on a periodic basis.
Cleaning of accidental spills (accidental contamination), which should be
dealt with immediately.
DANGER
Turn the VIDAS or mini VIDAS module power switch to "OFF" and
then disconnect the power cord.

5. Maintenance
Cleaning the SPR Block (weekly)
DANGER
1 Open the door of the section containing the SPR block.

2 Using a Dacron swab moistened with a detergent solution, carefully clean
the interior of each SPR sleeve (see figure below).
Figure Cleaning the SPR block
3 Repeat the previous operation using a new Dacron swab moistened with a
5 Rinse each SPR sleeve using a new Dacron swab moistened with
6 Using curved forceps, moisten a sponge with detergent and swab the rear
of the SPR block, pushing each SPR sleeve individually back towards the
interior of the section (see figure below).

5. Maintenance
Figure Cleaning the rear of the SPR block

9 Moisten a sponge with demineralized water. Holding the sponge with
curved forceps rinse the SPR sleeves.
10 Close the SPR block door.
CAUTION
Do not clean the seals situated above the SPR block (see figure
below) as they do not require cleaning other than when preventive
maintenance is performed by the bioMrieux Field Service
Engineer.
In the event of accidental spills or contamination, it is imperative
that you call bioMrieux Technical Assistance. Any handling of the
seals may affect the performance of your instrument.

5. Maintenance
Figure Seals above SPR block
Cleaning the Reagent Strip Trays (monthly)

1 Remove the screws from the front panel (1) of the module below the
reagent strip trays and pull the panel off (see figure below).
NOTE: Make sure you do not let go of the front panel when removing it (it is
not equipped with a cord connecting it to the VIDAS or mini VIDAS
to prevent it from falling).
Figure Removing the mini VIDAS front panel

5. Maintenance
Figure Removing the VIDAS front panel
2 Manually pull the reagent strip trays (2) to their outermost position (see
figure below).
Figure Cleaning the reagent strip trays
3 Moisten a sponge in the detergent solution. Holding the sponge with

curved forceps, carefully clean the 6 channels of the reagent strip tray by
sliding the sponge along each channel.
7 Push the reagent strip trays (2) back in until they engage the tray drive
mechanism.
You will feel a slight resistance during engagement.

5. Maintenance
Cleaning the Plastic Tray (monthly or in the event of accidental spills)

1 Remove the plastic tray (3) that sits underneath each reagent strip tray by
sliding it towards you (see figure below).
Figure Cleaning the plastic tray
2 Clean each tray with a sponge moistened with a detergent solution.

6 Carefully replace each tray (3). The edges of the tray must fit into the
plastic grooves on each side.
NOTE: The tray must slide BELOW the electric wire (4) that is underneath
the reagent strip tray.

5. Maintenance
Replacing the Front Panel and Powering On the Analytical Module
Replacing the Front Panel

1 Screw the front panel back into place (1) (see figure below).
Figure Replacing the front panel
Powering On the Analytical Module

1 Reconnect the module to the power supply.
3 Leave the module warm up for 45 minutes.
4 Turn the power switch to the "OFF" position.
5 Wait for approximately 1 minute and turn the power switch to the "ON"
position.
6 Wait for the module to reset (approximately 10 minutes) before attempting
to use it again.
NOTE: Discard the sponges and swabs according to acceptable
procedures for biohazardous material.
Cleaning the mini VIDAS Computer Screen and Keypad (as required)
1 Turn the mini VIDAS power switch to the "OFF" position.
2 Clean the screen with a dry antistatic cloth or, if necessary, use a soft cloth
moistened with a special product for cleaning screens.
Cleaning the Bar Code Reader (as required)

1 Clean the reader window using a soft cloth.

5. Maintenance
Terminal Setup
Terminal Setup
Any laptop personal computer capable of VT-100 emulation with a serial port
can be the Diagnostic Terminal for troubleshooting the VIDAS or mini VIDAS.
To setup HyperTerminal proceed as follows:
1 Click on Start
2 Select Programs.
3 Select Accessories.
4 Select Communications.
5 Click on HyperTerminal. The C:\Program Files\AC... screen appears.
6 Double click Hyperterm icon. A new HyperTerminal window will open.
7 Name the session in the Connection Description window (suggest
Diagnostics).
8 Select Icon (suggest Phone w/ Beakers - scroll right, 3rd from right end of
list).
9 Click on OK. A Connect To window will appear.
10 Click on Connect Using and select Direct to Com2 (or appropriate Port).
11 Click OK.
12 COM2 Properties window opens. Set properties as follows:
Bits per second: 9600
Data bits: 8
Parity: None
Stop bits: 1
Flow control: Xon/Xoff
13 Click on OK.
14 Click on File and Exit. Save the session.
15 The Hyperterm Diagnostics will appear in the C:\Program Files\AC
16 Select Diagnostics. Then click on File and Create Shortcut.
17 Shortcut to Diagnostics will appear. Drag the shortcut to the desktop. The
icon selected in Step 8 will appear on the desktop.
18 Close the C:\Program Files\AC... window.
Your Diagnostic HyperTerminal is now ready for use when troubleshooting a
VIDAS or mini VIDAS.
NOTE: In case you are using a USB serial converter, to check the COM
port that is being used apply the following procedure:
1 Right click in My Computer icon.
2 Select Properties.
3 Select the folder Hardware.
4 Click on the button Peripherals and scroll down until the Ports (COM and
LPT) is available.
5 Then check which COM port has been assigned to the converter.

5. Maintenance
Diagnostics
Diagnostics
Diagnostics consist of Commands and Tests that can be of assistance when
troubleshooting the VIDAS and mini VIDAS.
VIDAS / mini VIDAS: Diagnostic Commands for VSH and VSB

Following is a list of some of the commands that are used during alignment
and troubleshooting. The commands are entered from a Diagnostic Terminal
(laptop).
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
bc_x (x = section letter) Performs a bar code read of strips in the selected section.
burnin Runs burn-in protocol which tests all motors in the mini VIDAS. Can be
performed from Service Menu (7378) or diagnostic terminal.
cal Forces an Auto Calibration of the optic system.
center-dp Clears stored optics calibration data.
checkmotor Runs scanner motor test.
dincs Status of all sections will scroll on screen.
dinc x (x = section letter) Status of the selected section will appear on screen with motor
checksum and home error totals.
dink x 64 (x = section letter) Status of the selected section will appear on screen with motor missing
step information.
errs Displays Scanner errors on Diagnostic Terminal screen.
event sanity Runs scanner head checks performed during initialization cycle.
moff Removes power from the scanner drive motor to allow manual
movement of the Scanner head.
o Turns on the lamp in the Scanner head - flashes continuously.
op Flashes lamp once then displays reading - does this continuously.
park Parks the Scanner head, trays and tower assemblies for shipping. Can
be performed from the Misc. Functions Menu or diagnostic terminal.
r Performs 1 read cycle of the Scanner head and displays the raw result.
rr Performs 1 read cycle of the Scanner head and displays the average and
raw results.
rsinc x (x = section letter) Reset a section from the diagnostic terminal.
rsincs Reset all sections.
stat Displays instrument status on screen of diagnostic terminal.
store-std Performs optics calibration, use this command in conjunction with the
center-dp command.

5. Maintenance
Diagnostics
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
temp Displays Tray and SPR temperature A/D output from Incubator Board for
all Sections on screen of diagnostic terminal.
tfx (x = section letter) Tray Find - tray pulls in and scanner head finds tray edge.
Diagnostics Tests
The Diagnostic Tests can be of assistance when troubleshooting a VIDAS or
mini VIDAS. It is possible to perform Diagnostic Tests on the Scanner or any
individual Section. Entering test commands to run the tests on the Diagnostic
Terminal (Laptop) keyboard can aid in troubleshooting, verification of
alignments, preventive maintenance, or repair of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS.
WARNING
Instrument surfaces and contaminated test kit components are
potentially biohazardous and should be handled according to
good laboratory practices. Observe universal precautions when
operating the instrument and when performing maintenance or
troubleshooting.
Scanner Test
NOTE: There are many STATIC sensitive components in the VIDAS and
mini VIDAS.
The Scanner Board is particularly sensitive, use extreme care! Use
proper anti-static precautions when working on the instrument.
The Scanner Test command will exercise the Scanner/Carriage Assembly. To
perform the Scanner Test proceed as follows:
1 Connect a Laptop (diagnostic terminal) to J7, on the Scanner Board.
2 Apply power to the VIDAS or mini VIDAS, if not already ON, and allow it to
reset completely.
This is accomplished when you see the follow message on the screen:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 99 9 D 99 9 E 99 9
3 Type shell and press ENTER. The terminal will respond with a : prompt
(skip this step if you are already at the : prompt).
4 At the : prompt, type checkmotor and press ENTER to start the Scanner
test. If the test fails, check for binding or verify alignments.
5 To stop or restart the test, press the Spacebar.
Section Diagnostics
To check the operation of the Pump, Tower, or Tray motor, in a Section, for
missing steps, use the appropriate Section Diagnostic command. A report of

5. Maintenance
Diagnostics
motor operation will display on the Diagnostic Terminal, for each cycle as the
test is running. Always run a test for a minimum of 10 cycles to determine
operational acceptability. To perform the Section Diagnostics the shell
prompt, : , must be displayed on the Diagnostic Terminal; if not refer to
Scanner Test for setup information (steps 1 - 3).
Tray Test
The Tray Test command will exercise the tray. When motor tray is selected
and the command ttest is performed, the tray will pull in, move slightly out,
pull back in, move 20 steps out and then repeat the sequence. To perform the
Tray Diagnostic Test proceed as follows:
1 Disconnect the power connector to the Incubator Board of the Section you
are going to align.
2 Place the RUN-TEST Switch (SW1) to the TEST position on the Incubator
Board for the section being aligned. Reconnect power to the board.
3 Verify the shell prompt, : , is displayed on the Diagnostic Terminal. If not
see Diagnostic Tests - Scanner Test.
4 At the : prompt on the terminal, type echo and press ENTER. The terminal
will respond with QUIET OFF and display a letter prompt [A, or B] (mini
VIDAS) or [A,B,C,D or E] (Vidas) for the section being tested. Verify that
the letter in the brackets, [x], on the screen, matches the section being
tested (x = section letter).
NOTE: Before proceeding, type mac and press ENTER. If percentage used
exceeds 90%, type clearmac and press ENTER, then continue with
step 5.
5 At the letter prompt, [x], type motor tray and press ENTER.
6 At the prompt, [x], type:
setmac ttest home loop k { out 71 in 66 loop 20 { out 33 wait 2 } ch }
and press ENTER.
7 At the prompt, [x], type ttest and press ENTER to start the tray test and
report step errors.
8 Error ranges are as follows:
Acceptable = 1
Marginal = 2
Failure = 3 or greater
9 To stop or restart the test, press ENTER.
10 If no other tests are to be performed, see chapter "Section Completion".
NOTE: In case of Failure error during the Tray Section Diagnostic, proceed
as follows:
Verify Tray Sensor Alignment. (See chapter "Alignment").
Check for mechanical movement problems.
Tray motor problem, replace as required.
Pump Test
The Pump Test command will exercise the Pump Assembly. Open the SPR
door and manually lower the Tower Assembly, to observe the pump action
before performing this test. When motor pump is selected and the command
ptest is performed the Pump Assembly will only be simulating pipetting

5. Maintenance
Diagnostics
action. The ball bearings on the top of the pump pistons will ascend and then
descend repeatedly. To perform the Pump Diagnostic Test proceed as
follows:
are going to test.
Board for the section being tested. Reconnect power to the board.
3 Verify the shell prompt, : , is displayed on the Diagnostic Terminal. If not,
see chapter "Scanner Test".
the letter in the brackets, [x], on the screen matches the section being
tested.
step 5.
5 At the prompt, [x], type motor pump and press ENTER.
6 At the prompt, [x], type speed 3 and press ENTER.
setmac ptest home loop k { out 320 loop 34 { in 20 wait 2 } ch }
and press ENTER.
8 At the prompt, [x], type ptest and press ENTER to start the pump test and
report step errors.
9 Error ranges are as follows:
Acceptable = 1
Marginal = 2
NOTE: In case of Failure error during the Pump Section Diagnostic,
proceed as follows:
Verify Pump Sensor Alignment. (See chapter "Alignment").
Pump motor problem, replace as required.
Tower Test
The Tower Test command will exercise the Tower Assembly. When motor spr
is selected and the command stest is performed, the Tower Assembly will
travel down and simulate tower movement action. Close the SPR door before
performing this test.
To perform the SPR Test proceed as follows:
are going to test.

5. Maintenance
Diagnostics
3 Verify the shell prompt, : , is displayed on the Diagnostic Terminal. If not,

tested.
step 5.
5 At the letter prompt, [x], type motor spr and press ENTER.
6 At the prompt, [x], type speed 1 and press ENTER.
setmac stest home loop k { in 3250 loop 23 { out 250 wait 2 } ch }
and press ENTER.
8 At the prompt, [x], type stest and press ENTER to start the tower test and
report step errors. The error ranges are as follows:
Acceptable = 5
Marginal = 6 to 8
NOTE: In case of Failure error during the Tower Section Diagnostic,
proceed as follows:
Verify Tower Sensor Alignment. (See chapter "Alignment").
Tower motor problem, replace as required.
Tower Preventive Maintenance

Use the Tower Preventive Maintenance command, when cleaning and
lubricating the two tower drive screws. Its sole intent is to run the Tower
Assembly up and down with the SPR DOOR OPEN.
Connect the Diagnostic Terminal to J7 on the Scanner Board and the shell
prompt, : , will be displayed on the terminal. To perform the Tower Preventive
Maintenance command, proceed as follows:
1 Remove the LED trim panel to gain access to the tower drive screws. Take
care while cleaning or lubricating the drive screws to avoid personal injury.
2 Disconnect the power connector to the Incubator Board of the Section on
which you are going to perform preventive maintenance.
4 Verify the shell prompt, : , is displayed on the Diagnostic Terminal. If not

5. Maintenance
Diagnostics
tested.
6 At the letter prompt, [x], type motor spr and press ENTER. Then type out
6300 and press ENTER. The Tower will drive down.
NOTE: Be sure to observe the pump sensor wires for adequate slack, as
the tower drives down. If the sensor wires have insufficient slack,
damage to the sensor can occur.
7 At the letter prompt, [x], type in 6300 and press ENTER. The Tower will
drive up.
Section Completion
1 Press Ctrl X. The shell prompt, : , should return to the screen.
just finished servicing.
3 Place the RUN-TEST Switch (SW1) to the RUN position on the Incubator
board.
4 Reconnect power connector (J2) to the Incubator Board.
5 At the : prompt type rsinc ? (? = letter of Section under test) and press
ENTER.
Verify the section resets.
6 Reset power to the VIDAS or mini VIDAS and immediately type burnin on
the Diagnostic Terminal.
The instrument will run the burnin protocol, which tests all motors in the
instrument.
Allow the instrument to run approximately 30 minutes.
7 At the : prompt, type errs on the Diagnostic Terminal and check for
Scanner Errors.
Correct any problems found.
8 At the : prompt, type dincs on the Diagnostic Terminal and check for
Section errors.
Correct any problems found.
9 Remove the serial cable from J7 on the Scanner Board.
10 Restore the VIDAS or mini VIDAS to normal operating condition.

5. Maintenance
WARNING
troubleshooting.
NOTE: Perform routine decontamination of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS

before any service or maintenance. See chapter "Decontamination
and Cleaning" of this manual or the user manual.
This chapter describes how to gain access to the interior of the VIDAS and
mini VIDAS and includes detailed information for the removal and
replacement of internal subassemblies (circuit boards and mechanical
assemblies). This chapter also describes how to check and align the various
mechanical components within the VIDAS and mini VIDAS.
Equipment Required
At times, special tooling is required to perform the necessary mechanical
alignments.
These tools are listed in the procedure when required. The special tools
required in this chapter of the manual are as follows:
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Tower Phasing Tool 371116-1 or 4550267A
Pulley/bar code Reader Alignment Tool 371117-1 or 4550268A
Tray Drive Engagement Tool 371195-1 or 4550434A
Tower belt tension Gauge (Optional) 371118-1 or 45151042A
Scanner Belt Tension Gauge (Optional) 371118-2 (available in US only)
Tray Wrench 371147-2 or 4550310A
Cross Level or equivalent 399100-1 (available in US only)
Outer Covers
To gain access to the interior of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS, open or remove
the outer covers as follows:
WARNING
Remove power from the VIDAS or mini VIDAS while removing
covers or components.

5. Maintenance
1 For the Grey systems: Remove the front panel to gain access to trays and
tray motors. Loosen the captive screws located at the left and right end of
the lower front panel. Lift the tray dust covers and remove the front panel
by grasping the top edge of the panel and pulling forward to remove it from
the VIDAS or mini VIDAS.
NOTE: The Front Panel is secured to the base by two (2) safety cables to
keep the panel from falling to the floor. If the safety cables are not
present order P/N 527611 (available in the US only).
2 For the Blue systems and for each section:
a Raise the strip preparation tray until it is in its upright position.
b Use a suitable screwdriver to remove the 2 screws located under the
c Open the strip preparation tray by tilting it forwards.
d With one hand (finger and thumb), grasp the 2 tabs inside the strip
preparation tray, squeeze gently and pull forwards to remove the tray.
3 To open the top cover, remove the two Phillips screws at the top of the
back cover. Support the back cover to prevent damage to the piano hinge.
For the mini VIDAS, the Incubator and Scanner Boards are mounted on
the inside of the back cover and for the VIDAS only the Incubator Boards
are mounted.
4 mini VIDAS (Grey): The left and right end panels may be removed for
easier access to Section A and the Display Enclosure. To remove the end
panels remove the shoulder screw at bottom of top cover and the Allen
hex screw located in frame member near the Display Assembly.
Removing the end panels provides easy access for removal of the Display
Enclosure and front trim (LED) panel.
mini VIDAS (Blue): see chapter "mini VIDAS Right Trim Mounting".
5 VIDAS (Grey and Blue): The left and right end panels may be removed for
easier access to Sections A and E. To remove the end panels remove the
shoulder screws at bottom of base pan in the back and the Allen hex
screw located in frame member near Tower Assembly. Removal of the
end panels provides easy access for removal of the front trim (LED) panel.
NOTE: mini VIDAS: The VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) Board is located
on the right end panel, as viewed from the front. Take care not to
damage the board or related cabling when removing this end panel.
VIDAS: The Scanner Board is located on the right end panel, as
viewed from the front. Take care not to damage the board or related
cabling when removing this end panel.
To gain access to the top of the Tower Assembly, proceed as follows:
6 mini VIDAS (Grey): Remove the two Allen hex screws holding the Display
Enclosure and slide it forward. It is necessary to loosen the Display
Enclosure before removing the LED trim panel.
mini VIDAS (Blue): Compared to the current mini VIDAS, in addition to the
two screws on the speaker bracket, a third screw has been added in the
center lower position. It is not necessary to unsettle totally the screws
when you want to remove the keyboard holder.

5. Maintenance
Figure mini VIDAS Blue: Keyboard holder mounting
7 Remove the Kep nuts located at the left and right ends of the LED trim
panel. Carefully remove the trim panel and place it on top of the Tower
Plate, taking care not to damage the wiring from the LEDs to the Bay
Interface Boards (BIB).
mini VIDAS Right Trim Mounting

Compared with the current mini VIDAS, the right trim is screwed from the
previous frame. This is done with a special long screw that once it is
assembled cannot be lost.
NOTE: The long screw is not include in the spare part list.
NOTE: To access to the special long screw, remove the strip preparation
tray from section B as explained in the User Manual (Appendix B:
Maintenance).
Raise the strip preparation tray until it is in its upright position.
Use a suitable screwdriver to remove the 2 screws (1) located under the
Open the strip preparation tray by tilting it forwards.

5. Maintenance
Figure Dismantling the strip preparation tray
With one hand (finger and thumb), grasp the 2 tabs inside the strip
preparation tray, squeeze gently and pull forwards to remove the tray (see
the figure below).
Figure Removing the strip preparation tray
Figure Attachment 1

5. Maintenance
VIDAS (Grey and Blue) - Instrument Levelling

The VIDAS should be leveled at the time of installation and prior to
performing any alignment procedures. Level the VIDAS as follows:
1 Open the top cover of the VIDAS (see chapter "Outer Covers").
2 Place the level on the Pump Tower Plate between the Bay Interface
Boards (BIB) for Sections A and B. Level the left side of the instrument as
viewed from the front, front to rear by adjusting the left feet.
3 Place the level between the BIB boards for Sections D and E. Level the
right side of the instrument, front to rear, by adjusting the right feet.
4 Place the level between the BIB boards for Sections C and D. Level the
instrument left to right by adjusting the left or right feet as may be required.
5 Verify all positions are level. Repeat steps 1 through 3 as necessary until
instrument is level.
NOTE: It is important that the locking nut be tightened on each leveling foot
when finished for proper base pan bracing support. Instrument
should still be level after tightening.
Incubator Board
Two Incubator Boards are mounted inside the top cover (see Figure "mini
VIDAS: Incubator & Scanner Board Locations") of the mini VIDAS.
Figure mini VIDAS: Incubator & Scanner Board Locations

5. Maintenance
Five Incubator Boards are mounted inside the top cover of the VIDAS (see
Figure "VIDAS: Incubator Board").
Figure VIDAS: Incubator Board

5. Maintenance
To remove an Incubator Board

1 mini VIDAS: Remove power from the mini VIDAS and open the top cover.
VIDAS: Remove power from the VIDAS and open the top cover (see
chapter "Outer Covers").
2 Disconnect the power connector (J2), the serial interface connector (J3),
and the BIB connector (J1).
3 Remove the two Phillips screws used to mount the Board to the centre
support of the top cover. Then place two fingers under the corner of the
Board and gently but firmly pull up to remove the board from the PEM
fastener at each corner of the Board.
NOTE: There are many STATIC sensitive components in the VIDAS and
mini VIDAS. The Scanner and VIC boards are particularly sensitive.
Use extreme care! Use proper anti-static precautions when working
on the VIDAS and mini VIDAS.
4 For the Incubator Board 527720-x: Verify the Firmware (Z11) version.
Example: DAS30I-RX.XX (X.XX = the version level of the firmware e. g.
2.11). The latest Incubator boards come with the version 3.10, so in this
situation two options are available. Either you downgrade the firmware
version to 2.11 by transferring the firmware EEPROM from the removed
board to the new Incubator board or you upgrade all other incubator
boards firmware to 3.10. Please see below the table with the firmware
versions compatibility.
Figure VIDAS Boards Firmware Compatibility Table
5 For the Incubator Board 527720-x: Verify the ADDRESS and RESET
jumpers and for the 6200594 Boards verify the DIP switch on the

5. Maintenance
replacement board are the same as the removed Incubator Board, or refer
to chapter "Boards & Schematics".
6 Install the replacement Incubator Board by pressing down firmly at each
corner to seat the board on the PEM fasteners. Install the screws removed
in step 3 and reinstall all connectors removed in step 2.
7 Verify all sensor alignments in this section (see chapter "Alignment").
Bay Interface Board

The Bay Interface Board (BIB) (P/N 527710-x) is located on the tower top
plate near the centre of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS (see Figure "BIB Location").
The BIB provides interface connection between the motors and sensors in a
Section to the Incubator Board for that Section.
Figure BIB Location
To replace a BIB, proceed as follows:

1 Open the Top Cover (see chapter "Outer Covers").
2 Disconnect (J11) the ribbon cable to the Incubator Board.
3 Place two fingers under the corner of the Board and gently but firmly pull
up to remove the board from the PEM fastener at each corner of the
Board or remove the four screws.
4 Install the replacement BIB, pressing down firmly at each corner to seat
the board on the PEM fasteners or fix it with the four screws.

5. Maintenance
5 Carefully disconnect connectors J1 through J10 from the old BIB and
reconnect to the new BIB.
6 Verify all sensor alignments in this section (see chapter "Alignment").
7 mini VIDAS: At the MAIN MENU, enter 3278 on the keypad and press the
key. The Express Start Menu will display on the screen. Verify Section
operation by performing Test Assays TP4, TP5, and TP6 for the section in
which the BIB was replaced.
VIDAS: Verify Section operation by performing Test Assays TP4, TP5, and
TP6 for the section in which the BIB was replaced.
Scanner Board
mini VIDAS: Scanner Board

The Scanner Boards, P/N 527722-x and 6200595 are located inside the top
cover of the mini VIDAS (see Figure "mini VIDAS: Incubator & Scanner Board
Locations").
To remove the Scanner Board, proceed as follows:
1 Open the top cover.
2 Remove/disconnect ribbon cable J9, and coaxial connectors J4 and J5 for
the Scanner Board 527722-x or a plug connector J15 for the Scanner
Board 6200595, that come from the Scanner/Carriage assembly
depending from the model. The Coax connector J4 should have a white
tape flag around the lead and the end of the connector blackened for ease
of identification.
3 Remove/disconnect the Power (J11), Scanner motor (J10), and the Home
sensor (J12) connectors located on the bottom of the Scanner Board.
4 Remove/disconnect and identify ribbon cables J6 and J8 on the edge of
the Scanner Board (toward the Incubator Board).
5 Remove the two Phillips screws used to mount the board to the centre
support of the top cover. Then place two fingers under the corner of the
board and gently but firmly pull up to remove the board from the PEM
fastener at each corner of the board.
6 Install the replacement Scanner Board, by pressing down firmly at each
corner to seat the Board on the PEM fasteners. Install the screws
removed in step 5 and reinstall all connector removed in steps 2 through
4.
7 Verify Scanner Alignments (see chapter "Alignment and Calibration").
8 Verify Optical Alignments.
VIDAS: Scanner Board

The Scanner Boards, P/N 527722-x and 6200595 are located inside the right
End Panel of the VIDAS (see Figure "Scanner Board").
Figure Scanner Board

5. Maintenance
To remove the Scanner Board proceed as follows:

1 Remove power from the VIDAS.
2 Open the right End Panel (see chapter "Outer Covers").
3 Remove/disconnect ribbon cable J9, and coaxial connectors J4 and J5 for
the Scanner Board 527722-x or a plug connector J15 for the Scanner
Board 6200595, that come from the Scanner/Carriage assembly
depending from the model. The Coax connector J4 should have a white
tape flag around the lead and the end of the connector blackened for ease
of identification.
4 Remove/disconnect the Power (J11), Scanner motor (J10), and the Home
sensor (J12) connectors on the bottom of the Scanner Board.
5 Remove/disconnect and identify ribbon cables J6, J7, and J8 on the back
edge of the Scanner Board.
6 The right End Panel can now be removed from the VIDAS. Remove the
six Phillips screws used to mount the Board to the End Panel.
7 Install the replacement Scanner Board and reinstall the right End Panel
reversing steps 1 through 5 above.
8 Verify Scanner Alignments (see chapter "Alignment and Calibration").
9 Verify Optical Alignments.

5. Maintenance
Scanner Board 6200595 (see Figure "6200595")

The VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue may be equipped with a scanner board
6200595.
This new board has been designed to be 100% compatible with the old
boards, so there will be very few changes compared to the previous board.
The main changes of the new scanner board are:
One FlashROM (U5) instead of the three EPROMs.
The board is compatible with firmware starting from version 2.51.
Configuration jumpers JP7, JP8, JP9 have been replaced by DIP switches
SW3 (the setting instructions are on the serigraphy of each board as a
reminder).
SW1 (RUN/DEBUG) and SW2 (INT/EXT) have changed their positions
but can be easily identified by the serigraphy.
All the test points and trimmers involved in the calibration procedure have
the same identifications as in the previous board. The position of these
items have been kept as close as possible to the position in the previous
board.
LED for serial communications (DS17 to DS30) and power voltages (DS1
to DS5) have been added to easy troubleshooting.
Remark: the default status is on for the Power Supply LEDs when the
power is present.
The sensors LED have been moved from the edge of the board to a
central position.
A connector for the new scanner cables has been provided (J15). When a
new scanner head (with new cables and Pre Amp) is used the board is
capable to detect if the cables get broken.
LEDs for scanner cable damages detection have been added to easy
troubleshooting (DS9 to DS12).
A connector has been provided to power the display backlight (J18:LCD
POWER) for the mini VIDAS new display.
NOTE:
1 Optics Calibration
Just take a few seconds to locate the key TP and trimmers required for
calibration and follow exactly the same procedure as with the previous
board.
2 Scanner Cable Failure
The board is capable to auto detect the input.
Whenever connector J15 is used the REF and SIG jack are disconnected,
so no configuration is required to change the input type.
When J15 is in use, the cable failure detection is enabled and the four red
LED (DS9 to DS12) indicate the status of the four scanner wires.
The LED is lighted when the cable is damaged or not working properly.
If all the LEDs are on in the same time, the problem can come from the
scanner head.
When one of this four LED is lighted the trigger to the flash lamp is
deactivated and the lamp does not fire anymore.

5. Maintenance
A cable failure will be reported by the firmware as a blocking error 161.

After having corrected the problem, it is necessary to reset the system so
that the error disappears.
3 Compatibility
This board will be released as a spare part for both systems version:
previous Systems and Blue Systems.
Don't forget to apply the previous rules regarding the Firmware
compatibility.
Don't forget to set correctly the board during a replacement
Power Supply
mini VIDAS: Power Supply Adjustment

Test points are provided on the V12 Power Supply Board (526702-x), located
inside the Power Supply (526101-x) for all voltage measurements. The Test
Points and voltages are:
+12 VDC (VPP VIC TP10 to TP11 (gnd) +12.0 0.5 VDC
Board)
+10VDC TP6 to TP11 (gnd) 10.0 to 16.0 VDC
+24 VDC (Thermal TP5 to TP11 (gnd) +24 2.0 VDC

Printer)
28VAC TP4 to TP3 (gnd) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC

(Heaters)
FAN TEST TP1 to TP2

(10K ohm resistor)
Test points are also provided on internal circuit boards for all voltage
measurements.
The circuit board Test Points and voltages are:
Board Test Points Voltage Range
Scanner TP10 to TP12 (gnd) +5.0 0.2 VDC
Scanner TP5 to TP6 (gnd) +12 0.5 VDC
Scanner TP7 to TP6 (gnd) -12 0.6 VDC
Scanner TP11 to TP13 (gnd) 10.00 to 16.00 VDC
Incubator TP6 to TP5 (gnd) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC

5. Maintenance
Board Test Points Voltage Range
VIC TP7 to TP3 (gnd) +12.0 0.5 VDC (VPP)
Printer (see Note below) CN1 - 24V to CN1 GND +24 2.0 VDC
NOTE: For Seiko printers the test point is CN5 - 24V to CN5 - GND.
NOTE: See chapter "Boards & Schematics" for additional Board and
Schematic information.
Power Supply for mini VIDAS Blue (VD6003-1)

Figure mini VIDAS Power supply mounting
NOTE:
VIDAS units.

5. Maintenance

WARNING
incubator boards.
CAUTION
VIDAS: Power Supply

There are two Power Supplies that are used in the VIDAS Module. One is a
standard transformer based unit (P/N 527152-x) while the new Power Supply
is a toroidal transformer style (P/N 527166-x) with an internal Power Supply
Board (527724-x) and a Fan Test feature. Both supplies contain the same
switching power supply for +5 and 12 VDC.
Test points are provided on the Scanner and Incubator circuit boards for all
voltage measurements. The circuit boards Test Points and voltages are:
Voltage Board Test Points Voltage Range Adjustment
+5VDC Scanner TP10 to TP12 (gnd) 5.0 0.2 VDC R26 on PS1
+12VDC Scanner TP5 to TP6 (gnd) 12 0.5 VDC
-12VDC Scanner TP7 to TP6 (gnd) -12 0.6 VDC
+10VDC Scanner TP11 to TP13 (gnd) 10.00 to 16.00 VDC
28VAC Incubator TP6 to TP5 (gnd) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC

28VAC Incubator +28 to -28 (comm.) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC

Power Supply (P/N 527166-X)

Test points are provided on the VIDAS Power Supply Board (P/N 527724-x),
located inside the power supply housing, for all voltage measurements. The
Test Points and voltages are:

5. Maintenance
+12 VDC (VPP) TP10 to TP3 (gnd) +12.0 0.5 VDC

(Not Used at this Time)
28VAC (Heaters) TP5 to TP6 (gnd) 21.0 to 38.0 VAC
FAN TEST TP7 to TP9

(10 kOhm resistor)
NOTE: See chapter "Boards & Schematics" for Board information.
Power Supply for VIDAS Blue VD6002-1

NOTE:
VIDAS units.
WARNING
incubator boards.
CAUTION

5. Maintenance
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Power Supply / Incubator Board Have Changed since the
Beginning of Year 2003
The aim of this Technical Note is to describe the parts changed on the mini
VIDAS & VIDAS systems since the beginning of year 2003. The new parts
concerned are the mini VIDAS Power Supply and the Incubator Board for
both.
Description
The mini VIDAS power supply was recently redesigned to meet UL61010
requirements (US standard). To meet these requirements, the 28VAC heater
winding on the Toroid transformer had to be lowered to 22VAC. Because of
the change in the transformer secondary voltage, a corresponding change
had to be made to the mini VIDAS Incubator board.
The effect of the lower voltage on the heaters results in the analyzer taking a
few minutes longer (less than 5 minutes in a cold lab) to heat up than it used
to with the 28VAC winding.
For traceability reasons, the part numbers (for example 527720-X) of the
Toroid Transformer assembly, Power Supply assembly, Incubator Board and
mini VIDAS instrument have been changed (see the table below). The U.S.
built mini VIDAS instruments were changed starting 01-Jan-2003 starting with
serial number V12U4942. The Italian built instruments will follow in the next
few months.
For the moment the redesign of the Power Supply is only put in place on the
mini VIDAS System.
On new VIDAS, you only find a new Incubator board. The VIDAS started
using the 527720-3 Incubator board starting with serial number DASA6495.
The new part numbers are as follows (in grey, the new parts inside the power
supply available):
Old Part Number(s) Description New Part Number(s)
526104-2/4511078A Toroid AC Power Assy 526104-3/4511078A
527720-2 Incubator Board Assy 527720-3/4500319A

Obsolete only this one on the field now
526101-5 (220V) Power Supply Assembly 526101-7R/4510814A

or 526101-6 (120V) (120V or 220V)
526001-5 (U.S.) mini VIDAS, Module 120V 526001-8 (U.S.) or 99733 (Italy)
526001-6 (U.S.) mini VIDAS, Module 220V DOM 526001-9 (U.S.) or 99734 (Italy)
526001-7 (Italy) mini VIDAS, Module 220V Int'l 99734 (Italy)
526001-90 (U.S.) mini VIDAS, Module, KDK 526001-91 (Italy)
NOTE: The only thing that changed in the power supply was the Toroid
transformer. The fuses, PS1 board, power supply board, etcare
exactly the same as before.
NOTE: It should be noted that the new Incubator Board P/N 527720-3 is
fully backward compatible with all VIDAS and mini VIDAS
instruments.

5. Maintenance
The older 527720-2 Incubator Board cannot be used in any of the new mini
VIDAS listed in the table above, or any other mini VIDAS that has a 526101-7
Power Supply installed.
To help identify the new Power Supply and prevent problems in the field, a
warning label is attached to the top cover of all 526101-7 Power Supplies.
See example below:
Figure Label
The new Incubator Board, 527720-3 and earlier versions of this board are
fully compatible with each other. No special efforts need to be taken when
replacing a single older Incubator board with a 527720-3 Incubator board.
The system will operate properly with a mix of old and new incubator
boards but with an old power supply.
The new 526101-7 Power Supply can be used to replace both the 110VAC
and 220VAC power supplies, and has both U.S. and International fuses,
therefore it eliminates the need to have two different power supplies
depending on the country. The fuse selector and voltage selector just
need to be set appropriately for the country it is used in.
The new Power Supply can be installed into older mini VIDAS instruments
for services if necessary, but the instrument will need to have two 527720-
3 Incubator Boards installed for proper operation (if it is the old one
527720-2, replace it by the new one 527720-3).
If you only have to change the Toroid transformer, be careful! If you
receive the new one (526104-3), and if you put this one in an old Power
Supply, don't forget to replace the Incubator Board (527720-2) by the new
one (527720-3). In this case, for the traceability, it will be better to put a
label, or a stick on the Power Supply top cover to mean the change.
NOTICE
Be careful. When you will order the part in France, take into
account the version of the part that you will receive on the field.
During the transition from the old power supply to the new one,
you could have a 526101-5 (Power Supply) in place of a 526101-
7. For the Toroid Transformer, you could receive a 526104-2 in
place of 526104-3.
mini VIDAS: VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) Board

The VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) Board (P/N 526700-4x or 4510000079-
1) is located on the inside of the right hand End Panel, as viewed from the
front of the mini VIDAS. To remove the VIC Board, proceed as follows:

5. Maintenance
1 Remove power and open the right End Panel (see chapter "Outer
Covers").
2 Disconnect the Power (P1), Scanner (J1), Printer (J13), Display (J15 or
J10), and Speaker (J11) if any cables (see Figure "VIC Board Location").
3 Disconnect and identify the Keypad (J14) cables.
4 The right End Panel can now be removed for easier access to the VIC
Board. Remove the six screws used to mount the board to the End Panel.
5 Install the replacement VIC Board and reinstall the right End Panel by
reversing steps 1 through 4 above.
NOTE: Be careful to configure the VIC board according to the setup in
chapter "Boards & Schematics".
6 Restore power to the mini VIDAS and verify operation of the VIC board as
follows:
a At the Main Menu enter 6263 on the keypad and press the 8 key. The
Test Menu appears on the screen.
b Perform all the tests on the Test Menu. It is not necessary to check
external printer operation if a printer is not available.
Figure VIC Board Location

5. Maintenance
mini VIDAS (Grey and Blue): Keypad / Display / Speaker
mini VIDAS (Grey): Keypad / Display / Speaker

For the mini VIDAS Grey: To remove the Keypad Assembly (P/N 526219) the
Display Assembly (P/N 526105-1 or 4510736A) or the Speaker Assembly (P/
N 526103-1or 4500510A), proceed as follows:
1 Remove power from the mini VIDAS.
2 Open the Top Cover and the right End Panel (see chapter "Outer
Covers").
3 Disconnect the Printer (J13), Keypad (J14), Display (J10 or J15) and
Speaker (J11) cables if any from the VIC Board.
4 Remove the two hex head mounting screws that hold the Display
Enclosure to the frame.
5 Gently pull the Display Assembly forward out the front of the mini VIDAS.
6 Go to step 7 to remove the Display; step 9 to remove the Keypad; or step
10 to remove the Speaker.
7 If the Display is attached to metal bracket, proceed as follows:
a First perform step 9 and remove the keypad.
b Remove the four flat-head screws from the front of the enclosure that
hold the display bracket.
c Remove the four (4) screws and nuts that mount the Display to the
bracket. Be sure no to lose the plastic spacers between the Display
and bracket.
8 If the Display is attached directly to the plastic enclosure, proceed as
follows:
a Remove the four self-tapping screws used to mount the Display to the
enclosure.
9 Remove the five nylon nuts securing the Keypad to the enclosure.
10 Remove the four screws, nuts, and washers used to mount the Speaker to
the enclosure.
11 Install the replacement part by reversing steps 7 through 10.
12 Reinstall the enclosure by reversing the order of steps 2 through 5.
13 Restore power to the mini VIDAS and verify operation as follows:
b Perform all the tests on the Test Menu. It is not necessary to check
external printer operation if a printer is not available.
Installing OPTREX and AND Displays

Two different displays are available for mini VIDAS:
Optrex display (VITEK P/N526 105-1)
AND display (VITEK P/N 526 105-2
The spare part number (France delivery) is the same for the two displays:
451 0736A
But in case of a order for this spare part, you should receive the AND display
which is a replacement of the OPTREX.

5. Maintenance
Installation of the two displays is different (connection and jumper on the VIC
board)
OPTREX Installation
connect to J
no jumper on JP2
AND Installation
connect to J15
on jumper between 1 and 2 on JP2
See also herewith.

5. Maintenance
Figure Installation of AND display

5. Maintenance
mini VIDAS Blue - Keyboard Holder Mounting

Compared to the current mini VIDAS, in addition to the two screws on the
speaker bracket, a third screw has been added in the center lower position.
Figure Keyboard Holder mounting 2
NOTE: It is not necessary to unsettle totally the screws when you want to
remove the keyboard holder.
NOTE:
The new LEXAN Keyboard is provided as a spare part. Please refer to the
short instructions given in Figure "mini VIDAS Blue keyboard and display
servicing instructions" to replace it.
This new part number does not fit in the old mini VIDAS.

5. Maintenance
mini VIDAS Blue - New Screen
Figure mini VIDAS Blue new screen
NOTE: The new mini VIDAS Blue screen is equipped with a backlight
system which improves the luminosity of the display. This new
functionality needs a power supply which is provided by the
Scanner Board (see chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Incubator
Board".
NOTE:
The display unit can be replaced removing the four screws as in the old
mini VIDAS, caution shall be used when the screws are reinstalled in
order to avoid to damage the screen frame (transparent plastic part). The
screen frame cannot be removed because it is kept by the keyboard.
This new part number does not fit in the old mini VIDAS.
The display unit is available as a spare part. Please refer to the short
instructions given in the figure below to replace it.
Figure mini VIDAS Blue keyboard and display servicing instructions

5. Maintenance
mini VIDAS: Printer / Printer Board

The following procedure describes how to remove the Thermal Printer, and
the Thermal Printer Board.
To Remove the Thermal Printer

1 Remove power and open the Top Cover (see chapter "Outer Covers").
2 Disconnect connectors CN3, CN4, CN5, CN12, and CN13 from the
Thermal Printer Board.
3 Loosen the screw on the left and then remove the two screws, on the right,
used to secure the Thermal Printer to its bracket.
4 To remove the Printer, push it to the right and then towards the back of the
mini VIDAS.
5 Install the replacement Printer by reversing steps 2 through 4 above.
6 Restore power to the mini VIDAS and verify operation of the Printer Board
as follows:

5. Maintenance
b Perform the Int. Prt Test and Ext. Prt Test on the Test Menu. It is not
necessary to check external printer operation if a printer is not
available.
To Remove the Thermal Printer Board

1 Remove power and open the Top Cover (see chapter "Outer Covers").
2 Disconnect connectors CN3, CN4, CN5, CN12, and CN13 from the
Thermal Printer Board.
3 Remove the four screws used to secure the Thermal Printer Board to its
bracket and lift the Board up out of the mini VIDAS.
4 Install the replacement Thermal Printer Board by reversing steps 2 and 3
above.
5 Restore power to the mini VIDAS and verify operation of the printer as
follows:
b Perform the Int. Prt Test and Ext. Prt Test on the Test Menu. It is not
necessary to check external printer operation if a printer is not
available.
mini VIDAS Blue - Printer Assembly

The new printer mechanism is exactly the same except for the lever and the
new metal stand.
Figure Power Supply Assembly
NOTE:
The printer mechanism (with blue lever) is available as a spare part (the
package will not include the PCB, because you can use the same PCB as
the current mini VIDAS).
The new metal stand is not compatible with current mini VIDAS.
Remark: For CE marked, you can replace the printer only with the same
kind of printer (In case you want to be EMC compliant).

5. Maintenance
Power Supply Assembly
mini VIDAS Grey Power Supply

The Power Supply Assembly (P/N526101-x) is located on the base in the rear
of the mini VIDAS. The Power Supply Assembly contains the following
subassemblies:
PS1 Power Supply (switching), P/N 183067-x or 4500421A
V12 Power Supply Board, P/N 526702-x or 4500394A
Fan, P/N 527160-x or 4510575A
Toroid / AC Power Assembly, P/N 526104-x
To Remove the Power Supply Assembly

1 Remove power from the mini VIDAS. Open the Top Cover and remove the
Left End Panel. (See chapter "Outer Covers")
2 Disconnect the following connectors:
CN1 and CN5 - Printer Board
J11 - Bay Interface Boards
J4 - Incubator Boards
J14 - Scanner Board
P1 - VIC Board
3 Remove the seven screws securing the Power Supply Cover (see Figure
"Power Supply Assembly").
4 Remove the ribbon cables from the retainer clips, on the cover and left
side of the Power Supply. Remove the cover by lifting up.
5 Remove the four screws from the outer flange (two per side) and the two
screws on the base inside the Power Supply (see chapter "Boards &
Schematics").
6 Remove the Power Supply Assembly out the left side of the mini VIDAS.
7 Install the replacement Power Supply Assembly by reversing steps 1
through 6.
8 Verify all power Supply voltages (see chapter "Power Supply Assembly").
9 Verify fan operation after sufficient warm-up.
Figure Power Supply Assembly

5. Maintenance
mini VIDAS Blue Power Supply

NOTE:
VIDAS units.
Remark: The Power Supply Assemblies are provided with the cables.
WARNING
incubator boards.

5. Maintenance
CAUTION
Figure mini VIDAS power supply mounting
The following pictures show the correct cable arrangements in VIDAS and
mini VIDAS:

5. Maintenance
Figure mini VIDAS cable arrangement
Figure VIDAS cable arrangement

5. Maintenance
Fan Replacement
The fan is fixed to the power supply box with four plastic retainers like the one
in the following picture.
Figure Plastic retainers
The plastic retainers can be easily removed applying a small pressure from
the inside until the head of the plastic nail can be extracted.
The following picture shows the plastic retainer as it is installed on the fan
(without the metal).
To reassemble the fan you just need to put the clips in the holes in the fan and
lock the fan to the metal inserting the 4 nails in the clip.
Figure Locking the fan
To test the fan functionality (see Figure 584), you can verify the fan putting a
3,9 kOhm resistor between TP1 and TP2.
If the fan is not operated correctly:
The Power Supply will cut off itself.
The bad Power Supply air flow regulation will create an instrument
temperature error.
NOTE: The fan will be available as a Spare Part, and will be provided with
the plastic retainers.

5. Maintenance
Figure Attachment 20
VIDAS Grey Power Supply

The VIDAS (Grey) may have one of two Power Supplies Assemblies, P/N
527151-x or 527166-x. To remove the Power Supply Assembly proceed as
follows:
1 Remove power from the VIDAS. Open the Top Cover and remove the Left
End Panel. (See chapter "Outer Covers")
2 Disconnect the following connectors:
J11 -- Bay Interface Boards
J2 -- Incubator Boards (J4 with Power Supply 527166-x)
J11 -- Scanner Board (J14 with Power Supply 527166-x)
3 Remove the seven (7) screws securing the Power Supply Cover (refer to
Figure "Tower Phasing").
4 Remove the ribbon cables from the retainer clips, on the cover and left
side of Power Supply. Remove the cover by lifting up.
5 Remove the four screws from the outer flange (2 per side) and the two
screws on the base inside the Power Supply (see chapter "Boards &
Schematics").
6 Remove the Power Supply Assembly out the left side of the VIDAS.
7 Install the replacement Power Supply Assembly by reversing steps 1
through 6.

5. Maintenance
8 Verify all power Supply voltages (see chapter "Power Supply Assembly").
9 Verify fan operation after sufficient warm-up.
10 The Power Supply Assembly contains the following subassemblies:
PS1 Power Supply (switching), P/N 183067-x or 4500421A
Fan, P/N 527160-x or 4510575A
Power Supply Board, P/N 527724-x (Power Supply P/N 527166-x only)
Toroid / AC Power Assembly, P/N 526104-x (P/N 527166-x only)
VIDAS Blue - Power Supply Mounting

Compared to the current VIDAS and mini VIDAS, the screws inside the power
supply are not necessary anymore to anchor the PS to the instrument.
So the only reason to open the Power Supply is for maintenance of the Power
Supply itself.
Figure VIDAS power supply mounting

5. Maintenance
VIDAS and mini VIDAS Grey PS1
WARNING
High voltage!
The capacitor on PS1 is under high voltage (300 V).
Let power supply cool down after device shutdown for at least 15
minutes before starting any maintenance action.
To remove the PS1 Power Supply (P/N 183067-x or 4500421A), proceed as

follows:
1 Disconnect the cables at J1, J2, and P1 (see chapter "Boards &
Schematics").
2 Remove the four screws used to mount the supply to the back panel of the
Power Supply Assembly.
3 Install the replacement PS1 by reversing steps 1 and 2.
4 Verify +5 VDC by measuring the voltage for the mini VIDAS at TP9 to
TP11 (gnd) on the V12 Power Supply Board and for the VIDAS Grey at
TP1 to TP3(gnd) on the V30 Power Supply Board. Adjust R26 on the PS1
Power Supply as required (see chapter "Power Supply Assembly").
mini VIDAS Grey Power Supply Board

To remove the V12 Power Supply Board (P/N 526702-x or 4500394A) from
the Power Supply Assembly, proceed as follows:
1 Disconnect the cables at J1, J2, J3, J4, J5 and GROUND (see chapter
"Boards & Schematics").
2 Remove the nut and lock washer used to secure CR1 to the base of the
3 Remove the four screws that secure the board to the back panel of the
4 Install the replacement V12 Power Supply board by reversing steps 1
through 3.
5 Restore power to the mini VIDAS and verify all voltages (see chapter
"Power Supply Assembly").
VIDAS Grey Power Supply Board

To remove the V30 Power Supply Board, P/N 527724-x or 4500548A, from
the Power Supply Assembly, proceed as follows:
1 Disconnect the cables at J1, J2, J3, J4, J5 and GROUND (see chapter
"Boards & Schematics").
2 Remove the nut and lock washer used to secure CR1 to the base of the
3 Remove the four screws that secure the board to the back panel of the
4 Install the replacement V30 Power Supply board by reversing steps 1
through 3.
5 Restore power to the VIDAS and verify all voltages (see chapter "Power
Supply Assembly").

5. Maintenance
mini VIDAS and VIDAS Grey Fan

To remove the Fan (P/N 527160-x or 4510575A) from the Power Supply
Assembly, proceed as follows:
1 Remove the Power Supply Top Cover.
2 Remove the four screws that secure the Fan to the base of the power
supply. Removing the PS1 Power Supply gives easier access to the fan.
3 Disconnect cable J1 on the V30 Power Supply Board for the mini VIDAS
and cable J5 on the V30 Power Supply Board for the VIDAS.
4 Install the replacement fan by reversing steps 1 through 3.
5 Verify fan operation after sufficient warm-up
SPR Door Slide Block
New Door Plunger Ball Nut
Figure Door Plunger nut
NOTE: This new "Door Plunger nut" allows the good functionality of the
"Door safety latch".

5. Maintenance
Door New Safety Latch
Figure Door safety latch
NOTE: This new system has been added to improve the customer safety
during his routine.
Ensure that interference does not occur between SPRs installed in the SPR
block and the Grommet Retainer Plate Latches when the SPR Door is being
closed.
1 Install SPRs in Positions 1, 2, 5 and 6 of the SPR Block.
2 Move the Pump Assembly either "up" or "down" by hand as required so
that the SPRs will just barely pass underneath the Retainer Plate on the
bottom of the Pump.
3 Verify that neither of the Retainer Plate Latches are contacted by the
SPRs while closing the door.
4 If the SPRs do not contact the Latches, go to step 8.
5 If the SPRs do make contact with the latches, remove the Slide Block Pins
and loosen the two Slide Block mounting screws. Adjust the SPR Block as
required and reassemble.
6 Repeat steps 1 thru 5, as required.
7 Adjust the Ball Roller so that the "ball" is not compressed more than 50 to
70% when contacting the flat portion of the Striker Plate.
NOTE: The adjusting screw is accessible through the left side of the frame
member. The metal portion of the Ball Roller should never scrape
the flat area of the Striker Plate.
8 Verify that the Door remains open at its detent position (halfway open).
9 Verify SPR block alignment by using the VIDAS Alignment kit (see chapter
"VIDAS Alignment Tool - Procedure for Use and Realignment").
10 If a realignment has been done perform a QCV.

5. Maintenance
New Strip Preparation Tray
Figure Strip Preparation Tray
NOTE: This new "Strip Preparation Tray" will be available as a customer

consumable in order to give the possibility to be change directly by
himself (for example, in case of customer damage during his
Preventive Maintenance).

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Assembly
Pump Motor
The Pump Motor (P/N 527146-x, 527147-x or 4510574A) is replaceable
without removing the Pump Assembly. To replace the Pump Motor proceed
as follows:
1 Open the Top Cover (see chapter "Outer Covers").
2 Disconnect the Pump Motor connector (J8) on the BIB.
3 Loosen the two Phillips screws holding the Pump Motor. Do not remove
the screws (see Figure "Pump Motor Location").
Figure Pump Motor Location
NOTICE
Use a wrench to hold the adapter end of the motor shaft while
removing or installing the screw in the end of the shaft. This will
prevent the shaft from spinning, which will damage the motor.
4 Remove screw from the bottom of the Pump Motor that attaches it to the
pump arm

5. Maintenance
Assembly
NOTE: Early motors had a round adapter without flats for a wrench. In this
case, use pliers to hold the round adapter while removing the screw
in the end of the shaft.
NOTICE
Make sure the Pump pivot arm does not spring up all the way,
when removing the Pump Motor, as this will damage the
belloframs in the Pump Assembly. Place something (i.e., Sensor
alignment Tool) between the top of the tripper arm and the bottom
of the motor bracket. This will support the arm until the w motor is
installed.
5 Remove the screws from the Pump Motor and remove the Pump Motor
from the mounting bracket.
6 Install the replacement Pump Motor by reversing steps 1 through 5 above.
7 Run a TP4 Assay (see chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Quality Control
VIDAS (QCV)" on the section in which you replaced the Pump Motor to
verify Section operation.
Pump Assembly
To replace a Pump Assembly (P/N 527148-x or 4520652A) proceed as
follows:
1 Open the Top Cover and remove the LED Trim Plate (see chapter "Outer
Covers").
2 Manually lower the Pump Assembly using the Tower Drive Belt.
3 Disconnect the Pump Motor (J8) and Pump Sensor (J7) cables from the
BIB. Make sure the sensor wires are free of all cable clamps and tie
wraps.
4 Loosen the Tower Drive Motor and remove the Tower Drive Belt (see
Figure "Tower Motor Pulley Gap").
NOTE: The Tower Drive Motor can be removed for easier access to the
Pump Assembly.
5 Remove the screws from the Tower Drive Screw Bearing Retainers on the
Pump Tower Plate and for the Blue systems remove a Tower Screw Pulley
Spacer. Manually unscrew the Tower Drive Screws until they clear the
Pump Assembly.
6 The Pump Assembly can now be removed through the back of the VIDAS
or mini VIDAS.
7 Install the new Pump Assembly into the section and reinstall the Tower
Drive Screws. Before installing the Tower Drive Belt, or tightening the
Tower Drive Screw Bearing Retainers with a Tower Screw Pulley Spacer
for the Blue systems, raise the Pump Assembly by hand until the top of
the Drive Nuts is just below the bottom of the Pump Tower Plate. The two
Drive Nuts should be equally distant from, and close as possible, to the
top plate, without touching it.
8 Reinstall the Tower drive belt, removed in step 4, and adjust the Tower
Drive Motor so the belt tension matches the other towers (no more than an

5. Maintenance
Assembly
one-inch deflection). The optional Belt Tension Gauge (P/N 371118-1 or

45151042A) can be used for this adjustment.
9 Verify Tower mechanical alignment as follows:
a Place the Pulley/Bar Code Reader Alignment Tool (P/N 371117-1 or
4550268A) flat on the Top Plate with the small end under the Tower
Motor Pulley (see Figure "Tower Motor Pulley Gap"). Adjust the pulley
so that it just touches the Alignment Tool.
Figure Tower Motor Pulley Gap
b Lower the Tower Assembly by manually turning the Tower Motor Drive
Belt until the arms of the Tower Phasing Tool (P/N 371116-1 or
4550267A) are easily inserted between the top of the Pump Assembly
and bottom of the Top Plate of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS. Then,
manually raise the Tower Assembly until the arms of the tool touch the
bottom of the Top Plate (see Figure "Tower Phasing").
Figure Tower Phasing

5. Maintenance
Assembly
c Verify the fit of the Tower Phasing Tool. Repeat step c until the
adjustment is correct.
d Adjust the Tower Drive Motor for correct belt tension. The drive belt
should not deflect more than 1/8 inch (compare to other sections or
use the optional Belt Tension Tool, P/N 371118-1 or 45151042A).
10 Verify the Tower Drive Screw Pulleys are flush with the top of the drive
screws. Adjust the pulleys if necessary.
11 Verify Pump and Tower sensor alignments (see chapter "Alignment and
Calibration").
12 Verify Pump Assembly alignment, using the VIDAS Alignment kit (see
chapter "VIDAS Alignment Tool - Procedure for Use and Realignment").
13 Run a QCV Assay on the section in which you replaced the Pump
Assembly to verify Pipette Volumes and Section operation.
VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue and ARKRAY New Ballast
Spare Part Number Involved:
Manufacturer Part Number 527148-4 PUMP/ACTUATOR ASSY, CAST
Alternative Reference 4520652A BLOC, POMPE COMPLET
Scope
On Blue Systems: as there is a mechanical interaction between the ballast on
the pump and the new lever to avoid accidental opening of the section door
(door safety latch), the design of the ballast of the pump (refer to Figure
"Ballast") has been changed by the manufacturer.
Figure Ballast

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Since this change is fully compatible with old instrument, all the pumps
manufactured will have this new ballast.
The Spare Part Number for the Pump Assembly did not change, but during
the transition between your old stock and your whole stock replacement, you
will have to apply the following procedure in case you need to replace a
Pump Assembly on Blue Systems.
Assembly Procedure for Pump Ballast for VIDAS Blue, mini VIDAS blue
and mini VIDAS ArkRay
This procedure is applicable only in the case that a pump assembly is
replaced on a new system with one not equipped with the new ballast.
1 Remove the bad pump from the instrument.
2 Remove the two screws that keep the ballast on the bad pump.
Figure Ballast removal
3 On the replacement pump remove the ballast as describe above.

4 On the replacement pump, install the ballast recovered from the bad
pump.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure Reuse ballast
Figure Ballast new shape
5 Reinstall the pump on the instrument.
Figure Reinstall pump
NOTE: For all the dismantling or replacement of the Pump Assembly, refer
to chapter "Pump Assembly".

5. Maintenance
Assembly
VIDAS and mini VIDAS (Blue and Grey) Spring Retainer Plate Upgrade
An upgrade for VIDAS and mini VIDAS systems is now available. This
improvement consists in a Spring Retainer Plate inserted on each section.
This spring is intended to improve the repositioning and tightening of the
Retainer Plate in each section, when it is inserted after a seals replacement.
Figure Spring retainer plate
Scope
The VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue systems produced, after November 2007,
are already equipped with the new Spring Retainer Plate.
They are also installed in VIDAS and mini VIDAS systems refurbished by
Italy, starting from the same date.
Upgrading
This upgrade is optional, and decided locally by each Distributor or
Subsidiary. GCS is advising you to upgrade your system during Preventive
Maintenance, for example, since a LEAK test must be performed afterwards.
If the upgrade is done out of Preventive Maintenance, we recommend you to
perform a QCV test after reworking.
Both Grey and Blue models of VIDAS / mini VIDAS systems can be upgraded
with the Retainer Plate Spring.
Spare Part Number

If you decide to upgrade an instrument, the spare part is available as a set of
25 Springs, with a cost and the following reference:
Designation - Retainer Plate Springs
Part Number - 4510000012-1
Ordering one part number (4510000012-1) allows you to rework up to 5
VIDAS or 12 mini VIDAS.
Reworking Procedure (Optional)

In case you wish to upgrade your system, you will find below the procedure
(with pictures as examples) to update correctly your system.
1 Open fully the SPR-door
2 Release the two locks holding the Retainer Plate
3 Remove the Retainer Plate (be careful to not lose any seal/grommet)

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure Retainer plate
4 Loosen the two ballast screws in order to loosen the ballast but not to
remove it (2 or 3 twists are enough)
Figure Ballast screws
5 Slide the "Spring Retainer Plate" between the pump body and the ballast.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure Insert retainer plate
6 Be careful when inserting the "Spring Retainer Plate". The "spring" must
be directed in a way to hold the retainer plate.
With you positioned in front of the instrument, the "curve" must be directed
towards the inside.
Figure Retainer plate direction
7 Tighten the ballast screws while keeping the spring in place (pushing up
the Spring Retainer Plate).

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure Tighten ballast screws
8 Refit the Retainer Plate (be careful to open the locks of the Retainer Plate
and to keep the seals/grommets properly positioned).
Due to the spring, a slight force upwards is to be applied to insert the
Retainer Plate, while locking the Retainer Plate in place.
Figure Refit Retainer plate
9 Before closing the SPR Door make sure the two locks of the Retainer
Plate are closed.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure Check locks of retainer plate
10 Run a LEAK or a QCV test.

NOTE: Guideline Information - To keep a traceability of the instruments that
were upgraded, please fill in the "Appendix A - Life Data Sheet"
from the current Preventive Maintenance Procedure.
Tower Screw Pulley Spacer (see Figure "Attachment 8")

The tower screw are now equipped with a spacer ring that reduces the
vertical play of the screws. This device shall reduce the occurrence of tower
positioning errors.
NOTE: The part is not a spare part.
This design change is not only dedicated for mini VIDAS or VIDAS Blue. It
has been added on the old systems:
Since S/N ITV12I12120 for mini VIDAS
Since S/N ITV30I01665 for VIDAS
Figure Attachment 8

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Tray
Trays in the VIDAS and mini VIDAS, are supported in a triangular bearing
arrangement on the Locator Plate, which controls the smoothness of
movement of the tray. Two bearings are mounted on the left side of the tray.
For the Blue systems there is a bearing that features automatic plays recover
on the tray bearings with a spring. This type of spring will avoid any bearing
adjustment if the tray is changed or removed for maintenance purposes.
The VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue are equipped with a new type of locator
plate that features automatic plays recover on the tray bearings. This type of
locator plate allows avoiding any bearing adjustment when the tray is
changed or removed for maintenance purposes.
NOTE:

5. Maintenance
Assembly
This new part does not fit in the old mini VIDAS nor VIDAS.
No Preventive maintenance: no lateral play to adjust
The ball bearings are strictly the same as the previous ones.
Figure New locator plate

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure VIDAS - New locator plates assembly drawings

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure mini VIDAS - New locator plates assembly drawings
Tray Motor Assembly

For the Grey systems, a third adjustable bearing (eccentric) is located on the
right side of the tray.
To remove the Tray Assembly (P/N 527135-x or 45151009), proceed as
follows:
1 Remove power from the VIDAS or mini VIDAS.
2 Open the Top Cover and remove the Front Panel (see chapter "Outer
Covers").
3 Remove the Splash Shield Plate.
4 In the systems without the Motor Tray Spring (P/N VD1055-x): Loosen and
lower the tray drive assembly (P/N 527132-x) (see Figure "Tray Motor
Assembly with Tool Installed") and for the Blue systems or that have the
Motor Tray Spring loosen and remove the spring from the tray drive
assembly. Disconnect the tray wiring connector near the base of the mini
VIDAS.
Figure Tray Motor Assembly with Tool Installed

5. Maintenance
Assembly
5 Push the tray into the interior of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS. Use care when
removing the tray, as it is possible to damage the Tray Sensor on the right
frame of the Section.
6 Install the replacement tray in the guide rails and roller bearings.
Reconnect the tray wiring connector.
7 Only for the Grey systems: Mechanically align the tray as follows:
a Push the tray partially into the instrument and, while grasping the rear
of the tray, verify there is little up-down movement or side-to-side
movement. If there is excessive movement of the tray, or if the tray is
too tight, proceed to the next step.
b Loosen the Allen head screw in the right side bearing. Using the Tray
Wrench (P/N 371147-2 or 4550310A) adjust the eccentric bearing for
minimal endplay, without excessive tension on the tray (see Figure
"Eccentric Bearing").
c Retighten the Allen head screw in the bearing.
Figure Eccentric Bearing
8 If you don't have the Motor Tray Spring, reinstall the tray motor so that its
gear fully engages the linear gear on the tray or if you have it install the
Motor Tray Spring (P/N VD1055-x) and leave the spring press the motor

5. Maintenance
Assembly
on the tray without adding any pressure by hand and lock the motor
assembly tightening the screw. Now the spring is not anymore active and
the motor assembly is kept in position by the screws.
9 Install the Tray Drive Engagement Tool (P/N 371195-1 or 4550434A) so
that the dowel pin is protruding through the top of the slot on the Gear
Plate, and the bar is resting on the top of the Assembly's Pivot Screw (see
Figure "Pump Motor Location").
10 Ensure that the top of the Tray Drive is fully engaged with the Tray Gear
Rack.
11 Tighten the Tray Drive Assembly mounting screws and for the Tray Drive
Assembly that have the Spring never leave the screws untightened
because the spring is not designed for continuous work and this may lead
to tray movement problems.
12 Check for "free play" between the Gear Rack and the Tray Drive Gear.
13 Repeat sequence if "free play" is found.
14 Reinstall the Splash Shield Plate.
15 Verify Tray Sensor Alignment (see chapter "Alignment and Calibration").
16 Verify Tray alignment, running the a TP6 Assay on the section in which
you replaced the Tray to verify Section operation.
Tray Motor Assembly Spring

The tray motor assembly is equipped with a pretensioning spring that allows
reducing the differences of the tray gear pressure on the tray across the
instrument. This spring is designed to actively work only during the
adjustment of the tray motor assembly and not during the normal operation of
the instrument.
The correct operation is to leave the spring press the motor on the tray
without adding any pressure by hand and lock the motor assembly tightening
the screw. Now the spring is not anymore active and the motor assembly is
kept in position by the screws.
WARNING
Never leave the screw untighten because the spring is not
designed for continuous work and this may lead to tray movement
problems.
NOTE:
The spring is available as a Spare Part.
This design change is not only dedicated for mini VIDAS or VIDAS Blue. It
has been added on the old systems:
Since S/N ITV12I12120 for mini VIDAS
Since S/N ITV30I01665 for VIDAS

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure Tray motor pretensioning spring
Cocked Tray
A cocked tray exists when the left and right sides of the tray have more than
one step difference relative to the Scanner head. This occurs when the two
concentric rollers on the left side of the tray are not perpendicular to the
Scanner head. This can be corrected by moving one or both of the two left
rollers as necessary on their mounting screw, which is smaller in diameter
than the mounting hole in the roller bearing. If you need to correct a cocked
tray, proceed as follows:
1 Determine which side of the tray (left or right as viewed from the front of
the VIDAS or mini VIDAS) is closest to the Scanner head (see chapter
"Alignment and Calibration", Tray Sensor).
NOTE: In the next step, it may be necessary to remove the tray drive
assembly to gain access to the screws holding the concentric
rollers so that they may be loosened and moved as necessary (see
chapter "Tray").

5. Maintenance
Assembly
2 Loosen one of the two concentric rollers' mounting screws on the left side
of the tray and move the roller to the left away from the tray as follows:
a If the left side of the tray is closer to the Scanner head, loosen and
move the roller in the rear (closest to Scanner head).
b If the right side of the tray is closer to the Scanner head, loosen and
move the roller in the front.
3 After moving one of the two left rollers, tighten it.
Only for the Grey systems: Recheck and readjust the eccentric roller on
the right side of the tray if the tray is now too loose.
4 Reinstall the tray drive assembly, if removed, and check to see if both left
and right sides of the tray are now within the one-step specification (see
chapter "Alignment and Calibration", Tray Sensor). If they are, skip the
rest of this procedure and verify Tray Sensor alignment. If the tray still
does not meet the one-step specification proceed with next step.
5 Remove the tray (see chapter "Tray").
6 Loosen one of the two concentric (left) rollers' mounting screws again, but
this time move the roller to the right, towards the tray.
a If the left side of the tray is closer to the Scanner head, loosen and
move the roller in the front.
b If the right side of the tray is closer to the Scanner head, loosen and
move the roller in the rear.
7 After moving one of the two left rollers, tighten it.
Only for the Grey systems: Reinstall the tray and recheck the eccentric
roller on the right of the tray. The tray may be too tight now. If so, readjust
the eccentric as necessary.
8 Recheck to see if the tray now meets one-step specification left to right
with relation to the Scanner head. If not, repeat the previous 7 steps until
the specification is met.
Vidas / mini VIDAS Inter-Tray RFV Adjustment

In case you proceed to an inter-tray RFV adjustment, we remind you that it is
mandatory to previously adjust tray to Scanner head gapping for all sections,
according to the section alignment and calibration chapter Tray sensor. This
precaution will avoid any drift in tray position which can lead to false RFV
readings.
If you have previously made inter-tray adjustment without checking each tray
individually, we recommend you to proceed to a verification during next
Preventive Maintenance.
Door / SPR Block

To replace a SPR Block (Liner Guide Assembly) proceed as follows:
1 Disconnect the SPR Block Connector (labeled TOWER), located on the
Bay Interface Board. Also remove any tie wraps as necessary.
2 Open the SPR Door and remove the two screws from the Slide Block (see
Figure "SPR Door/Block"). The SPR Block Assembly (P/N 527139-11,
VD0143-x or 45151054A) and Slide Block will lift off the door.
3 Remove the two screws that mount the SPR Block Assembly to the Slide
Block.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
4 Install the replacement SPR Block on the Slide Block and door by
reversing the above steps.
5 Check that the PSR block easily slides (if not, add grease on two screws).
6 Use the VIDAS Alignment kit on the section in which you replaced the
SPR block to verify Section operation. (see chapter "VIDAS Alignment
Tool - Procedure for Use and Realignment").
Figure SPR Door/Block

5. Maintenance
Assembly
New SPR Block

We would like to inform you about the modification of the VIDAS SPR block.
Some early damaged SPR blocks on VIDAS and mini VIDAS systems (Blue
and Grey) have been reported by the field (generally, observed symptoms are
'temperature errors').
This early breakdown was due to a cut wire inside the SPR block sheath
(corresponding either to the sensor wire or to the power supply for SPR
heating).

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure OLD generation of SPR block
As a consequence, a new SPR block has been developed to replace the

current SPR block (the sheath has been changed in order to reinforce and
prevent cut wire).
Figure NEW generation of SPR block
You will find this new SPR block (with transparent stealth) on:
newly manufactured systems starting from SN VIDAS IVD3002643 and
mini VIDAS IVD1205426,
refurbished system since the February 6th, 2009.
The reference of the new SPR block will be the same. Upon ordering the
reference: 45151054A (Liner Support For Door), you will receive the new
SPR block with the new sheath.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Scanner / Carriage VSH
Scanner Head Assembly VD0128 or VD0131 (see Figure "Attachment

17" and Figure "Attachment 18")
Two scanner head versions have been created for VIDAS and mini VIDAS
Blue, these two scanner are different from the previous ones only for:
The cables (see Figure "Attachment 11" andFigure "Attachment 12")
The Pre Amp board (see Figure "Attachment 13" and Figure "Attachment
14" for top and bottom view of Pre Amp board).
These two changes are required to complete the implementation of the cable
failure detection system.
The new Pre Amp board is functionally equivalent to the previous one and
has be designed to be fully compatible with old systems:
Connector J1 is exactly the same as for the previous Pre Amp board,
connecting the old cable to this connector allows operation with old
scanner boards without the cable failure detection (in this configuration J2
is left unconnected).
The new cables have two connectors one coming from the scanner
interface that is connected to J1 and one coming from the e-chain that
connects to J2.
NOTE: The new scanner heads will be released as spare parts also for old
instruments. In this case it will be necessary to replace the cables in
order to be compatible with the previous Scanner Board.
NOTICE
You cannot put a old scanner head on Blue system.
mini VIDAS: Scanner / Carriage Assembly

The Scanner/Carriage Assemblies (P/N 527151-x or VD128-x) are located on
the base of the mini VIDAS. The Scanner (Scanner head) rides on a rail and
is driven by a lead screw connected to the Scanner Motor. To replace the
Scanner head, proceed as follows:
1 Open the top cover and remove the left end panel, as viewed from the
front (see chapter "Outer Covers"). Also remove the right end panel.
2 Disconnect ribbon cable J9, and coaxial connectors J4 and J5 for the
Scanner Board 527722-x or a plug connector J15 for the Scanner Board
6200595, that come from the Scanner/Carriage assembly depending from
the model. For the Coax connector J4 should have a white tape flag
around the lead and the end of the connector blackened for ease of
identification.
3 Disconnect the E-Chain mounting on the Scanner Motor Bracket and the
GND lead from the power supply of the mini VIDAS.
4 Remove the Scanner Motor Drive Belt from the pulley on the right
Scanner Bearing Bracket, as viewed from the front.
5 Remove the left Scanner Drive Screw Bearing Bracket, as viewed front
the front of the mini VIDAS.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
6 Remove the two screws holding the Right Bearing Retainer to the bearing
bracket.
7 Turn the Scanner Lead Screw counter clockwise, as viewed from the
pulley end of the lead screw and remove out the right side of the
instrument. Now remove the Scanner/Carriage Assembly out the left side
of the mini VIDAS.
8 Visually inspect the Scanner Drive Screw for excessive wear, such as
peeling of the coating (some chipping is acceptable). Replace the drive
screw if necessary and 2 nuts on the scanner head.
NOTICE
The drive screw does not require lubrication.
9 Clean the Scanner Drive Rail with a damp alcohol swab and re-lubricate
with Fluorocarbon Gel or equivalent. Caution: Do not lube the drive screw.
10 Verify the E-Chain on the replacement Scanner/Carriage Assembly has
no kinks or broken links. Correct as necessary.
11 Place the replacement Scanner/Carriage Assembly on the rail and
position it to the left end of the drive rail.
12 Using a finger, press the left front bearing, located under the Scanner/
Carriage Assembly, firmly against the drive rail. (Be sure to press on the
bearing itself and not the Scanner/Carriage Assembly). If the rear bearing
spins freely, it is too loose. If the bearing will not spin, it is too tight. Go to
step 13 if adjustment is necessary, otherwise go to step 14.
13 To adjust the bearing, rotate the rear eccentric as follows:
a Slightly loosen the lockdown nut on top of the scanner bearing support
flange, slightly.
b Using a thin wrench, rotate the hex eccentric, located above the
bearing (immediately below the scanner bearing support flange).
c Retighten the lockdown nut and repeat step 12.
14 Move the Scanner/Carriage Assembly to the right end of the drive rail and
repeat the process of step 12 using right bearings. Adjust the right rear
bearing per step 13 if required.
15 Reinstall the drive screw by turning it clockwise in the Scanner Drive Nut
until the end protrudes out of the left end of the Scanner Assembly. Now
reinstall the two screws, removed in step 6, to fasten the right bearing
retainer to the right Bearing Bracket. Gently tighten the screws until they
are just tight.
16 Loosely reinstall the left scanner drive screw bearing bracket removed in
step 5. Reconnect the scanner E-Chain and GND lead.
NOTE: Make sure the Scanner Drive Screw has no endplay between the
two bearing brackets.
17 Manually move the Scanner Assembly to the left limit. There should be no
binding. If binding, adjust the drive screw bearing bracket as necessary for
free movement (it may also be necessary to loosen the three screws in the

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Scanner drive nut). Retighten the left bearing bracket and Scanner Drive
Nut screws.
NOTE: Never try to adjust the left bearing bracket while the Scanner Motor
Drive Belt is installed.
18 Verify the Scanner/Carriage Assembly has no binding when moved to the
left limit. If binding exists, repeat the step above, as necessary for
minimum binding.
19 Move the Scanner/Carriage to the right limit and verify there is no binding.
If binding exists, loosen the two screws (previously secured in step 15)
that hold the right bearing retainer to allow the drive screw to centre up
and move freely in the Scanner Drive Nut. Tighten the bearing retainer
screws.
NOTE: Never try to adjust the right bearing bracket while the Scanner
Motor Drive Belt is installed.
20 Manually move the Scanner/Carriage Assembly from its full left to full right
limit. The Scanner Assembly should move smoothly over its full range (left
to right) without binding. Repeat steps 17 through 19 as necessary for
smooth movement of the Scanner/Carriage assembly.
21 Verify the E-Chain has no kinked links and moves smoothly while
manually moving the Scanner/Carriage Assembly from left to right. Adjust
links of the E-Chain as necessary.
22 Reinstall the Scanner Motor Drive Belt and adjust the Scanner Drive
Motor for correct belt tension. The drive belt should NOT deflect more
than 1/8 inch. (Tension may be adjusted using the optional Scanner Belt
Tension Gauge, P/N 371118-2, available in the US only)
23 Reconnect the E-Chain mounting on the Scanner Motor Bracket and the
GND lead to the power supply of the mini VIDAS.
24 Reconnect coax connectors J4 (flagged lead; blackened connector) and
J5 for the Scanner Board 527722-x or a plug to the connector J15 for the
Scanner Board 6200595. Also reconnect the scanner ribbon cable to J9
on the Scanner Board.
25 Verify the Scanner Alignments (see chapter "Alignment and Calibration").
26 Verify Optical alignments.

5. Maintenance
Assembly

5. Maintenance
Assembly

5. Maintenance
Assembly

5. Maintenance
Assembly

5. Maintenance
Assembly
VIDAS: Scanner / Carriage Assembly

The Scanner/Carriage Assemblies, P/N 527151-x or VD0131-x, are located
on the base of the VIDAS. The Scanner (Scanner head) rides on a rail and is
driven by a lead screw connected to the Scanner Motor. To replace the
Scanner head proceed as follows:
1 Open the top cover and remove the left end panel, as viewed from the
front (see chapter "Outer Covers"). Also loosen the right end panel.
2 Disconnect ribbon cable J9, and coaxial connectors J4 and J5 for the
Scanner Board 527722-x or a plug connector J15 for the Scanner Board
6200595, that come from the Scanner/Carriage assembly depending from
the model. For the Coax connector J4 should have a white tape flag
around the lead and the end of the connector blackened for ease of
identification.
3 Disconnect the Power (J11), Scanner motor (J10), and the Home sensor
(J12) connectors on the bottom of the Scanner Board.
4 Disconnect and identify ribbon cables J6, J7, and J8 on the back edge of
the Scanner Board.
5 Remove the right End Panel from the VIDAS.
6 Disconnect the E-chain mounting on the Scanner Motor Bracket and the
GND lead from the base pan of the VIDAS.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
7 Remove the Scanner Motor Drive Belt from the pulley on the right
Scanner Bearing Bracket, as viewed from the front.
8 Remove the left Scanner Drive Screw Bearing Bracket, as viewed from
the front of the VIDAS.
9 Remove the two screws holding the Right Bearing Retainer to the bearing
bracket.
10 Turn the Scanner Lead Screw counter clockwise, as viewed from the
pulley end of the lead screw and remove out the right side of the
instrument. Now remove Scanner/Carriage Assembly out the left side of
the VIDAS.
11 Visually inspect the Scanner drive screw for excessive wear, such as
peeling of the coating (some chipping is acceptable). Replace the drive
screw if necessary. The drive does not require lubrication.
12 Clean the Scanner Drive Rail with a damp alcohol swab and relubricate
with Fluorocarbon Gel or equivalent. Caution: Do not lube the drive screw.
13 Verify the E-chain on the replacement Scanner/Carriage Assembly has no
kinks or broken links. Correct as necessary.
14 Place the replacement Scanner/Carriage Assembly on the rail and
position it to the left end of the drive rail.
15 Using a finger press the left front bearing, under the Scanner/Carriage
Assembly, firmly against the drive rail. (Be sure to press on the bearing
itself and not the Scanner/Carriage Assembly). If the rear bearing spins
freely, it is too loose. If the bearing will not spin it is too tight. Go to step 16
if adjustment is necessary, otherwise go to step 17.
16 To adjust the bearing, rotate the rear eccentric as follows:
a Loosen the lock down nut, on top of the scanner bearing support
flange, slightly.
b Using a thin wrench, rotate the hex eccentric, located above the
bearing (immediately below the scanner bearing support flange).
c Retighten the lock down nut and repeat step 15.
17 Move the Scanner/Carriage Assembly to the right end of the drive rail and
repeat the process of step 15 using right bearings. Adjust the right rear
bearing per step 16, if required.
18 Reinstall the drive screw by turning it clockwise in the Scanner Drive Nut
until the end protrudes out of the left end of the Scanner Assembly. Now
reinstall the two screws, removed in step 9, to fasten the right bearing
retainer to the right Bearing Bracket. Gently tighten the screws until they
are just tight.
19 Loosely reinstall the left scanner drive screw bearing bracket removed in
step 8. Reconnect the scanner E-Chain and GND lead.
NOTE: Make sure the Scanner Drive Screw has no end play between the
two bearing brackets.
20 Manually move the Scanner Assembly to the left limit. There should be no
binding. If binding, adjust the drive screw bearing bracket as necessary for
free movement (it may also be necessary to loosen the three screws in the
Scanner drive nut). Retighten the left bearing bracket and Scanner Drive
Nut screws.
NOTE: Never try to adjust the left bearing bracket while the Scanner Motor

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Drive Belt is installed.

21 Verify the Scanner/Carriage Assembly has no binding when moved to the
left limit. If binding exists, repeat the step above, as necessary for
minimum binding.
22 Move the Scanner/Carriage to the right limit and verify there is no binding.
If binding exists, loosen the two screws, previously secured in step 18,
that hold the right bearing retainer to allow the drive screw to centre up
and move freely in the Scanner Drive Nut. Tighten the bearing retainer
screws.
NOTE: Never try to adjust the right bearing bracket while the Scanner
Motor Drive Belt is installed.
23 Manually move the Scanner/Carriage Assembly from its full left to full right
limit. The Scanner Assembly should move smoothly over its full range (left
to right) without binding. Repeat steps 20 through 22 as necessary for
smooth movement of the Scanner/Carriage assembly.
24 Verify the E-Chain has no kinked links and moves smoothly while
manually moving the Scanner/Carriage Assembly from left to right. Adjust
links of the E-Chain as necessary.
25 Reinstall the Scanner Motor Drive Belt and adjust the Scanner Drive
Motor for correct belt tension. The drive belt should not deflect more than
1/8 inch. (Tension may be adjusted using the optional Scanner Belt
Tension Gauge, P/N 371118-2.)
26 Loosely reinstall the right End Panel from the VIDAS. Reconnect all
connectors removed in steps 2 through 4.
27 Reconnect the E-chain mounting on the Scanner Motor Bracket and the
GND lead to the base pan of the VIDAS.
28 Verify the Scanner Alignments (see chapter "Alignment and Calibration").
29 Verify Optical alignments.
Flash Trigger Board Assy Replacement
Reference
Flash Trigger Board assy 4500422A
Figure Old one: Part number 527706-1

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure New one: Part number 527706-2
Required Tools
Philips screwdriver
Multimeter
Solder
WARNING
This assembly contains electrostatic discharge sensitive devices.
You must use a wrist strap.
Proceed while the scanner is fully disconnected.
1 Remove the scanner head from the instrument (same procedure as for
scanner cable replacement)
2 Loose the five Philips screws until the trigger board cover 527342-1 is
free. DO not unscrew completely.
Figure Screws to be loosened
WARNING
Capacitors may have a residual charge. Check with the
multimeter.
3 Unsolder the wires from the lamp socket.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
Figure Lamp socket
4 Remove the nylon screws that fix the electronic board.
Figure Nylon screws
5 Unsolder the wires coming from the High Voltage power supply and
remove Trigger board.
Figure Unsolder wires

5. Maintenance
Assembly
6 Replace the Flash Trigger Board assy. Solder the wires from HV power
supply assy to the new Flash Trigger board assy.
WARNING
Be really careful to respect the connections plan regarding the
Flash Trigger Board assy you have.
Figure Flash Trigger board assy
7 Fix the new Flash Trigger Board assy 527706-2 to the scanner head with
the two nylon screws.
8 Solder the wires from the lamp socket following the board screen printing.
WARNING
Be really careful to respect the connections plan regarding the
Trigger Board you have.
Figure Flash Trigger board assy
9 Reposition the cover paying attention to put the wirings from the HV power
supply assy in the appropriate slot, and tighten the five Philips screws.
10 Install the scanner head on the instrument and repeat an optical
calibration following service manual procedure.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Replacing the Scanner Cable Assembly
mini VIDAS - Scanner Cable Replacement Over 2 Years Age

A maximum lifetime of 2 years +/- 6 months has been defined for the Scanner
Cable assembly (Ref: 527817-6 (Europe P/N 4511379A)).
NOTICE
It is mandatory and urgent (before Dec. 2003) to replace this
assembly on every instrument over two years age.
You must then proceed to this replacement every two years, during the
preventive maintenance (See chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Replacing
the Scanner Cable Assembly").
VIDAS - Scanner Cable Replacement Over 2 Years Age

A maximum lifetime of 2 years +/- 6 months has been defined for the Scanner
Cable assembly (Ref: 527817-5 (Europe P/N 4511378A)).
NOTICE
It is mandatory and urgent (before Dec. 2003) to replace this
assembly on every instrument over two years age.
You must then proceed to this replacement every two years, during the
preventive maintenance (See chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Replacing
the Scanner Cable Assembly" for replacement procedure).
Procedure for Replacing the Scanner Cable Assembly on VIDAS and

mini VIDAS Instruments
Parts Required:
1 ea. 527817-5 (Europe P/N 4511378A) Cable Assembly, E-Chain - V30
1 ea. 527817-6 (Europe P/N 4511379A) Cable Assembly, E-Chain - V12
1 ea. 200600-1 Cable Tie
Optional Parts:
1 ea. 310300-45 Stainless steel, flat head, Phillips screw 4-40 x 5/16 inch
A/R 360003-1 Thread-locking adhesive (Vibra-tite)
CAUTION
There are many STATIC sensitive components in the VIDAS. Use
proper anti-static precautions when working on the VIDAS.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
1 Remove the Scanner Carriage Assembly as described in the VIDAS or

mini VIDAS Service Manual.
2 Disconnect J1 and J4 on the Scanner interface Board located on top of
the Scanner assembly. Remove the screw holding the two ground wires
on the top right rear of the Scanner/Carriage Assembly.
Figure Scanner cable replacement 1
3 Loosen the screw on the E-chain retainer clamp and disconnect the E-
chain from the bottom of the Scanner/Carriage Assembly. See Figure
"Scanner cable replacement 2" below.
NOTICE
This screw has thread-locking adhesive on it, so it will be difficult
to remove. Make sure you hold your screwdriver (#1 Phillips)
perfectly inline (straight) with the head of the screw and very firmly
apply downward force to prevent stripping the head when you
remove the screw. If the screw head is damaged or stripped out, it
will be necessary to replace the screw (P/N 310300-45). Be sure
to apply thread-locking adhesive (P/N 360003-1) as required to
secure the new screw when replacing it.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
4 Cut the cable tie on the left side of the Scanner/Carriage Assembly. See
Figure "Scanner cable replacement 3" below.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
5 Remove the four Allen screws mounting the scanner housing to the
Scanner/Carriage Assembly. This will allow access to the Pre Amp Board.
See Figure "Scanner cable replacement 3" above.
NOTICE
Take care not to scratch the lenses on the Scanner.
6 Carefully slide grommets out of Scanner housing, and then remove

connector J1 from the Pre Amp Board (PCB). See Figure "Scanner cable
replacement 4", Figure "Scanner cable replacement 5" and Figure
"Scanner cable replacement 6" below.

5. Maintenance
Assembly

5. Maintenance
Assembly
7 Remove the old E-chain cable assembly from Scanner. See below.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
8 Write the current month and year (MM/YY) on the flat cable of the new E-
chain cable assembly, next to the connector plugged on the scanner
board.
9 Install the new E-chain cable assembly by reversing steps 2 - 7 of this

procedure. Be sure to leave the correct amount of cable out the end of the
E-chain once it is attached to the Scanner. See Figure "Scanner cable
replacement 9" below. Also, make sure the flat braided ground wire is
present and not twisted nor wrapped around the wires in the E-chain.
Coax cables and flat braided ground wire must not be on the same side of
the flat cable. The 2 coax cables must not cross inside the chain.

5. Maintenance
Assembly
10 Reinstall the Scanner/Carriage Assembly as per the Service Manual.

Make sure the Scanner moves freely on the rail with no binding or rough
spots along its travel.
11 Clean Optics lenses.
12 Verify Scanner Tray Edge Sensor alignment, Bar Code Reader alignment,
and Solid Standard Bracket alignment.
13 Verify Optics Calibration per Service Manual. If optics need to be
recalibrated, also run QCV.

5. Maintenance
WARNING
troubleshooting.
The Sensor Alignment Procedure describes how to check and align the
various sensors used to measure and control the VIDAS or mini VIDAS
instrument. The mini VIDAS contains two, the VIDAS contains five identical
sections, also called "Bays". Since each section is aligned independently, the
alignment procedure will need to be performed for each of the sections.
NOTE: Perform routine decontamination of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS
before any service or maintenance. (See chapter "Decontamination
and Cleaning" of this manual.)
Alignment
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Equipment Required
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Digital Multimeter (DMM), with 0.3% accuracy for measuring continuous N.A.
voltages and 0.2% accuracy for resistance measurements; e. g. a Fluke
mod. 87 or equivalent
RS-232 Serial cable (J7) 527807-1
VIDAS QCV Kit or equiv. (60 strip kit) 30706
Optical Calibration Kit 30529
Bar Code test strip 380355-1
Sensor/Tray Alignment tool 371114-1
Tower alignment tool 371115-1
Pulley/barcode alignment tool 371117-1
Feeler gauge .003", .006", .020", .002"
mini VIDAS: Section Setup

NOTE: Do not lean on mini VIDAS while performing alignments. This will
affect sensor settings.
To perform the Sensor Alignments, proceed as follows:

5. Maintenance
1 Open the top cover (see chapter "Outer Covers").

2 After setting up the connection, connect the laptop to the serial cable (P/N
527807-1 or 527807-0001) and plug into J7 on the Scanner Board.
3 Apply power to the mini VIDAS and allow to reset completely. This is
accomplished when you see the following message on the screen:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 99 9 D 99 9 E 99 9
4 Verify all power supply voltages (see chapter "Power Supply Assembly").
5 Verify the temperature LEDs on both Incubator Boards are blinking after
an approximate 20-minute warm-up period.
6 Type shell and press ENTER. The terminal will respond with a: prompt
7 Disconnect the power connector to the Incubator Board of the section you
are going to align.
NOTE: There are many STATIC sensitive components in the mini VIDAS.
Use proper anti-static precautions when working on the mini
VIDAS.
8 Place the RUN-TEST Switch (SW1) to the TEST position for the section
being aligned.
9 Reconnect power to board.
will respond with QUIET OFF and display a letter prompt for the section
being aligned. In the following procedures, x = the letter (A or B) of the
section being aligned.
NOTE: For Incubator Boards that fail to return their board address letter,
remove power to the board, then remove the board Reset Address
Jumper (JP1 thru P5). Reapply power to the board verify the board
echoes its letter address. See Appendix D for Jumper Information.
The rsinc command should also be able to wake up a non-
responsive incubator board.
VIDAS: Section Setup

NOTE: Do not lean on VIDAS while performing alignments. This will affect
sensor settings.
To perform the Sensor Alignments, proceed as follows:
2 Verify the VIDAS is level (see chapter "VIDAS (Grey and Blue) -
Instrument Levelling").
3 After setting up the connection, connect the laptop to the DIAGNOSTIC
(serial) port on the rear of the VIDAS.
4 Apply power to the VIDAS and allow to reset completely. This is
accomplished when you see the follow message on the terminal screen:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 90 C 90 D 90 E 90
5 Verify all power supply voltages. (See chapter "Power Supply Assembly")

5. Maintenance
6 Verify the temperature LED's on all Incubator Boards are blinking after an
approximate 20 minute warm up period.
7 Type shell and press ENTER. The terminal will respond with a : prompt
8 Disconnect the power connector to the Incubator Board of the section you
are going to align.
NOTE: There are many STATIC sensitive components in the VIDAS. Use
proper anti-static precautions when working on the VIDAS.
9 Place the RUN-TEST Switch (SW1) to the TEST position (Incubator
Boards P/N 527720); or move jumper JP14 (Incubator Boards P/N
527700) to the bottom two pins (2-3) for the section being aligned.
10 Reconnect power to board.
11 At the [:] prompt on the terminal, type echo and press ENTER. The
terminal will respond with QUIET OFF and display a letter prompt for the
section being aligned. Verify that the letter in the brackets, [ ], on the
screen matches the section being aligned.
NOTE: For Incubator Boards that fail to return their board address letter,
remove power to the board, then remove the board Reset Address
Jumper (JP1 thru P5). Reapply power to the board verify the board
echo's it's letter address. See chapter "Boards & Schematics" for
Jumper Information. The risnc command should also be able to
wake up a non-responsive incubator board.
Door Sensor on Blue and Grey Systems

1 With the SPR door closed, place the long end (.125 inch thick) of the
sensor/tray alignment tool (P/N 371114-1 or 4550255A) between the tip of
the Door Sensor and the SPR block (see Figure "Sensor Location" for
Sensor location). Adjust the Door Sensor (see Figure "Door Sensor") as
necessary to obtain the proper gap with the door closed.
2 Verify operation of the Door Sensor by observing that the Door LED on the
Incubator Board turns ON and OFF when you open and close the door.
Figure Sensor Location

5. Maintenance

5. Maintenance
Figure Door Sensor
Pump Sensor on Blue and Grey systems

1 Open the section door and at the letter prompt type motor spr speed 1 out
5500 and press ENTER. This will lower the tower so that the top of the
pump assembly is visible through open door.
2 With the Pump Pivot Arm in front of the Pump Sensor, place the long end
of the sensor/tray alignment tool (P/N 371114-1 or 4550255A) between
the sensor tip and pivot arm (refer to Figure "Sensor Location" for sensor
location). Adjust the Pump Sensor (see Figure "Pump Sensor") as
necessary to obtain the proper gap (.125 inch). Verify the sensor is
mounted with the collector (green - white wires) up.
NOTE: Earlier units and as well as new pumps have a reflective surface
painted on the arm that can be chipped while inserting the
alignment tool. Care should be taken to prevent damage to this
area.
Figure Pump Sensor

5. Maintenance
3 At the prompt [x] on screen, type motor pump home and press ENTER.
4 Verify that the upper pistons are flush with the top of the pump assembly.
Since the pistons might vary slightly in position from one to another, flush
is defined as the average of the position of the two outer pistons.
NOTE: Most sensors in the VIDAS and mini VIDAS are mounted on
brackets which have a built-in adjusting set screw (refer to Figure
"Sensor Location"). Loosen the bracket mounting hex screw before
making an adjustment to the sensor. Re-tighten the bracket
mounting after making the adjustment.
5 If the upper pistons are not flush with the top of the pump assembly, adjust
the Pump Sensor (refer to Figure "Sensor Location" or Figure "Pump
Sensor"). After each adjustment verify the pistons are flush with the top
cover plate of the pump assembly by typing home and pressing ENTER.
To adjust the sensor proceed as follows:
a Turn the setscrew clockwise (CW) to adjust the pistons higher.
b Turn the setscrew counter clockwise (CCW) to adjust the pistons lower.
6 Once the sensor is aligned, raise the pump assembly by typing motor spr
in 5500 and pressing ENTER.
Tray Sensor on Blue and Grey Systems

1 Push the tray fully into the VIDAS or mini VIDAS until it stops. Place the
long end of the sensor/tray alignment tool (P/N 371114-1 or 4550255A)
between the Tray Sensor tip and side of the tray. Adjust the Tray Sensor
(see Figure "Tray Sensor") to obtain the proper the gap (.125 inch). Verify
the sensor is mounted with the collector side (green - white wires) toward
the back of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS.
Figure Tray Sensor

5. Maintenance
2 At letter prompt [x], press CTRL X to return to : prompt. At : prompt type

moff and press ENTER. This will turn off the scanner motor. Then type
echo and press ENTER to return to the letter prompt, [x].
3 Manually move the Scanner/Carriage Assembly to the right edge of the
tray being aligned, as viewed from the front, and pull the tray back out.
4 Set the long end of the sensor/tray alignment tool flat on the Scanner, with
the short end of the tool pointed down. Push the tray back to the tool, to
position the tray at the correct distance (0.598 inch) from the bar code
bracket on the Scanner Assembly (see Figure "Tray to Scanner head
Relationship").
Figure Tray to Scanner head Relationship

5. Maintenance
NOTE: If the Tray Sensor was replaced, adjust the Tray Sensor bracket
until the Tray LED is ON; then adjust the bracket until the LED just
goes OUT. Turn the adjustment screw an additional turn and
proceed with step 6.
5 Remove alignment tool from the Scanner. At letter prompt, [x], on screen
type motor tray and press ENTER.
6 When letter prompt returns, type home in 1 and press ENTER. Tray
should move to home position plus one step.
7 Now gently try to insert alignment tool between back of tray and Scanner
head. The tool should just slide into position (do not force).
NOTE: To determine if the alignment tool fits too loose, slide a 0.003 inch
feeler gauge between back of the Scanner head and the tool. If the
tool still moves freely with no resistance, it is too loose.
8 If the alignment tool fits loosely or won't slide in, loosen the mounting
screw on the Tray Sensor Bracket and turn the set screw on the back of
the sensor block; CW (Clockwise) to adjust the tray away from the
Scanner, CCW (Counter clockwise) to adjust the tray closer to the
Scanner.
9 Remove the alignment tool and repeat steps 6 through 8 until the Tray
sensor is properly aligned.
10 Once sensor is aligned, re-tighten the sensor bracket and recheck
alignment (readjust if necessary). Remove the alignment tool when
finished.
11 Move the Scanner head to the left side of the Tray and repeat steps 6 and
7. If the alignment tool fits differently on both sides of the Tray by more
than one (1) step, the Tray is cocked. Check mechanical alignment of the
Tray (see chapter "Cocked Tray").
NOTE: This means that the alignment tool must fit properly on the left side
of the tray when using one of the following commands: (home),
(home in 1), or (home in 2). If it doesn't, you have a cocked tray,
which must be corrected.
12 At the prompt, [x], type out 660 and press ENTER.
Tower Sensor on Blue and Grey Systems

1 With the reflective plate on pump assembly in front of Tower Sensor, place
the long end of the sensor/tray alignment tool, P/N 371114-1 or 4550255A,
between the reflective plate and the sensor tip. Adjust the Tower Sensor to
obtain the proper gap (.125 inch). Verify the sensor is mounted with the
collector side (green - white wires) up. (Refer to Figure "Sensor Location"
for sensor location.)
2 Install the metal SPRs of the tower alignment tool (P/N 371115-1 or
4550745A) into the two outermost SPR holders, and close door.
3 At the prompt, [x], type motor spr out 3250 home and press ENTER. The
Tower should move to its home position.
4 Place the tower alignment tool plate on the tray and gently slide it back
until it stops. Do not force. The plate may touch the SPRs before it slides
all the way to the back of the tray.
NOTE: On some trays, the reflector on the back of the tray will sit higher
than the top of the tray. If this is the case, then do not slide the plate

5. Maintenance
onto the reflector, as this would affect proper alignment.

5 At the prompt, [x], type cal and press ENTER. The Calibration menu will
appear on the screen.
6 Use either the I key (up) or the O key (down) to move the pump assembly
until one or both of the metal SPRs just touch the top of the plate. Each
press of the I or O key moves the tower motor one step.
NOTE: It is not unusual for one SPR to contact the alignment plate before
the other. When this occurs, use a 0.030 inch feeler gauge to
measure the gap of the SPR not touching the plate. If the gap is
greater than 0.030 inch, you may have a mechanical problem or the
mechanical phasing (alignment) of the tower drive is incorrect.
Correct the problem before continuing (see chapter "Pump
Assembly"). The maximum gap is 0.020 inch.
7 Loosen the Tower Sensor bracket mounting screw and adjust the
setscrew, mounted on top of the Tower sensor block (Refer to Figure
"Sensor Location"), until the Tower LED on the Incubator Board is ON;
then adjust the sensor until the LED just goes OUT.
8 Type X to return to the [x] prompt. Then pull the alignment plate out to the
front of the tray, to prevent jamming in the next step.
9 At the prompt, [x], type home. The Tower should move to its home
position.
10 Now gently try to slide alignment plate back under alignment SPRs. Tool
should just slide into position (do not force). If tool fits loosely or won't slide
in, readjust sensor as necessary.
a CW (clockwise) to move the tower up.
b CCW (counter clockwise) to move the tower down.
NOTE: To determine if tool fits too loose, slide a 0.002 inch feeler gauge
between the plate and closest SPR. If the feeler gauge moves
freely with no resistance, it is too loose.
11 Repeat steps 9 through 10 until the sensor is properly aligned.
12 Once the Tower Sensor is properly aligned, retighten the sensor bracket
and recheck alignment (readjust if necessary).
13 At the prompt, [ ], type in 3250 and press ENTER. Remove the alignment
plate and metal SPRs.
Section Completion on Blue and Grey Systems

1 Press Ctrl X. The colon, : , prompt should return to the screen.
2 Disconnect the power connector (J2) to the Incubator Board of the section
you just finished aligning.
3 Place the RUN-TEST Switch (SW1) to the RUN position (Incubator
Boards P/N 527720); or move jumper JP14 (Incubator Boards P/N
527700) to the top two pins (1-2) for the section being aligned.
4 Reinstall the Reset Address Jumper, if removed earlier.
5 Reconnect power connector (J2) to the Incubator Board.
6 At the prompt : type rsinc ? and press ENTER (substitute the letter of the
section you aligned for the question mark). Verify the section resets.
7 Repeat this alignment procedure for each section to be aligned.

5. Maintenance
8 If no other section is to be aligned cycle power to the VIDAS or mini

VIDAS
9 If no other adjustments are to be performed, run a TP4 (in case of Pump
sensor alignment), TP5 (in case of Tower sensor alignment) or TP6 (in
case of Tray sensor alignment) Assay on the section in which you have
aligned a sensor and a QCV (refer to chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS -
Quality Control VIDAS (QCV)").
VIDAS Scanner Head (VSH)
WARNING
troubleshooting.
The Scanner alignment procedure must be performed in its entirety if a

Scanner head is replaced. Also, all sections must be aligned before the
Scanner can be aligned.
NOTE: Routine decontamination of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS should be
performed prior to any service or maintenance. See chapter
"Decontamination and Cleaning" of this manual.
Equipment Required
Data Terminal Laptop PC capable of VT-100 emulation. (See

chapter "Terminal Setup" for terminal setup)
RS232 Cable 186009-1 (25 to 25 pin) or 186039-1 (9 to 25 pin)
Serial Cable 527807-1 or 527807-0001 (Connects to J7 on

Scanner Board)
Pulley / Bar Code Reader Alignment Tool 371117-1 or 4550268A
Bar Code Alignment Strip 380255-1 or 4550231A
QCV Assay 30706
Feeler Gauge 399124-1
mini VIDAS: Setup

To perform the Scanner/Carriage Assembly Alignments, proceed as follows:
527807-1 or 527807-0001) and plug into J7 on the Scanner Board.

5. Maintenance
3 Apply power to the mini VIDAS if it isn't already, and allow to reset
completely. This is accomplished when you see the following message on
the screen:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 9 0 D 99 9 E 99 9
6 Type notemps and press ENTER on keyboard to turn off temperature
reporting.
7 Type shell and press ENTER on the keyboard to obtain a colon : prompt if
you do not have one already.
VIDAS: Setup
To perform the Scanner/Carriage Assembly Alignments, proceed as follows:
2 Verify the VIDAS is level (see chapter "VIDAS (Grey and Blue) -
Instrument Levelling").
3 After setting up the connection, connect the laptop to the DIAGNOSTIC
(serial) port on the rear of the VIDAS.
4 Apply power to the VIDAS if it isn't already, and allow to reset completely.
This is accomplished when you see the follow message on the screen:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 90 C 90 D 90 E 90
7 Type notemps and press ENTER on keyboard to turn off temperature
reporting.
8 Type shell and press ENTER on keyboard to obtain a colon : prompt if you
do not have one already.
Home Flag
1 At the prompt, :, type moff and press ENTER. This will turn the scanner
motor off so that you can move it manually to the Home sensor.
2 Adjust sensor flag on side of Scanner head to be centered in the Scanner
Home sensor (see Figure "Scanner Home Sensor/Flag Location").
Figure Scanner Home Sensor/Flag Location

5. Maintenance
Solid Standard Bracket

1 Loosen the Solid Standard Bracket and move it up as far as possible to
clear the Scanner Head. (Be careful not to bend the bracket.)
2 Manually move the Scanner head under the Solid Standard Bracket.
3 Place a 0.006 inch (0.15 mm) feeler gauge on the top of the Scanner head
and move the Solid Standard Bracket down until it touches the feeler
gauge (do not force it). Then tighten the locking nut to hold the Solid
Standard Bracket in place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to place the feeler gauge over the sapphire window
on the Scanner head, as this may scratch and damage the
window, and result in incorrect measurements.
Tray Edge Sensor

1 At the ":" prompt, type "tin e" and press 'Enter' for VIDAS and type "tin b"
and press 'Enter' for mini VIDAS. Then manually move the Scanner

5. Maintenance
Assembly underneath the right side of Tray E (VIDAS) or Tray B (mini

VIDAS).
2 With Tray E (VIDAS) and Tray B (mini VIDAS) positioned under the Tray
Edge Sensor on the Scanner assembly, adjust sensor with the Sensor/
Tray Alignment Tool to set the gap (.125") between the sensor tip and the
top of the tray sensor angle.
NOTE: The sensor MUST mounted so that the green and white wires are
facing the right side of the instrument.
3 For VIDAS: At prompt type "tout e" and press 'Enter'. This will move tray E
back out.
For mini VIDAS: At prompt type "tout b" and press 'Enter'. This will move
tray B back out.
4 Type "home" and press 'Enter' command to move the Scanner Assy to the
home position.
5 For VIDAS: At prompt type "motorcal c" and press 'Enter'.
For mini VIDAS: At prompt type "motorcal b" and press 'Enter'.
a Using either the 'I' key (Scanner in) or the 'O' key Scanner out) move
the Scanner so that the right side of the Scanner is flush with the right
side of the Tray. Each key press of 'I' or 'O' moves the scanner motor
one step). This can be checked by sliding the side of the Tray/Sensor
Alignment Tool against the right side of Scanner up to the right edge of
the Tray at the back and see how it meets the slide of the Tray.
6 For VIDAS: Adjust Tray Sensor bracket on Scanner until the TRAY Led on
Scanner Board is on, then adjust the bracket until LED just turns off.
For mini VIDAS: Adjust Tray Sensor bracket on Scanner until the INC or
TRAY Led on Scanner Board is on, then adjust the bracket until LED just
turns off.
Figure Scanner head / Tray Gap Relationship

5. Maintenance
7 Press the 'F' key (find Tray). Scanner should move and find edge of tray.
NOTE: The number which is printed on the screen when you press 'I', 'O',
or 'F' is the position of the Scanner. This number can be used as an
aid or reference when performing this alignment if desired.
8 Verify that the side of the Scanner is now flush with the side of the Tray
using the Tray/Sensor Alignment Tool. If not, re-adjust sensor bracket as
necessary. See Figure "Scanner head / Tray Gap Relationship".
9 Refine adjustment of the Tray Edge sensor until the sensor is properly
aligned.
10 Press 'Q' when alignment is complete. This will move tray back out and
return you to the prompt.
11 At prompt type "motorcal a" and press 'Enter', checking to see that the
Scanner lines up with the edge of the tray within + 2 steps.
12 Perform the step above using "motorcal b", "motorcal d" (VIDAS only),
and "motorcal e" (VIDAS only) to verify that the Scanner is also within 2
steps of being flush with each tray. If not, realignment is necessary. (On
units with the Tray Sensor angle on the back of the tray, the reflector may
need to be adjusted left or right to meet the + 2 step requirement above).
Bar Code Reader

1 mini VIDAS: Insert Bar Code Test Strip (P/N 380355-1 or 4550231A) into
slots 3 and 4 of Tray B.
VIDAS: Insert Bar code Test Strip, P/N 380355-1 or 4550231A into slots 3
and 4 of Tray C.
2 mini VIDAS: At prompt, :, type tfbtos9 and press ENTER. This will move
Tray B in and move the Scanner head to slot B-3 on the tray.

5. Maintenance
VIDAS: At prompt, :, type tfc tos 15 and press ENTER. This will move Tray
C in and move the Scanner head to slot C-3 on the tray.
3 VIDAS: Loosen bar code reader mounting screws and insert Pulley /
Barcode Reader Alignment Tool, P/N 371117-1 or 4550268A, on edge
between reader and the Test Strip (see Figure "Bar Code Reader
Alignment"). Adjust the Bar Code Reader to touch the tool and retighten
the mounting screws. (This will space or focus the bar code reader 0.5"
above the strip. A different focal length may be necessary as required by a
later step.)
Figure Bar Code Reader Alignment
4 mini VIDAS: At prompt type bca 9 and press ENTER. This will cause the
bar code reader to hunt for the bar code and find centre.
VIDAS: At prompt type bca 15 and press ENTER. This will cause the bar
code reader to hunt for the bar code and find centre.
5 Loosen the bar code adjustment lock down screw (behind bar code
reader) and turn the adjustment screw (left of bar code reader) the
direction and number of turns specified on the screen. Retighten the lock
down screw.
6 Repeat previous step until screen reports that the bar code is centered.
NOTE: mini VIDAS: After the instrument reports "centered" for the bar code
in slot 9, it may report being a few steps off if checked with a
different alignment strip or in a different slot. This is usually due to
part tolerances and is normal. The maximum expected step
difference when using two different test strips in the same slot is
eight steps. The maximum expected step difference when using the
same test strip in different sections of the instrument is six steps. If
you see step errors greater than those indicated, then you need to
verify quality of test strip and / or tray edge alignment.
VIDAS: After the instrument reports "centered" for the bar code in
slot 15, it may report being a few steps off if checked with a different
alignment strip or in a different slot (16). This is usually due to part
tolerances and is normal. The maximum expected step difference
when using two different test strips in the same slot is 8 steps. The
maximum expected step difference when using the same test strip
in different sections of the instrument is 6 steps. If you see step

5. Maintenance
errors greater than those indicated, then you need to verify quality
of test strip and / or tray edge alignment.
7 At the prompt, :, type end and press ENTER. This should exit you from the
shell. If the screen reports that you can't exit the shell, reset the power
allowing instrument to reset completely (refer to Setup).
8 Type bi1 and press ENTER on the keyboard (no prompt).
9 Insert Bar Code Test Strips into Tray A. Type bc a and press ENTER. This
will read the bar code on each strip in that tray. When finished with that
tray, move the Bar Code Test Strips to Tray B and repeat command
substituting the Tray letter for the "a" in the above command.
10 Verify that each strip can be read with a jog of no more than 8 in each
Tray. Readjust bar code reader if necessary.
NOTE: If you experience bar code reading problems such that the
diagnostic terminal reports "100 transitions" but still can't read the
bar code, the focal length (focus) of the bar code reader may be at
fault. To correct the problem, repeat the Bar Code Reader
alignment from the beginning but substitute the section that
exhibited the problem for Section B as the procedure states. Also
remember to substitute the appropriate commands for the section
being used.
11 If still experiencing problems, repeat the Bar Code Reader alignment but
insert a 0.020 inch feeler gauge or spacer between the Pulley/Bar Code
Reader Alignment Tool and the Bar Code Test Strip when setting the
height of the bar code reader.
NOTE: Repeat this step using a 0.040 inch gauge and a 0.060 inch gauge
if necessary. If the bar code still fails to read, then check the bar
code reader itself and the quality of the bar code printed on the test
strip. Correct the problem and realign as necessary.
12 Remove power from the mini VIDAS or Vidas and restore to normal
operation. Power must be reset before returning instrument to customer
use.
13 If no other adjustments are to be performed, run QCV to verify instrument
operation.

5. Maintenance
Optics Calibration
VIDAS Scanner Head (VSH)
WARNING
troubleshooting.
The optics in the VIDAS and mini VIDAS measure the amount of fluorescent
compound in a sample.
Field calibration of the optics may be required periodically, and must be
performed after replacing a Scanner head or Scanner Board. This procedure
describes how to calibrate the VIDAS and mini VIDAS using a precision
optical standard.
NOTE: Routine decontamination of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS should be
performed prior to any service or maintenance. See chapter
"Decontamination and Cleaning" of this manual.
Equipment Required
Data Terminal Laptop PC capable of VT-100 emulation. (See

Appendix C for terminal setup)
RS232 Cable 186009-1 (25 - 25 pin) or 186036-1 or 186036-0 (9 -

25 pin)
Sensor/Tray Alignment Tool 371114-1 or 4550255A
Calibration Standard (OPT strips) 30529
QCV Assay 399700-1 or 30706
Digital Voltmeter Meter Fluke 87 or equivalent
Optics Calibration Checks

Checking the Optics Calibration requires the use of VIDAS Calibrator Strips
(OPT). Observe the following precautions when using VIDAS Calibrator
Strips:
Keep the Standards cool at 2-8C until ready to use. Do not allow the
standards to freeze or get too warm.
Protect the Standards from light when not in use.
Allow a 20 minute warm up period before calibrating.
Make all adjustments using a minimum number of lamp flashes.
Do not use Liquid Standards beyond the expiration date.

5. Maintenance
mini VIDAS: To Verify mini VIDAS Optics Calibration

1 Load the VIDAS Calibrator Strips into the Section A and allow a minimum
warm-up of 20 minutes.
2 At the MAIN MENU, enter 3278 on the keypad and press the ENTER key.
The Express Start Menu will display on the screen.
3 Select TP1 from the Assay code list. Both Sections will run the TP1 assay.
4 After the TP1 report prints out, calculate the RFU mean value for the
VIDAS Calibrator Strips.
5 Check the TP1 results according to the criteria listed below:
Verify that each of the strips reads within 100 counts of the average RFU
value calculated above. Do not use strips that fail to meet this
requirement.
Verification of the Optics Calibration requires a minimum of four strips.
Repeat the TP1 assay, if necessary, with the good strips.
Should the average value be within 100 counts of the RFU value for the
package, it is not necessary to calibrate the Optics. Should calibration be
required, select a strip that is close to the calculated mean value as the
calibrator, and calibrate per the Optics Calibration Procedure in this
Section.
After performing an Optics Calibration, run the Calibrator Strips in both
Sections and obtain an instrument average. This can be done by
performing a TP1 assay in each Section.
Calculate a mean value for the TP1 assay. The instrument average must
be within 75 counts of the RFU value on the package label of the VIDAS
Calibrator Strips.
VIDAS: To Verify VIDAS Optics Calibration

1 Power up the Computer and the VIDAS.
2 Verify the meanrpt results printout per the following criteria:
Verify that each of the strips reads within 3144 100 counts.
Should the meanrpt average (for each section) be within 3144 100
counts, it is not necessary to calibrate the Optics. Should calibration be
required, select a strip that is close to the meanrpt average value as the
calibrator, and calibrate per the Optics Calibration Procedure in this
section.
After performing an Optics Calibration, it is required that, the Calibrator
strips be run in each section and an instrument average be obtained. This
can be done by performing a TP1 assay (30 tests). Running a TP1 assay
allows time to move the strips from one section to another (immediately
after first read is complete) since each tray is read twice.
Optics Calibration Procedure
mini VIDAS Setup
To calibrate mini VIDAS Optics proceed as follows:

5. Maintenance
527807-1 or 527807-0001) and plug the cable into J7 (serial) port on the
Scanner Board.
2 Verify jumpers JP9 and JP11 are removed from the Scanner Board and
switch SW1 is set to RUN.
3 Apply power to the mini VIDAS and allow to reset completely (if not
already ON). This is accomplished when you see the follow message on
the screen:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 99 9 D 99 9 E 99 9
4 On the terminal keyboard, type shell and press ENTER. A colon : prompt
will be displayed.
VIDAS Setup
To calibrate mini VIDAS Optics proceed as follows:

1 After setting up the connection, connect the laptop to the DIAGNOSTICS
connector (port) on the rear of the VIDAS.
2 Verify jumper JP11 is removed from the Scanner Board and switch SW1 is
set to RUN.
3 Apply power to the VIDAS and allow to reset completely (if not already
ON). This is accomplished when you see the follow message on the
screen:
Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 9 0 D 9 0 E 9 0
4 On the terminal keyboard type shell and press ENTER. A colon : prompt
will be displayed.
Rough Zero Adjustment

1 Connect the voltmeter to the analogue ground (lug or AGND) and TP4
(signal channel output) on the Scanner Board. Set the Voltmeter to read
DC millivolts.
2 At the : prompt, type o and press ENTER. The lamp in the Scanner
Assembly should flash continuously.
3 Adjust R16, on the Scanner Board, until the reading on the voltmeter is
+6.0mV to +6.5mVDC, with the lamp flashing. Press the SPACEBAR on
the keyboard to stop the flashing of the lamp.
4 Move the voltmeter positive lead to TP2, on the Scanner Board.
5 Adjust R36, on the Scanner Board, for a reading on the voltmeter of
+6.0mV to +6.5mVDC without the lamp flashing. Disconnect the voltmeter
after making this adjustment.
6 At the : prompt, type loop k r and press ENTER. The Scanner readings will
be continuously displayed on the terminal.
7 Adjust R12, on the Scanner Board, to obtain an average reading of 5 2.
Press the SPACEBAR on the keyboard to stop the flashing of the lamp.

5. Maintenance
Gain Adjustment
1 At the : prompt, type center-dp and press ENTER to centre digipots and
clear any old standard data from memory. Answer Y if asked whether or
not you want to erase stored data.
2 mini VIDAS: Place the selected VIDAS Calibration Strip in Tray A slot 6.
VIDAS: Place the selected VIDAS Calibration Strip in Tray C slot 18.
3 mini VIDAS: At the : prompt, type home tfa and press ENTER. Verify Tray
A moves into the mini VIDAS and the Scanner Assembly moves to home
and then to the right edge of Tray A, as viewed from the front.
VIDAS: At the : prompt, type home tfc and press ENTER. Verify Tray C
moves into the VIDAS and the Scanner Assembly moves to home and
then to the right edge of Tray C, as viewed from the front.
4 mini VIDAS: Use the sensor/tray alignment tool (P/N 371114-1 or
4550255A) to verify the tray position is the correct distance from the bar
code bracket on the Scanner Assembly (reference chapter "Alignment").
VIDAS: Use the sensor/tray alignment tool, P/N 371114-1 or 4550255A, to
verify the tray position is the correct distance from the bar code bracket on
the Scanner Assembly (reference chapter "Alignment").
5 mini VIDAS: Use the sensor/tray alignment tool to verify the edge of Tray
A is flush with the side of the Scanner assembly (reference chapter "").
VIDAS: Use the sensor/tray alignment tool to verify the edge of Tray C is
flush with the side of the Scanner assembly (reference chapter "").
6 mini VIDAS: At the : prompt, type tos 6 and press ENTER. The Scanner
will move to tray slot 6 (A-6).
VIDAS: At the : prompt, type tos 18 and press ENTER. The Scanner will
move to tray slot 18 (C-6).
7 Move the INT/EXT Switch (SW2), on the Scanner Board, to the INT
position.
8 At the : prompt, type op and press ENTER. Adjust R17 (signal channel
pot), on the Scanner Board, for a reading of 1000 25. Press the
SPACEBAR on the keyboard to stop the flashing of the lamp.
9 At the : prompt, type rr and press ENTER to take a reading. Verify the
average reading is equal to 1000 25. Press ENTER to repeat the
reading and readjust R17 as necessary (refer to the example in step 13).
10 Move the INT/EXT Switch (SW2) on the Scanner Board to the EXT
position.
11 At the : prompt, type op and press ENTER. Adjust R37 (reference channel
pot) on the Scanner Board for a reading equal to the value on the label of
the VIDAS Calibration Strips. Press the SPACEBAR on the keyboard to
stop the flashing of the lamp.
12 At the : prompt, type rr and press ENTER to take a reading. Verify the
reading is equal to the value on the label of the VIDAS Calibration Strips
25 counts. Press ENTER to repeat the reading and readjust R37 as
necessary.
13 Type rr and press ENTER and observe the following:
The Avg. (average) number is less than 4000.
The spread is less than 125.
The filtered reading is equal to the value of the VIDAS Calibration
Standards 25 counts.

5. Maintenance
NOTE: Type rr and press ENTER, it will provide the following type of
screen display:
rr
Filtered:
Avg. Spread High Low SD CV
3352 65 3390 3325 19 0.57%
Raw:
Avg. Spread High Low SD CV
3354 143 3440 3297 31 0.92%
Final Zero Adjustment

1 mini VIDAS: At the : prompt, type tout a and press ENTER. Tray A will
return to the load (park) position.
VIDAS: At the : prompt, type tout c and press ENTER. Tray C will return to
the load (park) position.
2 At the : prompt, type loop k r and press ENTER. Adjust the Zero pot (R12)
to obtain an average reading of 5 2. Press the SPACEBAR on the
keyboard to stop the flashing of the lamp.
3 Type rr and press ENTER and observe the following:
Low is not below 2.
High is not greater than 11.
Spread is less than 10 (9 or below).
NOTE: High spreads are an indication of a Scanner Noise problem. Check
shielding and ground connections and installation, of the ferrite
bead for the Scanner head.
Extended Range Check

1 mini VIDAS: Using the Calibration Standard that is already in place, type
tfa tos 6 and press ENTER.
VIDAS: Using the Calibration Standard that is already in place, type tfc tos
18 and press ENTER.
2 At the : prompt, type extr and press ENTER. Verify the difference between
the BR "Avg." and the SR "Avg." readings is less than 50 counts.
NOTE: If the instrument fails this check, verify the DC millivolt adjustment
(R16 & R36) and the Zero adjustment (R12) are correct and then
recheck extended range.
3 Repeat previous step three times to verify the extended range circuits are
functioning properly.

5. Maintenance
Auto Calibration Value Storage

1 At the : prompt, type store-std and press ENTER, to store the value of the
Reference Calibration Standard value in memory.
mini VIDAS: Final Calibration Check

1 At the : prompt, type end and press ENTER to exit the shell diagnostic
mode of operation. Disconnect the laptop from J7 on the scanner board
and return the mini VIDAS to its normal operating configuration.
2 Cycle the mini VIDAS power switch to automatically reset the instrument.
3 Place the Calibration Standards in Section A, if not already in place.
4 At the MAIN MENU, enter 3278 on the keypad and press the ENTER key.
The Express Start Menu will display on the screen.
5 Select TP1 (Readtest) from the assay code list. Both sections will run the
TP1 assay.
6 The test will start with a read of Tray A. When the tray comes back out,
quickly remove the standards from Tray A and install them in the same
positions in the next tray. The next tray will automatically start within a
minute or so. This test will optically scan all 12 positions across the
instrument and will print the results.
7 Verify the average value of all readings is within 50 RFU of the average
value of the VIDAS Calibrator Strips.
NOTE: If the instrument is out of specification by a large amount (100 RFU
or more), repeat Gain Adjustment and Final Zero Adjustment
sections of this procedure. Then repeat this Final Calibration
section.
8 This completes the Optics Calibration Procedure. Remove and properly
store the VIDAS Calibration Strips.
9 Remove the serial cable from J7 in the Scanner Board.
10 If no other adjustments are to be performed, run the QCV Assay (see
chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Quality Control VIDAS (QCV)").
VIDAS: Final Calibration Check

1 At the : prompt, type end and press ENTER to exit the shell diagnostic
mode of operation. Disconnect the laptop from the DIAGNOSTIC port and
return the VIDAS to its normal operating configuration.
2 Cycle the VIDAS power switch to automatically reset the instrument.
3 Place the Calibration Standards in Section A, if not already in place, and
run a TP1 (READTEST) for all sections.
4 The test will start with a read of Tray A. When the tray comes back out,
quickly remove the standards from Tray A and install them in the same
positions in the next tray. The next tray will automatically start within a
minute or so. Repeat this step for all trays on the instrument. This test will
optically scan all positions across the instrument and will print the results.
5 Verify the average value of all readings is within 50 RFU of the average
value of the VIDAS Calibrator Strips.
NOTE: If the instrument is out of specification by a large amount (100 RFU
or more), repeat sections 3 and 4 of this procedure. Then repeat
this section. If calibration is close, use the op command from the

5. Maintenance
diagnostic terminal to adjust the gain a little in the appropriate

direction and rerun this section.
6 This completes the Optics Calibration Procedure. Remove and properly
store the VIDAS Calibration Strips.
7 If no other adjustments are to be performed, run the QCV Assay (see
chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Quality Control VIDAS (QCV)").

5. Maintenance
Appendix B: mini VIDAS / VIDAS Blue New Parts Preventive Maintenance Corporate
Impacts
In the following table, you will find all the Preventive Maintenance Corporate
actions impacted by the mini VIDAS / VIDAS Blue new parts.
Please refer to the "FCA -VIDAS range Preventive Maintenance Corporate"
available documents.
STEPS Action impacted by mini VIDAS / VIDAS Blue
1 - Decontamination Cleaning the SPR block - Door safety latch.

Cleaning the reagent strip trays - Dismantling and removing the strip
preparation tray.
Cleaning the strip preparation tray - new action.
Refer to the corresponding mini VIDAS user manual / VIDAS Blue
Instrument Manual
2 - General System Overview Open the instrument - mini VIDAS right trim dismounting.
Check the hardware/ firmware upgrade - Not applicable.
Check/erase the saved error messages - in case of optics error 161,
check the scanner cable integrity with the scanner board LEDs DS9,
DS10, DS11 and DS12.
3 - Scanner Cable Not applicable

Replacement
4 - Mechanical alignments: Tray lateral play - Not applicable due to the new locator plates.
check and setting
5.3 - Door plunger ball / New door plunger ball nut.

stricker plate check Addition of the door safety latch.
Optional STEPS
Power Supply Assembly Check if the fan runs correctly.

Clean the dust if necessary
VIDAS & mini VIDAS Preventive Maintenance Procedure
Introduction
Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to describe all the steps the field Service
Engineer (FSE) will have to perform during the Preventive Maintenance on
Vidas and mini VIDAS system.
Cancels and replaces any previously existing preventive maintenance for
both VIDAS and mini VIDAS systems.

5. Maintenance
Scope
This document is applicable to the complete VIDAS line of instruments.
Note
Preventive Maintenance shall be performed by the FSE on Vidas and mini
VIDAS installed at the customers site every year.
Reference Documents
VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual
Life Data Sheet (APPENDIX A): make copies.
Preventive Maintenance Corporate mini VIDAS Data Sheet (APPENDIX
B)
Preventive Maintenance Corporate VIDAS Data Sheet (APPENDIX C)
GCS PORTAL: https://gcs.biomerieux.fr/
Materials Required
Required Parts / Tools
PART DESIGNATION BMX Part Number
TOOL, TOWER PHASING GAUGE 4550267A
TOOL, SENSOR / TRAY ALIGNMENT 4550255A
TOOL, PULLEY / BAR CODE 4550268A
TOOL, TOWER ALIGNMENT 4550258A
TOOL, BAR CODE ALIGNMENT STRIP 4550231A
TOOL, RS232 / J7 CABLE 4510635A
TOOL, TRAY WRENCH PLATE 4550310A
TOOL, FEELER GAUGE 4550313A
TOOL, FLUORCARBON GEL 4550233A
RS232 CABLE (to connect the laptop) 4510744A
VIDAS PUMP CLEANER TOOL (VPCT) 4550760A
VIDAS ALIGNEMENT SPR (250) 4550744A
VIDAS ALIGNEMENT TOOL 4550745A
VIDAS PUMP TESTER 4530120B-N
HEXANIOS SOLUTION (for decontamination) 4550747A
OPT Calibrator Strip 30529
QCV (60 tests) 30706
TOOL, TOWER BELT TENSION GAUGE (Optional) 45151042A

5. Maintenance
Required KITs and PM Replacement Intervals:
PART Number DESIGNATION INTENDED USE
4510000076-1 PM KIT VIDAS MINI VIDAS BLUE This KIT is intended to be used to fit
1 section and every 2 years for
VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue
systems.
6200006 MINI VIDAS Grey PM FSE KIT This kit is intended to be used to fit 1
mini VIDAS Grey every 2 years.
6200003 VIDAS Grey PM FSE KIT This kit is intended to be used to fit 1
VIDAS Grey every 2 years.
6200007 VIDAS MINI VIDAS Seals KIT This kit is intended to be used to fit 1
Section (2 per mini VIDAS and 5 per
VIDAS) between the "2 years kit"
(4510000076-1, 6200006, 6200003).
VD1055-1 MOTOR TRAY SPRING To be fitted in any section where it is

not installed.
VIDAS / mini VIDAS - New Preventative Maintenance Kits
Information
Several new Preventive Maintenance Kits are available for VIDAS and mini
VIDAS Instruments, and for Blue and Grey systems.
Highlights
These new Kits contains Seals/Grommets, Springs, Gears Pivot and/or

Scanner Cable E-Chain. So, each kit that is assigned to a VIDAS, mini
VIDAS, Blue or Grey, will be fitted to service 1 Section or 1 Instrument every 2
years.
NOTE: Use the corresponding kit Preventive Maintenance to the
corresponding Instrument to fit the correct spare parts and to not
create incomplete kits.
Kit Part Number, Designation, Contents and Use
Preventive Maintenance Kit for VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue systems
Use This kit is intended to be used to fit 1 section (2 per mini VIDAS and 5 per
VIDAS) and every 2 years.
Part Number 4510000076-1
Designation PM KIT VIDAS MINI VIDAS Blue

5. Maintenance
Contents 6 - Seals/Grommets (527410-0001)
6 - Springs (337021-1)
2 - Gears Pivot (527334-0001)
mini VIDAS Grey Preventive Maintenance Kit
Use This kit is intended to be used to fit 1 mini VIDAS Grey every 2 years.
Part Number 6200006
Designation MINI VIDAS Grey PM FSE KIT
12 - Springs (337021-1)
4 - Gears Pivot (527334-0001)
1 - Scanner Cable E-Chain

(4511379A).
VIDAS Grey Preventive Maintenance Kit
Use This kit is intended to be used to fit 1 VIDAS Grey every 2 years.
Part Number 6200003
Designation VIDAS Grey PM FSE KIT

5. Maintenance
30 - Springs (337021-1)
10 - Gears Pivot (527334-0001)
1 - Scanner Cable E-Chain

(4511379A).
VIDAS and mini VIDAS seals Kit
Use This kit is intended to be used to fit 1 Section (2 per mini VIDAS and 5 per
VIDAS) between the "2 years kit" (451000006-1, 6200006, 6200003).
Part Number 6200007
Designation VIDAS MINI VIDAS Seals KIT
Preliminary Recommendations
Ask the customer to decontaminate the system before your arrival.
If not already done, perform it referring to current Vidas or mini VIDAS User
Manual.
Remember to fill the requested documentation
The appendixes of this procedure have some forms that shall be copied and
filled during the execution of the Preventive Maintenance:
APPENDIX B - Life Data Sheet: The purpose of this document is to keep
record of the history of intervention on the instrument (You can leave this
document inside the instrument to help the FSE during the subsequent
PM). The form is provided as an example and can be replaced by any
other equivalent practice.
APPENDIX C & D: these forms are to be filled in order to record important
data respectively for VIDAS and mini VIDAS. Data to be entered in the
forms are highlighted with the "?" symbol. The filled forms are to be stored
at local level, in order to allow GCS KC PEC to recover them if necessary
to improve this procedure or to request instrument improvements.

5. Maintenance
After each Preventive Maintenance you shall provide to the customer a

certificate of performed PM.
Preventive Maintenance Steps
Decontamination
Before arriving for the PM, don't forget to ask your customer to
decontaminate the system. If it is not already done, perform it. You can refer
to current Vidas or mini VIDAS User Manual.
This action is mandatory.
General System Overview

In case of BCI software is installed, stop the BCI (Upload and Download). For
BCI Net, make sure this operation will not affect any other instrument linked
to it.
1 Check the software version on VIDAS PC:
a Go in the Navigation Tree and select the <<About>> item.
2 Check the software version on mini VIDAS:
a In the main screen type <<2>> then press "ENTER".
3 Check/erase the saved error messages on VIDAS PC:
a Go in the Event Viewer to see the Application and System logs.To
erase the log, go to "log", and select the option "clear all events".
NOTE: In case BCI RS232 software was already installed; erase the log
files from the BCI RS232 interface, Transaction Logs window.
4 Check/erase the saved error messages on mini VIDAS:
a Enter the " Utility menu " and then the " View Saved Error " menu.
Open the instrument and clean the inside parts with a vacuum cleaner if
necessary.
5 Check the hardware/firmware upgrade
a Check firmware Version on Incubators and Scanner boards. See if the
hardware components are on the current version (Refer to latest
Service Manual version).
b Update the firmware versions if necessary.
Connect your laptop and start the maintenance software. At this stage, the
VIDAS or mini VIDAS must not have been switched off to preserve data in the
memory.
6 Look at the instrument errors:
a Type "errs" then press "ENTER". Record the main error codes (>100)
into the PM Data Sheet.
b Type "dincs" to check for Incubators Errors.
7 Tower motor error managing
If in the Tower motor error line the CsumCnt Run 10 cycles with a diagnostic
Test (refer to chapter "Tower Test").
If the number of errors is 5 after 10 cycles perform the following actions:
a Dismantle the tower for a complete cleaning of the drive screws.
Remove the grease from the screws with a brush (like a toothbrush)
and some cleaning paper. Place a small amount of lubricating grease

5. Maintenance
(ref.4550233A Tool, Fluorcarbon Gel) having care to distribute it

uniformly.
b Check the condition of the ball bearings, nuts and replace if necessary.
c Check there is no stiff point.
In case of incubator error 12 or 15:
a err inc '12': Check the tower sensor and the tower alignment.
b err inc '15': Check the tower movement.
c Check the tightening of the two Philips screws at the top of the SPR
liner.
d Check the tightening of the 3 tower pulleys.
e Check the tension and the leveling of the belt and adjust if necessary.
8 Pump motor error managing
If in the Pump motor error line the CsumCnt 0 Check the pump
movement by running diagnostic tests (refer to chapter "Pump Test").
If the number of errors is 1 perform the following actions:
a Perform a pump sensor adjustment.
b Check the tightness of the pump motor shaft to the pump arm and the
ball linkage.
In case of incubator error 14 or 17:
a err '14': Check the pump sensor alignment.
b err '17': Check the pump motor operation.
9 Tray motor error managing
If in the Tray motor error line the CsumCnt 0 Check the tray movement by
running diagnostic tests (refer to chapter "Tray Test").
If the number of errors is 3 perform the following actions:
a Loosen the motor assembly.
b Check the ball bearings and the tray condition.
c Perform mechanical adjustment.
d After refitting the motor assembly, check the easy tray movement
(lateral play / stiff points) while motor not powered.
Scanner Cable Replacement
NOTICE
This procedure shall not be applied on VIDAS and mini VIDAS
Grey or VIDAS and mini VIDAS Blue instruments equipped with
scanner board 6200595 and scanner cables VD0508-1.
Refer to the cable replacement date on the cable itself or on the "Life Data
Sheet" to check the age of the cable. (you must replace it every two years)
Refer to chapter "Scanner / Carriage VSH".
If the cable is replaced, mark the checkbox in the datasheet.
NOTE: For VIDAS, it can be better to alternate this exchange with the SPR
Block springs replacement (to help you, please refer to APPENDIX

5. Maintenance
E to see how to plan this action).
NOTICE
Important: this step is not applicable for VIDAS Blue and mini
VIDAS Blue because these systems are equipped with a scanner
cable failure detection system. On these systems the scanner
cable shall be replaced only in the case of an error 161 with at
least one of the cable LED on the scanner board ON (DS9 to
DS12).
Mechanical Alignments: Checks and Settings

1 Scanner Head
a Clean and grease slightly the rail (ref.4550233A Tool - Fluorcarbon
Gel; be careful not to grease the scanner lead screw).
b Measure the gap between the solid standard and the scanner (0.006
inch 0.001).
NOTE: The gap for the New Scanner Head is: 0,02 < gap < 0.026 inch.
c Check the play on the scanner head rail. If necessary adjust the
scanner head bearings in order to have minimal play and easy
movement.
NOTE: This step is not necessary for the New Scanner Head.
d In case of error 136, check the easy scanner movement and correct if
necessary.
2 Tray
a Change the Gears Pivot for all the sections every 2 years. When
refitting the Tray Motor Assembly on Grey instruments, this must be
upgraded using ref. VD1055-1 MOTOR TRAY SPRING in order to
ensure the right pressure on the gear teeth.
b Lateral play for the trays (refer to chapter "Alignment").
(Not applicable on VIDAS & mini VIDAS Blue)
c Check if the tray movement is correct.
d Depth of the tray. (refer to chapter "Alignment")
e Check the "home in 1" position in ECHO mode for each section.
f Fill up the Data_Sheet.
g Clean the tray steel plates (use diluted alcohol solution).
NOTE: This step is not necessary for the New Scanner Head because the
plates have been removed.
h Tray edge detection (refer to chapter "Alignment").
NOTE: This step is different between the VSH and the NSH.
i Check the correct positioning between the scanner and each tray.
3 Tower positioning
a Check the tower home position for all the sections: refer to chapter
"Alignment".

5. Maintenance
b Check for a tolerance 0.002 inch between the nearest metallic SPR
(in home position) and the metal plate.
c Check for a difference between left & right SPR to the metal plate lower
than 0.03 inch (use feeler gauge)l
d Record into the Data Sheet.
Pipetting System Check

1 Springs replacement
a Replace the SPR Block springs every 2 years: refer to the "Life Data
Sheet" to know the last change occurrence.
b In case of replacement, record the current date into the Life Data
Sheet.
2 SPR liner external check
a Clean with a solution recommended in the User Manual the bottom
surface, and all the extremities of the tubes while pressing the SPR
tubes down fully one by one. (This action is part of the customer PM
procedures).
b Check the SPR springs functionality by pressing down one by one the
SPR tubes.
c If you feel a stiff point during the SPR tube movement, disassemble the
SPR block, clean and check the functionality between the springs and
the tube again and at the end if the stiff point still exist change the
spring.
3 Door plunger ball / striker plate check
a Check the door plunger ball and the striker plate: replace if damaged.
b The nylon ball must not be compressed more than 75% while on the
flat portion of striker plate. The metal body of the plunger ball should
never scrape the flat area of the striker plate (Refer to chapter "VIDAS
Alignment Tool - Procedure for Use and Realignment").
c If the door positioning is not correct (the door does not stop in both
positions, closed and opened), replace the striker plate.
d In case of any replacement, record it into the Life Data Sheet.
4 SPR Blocks alignment check
a Refer to the chapter "VIDAS Alignment Tool - Procedure for Use and
Realignment".
5 Seals replacement
a Replace all the seals.
b Be careful to set properly the seals in place.
6 Pump tester measurement
a Check all the pump tubes with the pump tester. Refer to the chapter
"VIDAS Pump Tester (Part no. 4530120A) - Procedure for Use".
b If for any position you measure a Pump Tester Value PTV < 110, check
if the pipetting functions are correct by performing a QCV assay on the
6 positions of this section.
c Apply the procedure available in chapter "QCV Troubleshooting".

5. Maintenance
Optics Cleaning
1 Optics cleaning
a Clean the scanner head lenses, and the BarCode reader window,
using lens paper or a lens brush (very soft).
b Each piece of optical paper shall be used only once.
c The cleaning movement of the lenses shall always start from the center
of the lens toward the borders (radial movements), avoid absolutely to
clean the lens performing concentric circles. Perform the operation
slowly and apply very little pressure.
d In case a lens is very dirty, add some drops of demineralized water on
the optical paper and repeat the procedure. Wait till the lenses are
completely dry and perform some reading to verify reading stability
(when the water is still evaporating readings may fluctuate).
Bar Code Reader Check

1 Bar code Reader check
a Check the Bar Code Reader alignment on section A, C and E (A & B
on mini VIDAS). Use the specific "strip tool". Refer to chapter
"Alignment".
b Tolerances: 6 steps far in or far out.
c Put the number of turns Clockwise or Counter Clockwise you need to
correct the misalignment on the corresponding Data Sheet (VIDAS or
mini VIDAS).
Optics System Check and Setting

a Use only warm calibrator strips: at least 20 min in one section of the
instrument or at 37C.
b Record the OPT kit value on your report.
c Perform a "cal" command to set properly the Digipot after the cleaning
(chapter "Alignment").
d Check the Digipot value with the "stat" command to see if the system
requires an Optics calibration. Record the Digipot value into the
corresponding Data Sheet (VIDAS or mini VIDAS) into the "After
"cal"=" box.
e The values of the DP shall be inside he following range: 465 < PD <
665 for Vidas, 515 < PD < 615 for mini VIDAS
f Perform an air reading with the "rr" command, paying attention that
nothing is over the scanner head:
g The acceptance criteria is 52 RFU. If the value is 1 RFU out the
tolerance, you can directly adjust the R12 potentiometer on the
scanner Board without performing a complete recalibration of the
Optics.
h Move your scanner head over each OPT strip thanks to your
diagnostic terminal (TOS x), and perform a "rr" command on each one
of the 6 Calibrator Strips. Compute the average of the 6 readings and
select the strip which is the closest to this average. Put the selected
strip in the middle of your instrument (VIDAS position 18 / mini VIDAS
position 6) and move the scanner head over it (TOS 18 or TOS 6).

5. Maintenance
i Check the spread value on the selected Calibrator Strip: The spread
value must be <125 or the CV<1.5%. If the spread value or the CV is
too high, check the status of scanner head and cable grounding
gaskets and check that all grounding screws are well tightened.
j Check the Calibrator Strip reading: the value read shall be OPT
Standard value 100 RFU.
k Check the extended range performing an "extr" command on one
Calibrator Strip. BR -SR value shall be < 50.
If this test fails, check again point c and repeat the "extr", if it fails again
replace the scanner board and recalibrate the instrument. You must
then check, with an Application Specialist (AS), the anteriority of the
assay results, performed the last correct QCV test was performed or
since the last good high value reading (>4000 RFU).
l IF AT LEAST ONE OF THE 6 CONTROLS ABOVE IS OUT
SPECIFICATIONS, PERFORM NEXT STEP.
m Record in the datasheet the number of the control that caused the
decision to recalibrate. If recalibration is necessary for any other
reason use number 0.
n In case of need to recalibrate, perform a "center-dp" command and
read the solid standard value ("read-std" command) and record it on
the data sheet, together with the stored value of the solid standard
obtained with the "stat" command.
Optics Calibration
a This step shall be performed only if one the checks described in
chapter "Optics System Check and Setting fails.
NOTE: Use the previously selected OPT strip.
b Find in the following table an Optics Calibration Steps reminder.
Optics Calibration Steps Reminder
Offsets TP4/TP14: +6.250.5mV DC

flash "o" on the air (R16)
TP2/TP14: +6.250.5mV DC
no flash (R36)
Air Reading Air: "r" (R12) 5 2RFU
"center-dp"
Gain (on a Calibrator strip) SW2 = INT " rr " (R17) 1000 25RFU
SW2 = EXT "rr" (R37) OPTST 25RFU
Air Reading Air: "r" (R12) 5 2RFU
Extended Range "extr" (BR-SR) < 50RFU
"store-std"

5. Maintenance
c Don't forget to switch OFF/ON your Analyzer at the end of the Optics
Calibration step.
CAUTION
Since an optics calibration is performed during the PM, inform
your customer that he must recalibrate all his assays after the
System Reboot
a Make sure all switches on the boards are back to their operating
position.
b Close the Vidas/mini VIDAS and Switch off/on the analyzer.
c Check the correct communication between the software and the
analyzer.
d Look for any error after the reboot.
e Check the Digipot value with the "stat" command to record drift since
the last Optics calibration, for a system with the VSH installed. Record
the value into the corresponding Data Sheet (VIDAS or mini VIDAS)
into the "After OFF/ON = " box.
f Fill all the PM reports: "Life Data Sheet", Service Report.local
documents
System Validation
1 OPT Test
a Ensure that all Preventive Documents are correctly filled: Preventive
Maintenance Corporate VIDAS 30_Data Sheet, Preventive
Maintenance Corporate mini VIDAS_Data Sheet, Life Data Sheet.
b Record the OPT Lot Number, (STR#) and the OPT Standard Value on
the appropriate Preventive Maintenance Data sheet.
c Start an TP1 test with the Calibrator Strips (Calibrator Strips must be
warm) on VIDAS 30: run an TP1 test on sections A, B, C, D, E with the
OPT Strips and calculate the mean with the command "meanrpt".
d Start an TP1 test with the Calibrator Strips (Calibrator Strips must be
warm) on mini VIDAS: run an TP1 test on sections A and B with the
OPT Strips and calculate the mean of each section.
e Check for the correctness of the result as shown in the following table:
OPT Test acceptable range
OPTAB(CDE) - OPTST < 100 RFU without optics-calibration.
OPTAB(CDE) - OPTST < 50 RFU after optics-calibration.
f Fill up the Preventive Maintenance Data sheet (Vidas or mini VIDAS).

g Clean the outside of the instrument.
2 Leak Test
a Leak Test VIDAS (LEAK) is used to detect abnormal operation of
pipette mechanism which may affect the results of biological tests.

5. Maintenance
b Your customer must run a QCV test at least once a month in each
position of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS instruments.
c Refer to chapter "7. Quality Control / Specific Tools / Metrology" for
details about the protocol loading, procedure and interpretation of the
results.
NOTE: The steps below (from chapter "Computer" to chapter "Power
Supply Assembly") are optional actions that you may add to your
PM. These steps are not mandatory, but will ensure more
convenience and comfort for the customer.
Computer
1 System Back-up
For VIDAS PC application software: Make sure that the customer owns a
full system backup in his laboratory.
If not, perform it as explained in the current software procedure.
For instruments connected to LIS: Make sure that the customer owns all
the information regarding the connection configuration (Printout or
backup).
If not, perform it as explained in the current software procedure.
2 Software version
If your computer software is not updated to the current version: update the
software. Refer to the current software procedure according to the computer
used.
3 Computer cleaning
Clean the outside of the computer and peripherals with a vacuum cleaner and
a mild detergent diluted in water.
Remark: these actions are part of the customer PM procedure.
Peripherals
1 Peripherals cleaning
Clean the outside of the peripherals with a vacuum cleaner and a mild
detergent diluted in water (never use alcohol nor solvents to clean the printer
as these chemicals could damage components or the housing).
2 UPS
Simulate a power failure by disconnecting the UPS from the mains. Check
that the VIDAS is supplied by the batteries of the UPS, and that no alarm,
except the power failure report on VIDAS PC, appears.
3 External Printers
Clean the inside using a vacuum cleaner.
Electrical Controls
a Check the ground cables tightening (scanner/scanner cable).
b Check all the ribbon cables connectors.
c If the instrument has been moved since the last maintenance, check
main voltage (220VAC 10%).
d Only for VIDAS 30 non VDE supply ref 527152-x: Run a TP5 test on
the 30 positions while measuring the +10 VDC on the scanner and

5. Maintenance
incubator boards. The value has to remain 9.5VDC during the TP5
test.
Power Supply Assembly

a Open the power supply, and remove the dust.
b For VIDAS 30 non VDE power supply (ref 527152-x):
tighten the ground spade lug on the mains filter.
tighten the screws of the terminal board.
c For VIDAS VDE power supply:
check the motor fuse support soldering and condition. Replace if
necessary referring to chapter "Device Troubleshooting").
tighten the ground nut.
d During functioning, check the fan operation.
e For mini VIDAS Grey, tighten the ground nut.

5. Maintenance
Appendix A - Life Data Sheet

5. Maintenance

5. Maintenance
Figure Appendix A - Life Data Sheet
Appendix B- mini VIDAS Preventive Maintenance Data Sheet

Figure Appendix B- mini VIDAS Preventive Maintenance Data Sheet
Appendix C - VIDAS Preventive Maintenance Corporate Data Sheet


5. Maintenance
Figure Appendix C - VIDAS Preventive Maintenance Corporate Data Sheet
VIDAS Grey: Replacing Power Supply Fuse Holder
Scope
The scope of this GCS info is to provide a cheap, easy and fast solution to the
Field Service Engineers to solve a recurrent problem encountered on the
VIDAS Grey Power Supply Fuse Holder, located in the ASSY PCB PWR
SUPPLY V30, reference 4500548A or 527724-1.
The concerned Fuse and Fuse Holder are responsible for the protection of
the stepper motors (10V), and blowing this fuse frequently leads to the Power
Supply Board failing and welding area damaged.
Figure VIDAS Grey power supply fuse holder
Explanation
Current passing through the Fuse Holder is sometimes higher than its
manufacturing specifications can handle. This results in an overheating of
both the board and the Fuse Holder, creating a darken area (welded effect)
on the board (see Figure "Board overheating").
This indicates clearly that the board is damaged, leading to multiple motor
errors occurrences, such as 1014, 143, ...
Figure Board overheating

5. Maintenance
Solution
You may prevent this issue by replacing the 2 Fuse Holders on the ASSY
PCB PWR SUPPLY V30, with ones that have characteristics to handle this
power consumption.
Figure Fuse holders
Specific Cases
1 ASSY PCB PWR SUPPLY V30 already installed in the instruments:
You may replace the Fuse Holders on the boards existing today in the
field.
A reference for a set of 20 Fuse Holders (ref. 6200101 - Clip Fuse Holder)
is available to replace the 2 Fuse Holders in the Power Supply board.
The replacement of the Fuse Holders may be done during Preventive
Maintenance, to not disturb the planning nor the workflow.
WARNING
Any change in the color or the shape of the welded area is
showing that the ASSY PCB PWR SUPPLY requires replacement.
DO NOT REPAIR BOARDS WITH A DAMAGED WELDED
ASSEMBLY.
2 ASSY PCB PWR SUPPLY V30 today available in your stock:

If you still have a stock of the ASSY PCB PWR SUPPLY V30, we advise
you to replace the fuse holder before installing the board on the system.
3 ASSY PCB PWR SUPPLY V30 received as spare parts from now on:
Starting now, the delivered ASSY PCB PWR SUPPLY V30 is equipped
with the new Fuse Holders.
The part number used will be the same, 4500548A or 527724-1. The only
difference will be a sticker, like Figure "New fuse holders" shows.
Figure New fuse holders

5. Maintenance
4 POWER SUPPLY PCB ASSY V12 for mini VIDAS:

The situation described previously is not occurring for the mini VIDAS
system, but to simplify the manufacturing supplier process, the Fuse
Holders are changed.
No retrofit on the mini VIDAS installed base is necessary.
Concerned Instruments
This issue affects VIDAS instruments that have reference 527166-0002 or
Power Supply configuration shown in Picture 1.
Part Number to Be Ordered and Tools to Be Used

The part number and designation for this set of 20 clips is 6200101 - Clip
Fuse Holder.
Figure Clip Fuse Holder, Ref. 6200101
To perform this intervention you need the following tools:

Soldering Iron (60W) - With a wedge adapted, tip of 3.2mm CT-6C7
(reference Weller)
Weld Bead - A deposit of filler metal from single welding pass.
Solder Pump - To suck the solder away by finger pressure only.

5. Maintenance
Procedure
1 Use the procedure described in the VIDAS Service Manual to remove and
to access to the power supply board V30.
2 Inspect the welded area at the back of the board. DISCARD any board
showing damages.
3 With the board removed, proceed to the replacement of the fuse holders.
4 Reinstall the power supply board V30.
5 After switching on the system, complete the procedure using a TP1
protocol with OPT strips.
6 The system is ready. End of the procedure

5. Maintenance

6. Troubleshooting
1 6. Troubleshooting
General Troubleshooting
Scanner Codes / Errors
Section Codes / Errors / Information
mini VIDAS: VIC Software Codes/Errors
Fastcodes Menu
Software Troubleshooting
Device Troubleshooting
Electronics Troubleshooting
Printers and Printing Troubleshooting
Barcode Reader Troubleshooting
Network Communication Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting

6. Troubleshooting
This chapter contains information to aid in diagnosing problems with the
VIDAS and mini VIDAS.
Refer to the Vidas User Manual (Instrument) ref. 99762, Vidas User Manual
(Vidas PC) ref. 93073 and mini VIDAS User's Manual (ref. 99188) for
WARNING
troubleshooting.
mini VIDAS: Front Panel Symptoms

Figure mini VIDAS Front Panel Indicators
MESSAGE / SYMPTOM ACTION REQUIRED
No operation or No Display Cycle the power switch on the mini VIDAS (See Figure "Fuse Panel").
Verify fuses located in rear of the mini VIDAS (see Figure "Fuse
Panel").
Check Fuse F2 on the VIC Board. (See chapter "mini VIDAS: VIDAS
Internal Computer).
Check internal Power Supply fuses (See Figure "Power Supply
Board").
Replace the LCD display.

6. Troubleshooting
Section Operating Light is OUT Select Status Screen from the Main Menu (see Figure "Accessing the
(see Figure "mini VIDAS Front Test Menu"). The LED should be ON if the status is Run. The LED will
Panel Indicators") be off when the status is either Available (idle), or Offline.
Replace the LED
Section Operating Light is flashin The assay has finished running and that Section is ready to be
unloaded
Select Status Screen from the Main Menu. Status Screen display will
be UNLOAD
Keypad buttons do not respond Select Test Menu from the Misc. Functions Menu. Then select
Keypad Test (see Figure "6263 Access to Test Menu"). Press each
key on the keypad while observing the display.
or
Enter 6263 followed by the "Enter" key to access the Test Menu (see
Figure "6263 Access to Test Menu"). Then select Keypad Test. Press
each key on the keypad while observing the display (see Figure
"Keypad and Test Display").
Replace the Keypad Assembly.
Figure Power Switch and Fuse Location
Figure Accessing the Test Menu

6. Troubleshooting
Figure 6263 Access to Test Menu
Figure Keypad and Test Display

6. Troubleshooting
VIDAS: Front Panel Symptoms
No operation or No Power light Verify the UPS power switch is ON.

Smart UPS:
Verify that the ON LINE LED is illuminated.
If ON BATTERY LED is illuminated check voltage at wall outlet.
Cycle the power switch on the VIDAS (See Figure "Power Switch and
Fuse Locations")
Verify fuses located in rear of the VIDAS (see Figure "Fuse Panel")
VDE Power Supply -- Check internal fuses (see chapter "VIDAS:
Vidas Power Supply Block Diagram".
Replace the Power LED.
Section Operating Light is OUT Check Section Status of the VIDAS STATUS SUMMARY screen (see
Figure "Error display window"). The LED should be ON if the status is
Run. The LED will be off when the status is either Avail (idle), RSVD
(reserved), or RDBC.
Replace the LED.
Section Operating Light is The Work List ID has finished running and that section is ready to be
flashing. unloaded.
Status column of VIDAS STATUS SUMMARY will display UNLOAD.
mini VIDAS: Fuse Panel Removal

To access the main fuses on the mini VIDAS, proceed as follows:
1 Turn AC power OFF (0) and unplug the power cord (see Figure 703) from
the mini VIDAS.
2 Place a small blade screw driver in the slot, and pry off the fuse cover
panel.
3 Replace the fuse, located on the cover panel, with the recommended type.
4 Replace the cover panel.
5 Reconnect the power cord and turn AC power ON (1).
Figure Fuse Panel

6. Troubleshooting
VIDAS: Fuse Panel Removal

To access the main fuses on the VIDAS, proceed as follows:
1 Turn AC power OFF (0) and unplug the power cord from the VIDAS (see
Figure 705).
2 Place a small blade screw driver in the slot, and pry off the fuse cover
panel.
3 Replace the fuse, located on the cover panel, with the recommend type.
4 Replace the cover panel.
5 Reconnect the power cord and turn AC power ON (1).
Figure Power Switch and Fuse Locations

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Fuse Panel
mini VIDAS: Error Message Alert System

The mini VIDAS will sound an alarm (beep) and/or flash the display (if
enabled) when a serious error occurs. The operator responds to the alarm by
pressing the ? key on the keypad. This action will display the first error
message (code) on the LCD screen. Press the ? key to display the next error
code (if there is another error) or return to the menu and stop the beeping.
Two presses of the ? key will access the HELP screen (see Figure "Help
Menu").
Both the audio and visual alarms are controlled by options in the
Configuration Menu:
Beep Volume. The volume of the error beep can be adjusted by accessing
the Sound Menu (see Figure "Sound Menu") from the Configuration Menu
(see Figure "6263 Access to Test Menu").
There also are options to set an initial volume and a final volume. The
initial volume is the volume used when the beep begins. The volume then
increases until you respond, or until it reaches the final volume. It is
possible to set both volumes to the same level so that there is no increase
in loudness.

6. Troubleshooting
Display Blink. There is also an option to enable or disable blinking of the

display to accompany the error beep.
Figure Help Menu
The HELP Menu provides the following functions:
Print Screen Creates a printout of the screen from which you accessed the help
function
System Status Displays current Instrument status
Information Displays the first online help screen
Assay compatibility list Displays a list on mini VIDAS assay codes, showing the assays with
compatible protocols
Figure Sound Menu

6. Troubleshooting
VIDAS: Error Message Alert System
In any menu, if you click on the status button of the section where an
error has occurred (red background), you will directly access the error
display window in the "Instrument" menu,
or
In the "Instrument" menu, if you click on the "Error display" button, the
error display window will appear.
The following window is displayed:

1 List of errors. This window informs you of the type of error occurring in a
section of a VIDAS module.
2 Error description. The "Description" window describes the problem
encountered after you select the error in the previous window.
3 Error correction. The "Error correction" button enables you to correct
errors according to their type.
Figure Error display window
Instrument errors
When an instrument error occurs, the message "ERRINST" appears in the
section status bar. Instrument errors are numbered as follows:
Errors 12 to 57 concern a specific section in the analytical module.
An alarm is triggered for each of these errors.

6. Troubleshooting
To stop the alarm,

1 Correct the cause of the error,
2 Delete it from the instrument menu.
NOTICE
Discard the strips and SPRs of assays which have been halted.
Errors 101 to 163 apply to the analytical module as a whole. These errors
require action to be taken. Please refer to "List of errors from 101 to 163"
on VIDAS PC manual page 12-8 to determine what actions are necessary.
Figure Description of an error (Example)
mini VIDAS: Error Message Screens

There are two types of error message screens on the mini VIDAS. One type
displays when a start error occurs during the initial processing of a run of
Reagent Strips (see Figure "Example of a Start Error"). The other error
message screen consists of an error code number and the error message

6. Troubleshooting
itself and is reference to a system error. An example of a start error is shown

below:
Error code: 2073
Time: 11:53 12/14/93
Master Lot Data Bad
Figure Example of a Start Error
mini VIDAS: Start Errors

A start error occurs when you start a section. The mini VIDAS will go through
a series of pre-processing steps that include reading the bar code on each
Reagent Strip label, and performing an optical check of the substrate in the
cuvette on the strip. When a start error occurs, the system responds as
follows:
"Error Alert: The error alert system will beep and, if enabled, the display
blinks.
"Halt: A start error will halt the run in the Section containing the error. The
other Section is not affected by this action and will continue with its run.
Press the ? key to display the error message screen and stop the beeping. A
possible start error message (Bad Bar Code) screen is shown in Figure
"Example of a Start Error". The status of each position within the Section
having the error will be displayed. A list of start errors with corrective action
follows.
START ERROR/SYMPTOM ACTION
Bad Bar Code Verify tray play (see chapter xyz 5.5.3 Tray).
Unable to read the bar code on the Check position of wiring to the Door Sensor if always in Position 6.
Reagent Strip Verify Tray Edge Sensor alignment (see chapter "Alignment and
Calibration").
Verify Bar Code Reader Alignment (see chapter "Alignment and
Calibration").

6. Troubleshooting
START ERROR/SYMPTOM ACTION
Bad Sub. Remove reagent strip and transfer specimen to a new assay strip.
Substrate error - background reading Try the reagent strip in another section. If good, check tray edge
above 500 RFU or below 10 RFUs Sensor alignment. (See chapter "Alignment and Calibration").
Run a TP1 assay with the strip. If the reading is:
Low - the cuvette maybe underfilled or empty.
High - the cuvette may be contaminated.
If problem is intermittent and strips check out okay, run a TP1
across empty instrument. If readings are: High or inconsistent -
check for defective Scan head, Scanner cable, Scanner Board, or
Tray edge sensor.
Low (<5 2), but consistent - perform an Optics calibration.
Incompatible Run the Reagent Strip in the other Section or in a different run
Load and Go Run - Assay in this
Position is not compatible with other
assays in the Section.
Misaligned Move the Dual Reagent Strip so that it occupies an acceptable pair
of Positions: 1&2, 3&4, or 5&6
Load and Go Run - Dual Reagent
strip has been placed in the wrong
Positions.
No Strip Place a Reagent Strip in the appropriate Position or delete the

entry for that Position
Defined Run - An assay was
specified for this Position but no
Reagent Strip was found
After correcting the error, press the Previous Screen key. The following
options display:
Cancel Aborts the run. The system returns to the state it was in before starting the
run. Any data entered for the assay is retained.
Restart Restarts the run. The run resets and starts with another bar code read and
substrate check.
mini VIDAS: System Errors

System errors comprise a broad range of error conditions. When the system
detects a system error, the error beep starts to sound and, if enabled, the
display starts to blink.
The error alert cues continue until you respond to the error condition by
pressing the ? key. This action causes the system to display an error
message screen similar to the following:
Error code: 2076
Time: 11:00 1/14/94
Main heap full, adding reserve heap

6. Troubleshooting
The above error is also saved by the system. The system maintains a log of
the last 10 error messages it has produced. These messages are available
until power is shut off to the mini VIDAS. You can access stored messages by
selecting View Saved Errors from the Utility Menu.
Codes and or Messages are transmitted from the Scanner Board to the VIC
Board via the VIDASEP message. The VIC Board processes the VIDASEP
message and displays it on the screen. Not all of these error codes display on
the screen, but may be observed on a Diagnostic Terminal (Laptop)
connected to J7, on the Scanner Board.
NOTE: Cable, P/N 527807-1 or 527807-0001, is necessary to connect a
Diagnostic Terminal to J7 on the Scanner Board.
Error codes for the mini VIDAS fall into four groups:
Exception Errors Generated by the Central Processor Unit (CPU) on the VIC Board. Replace
the VIC Board.
VIDAS Internal Computer Generated by the VIC board, and displayed on the operator's screen. These
(VIC) Software Errors error codes fall into the 2000 -2999 range
Scanner Board Errors Generated by the Scanner Board, and displayed on the operator's screen.
These error codes fall into the 1-999 range. Codes above 100 affect
instrument operation and are displayed on the screen.
Section Errors Generated by the Incubator Board, and displayed on the operator's screen.
These error codes fall into the 1000-1999 range.
In the sections that follow, all the error code types are described in detail.
VIDAS: System Errors

System errors comprise a broad range of error conditions.
Error codes and or messages are transmitted from the Scanner Board to the
Host Computer via the VIDASEP message. The VIDASEP message is
processed by the PC on a VIDAS System and stored in the message file of
the software. Not all error codes are displayed on the operators screen but
may be observed on a Laptop (terminal) connected to the DIAGNOSTICS
port on the rear of the VIDAS.
Error codes for the VIDAS fall into two categories:
Scanner Board Errors Generated by the Scanner Board, and displayed on the operators screen.
These error codes fall into the 1-999 range. Codes above 100 affect
instrument operation and are displayed on the screen.
Section Errors Generated by the Incubator Board, and displayed on the operators screen.
These error codes fall into the 1000-1999 range.
In the sections that follow, all the types of error codes are described in detail.

6. Troubleshooting

The status of the VIDAS is sent to the Host PC and of the mini VIDAS is sent
to the VIC Board by the Scanner Board via the VIDASEP message. Scanner
Codes range from 1 to 999. Codes that affect operation of the entire
instrument (ERR100 - ERR999) will sound an alarm and will be displayed on
the operators screen. These errors may also be observed on the Diagnostic
Terminal (laptop).
NOTE: mini VIDAS: Use Cable, P/N 527807-1or 527807-0001, to connect
a Diagnostic Terminal to J7 on the Scanner Board.
VIDAS: Scanner codes display on the Diagnostic Terminal as shown below:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 9 0 D 9 0 E 9 0
Logging In
Login Failed
WARNING 43
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 9 0 D 9 0 E 9 0
mini VIDAS: Scanner codes display on the Diagnostic Terminal as shown
below:
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 99 9 D 99 9 E 99 9
Logging in
Login Failed
WARNING 43
18 Checkinc: A 9 0 B 9 0 C 99 9 D 99 9 E 99 9
WARNING 43 indicates an attempt to log into the VIC board or Host
Computer has failed. To observe a running total of error occurrences type the
command errs on the debug terminal. This accumulation may be zeroed out
via the command cerrs.
NOTE: Scanner Codes below 100 are ADVISORY or INFORMATIONAL
and will appear only on a Diagnostic Terminal. These codes provide
additional information to help pinpoint the cause of a general error
(over 100) that appears on the operators screen. Some codes are
not errors at all but were used for informational purposes during
instrument development.
A complete listing of Scanner Error Codes, for the VIDAS and mini VIDAS
along with suggested corrective action follows.
SCANNER CODES DESCRIPTION ACTION
0 Scanner OK No errors, all is normal
1 During a bar code read, the tray did not Check for error 40 or 41
move to the home position when
commanded
2 During a bar code read, the tray did not Check for error 40 or 41
move to the out position when
commanded

6. Troubleshooting
3 During a bar code read, the tray did not Check Tray movement
toggle its position when commanded
7 The Scan head will not leave the home Check for error 144
position Check Scan head movement
8 The Scan head will not move to the home Check for error 144
position Check Scan head movement
9 A bar code was read which contained too Information only

few characters
10 A DEL character was received Information only
11 Packet (data) buffer overrun on receive Information only
12 Bad checksum received for a packet Information only
13 mini VIDAS: Information only

A SYNC message was received from the
VIC Board (computer)
VIDAS:
A SYNC message was received from the
Host (computer).
14 mini VIDAS: Information only

A command was received from the VIC
Board which contained an illegal
character
VIDAS:
A command was received from the Host
which contained an illegal character.
15 A bar code was read which contained too Information only

many characters
16 The number-of-packets count was invalid Information only
17 The end packet was received and we Information only

were still expecting some data packets
18 Bad parameter in packet Information only
19 The end packet was expected, but not Information only

what was received
20 Too much time elapsed between Information only

receiving the first character of a message
and a subsequent character

6. Troubleshooting
21 Too much time elapsed between Information only

receiving the first packet of a message
and a subsequent packet
22 A packet being transmitted to the Host Information only

was NAKed

was neither ACKed or NAKed

failed to be sent due to too many NAKs
25 A packet being transmitted to the Host Check routing of serial cables (noise
failed to be sent due to too many NAKs could be induced on the serial line)
26 Error trying to read an incubator's Information only

temperatures
27 A retry was made on an incubator poll Information only
28 A retry was made for a tray scan Information only
29 A reduction in motor speed was made Check for Scan head binding
VIDAS: Check for error 145
30 Unable to find the tray (with the tray edge Tray edge not found, check for code
sensor) 136, 114
Verify tray pulls into instrument
correctly, check for code 40
See actions for Code 31
31 Attempt to verify that we have not lost any Possible problem with reflective
steps by re-finding the tray edge has surface on back of tray
failed See actions for Code 32
Check for electrically noisy Scan head
(ferrite bead installed)
Check for intermittent ribbon cable on
scan head(cable modification)
32 Attempt to verify that we have not lost any Warning the Scanner motor is loosing
steps by verifying home has failed steps, check for code 75
Check Scan head mechanical
movement (binding) and alignment
Check for excessive drive screw end
play
Check for loose bar code cable
catching bottom of pump arm
Check for code 143

6. Troubleshooting
33 Too many error messages were mini VIDAS:

generated while not logged in. Some
Allow module to login to VIC (computer)
have been dropped
VIDAS:
Allow module to login to computer
Correct cause of other errors
34 Odd internal error Information only
35 Starter task running too soon/late Information only

36
37 Starter task failed due to the Section Check for code 105
being in a state other than RESERVED
when start time arrived
40 Error moving tray in while trying to Could be caused by possible missing

establish tray origin motor steps
Perform Tray Test (Section
Diagnostics)
41 Error moving tray out while trying to Could be caused by possible missing
establish tray origin motor steps
Perform Tray Test (Section
Diagnostics)
42 Attempt to read an incubator's version Bad Firmware

failed
43 Attempt to log into the Host Computer Information only

(VIC) has failed
45 An air reading was equal to zero Check the zero adjustment on Scanner
Board (see Alignments - Optics
Calibration)
46 A tray origin was reset due to minor drift Clean Tray edge reflective surface
47 Non-volatile RAM checksum failed See errors 157 and 158
48 Optics were recalibrated Auto calibration of optics was performed
49 Timeout waiting for A/D Convertor Check jumper JP10 on the Scanner
Board
61 A protocol was reloaded Information only

(computer) was apparently interrupted by
the start of a message from the Host
63 A call to transmit ( ) was deferred due to it Information only

not being okay to transmit

6. Troubleshooting
64 We tried to send a sync packet Information only
65 An attempt to send a sync packet failed Information only
67 An incubator communications error Information only

resulted in us calling the inc_sync ( )
routine
68 A bar code was unreadable Will generate a Bad Bar Code error
(BCERR)
Check condition of bar code being
read
Check bar code reader alignment (see
Alignments- Scanner Alignment)
69 A bar code did not read on the first try. Information only
This is set when it starts the retry phase,
and will be set once per strip that it
retries, regardless of how many retries
are done.
70 A CV for a reading was over limit Check for electrically noisy Scan head
(ferrite bead installed)
Verify Optics Calibration (see
Maintenance -Optics Calibration)
71 Scheduling slop error. A contig J-reading Information only

was seen by the checkinc( ) loop. Should
not have been. Would have secfailed if
not a contig reading.
72 Scheduling slop error Information only

73
74 A temperature error occurred in one of Check Temperatures

the Sections
75 The motor fix task was called Check for error 76.If 75 = 76 (number of
errors equal) Scanner Motor OK
76 Motor fix task did not find a problem with Check for error 75. If 75 > 76 (number of
the motor errors not equal) check Scanner Motor
NOTE:
mini VIDAS:
Scanner Codes above 100 are ERRORS and will appear on the operator's
screen. These codes can also be seen with a Diagnostic Terminal. The cause
of these errors should be corrected.
VIDAS:
Scanner Codes above 100 are ERRORS and will appear on the VIDAS
STATUS SUMMARY screen. These codes can also be seen with a
Diagnostic Terminal. The cause of these errors should be corrected.

6. Troubleshooting
100 VIDAS: Allow current assay (s) to finish, then

cycle power to the VIDAS
Receive failed due to lack of memory
Replace Scanner Board
101 mini VIDAS: Allow current assay (s) to finish, then

cycle power to the mini VIDAS
Receive failed due to lack of memory
102 Command PROTO failed due to memory Allow current assay (s) to finish, then
full cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
VIDAS
If development system, check number
and size of protocols - may have too
many
103 mini VIDAS: If error occurred while entering a

command on keypad, try entering the
Unknown command received from Host
command again
(VIC)
Possible corrupt software on VIC
Board
Possible defective Scanner Board
VIDAS: If error occurred while entering a

command on keypad, try entering the
Unknown command received from Host
command again
computer
Possible corrupt software on Host
computer
Possible defective Scanner Board
104 Command VIDASEP parameters were Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
invalid VIDAS
Verify Software and Firmware are
compatible
105 Command STINC (Start Section) Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
parameters were invalid VIDAS
compatible
106 Command RETRAN (Retransmit) Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini

parameters were invalid VIDAS
compatible
107 Command RSINC (Reset) parameters Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
were invalid VIDAS
compatible

6. Troubleshooting
108 Command PROTO (Protocol) parameters Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
were invalid VIDAS
compatible
109 Incubator did not respond to the reset Use rsinc x (x = the Section letter) on
command (Section Reset Error) the Diagnostic Terminal to reset the
Section or reset by selecting Halt
Section from the Utility Menu
Verify Address/Reset jumpers and
voltages on the Incubator Board (see
Appendix D)
Check ribbon cable from the Scanner
Board to the Incubator Board
Replace the Incubator Board
Replace the Scanner Board
110 An Incubator whose start time had been Verify Address/Reset jumpers and
reached failed to start (Section Start voltages on the Incubator Board (see
Error) Appendix D)
111 Incubator re-start after a tray read failed Verify Address/Reset jumpers and
(Section Restart Error) voltages on the Incubator Board (see
Appendix D)
112 mini VIDAS: Use rsinc x (x = the Section letter) on

the Diagnostic Terminal to reset the
Command STINC failed while attempting
to download the protocol to the Incubator
(Protocol Error)
Rerun the Assay
VIDAS: Use rsinc x (x = the Section letter) on

Command STINC failed while attempting
Section or reset by selecting Reset a
to download the protocol to the Incubator
Section from the Instrument Handling
(Protocol Error)
Menu
Rerun the Assay

6. Troubleshooting
114 mini VIDAS: Check for error 136, correct as

required
Incubator error occurred while an assay
was/is in progress (Section Failure - an Verify all voltages on the Incubator
Incubator error should have preceded Board
this error.) Use dink x 64 (x = Section letter) on
Diagnostic Terminal to look for motor
errors - check/repair if errors found
Perform burn-in from Service Menu
(7378)
VIDAS: Check for error 136, correct as

required
Incubator error occurred while an assay
was/is in progress (Section Failure - an Verify all voltages on the Incubator
Incubator error should have preceded Board
this error.) Use dink x 64 (x = Section letter) on
Diagnostic Terminal to look for motor
errors - check/repair if errors found
Perform burn-in
115 Command BCREAD parameters were Use the Diagnostic Terminal to

invalid. (Invalid Bar Code parameters) perform bc_x (x = Section letter) for
the affected Incubator
Verify Bar Code Reader Alignment
(see Alignments - Scanner Alignment)
117 A stored Protocol is corrupt. Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini

VIDAS
119 mini VIDAS: Will also have VIC error 2038

Command RESET parameters were Cycle power to the mini VIDAS.
invalid. (Invalid Section Reset Verify Software and Firmware are
parameters) compatible
VIDAS: Cycle power to the VIDAS.

Command RESET parameters were Verify Software and Firmware are
invalid. (Invalid Section Reset compatible
parameters)
120 Command INTERP (Interpret) Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini

parameters were invalid. (Illegal Interpret VIDAS
parameters) Verify Software and Firmware are
compatible

6. Troubleshooting
121 mini VIDAS: Will also have VIC error 2039

A READBC command could not be done Verify SPR Door Sensor Alignment
due to the current instrument status. and operation (usually cause by an
(Unable to perform a Bar Code read) open door)
Check quality of reflective surface on
SPR Door. (New heater pad cover
installed?)
Check instrument status (use the stat
command on the Diagnostic Terminal)
Check the checkinc status line on the
Diagnostic Terminal
VIDAS: Verify SPR Door Sensor Alignment

and operation (usually cause by an
A READBC command could not be done
open door)
due to the current instrument status.
(Unable to perform a Bar Code read) Check quality of reflective surface on
SPR Door. (New heater pad cover
installed?)
Check instrument status (use the stat
command on the Diagnostic Terminal)
Check the checkinc status line on the
Diagnostic Terminal
Check Instrument Service Log (use
dserlog or pserlog -- see Diagnostic
Commands)
122 A STINC command could not be done See action for Code 121
due to the current instrument status.
(Scanner unable to start a Section)
123 mini VIDAS: Check ribbon cable between the VIC

Board and the Scanner Board
A RETRAN command could not be done
due to current instrument status. Replace the Scanner Board
(Scanner Board unable to retransmit Replace the VIC Board
data.)
VIDAS: Check cable between the computer

and the Scanner Board
A RETRAN command could not be done
due to current instrument status. Replace the Scanner Board
(Scanner Board unable to retransmit Reload software on Host Computer
data.)
124 Optics self-test failed. Air reading too high Clean OpticsVerify Optics Calibration
(Air reading > 20) (see Alignments - Optics Calibration)
Check for noisy Scan head (Spreads,
CV, etc.)
Replace Scanner/Carriage Assy

6. Troubleshooting
125 mini VIDAS: Use EXTR command (on Diagnostic

Terminal) to verify BR average minus
Optics self-test failed. (Extended range
SR average is less than 50 counts
hardware failure)
Verify Optics Calibration - especially
final zero and mV adjustments (see
Alignments - Optics Calibration)
VIDAS: Verify Optics Calibration - especially

final zero and mV adjustments (see
Optics self-test failed. (Extended range
Alignments - Optics Calibration)
hardware failure)
126 mini VIDAS: Clean OpticsVerify Optics Calibration

(see Alignments - Optics Calibration)
Optics self-test failed. Air readings have
climbed to a level at which Field Service Replace the Scanner Board
should be notified. (Air readings > 10) Replace the Scanner/Carriage Assy
VIDAS: Verify Power Supply Ground

modification is installed
Optics self-test failed. Air readings have
climbed to a level at which Field Service Verify Optics Calibration (see
should be notified. (Air readings > 10) Maintenance -- Optics Calibration)
Replace the Scanner/Carriage Assy.
127 Optics self-test failed. See action for Code 126
128 Computer self-test failed. Replace the Scanner Board

129 Notify bioMrieux Engineering of
instrument status at time of failure
130
131

6. Troubleshooting
132 mini VIDAS: Replace Firmware on the Scanner

Board
Command SLIPTIME parameters were
invalid. (Protocol Read Scheduling Error) Replace the Scanner Board
Notify bioMrieux Engineering - return
defective part to Engineering's
attention.
Notify bioMrieux Engineering of
instrument status at time of failure
VIDAS: Replace Firmware on the Scanner

Board
Command SLIPTIME parameters were
invalid. (Protocol Read Scheduling Error) Replace the Scanner Board
Notify bioMrieux Engineering - return
defective part to Engineering's
attention. Include copy of Instrument
Service Log (use pserlog -- see
Diagnostic Commands)
133 Started looking for a Jx status too late. See action for Code 132
(Protocol Read Scheduling Error - time
glitch)
134 Section status while in fastpoll loop was Perform dinc x (x = Section letter)
not the correct Jx, nor was it a WORKING command on the Diagnostic Terminal,
status. (Protocol Read Scheduling Error - and check for any Section problems.
Section status) (Correct any problems found.)
See action for Code 132
135 Timed out in fastpoll routine while waiting See action for Code 134
for the Jx status. (Protocol Read See action for Code 132
Scheduling Error)
136 mini VIDAS: Usually caused by Scan head

movement problem
A tray scan failed. (Scan head unable to
find tray edge.) Perform an errs command on the
Diagnostic Terminal to check for errors
(see Codes 30 thru 32)
VIDAS: Usually caused by Scan head

movement problem
A tray scan failed. (Scan head unable to
find tray edge.) Perform an errs command on the
(see Codes 30 thru 32)
Commands)

6. Troubleshooting
137 mini VIDAS: Perform an errs command on the

A Jx status was detected by the
checkinc( ) loop on a non-contig Check Instrument Service Log (use
scheduled mode J-reading. (Protocol dserlog or pserlog -- see Diagnostic
Read Error) Commands)
VIDAS: Perform an errs command on the

A Jx status was detected by the
checkinc( ) loop on a non-contig
scheduled mode J-reading. (Protocol
Read Error)
138 mini VIDAS: Use rsinc x (x = the Section letter) on

The parameters in the SECTEMP
command were invalid.
Rerun the assay
Check Firmware version
VIDAS: Use rsinc x (x = the Section letter) on

The parameters in the SECTEMP
Section or send a software reset by
command were invalid.
selecting Reset a Section from the
Instrument Handling Menu
Rerun the assay
Check Firmware version
139 mini VIDAS: Operator induced

Used in a secfail message, this indicates Instruct Operator not to reset Sections
that the Section aborted due to a manual that are running
reset command from the VIC (computer)
VIDAS:
Used in a secfail message, this indicates
that the section aborted due to a manual
reset command from the Host (computer)

6. Troubleshooting
141 mini VIDAS: Perform dinc x (x = Section letter)

command on the Diagnostic Terminal,
A bad state when we went to scan the
and check for any Section problems.
tray. Section state is not RUNNING.
(Correct any problems found.)
Try duplicating problem by running
burn-in (Service Menu - 7378) while
watching for errors on Diagnostic
Terminal
VIDAS: Perform dinc x (x = Section letter)

A bad state when we went to scan the
and check for any Section problems.
tray. Section state is not RUNNING.
(Correct any problems found.)
Try duplicating problem by running
burn-in while watching for errors on
Diagnostic Terminal
142 A bad state when we went to scan the See action for Code 141
tray.
NOTE: This is not the same as the
previous error code!!!
143 Unable to home the scan head Check the Scanner/Carriage Assy. for
mechanical binding
Check for loose cables or wires
interfering with Scan head movement
(such as bar code cable)
Verify Scanner Home sensor
operation and adjustment (see
Alignments - Scanner Alignment).
Replace if bad.
Verify scanner motor operation by
typing the command checkmotor and
pressing ENTER on the Diagnostic
Terminal, and watch for step errors.
Check +10 VDC Power Supply
voltage.
Replace Scanner motor
144 Checking the home position failed in the See action for Code 143
self-test
145 The motor speed has fallen to a level at See action for Code 143
which Field Service should be notified

6. Troubleshooting
146 mini VIDAS: Check instrument status using the stat

Instrument memory almost full. (Scanner
and notify bioMrieux Engineering
memory capacity warning)
Replace the Scanner Board.
VIDAS: Check instrument status using the stat

Instrument memory almost full. (Scanner
and notify bioMrieux Engineering.
memory capacity warning)
Normal Istack = 600 or Xstack = 1500
147 Extended range optics failure Replace the Scanner Board.
148 The internal stack usage has reached a Check instrument status using the stat
level to be concerned about command on the Diagnostic Terminal,
and note the Istack information (Istack
= 600). Notify bioMrieux Engineering
if istack exceeds 600
149 The external stack usage has reached a Check instrument status using the stat
level to be concerned about command on the Diagnostic Terminal,
and note the Xstack information
(Normal Xstack = 1500). Notify
bioMrieux Engineering if Xstack
exceeds 1500.
150 mini VIDAS: Perform an errs command on the

Diagnostic Terminal to check for
More errors have occurred than would fit
errors.
in the error queue. Some have been lost.
VIDAS: Perform an errs command on the

Diagnostic Terminal to check for
More errors have occurred than would fit
errors.
in the error queue. Some have been lost.
Commands)
151 Command DELPROTO parameters were Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
invalid VIDAS.
152 Command SETVAR parameters were Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
invalid VIDAS.
153 Command BCTEXT parameters were Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
invalid VIDAS.

6. Troubleshooting
154 mini VIDAS: Check instrument status using the stat

command on the Diagnostic Terminal
A BCTEXT command could not be done
due to the current instrument status Cycle power to the mini VIDAS
VIDAS: Check instrument status using the stat

command on the Diagnostic Terminal
A BCTEXT command could not be done
due to the current instrument status
155 mini VIDAS: Recalibrate optics to establish the

checksum value. (See Alignments -
156 The non-volatile RAM checksum failed
Optics Calibration)
(Memory corrupted or checksum value
not established during calibration of Replace the Scanner Board
Scanner Board)
VIDAS: VIDAS with Auto Cal -- Recalibrate

optics to establish the checksum
The non-volatile RAM checksum failed
value. (See Maintenance -- Optics
(Memory corrupted or checksum value
Calibration).
not established during calibration of
Scanner Board) VIDAS without Auto Cal -- type center-
dp and press ENTER on the
Diagnostic Terminal, to clear stored
data and recheck optics calibration
(see Maintenance -- Optics
Calibration)
157 Auto-calibration data not present in non- Recalibrate optics and be sure to
volatile RAM, but a Solid Standard perform the store-std command to
Bracket was found in the instrument. (The store calibration data. (See
Scanner found a Solid Reference Alignments - Optics Calibration)
Standard Bracket installed in the Replace the Scanner Board
instrument, but didn't find any stored
calibration data.)

6. Troubleshooting
158 mini VIDAS: Verify Solid Reference Standard is

installed. If not, type center-dp and
Auto-calibration data present in non-
press ENTER on the Diagnostic
volatile RAM, but Solid Standard Bracket
Terminal, to clear stored data and
not found
recheck optics calibration
Install Solid Reference Standard and
recalibrate optics
If Standard is installed, verify
operation of the Scan head tray edge
sensor on the Solid Standard Bracket
VIDAS: Verify Solid Reference Standard is

installed. If not, type center-dp and
Auto-calibration data present in non-
press ENTER on the Diagnostic
volatile RAM, but Solid Standard Bracket
Terminal, to clear stored data and
not found
recheck optics calibration
If Standard is installed, verify
operation of the Scan head tray edge
sensor on the Solid Standard Bracket
159 Solid Standard Bracket can no longer be See action for Code 158
found
160 Calibration Drift is excessive. (Calibration Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
has changed more than 3% since last VIDAS
check) Recalibrate the Optics
Replace the Scanner/Carriage Assy
Replace the Solid Reference Standard
161 Digit-pot too close to the end of its range. Check Solid Standard Bracket spacing
(Error will occur when less than 10% of (see Alignments - Scanner Alignment)
digipot range is available and will lock out Recalibrate the Optics
when digipot reaches less than 3% of
Replace the Scanner/Carriage Assy
range.) Notify Field Service to check
Optics Calibration. Replace the Scanner Board
Replace the Solid Reference Standard
For Blue system only: Replace the Scanner cable

Scanner cable is defective (if one of four
LED D9-->D12 on scanner board is "ON"
162 Auto-calibration not performed recently. Allow the VIDAS or mini VIDAS to set
(Instrument too busy to perform idle for awhile (>1 hour)
calibration) Cycle power to the VIDAS or mini
VIDAS

6. Troubleshooting
mini VIDAS: Section Codes

The status and state of each Section (Incubator) is sent from the Incubator
Board to the VIC Board (computer) through the Scanner Board as part of the
VIDASEP message.
These codes pass through the Scanner Board unchanged, except in the case
when the status code includes an error and the Section is considered to be
"hardware failed". The VIC Board adds "1000" to the error code so that you
can differentiate between Section errors and Scanner errors.
A Section Error displays when a mechanical or electrical error occurs within
an individual section. The operation of the remaining section will not be
affected; therefore troubleshooting for a Section Error should be concentrated
on that Section only. The Section Error Code (ERR1001 - ERR1099) will
display on the mini VIDAS operator's screen.
Example: Error 18 (Door was opened while assay in progress) would be
reported by the computer and displayed as error 1018
The Section (Incubator) state code indicates what a Section is currently
doing. The Scanner Board monitors the state of the Section through the
VIDASEP message. The Incubator state code is informational only, and is not
an error code.
The Incubator status and state codes will also display on the Diagnostic
Terminal as the first and second member respectively of the "Checkinc:"
message as shown below.
18 Checkinc: A 11 0 B 9 0 C 99 9 D 99 9 E 99 9
Where 11 is the status (temperature error) and 0 is the state (idle) of Section
A.
NOTE: Use Cable, P/N 527807-1 or 527807-0001, to connect a Diagnostic
Terminal to J7 on the Scanner Board.
To view Section status and errors on a Diagnostic Terminal, type dincs. This
command will scroll through all Incubators (Sections). To view an individual
Section, on the Diagnostic Terminal, type dinc x (where x = Section Letter).
Complete listings of Section (Incubator) Status (Error) and State Codes, for
the mini VIDAS follow.
VIDAS: Section Codes

The status and state of each section (Incubator) is sent from the Incubator
Board to the Host Computer (NC, CC) through the Scanner Board as part of
the VIDASEP message. These codes pass through the Scanner Board
unchanged, except in the case when the status code includes an error and
the section is considered to be "hardware failed". The Computer adds "1000"
to the error code so that you can differentiate between section errors and
scanner errors.
A section error displays when a mechanical or electrical error occurs within
an individual section. The operation of the remaining section will not be
affected; therefore troubleshooting for a section error should be concentrated

6. Troubleshooting
on that section only. The Section Error Code (ERR1001 - ERR1099) will
display on the VIDAS STATUS SUMMARY screen.
Example: Error 18 (Door was opened while assay in progress) would be
reported by the Computer and displayed as ERRO18. The error code would
be printed as 1018.
The section (Incubator) state code indicates what a section is currently doing.
The Scanner Board monitors the state of the section through the VIDASEP
message. The Incubator state code is informational only, and is not an error
code.
The Incubator status and state codes will also display on the Diagnostic
Terminal as the first and second member respectively of the "Checkinc:"
message as shown below.
18 Checkinc: A 11 0 B 9 0 C 9 0 D 9 0 E 9 0
Where 11 is the status (temperature error) and 0 is the state (idle) of Section
A.
To view section status and state codes on a Diagnostic Terminal, type dincs.
This command will scroll through all Incubators (sections). To view the codes
for an individual section, on the Diagnostic Terminal, type dinc x (where x =
section Letter).
Complete listings of Section (Incubator) Status (Error) and State Codes, for
the VIDAS follow.
mini VIDAS: Incubator Status Codes (Errors)

A complete listing of Incubator codes as they appear in the checkinc:
message, along with suggested corrective action follows. These codes will
appear on the operator's screen as a 1000 number (e.g. 1011 Temperature
Error).
INCUBATOR CODES MESSAGE /SYMPTOM ACTION
1000 Assay Read 0 Scan head Read J0
1005 Incubator Working Section is running
1006 Incubator Resetting Section is resetting.
1007 Incubator waiting to be unloaded Assay completed. Open SPR Door and
remove SPRs
1008 Protocol Error Will generate a Scanner Error
1009 Incubator Idle Section is ready to run assay

6. Troubleshooting
1010 Door open Close Section SPR Door

If closed, check door sensor and
heater cover pad (reflective surface)
1011 Temperature Error Verify Temperatures
1012 Didn't see Tower sensor transition Run Assay code TP5 (Manufacturing
Menu - 6263- Express start) and
(Tower Jam or Sensor Failure)
observe the Tower LED on the
Incubator Board to verify sensor
operation
Verify Tower Sensor Alignment. (See
Alignments- Section Alignment)
Check for mechanical movement
problems
Tower motor problem, replace as
required
1013 Didn't see Tray sensor transition Run Assay code TP6 (Manufacturing
Menu - 6263- Express Start) and
(Tray Jam or Sensor Failure)
observe the Tray LED on the
operation
Verify Tray Sensor Alignment (See
Alignments - Section
Alignment)Check for mechanical
movement problems
Check for sticking SPR liner
Tray motor problem, replace as
required
1014 Didn't see pump sensor transition Run Assay code TP4 (Manufacturing
Menu - 6263- Express Start) and
[Pipettor (pump) Jam or Sensor Failure]
observe the Pump LED on the
operation
Verify Pump Sensor Alignment (See
Alignments -Section Alignment)
problems
Pump motor problem, replace as
required

6. Troubleshooting
1015 Found sensor, motor lost steps Type dink x 64 (x = Section letter), at
the Diagnostic Terminal, to see if
(Tower positioning Error)
motor lost steps
Run Tower Test Diagnostics (see
Section Diagnostics), or burn-in (Field
Service Menu -7378)
Check timing belt
problem
(Tray Positioning Error)
motor lost steps.
Run Tray Test Diagnostics (see
Service Menu - 7378)
Check Tray drive gears for damaged
teeth, replace Tray Pivot Plate
Assembly or gear as required.
Check for loose gear on Tray drive
motor.
problems.
(Pipette Positioning Error)
motor lost steps
Run Pump Test Diagnostics (see
Service Menu - 7378)
Replace pump motor as required
Replace pump assembly
1018 Door was opened while assay was in Will also generate a Scanner Error.
progress Check door sensor
Check for new heater pad cover
1050 Tray temperature too high/low "Verify Tray temperature (37C

1.7C)
1051 (Normal mini VIDAS cold start error)
Defective Tray Heater pad replace
Tray assembly
Defective Incubator Board

6. Troubleshooting
1052 SPR temperature too high/low Verify SPR Block temperature (37C
1.5C)
1053 (Normal mini VIDAS cold start error)
Verify cut wires on the SPR block.
Defective SPR Block Heater Pad,
replace SPR Block assembly
1054 Tray temperature higher/lower than tray Verify Tray temperature average
average limit (37C 1.7C; 0.7C matching Tray-
1055
to-Tray)
Defective Tray assembly
1056 SPR temperature higher/lower than Verify SPR Block temperature

average limit average (37C 1.5C; 0.5C
1057
matching Block-to-Block)
Defective SPR Block assembly
For Blue system only and error 1056: Defective fan in the power supply
System automatically cut off.
1058 Can't read temperatures Verify correct / compatible version(s)

of Firmware is installed in both the
Incubator and Scanner Boards
1059 Temperature reference on Incubator Verify the heating power supply

Board invalid. voltage
Replace Incubator Board
1090 Too many Incubator errors, some errors Correct cause of other errors
dropped.
1091 Scanner couldn't find edge of tray Clean back edge of tray and type tfx (x
= Section letter), on the Diagnostic
(Section tray origin failure)
Terminal, to see if the Scan head can
find tray edge.
Verify Tray Alignments (see Internal
Installations and Alignments - Section
Alignment).
Verify Scanner Tray Edge Sensor
Alignment (see Alignments -Scanner
Alignment).
Check for defective sensor or ribbon
cable on Scan head.

6. Troubleshooting
1097 Unable to contact Incubator upon Use rsinc x (x = the Section letter) on
hardware reset the Diagnostic Terminal to reset the
Verify Incubator cable connections,
jumpers, and voltages
1098 Incubator communication error Use rsinc x (x = the Section letter) on

1099
jumpers, and voltages
Replace the Incubator Board.
VIDAS: Incubator Status Codes (Errors)

A complete listing of Incubator codes as they appear in the checkinc:
message, along with suggested corrective action for errors follows. These
codes will appear on the printout as a 1000 number (e.g. 1011 Temperature
Error).
INCUBATOR CODES MESSAGE / SYMPTOM ACTION
5 Incubator Working Section is running
6 Incubator Resetting Section is resetting.
7 Incubator waiting to be unloaded. Assay completed. Open SPR Door and

remove SPRs.
8 Protocol Error Will generate a Scanner Error
9 Incubator Idle Section is ready to run assay.
10 Door open Close section SPR Door. Rerun work

list
If closed, check door sensor and
heater cover pad. (New heater pad
cover installed?)

6. Troubleshooting
11 Temperature Error Verify Temperatures (ambient and

Instrument)
12 Didn't see Tower sensor transition. Run Assay code TP5 (see Test
Protocols) and observe the Tower
(Tower Jam or Sensor Failure)
LED on the Incubator Board to verify
sensor operation.
Verify Tower Sensor Alignment. (See
Maintenance -- Section Alignment).
problems.
Tower motor problem, replace as
required.
13 Didn't see Tray sensor transition. Run Assay code TP6 (see Test
Protocols) and observe the Tray LED
(Tray Jam or Sensor Failure)
on the Incubator Board to verify
sensor operation.
Verify Tray Sensor Alignment. (See
Maintenance -- Section Alignment.)
problems.
Check for sticking SPR liner.
Tray motor problem, replace as
required.
14 Didn't see pump sensor transition. Run Assay code TP4 (see Test
Protocols) and observe the Pump LED
[Pipettor (pump) Jam or Sensor Failure]
on the Incubator Board to verify
sensor operation.
Verify Pump Sensor Alignment. (See
Maintenance -- Section Alignment.)
problems.
Pump motor problem, replace as
required.
15 Found sensor, motor lost steps. Type dink x 64 (x = section letter), at

(Tower positioning Error)
motor lost steps.
Check timing belt.
problem.
Run Tower Test Diagnostics (see
Section Diagnostics), or burnin.
Replace motor as required.

6. Troubleshooting

(Tray Positioning Error)
motor lost steps.
Check Tray drive gears for damaged
teeth, replace Tray Pivot Plate
Assembly or gear as required.
Check for loose gear on Tray drive
motor.
problems.
Run Tray Test Diagnostics (see
Replace motor as required.

(Pipette Positioning Error)
motor lost steps.
Run Pump Test Diagnostics (see
Replace pump motor as required.
Replace pump assembly.
18 Door was opened while assay was in Will also generate a Scanner Error.
progress. Check door sensor.
Check for new heater pad cover.
50 Tray temperature too high/low Verify Tray temperature (37C

1.7C)
51 (Normal VIDAS cold start error)
52 SPR temperature too high/low Verify SPR Block temperature (37C

1.5C)
53 (Normal VIDAS cold start error)
54 Tray temperature higher/lower than tray Verify Tray temperature average

average limit. (37C 1.7C; 7.0C matching Tray-
55
to-Tray)
56 SPR temperature higher/lower than Verify SPR Block temperature

average limit. average (37C 1.5C, 0.5C
57
matching Block-to-Block)

6. Troubleshooting
58 Can't read temperatures. Verify correct / compatible version(s)

of Firmware is installed in both the
Incubator and Scanner Boards.
59 Temperature reference on Incubator Verify heating power supply voltage.

Board invalid. Replace Incubator Board.
90 Too many Incubator errors, some errors Correct cause of other errors.
dropped.
91 Scanner couldn't find edge of tray. Clean back edge of tray and type tfx (x
= section letter), on the Diagnostic
(Section tray origin failure)
Terminal, to see if the Scan head can
find tray edge.
Verify Tray Alignments (see Internal
Installations and Maintenance --
Section Alignment).
Verify Scanner Tray Edge Sensor
Alignment (see Maintenance --
Scanner Alignment).
Check for defective sensor or ribbon
cable on Scan head.
97 Unable to contact Incubator upon Use rsinc x (x = the section letter) on

hardware reset. the Diagnostic Terminal to reset the
section or send a software reset by
Instrument Handling Menu.
jumpers, and voltages.
98 Incubator communication error Use rsinc x (x = the section letter) on

99
section or send a software reset by
Instrument Handling Menu.
jumpers, and voltages.
mini VIDAS / Vidas: System Incubator State Codes (Information)

NOTE: The Incubator state code is intended for informational purposes
only and is not an error code. Do not rely on these codes alone to
determine if something has failed.

6. Troubleshooting
A complete listing of Incubator States (second part of the "Checkinc:"

message) follows.
INCUBATOR STATE DESCRIPTION
0 The Section is available for an assay to be scheduled into it (idle).
1 An assay has been scheduled, but the section has not yet been started.
2 An assay is in progress.
3 The assay has completed, and we are in the process of making sure that the
Scanner hardware maintained its integrity.
4 An assay has completed. Will return to the available state once the FLINFO
(readings) has been sent, and the Incubator status goes to idle.
5 Scanning the tray.
6 A bar code read is in progress.
7 A reset command has been sent to the Incubator Board, and waiting for it to
complete.
8 There has been a fatal error.
9 The Incubator would not reset, even when the hardware reset line was used.
10 mini VIDAS:
The assay has completed, and the FLINFO data has been sent to the VIC Board
(Computer). Will return to available when the door is opened and closed again.
VIDAS:
The assay has completed, and the FLINFO data has been sent to the Host
(Computer). Will return to available when the door is opened and closed again.
11 The tray origin is not set yet. Getting it.
12 The Section has been sent a STINC (start inc) command, but has not yet been
scheduled to run.

6. Troubleshooting

The VIDAS Internal Computer (VIC) Board with memory provides complete
internal computing capability for the mini VIDAS. The VIC Board not only
processes codes from the Scanner Board but also handles software errors
generated by itself. These error codes will display on the Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) Screen on the front of the mini VIDAS.
NOTE: Exception Errors are generated by the CPU on the VIC Board.
Replace the VIC Board in all cases.
A complete listing of VIC software errors for the mini VIDAS, with suggested
corrective action follows.
VIC CODE DESCRIPTION ACTION
2001 Bad WGR read Should not occur at customer site
2002 Heap corrupted Should not occur at customer site
2003 Invalid Heap block freed Should not occur at customer site
2004 Boot EPROM wrong table size Verify compatibility of VIC software and
Boot EPROMs
2005 Boot EPROM old version Replace Printer Board Verify compatibility
of VIC software and Boot EPROMs
2006 Proto too big Should not occur at customer site
2007 RUNWL message but no protocol Should not occur at customer site
2008 Bogus RC from receive of %d Should not occur at customer site
2009 Bogus T_statut %d Should not occur at customer site
2010 Task %d exited code %d, system Should not occur at customer site
compromised
2011 Task %d aborted, system compromised Should not occur at customer site
2012 @ Invalid Section '@sec@' in bcinfo Should not occur at customer site
message
2014 Protocol not found Should not occur at customer site
2015 No protocols found Should not occur at customer site
2016 Protocol file corrupt Reload Assay and Protocol Software

Try a different Software Card
Replace VIC Board
2017 Warning: SRAM card battery low Replace SRAM Card battery (SRAM
Card not currently used)
2018 Warning: Replace SRAM Card battery! Replace SRAM Card battery (SRAM
Card not currently used)

6. Troubleshooting
2019 No assay data found Reload Assay and Protocol Software

Replace VIC Board
2020 Internal Printer paper empty Install Thermal printer paper
2021 Internal Printer general error Enter 6263 on the Keypad and run Int.
Prt Test
Verify +24 VDC Printer voltage
Replace Printer Board
Replace VIC Board
2022 Internal Printer busy Cycle power (data will be lost)

Verify +24 VDC Printer voltage
Replace Printer Board
2023 Internal Printer ack timeout Replace Printer Board
2024 External printer paper empty Install printer paper
2025 External printer general error Check cable connections to external

Printer
2026 External printer busy
Check Printer
2027 External printer ack timeout Replace Printer
2028 Invalid message from Scanner Retry
2029 @ Invalid section '@sec@' in incst msg Retry
2030 Invalid section id @id@ in incst msg Retry
2031 @Invalid section '@sec@' in flinfo msg Retry
2032 Item \"@item@\" on menu \"@menu@\" Retry

doesn't have a submenu or an action
2033 No assays found. Reload Assay and Protocol Software

Try different Software Card
Check cable connections between
2034 Invalid section wlid @id@ in secfail msg Retry
2035 No protocols Reload Protocol Software

Replace VIC Board
2036 @ Invalid language string ID @id@ Retry
2037 Invalid section in resip Retry
2038 @ Section @s@ failed to reset Retry

Check for Scanner Error 119

6. Troubleshooting
2039 @ Invalid section '@sec@' in bcodest Retry

msg. Check for Scanner Error 121
2040 @ Invalid section wlid @id@ in bcodest Retry

msg.
2041 Inconsistent data in flinfo - section name Retry
2042 Inconsistent data in flinfo - run ID Retry
2043 Invalid section in secfail Retry
2044 Inconsistent data in bcinfo - section name Retry
2045 Inconsistent data in bcinfo - bad ID Retry
2046 @ Invalid section '@sec@' in bctext msg. Retry
2047 Invalid field count in bctext Retry
2048 Too many assays Reload Assay and Protocol Software

Try a different Assay Card
Replace VIC Board
2049 Assay corrupt Reload Assay and Protocol Software

Try a different Assay Card
Replace VIC Board
2050 Assay load error Reload Assay and Protocol Software

Try different Assay/Protocol Card
Replace VIC Board
2051 Corrupt fake flinfo file - file too short Should not occur at customer site
2052 DML Startup file execution error Reload Assay and Protocol Software
Replace VIC Board
2053 Strip index out of range Should not occur at customer site
2054 No protocol order list found Reload Protocol Software

Try a different Protocol Card
Replace VIC Board
2055 Secfail on non-running section Should not occur at customer site
2057 Assay load error Reload Assay and Protocol Software

Replace VIC Board
2058 @ Invalid section id @id@ in bcinfo msg. Retry
2059 @Section @sec@ failed to start BC, Check for Section (Incubator) error
bcodest failcode @err@

6. Troubleshooting
2060 @ Section @sec@ failed to start, incst Check for Section (Incubator) error
failcode @err@
2061 PartitionBipMap fault need: %d got: %d Should not occur at customer site
map: %d
2062 Problem with starting a section Check for Section (Incubator) error
2065 Bad arg count in vidasep Retry
2066 Analysis routine unhappy Should not occur at customer site
2067 Corrupt fake barcode file Should not occur at customer site
2068 Corrupt fake flinfo file - missing number Should not occur at customer site
2070 Semaphore mismatch Should not occur at customer site
2071 Data storage failure Replace the VIC Board
2072 Std save failed Delete oldest Standard

Re-run Standard
Replace the VIC Board
2073 Master lot info data bad Manually enter Master Lot Data
Re-enter Master Lot Data
Replace Bar Code Reader
Call bioMrieux
2074 Master Lot info save failed Delete oldest Master Lot Data
Manually enter Master Lot Data
Call bioMrieux
2075 No config data found Replace U26 on VIC Board
2076 Main heap full, adding reserve heap Cycle power at first opportunity
2077 Bad UCI size Should not occur at customer site
2078 Bad UCI read Should not occur at customer site
2080 Idata compaction failed Replace the VIC Board
2081 Corrupt fake flinfo file Should not occur at customer site
2082 Corrupt fake barcode file Should not occur at customer site
2083 DML Startup file load error Should not occur at customer site
2088 Unknown Heap error Should not occur at customer site
2089 Hardware FailurevInitialization of Flash Backup all idata and replace VIC Board
Memory on VIC had problem

6. Troubleshooting
2091 Standard @name@ load error Warning: Standard for assay has expired
Rerun Standard for assay
2092 @ Setvar '@name@' failed Call bioMrieux
2093 DML Patch @name@ load error Call bioMrieux
2094 DML Patch @name@ load error Call bioMrieux
2095 DML Patch @name@ execution error Call bioMrieux
2096 Assay used ainfo that wasn't created Call bioMrieux
2097 Error in assay date Call bioMrieux
2098 Assay not found PTC (Protocol) out of date

Load latest version of Protocol
2099 Copy failed during Backup Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2100 Copy failed during Restore Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2101 RTconfig restore failed Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2102 Data card is missing, empty or corrupt Replace Data card
2103 Card is not a valid backup set Call bioMrieux
2104 Internal BAP software error Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2105 BAP Protocol hunk save failed Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2106 BAP Assay hunk failed Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2107 BAP Patch hunk save failed Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2108 BAP Kill hunk save failed Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2109 BAP Hunk is unknown data type Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2110 Unable to change language Call bioMrieux
2111 Unable to load help file Call bioMrieux
2112 Assay Data Missing PTC (Protocol) out of date
2113 Error saving Dose Unit selection Hardware Problem. Replace VIC Board
2114 Master Lot info save failed Delete oldest Master Lot entry
Load latest Software Update
Call bioMrieux Engineering

6. Troubleshooting
2115 Master Lot info save failed Delete oldest Master Lot entry
Load latest Software Update
Call bioMrieux Engineering
2116 Cannot start Section - System Problem Check for Scanner Error Codes
Check for Section Error Codes
Call bioMrieux
2117 Cannot start Section - Scanner Problem Check for Scanner Error Codes
Check for Section Error Codes
Call bioMrieux
2118 Warning - LIS validations queue full Validate LIS Results! - Results Menu
2119 Warning - LIS upload queue full Problem with LIS connection!
Check cabling
2120 Bad Card Check Card - Card is bad

Replace cardRetry update
Replace VIC Board
2121 Wrong Card Check Card - Not S/W or Protocol

update
Insert correct card and retry
Replace VIC Board
2122 Bad Card Check Card - Card is bad

Replace card
Retry update
Replace VIC Board
2123 Wrong Card Check Card - Not S/W or Protocol

update
Insert correct card and retry
Replace VIC Board
2124 Update Failed Check Update Card Checksum

Replace Card
Retry Update
Replace VIC Board
2125 No room in STD pool Call bioMrieux
2126 No room in STD pool Call bioMrieux
2127 Failed reading NR file Call bioMrieux

6. Troubleshooting
2128 Failed saving NR file Call bioMrieux
2129 LIS results punted Problem with LIS connection!

Check cabling
2130 Unable to send message Problem with LIS connection!

Check cabling
2131 Unable to communicate with LIS host Check cabling, restart host
2132 Standard file open failed Call bioMrieux
2133 Standard CTOR failed Call bioMrieux
2134 Too many Standards Delete some Standards
2135 Protocol not found at assay startup PTC out of date

Load latest PTC Card
2136 Out of range control point requested Should not occur at customer site
2137 To many QC headers found Unused at this time
2138 QC Storage full Unused at this time
2139 Save for incomplete BlockImage Unused at this time
2140 Attempt to up-program flash bits Unused at this time
2141 block overflow Unused at this time
2142 Deleting bogus point Unused at this time
2143 To many QC headers found Unused at this time
2144 QC Card Missing, no place to rewrite Unused at this time
2145 QCS pgm failed Unused at this time
2146 QCS Compaction failed Unused at this time
2147 Master Lot read failed Check MLE card

Card loose in holder
Enter MLE Data Manually
Check Bar Code Reader Alignment
2148 General MLE Data Entry Error Call bioMrieux
2149 TOS Sheet Error Customer should not use TOS Entry
Screen
2150
2151 Master Lot Data, Curve Data Bad Check MLE card
Card loose in holder
Enter MLE Data Manually
Check Bar Code Reader Alignment
User Error Messages and Their Translation String Number

6. Troubleshooting
Translation string number Message
(no number) Lab function failed
7 Standard save failed
8 Hardware failure
43 External printer offline
44 Assay startup error
47 Error, update failed [@err@]
52 Error, wrong type of card
62 Warning: SRAM card battery low
63 Warning: replace SRAM card battery!
64 Assay data load failed
65 Section empty, cannot start
69 No assay data
77 Unable to load helpfile
78 Unable to change language
130 Unknown section error
131 Section communication error
132 Section hardware failure
133 Unable to initialize section
134 Some section errors lost due to overflow
136 Temperature monitoring failed
137 SPR temperature out of allowed range
138 Tray temperature out of allowed range
139 Pump mechanism failure
140 Tray mechanism failure
141 Tower mechanism failure
142 Assay processing failure
148 Boot EPROM obsolete
149 Software failure
160 Unknown scanner error
161 Communications error
162 Section reset failed

6. Troubleshooting
163 Assay start failed
164 Assay failed
165 Scanner board failure
166 Unable to try to read barcodes
167 Optical hardware failure
168 Scan head motor failure
169 Scan head motor movement becoming restricted
170 Scanner board memory almost full
171 Some scanner errors lost due to overflow
172 Optics autocalibration data corrupt -- instrument may be out of calibration
173 Instrument has been too busy for autocalibration to occur
198 Warning: Standard @name@ is expired
258 Internal printer paper empty
259 Internal printer error
260 External printer paper empty
261 External printer error
262 Master lot data bad
263 Master lot save failed
266 Configuration data not found
274 Error saving dose unit selection
275 Cannot begin barcode read - check door
276 Cannot begin assay - check door
284 Copy failed, aborting
285 Data card is missing, empty, or corrupt
286 Card is not a valid backup set. Aborting
332 Normal Range load failed
333 Software Patch @name@ failed
354 BAP Card data save failed
374 Unable to complete LIS upload of results
375 Cannot start section @sec@ - System Problem @err@
376 Cannot start section @sec@ - Scanner Problem @err@

6. Troubleshooting
378 Warning - LIS Validation Queue Full
379 Warning - LIS Upload Queue Full
384 Normal Range save failed
388 New LIS Results have been discarded due to full queues
392 QC Card Program Failed, data may be lost
394 Master Lot read failed
625 Standard load failed

6. Troubleshooting
Fastcodes Menu
Fastcodes Menu
mini VIDAS: Troubleshooting Protocols

There are eight test protocols available in mini VIDAS software for
troubleshooting purposes. These protocols are accessible through the
Express (Start) Assays Menu and are helpful in troubleshooting the
instrument. To access the Express (Start) Assays Menu, enter 3278 and
press the 8 key on the keypad. This menu also appears when you select
Express Start on the Manufacturing Menu.
A description of the Test Protocols follows.
TEST CODE TEST TYPE DESCRIPTION
QCV Quality Control Vidas Comprehensive test of the pipetting mechanism

and optical system.
OPT Optics/Substrate Test Performs one reading of the cuvette.
TP1 Read Test Performs two reads of the substrate in the cuvette.
Allows time to move strips after first read to next
tray.
LEAK New Leak Test Checks the SPR Seal Interface. Verifies the SPR
can pick up a specified volume of fluid and hold it
for a period of time.
NOTE: Reagent strips and SPRs must be in place before running QCV and
New Leak Test.
TP4 Pipette Test Checks the mechanics of the pipetting device

within the instrument.
TP5 Tower Test Checks tower movement to verify the tower is

functioning properly. Normally, run this test after
clearing a tower jam.
TP6 Tray Test Checks tray movement to verify the tray is

clearing a tray jam.
VIDAS: Troubleshooting Protocols

There are eight test protocols (assays) available in the VIDAS software for
troubleshooting. Using the VIDAS "Create a Work List" menu the assay
codes listed below can be entered and run in a specific section(s) of the
VIDAS.

6. Troubleshooting
Fastcodes Menu
A description of the Test Protocols follows.
QCV Quality Control Vidas Comprehensive test of the pipetting mechanism

and optical system.
OPT Optics/Substrate Test Performs one reading of the cuvette.
TP1 Read Test Performs two reads of the substrate in the cuvette.
Allows time to move strips after first read to next
tray.
LEAK New Leak Test Checks the SPR Seal Interface. Verifies the SPR
can pick up a specified volume of fluid and hold it
for a period of time. This is a special factory test.
NOTE: Reagent strips and SPR's must be in place before running QCV and
New Leak Test.
TP4 Pipette Test Checks the mechanics of the pipetting device

within the instrument.
TP5 Tower Test Checks tower movement to verify the tower is

clearing a tower jam.
TP6 Tray Test Checks tray movement to verify the tray is

clearing a tray jam.
mini VIDAS: Test Menu

The Test Menu is helpful in troubleshooting problems with the LCD display,
keypad printer and audio alarm system. The Test Menu is the first screen of
the Manufacturing Menu, and can be accessed by entering 6263 followed by
the 8 key on the keypad (see Figure "6263 Access to Test Menu"). The
operator can also access a similar test menu through the Misc. Functions
Menu. The difference in the two test menus is the printer test. A description of
the individual tests follows.
TEST DESCRIPTION
Display Test Darkens the screen to show defective pixels.
Keypad Test Displays each button on the keypad as it is pressed (see Figure "Keypad
Test Display"). Press the key last. The screen displays keypad okay if
successful.
Int. Prt Test Prints out a test pattern on the internal printer (see Figure "Internal Printer
Test Printout").
Ext. Prt Test Prints out the test pattern on the external printer, if selected.
Audio Test Sounds the alarm beep.

6. Troubleshooting
Fastcodes Menu
Figure Keypad Test Display
WARNING
If "Ext. Prt Test" failed:
Verify if external printer is present.
If present, Printer is not compatible.
Disconnect and change the external printer.
You must cycle the power of mini VIDAS.
Figure Internal Printer Test Printout
mini VIDAS: Service Menus

The Service Menus provide quick access to backup and other internal data
handling capabilities. The menu also provides a method to test the operation
of the mini VIDAS without running an assay. The Service Menu consists of
two screens, and is accessed by entering 7378 followed by the 8 key on the

6. Troubleshooting
Fastcodes Menu
keypad (see Figure "Service Menu"). A description of the Service Menu

follows.
SELECTION DESCRIPTION
Backup ALL idata Performs a backup of ALL instrument data onto a 256K flash memory card
(P/N 169032-256) installed in the memory card slot, on the rear of the mini
VIDAS.
Restore ALL idata Restores ALL instrument data from a backup. Be sure to reboot after
performing a restore.
Clear ALL idata Clears ALL instrument data - Configuration options, Master Lot Data,
Standards, etc. (See Operator's Manual for additional information.)
Clear Configuration data Clears Configuration data (Dose Units, Tech. ID, Report Header, etc.)
Delete all standards Deletes all standard information.
Burn-in Runs a burn-in protocol that tests all motors in the instrument.
Clone Program Copies the Software (VIDVIC).
Card Info Identifies the card in the Memory Card Slot and displays information on the
screen.
Update Program Perform software update of Program.
Update Assays Perform Assay Protocol (PTC) update
About Displays general "about" software on the screen.

The backup feature provided in this menu is useful when replacing a VIC
Board.
Instrument data can be backed up to a flash card, provided the old board
responds to keypad entries, and restored to the new VIC Board, saving the
time required to manually restore this data.
Figure Service Menu

6. Troubleshooting
Fastcodes Menu
mini VIDAS Menu Fast Codes

Menu fast codes provide a quick access to various screens or menus that
can be used while troubleshooting the mini VIDAS. Enter a menu fast code at
any menu screen by pressing the digits, on the keypad, one after the other
(no visual indication) followed by the key.
A listing of the Menu fast codes follows.
CODE MENU / SCREEN DESCRIPTION
1 Set Display contrast Display Contrast Adjustment Screen appears - set screen
display to acceptable level.
2 Display Version Show Version Screen appears - displays software,

firmware and protocol versions installed.
3 Card Info Provides quick access to the Service Menu selection to

display the version of memory card information. Memory
card must be inserted in the memory card slot on rear of
the instrument. 6 Section Status Screen Section Status
Screen appears - display status of both Sections and
provides access to temperature display screen.
9 Printer Form Feed Performs form feed on printer. May be used to feed paper
after tearing off reports to prevent paper from dropping
under the paper lid over time and causing jams.
13 Program Update Function Program Update Screen appears - follow on-screen

instructions to update software.
33 Load BAP Card Load BAP Card Screen appears - select Section in which
the card has been placed and update begins.
123 Select Language Select Language Screen appears - select appropriate

language.
384 Enable Pass-through Mode Converts the mini VIDAS into a two-section VIDAS
instrument, that must be connected to a Nerve Center
computer via the LIS (Diagnostic) port (software version
R2.12 & up).
1843 Spill Section Data to Printer Normally used to diagnose software problems. Sends a
large amount of data to printer.
USE ONLY WHEN DIRECTED BY BIOMRIEUX
ENGINEERING.
2837 Assay / Protocol Version Prints Assay list with short name, protocol, and version.
3278 Express (Start) Assays Provides quick access to the Express Start assays (QCV;
TP1; TP 4, 5 or 6) of the Manufacturing Menu. These
assays may be used in troubleshooting, and are instantly
started in all sections.
3366 Demo Menu Demo Function Screen appears - Hidden Menu containing
functions used at trade shows etc. to demonstrate
instrument operation.

6. Troubleshooting
Fastcodes Menu
CODE MENU / SCREEN DESCRIPTION
6263 Manufacturing Menu Provides quick access to Test Menu and other
menus normally used n production and final test.
6676 Normalize Sets display contrast to a nominal value and displays the
Language Selection Menu.
MUST BE AT A MENU FOR CODE TO WORK.
6853 Clean Slate ERASES ALL internal Flash Memory and clears
configuration data from the NVRAM. Does not format the
internal drives, simply clears them.
7378 Service Menu Field Service Function Screen appears - Hidden Menu
provides access to data backup / restore, burn-in, and other
programs.

6. Troubleshooting
mini VIDAS: Software Slowness Problem

Some mini VIDAS may take a long time to print the results after the end of the
run.
We determine this software slowness is due to a storage of too much
standards in the memory: the expired standards are automatically erased
only when the lot is also expired. As the life time of reagents has grown up,
we get more unused expired calibrations data in the memory.
From the software version R 3.1,the problem has been fixed.
Up to, there, prevent the storage of too much calibrations data in the memory
by deleting unused expired standards.
NOTE: To delete standards in memory, refer to mini VIDAS User Manual
(ref 99188) chapter 4-43.
VIDAS: Patch Daylight Saving Time (all VIDAS PC)

The scope of this patch concerns all VIDAS PC equipped with software
version V4.3.0, since the patch is only available in the CD of the VU05
Update.
Due to a former bug in VIDAS PC software V4.0.0, the deactivation (or the
reactivation) of the 'daylight saving time', in Windows "Date and Time
Properties", may have been generating some unexpected modifications of
patient's birth date in the database (1 day added).
Prerequisite: VU05 (software version V4.3) must be already installed.
1 Log as 'db2bmx' user (password 'db2bmx'). Do not open the VIDASPC
user interface.
2 From Windows Control Panel, select 'Date & Time'.

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Date and Time
3 In the "Properties" window, "Time Zone" tab, make sure the option
"Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving time" is selected.

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Time Zone
4 Then click 'OK'

5 From Windows Explorer (after VU05 update), folder
'D:\bmx\vidas\VidasTZUpdater\Release', double click 'setup.bat' to run it.

6. Troubleshooting
Figure setup.bat
Platform PC RP 5700 for VIDAS is directly delivered with VU05 software, so

the patch is already embedded on the hard disc (same pathway: folder
'D:\bmx\vidas\VidasTZUpdater\Release', double click 'setup.bat').
6 Wait until its completion (during 'setup.bat' execution, a DOS Windows will
be displayed and will be closed as soon as patch is completed)
7 Reboot the PC.
Impact of the Anomaly only when the VIDAS PC is Connected to the LIS
When the VIDAS PC is connected to a LIS, this anomaly consists in adding
automatically one day to the patient birth date that may make such a warning
message pop-up, whenever the LIS is downloading a request to VIDAS. The
downloaded date is then not matching the one already recorded.

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Question
NOTICE
Any time the option "Daylight Saving Time" is modified, and
records of Patient containing the birth date are present in the
database, the patch must be immediately reapplied.
If not, each time user would like proceed to an assay for a patient
(already listed in the laboratory's patient database before the
'daylight saving time' modification), the patient's birth date will be
modified: one more day compared to the real patient's birth date.
In case you install a new system you can deactivate the option
"daylight saving time" without any harm since there is no records
in the database.
NOTE: CONCLUSION: Consequently, after software update to V4.3.0. and

whenever possible, please apply the procedure so as to correct this
dysfunction.

6. Troubleshooting
New SPR block

Some early damaged SPR blocks on VIDAS and mini VIDAS systems (Blue
and Grey) have been identified (generally, observed symptoms are 'Low
temperature errors').
NOTE: Temperature error codes: 1053 or 1057. See chapter "mini VIDAS:
Incubator Status Codes (Errors)".
This early breakdown was due to a cut wire inside the SPR block sheath
(corresponding either to the sensor wire or to the power supply for SPR
heating).
3 generations of SPR block are on the field:
First generation: transparent and rigid sheath
Second generation: white sheath
Third generation (current): transparent, flexible.
NOTE: Check wires and pay attention if the sheath is white (see figure
below).
Figure Second generation of SPR block
The cut wire is not visible because the current sheath is not transparent.
As a consequence, a new SPR block has been developed to replace the
current SPR block (the sheath has been changed in order to reinforce and
prevent cut wire).

6. Troubleshooting
Figure New generation of SPR block with transparent sheath
You will find this new SPR block (with transparent sheath) on:
newly manufactured systems starting from SN VIDAS IVD3002643 and
mini VIDAS IVD1205426,
refurbished system since the February 6th, 2009.
The reference of the new SPR block will be the same. Upon ordering the
reference: 45151054A (Liner Support For Door), you will receive the new
SPR block with the new sheath.
mini VIDAS (Blue) - Keys Cracked on mini VIDAS Blue Keypad

The purpose of this procedure is to instruct FSE on how to recognize mini
VIDAS Blue or ARKRAY keyboards that may show a unusual aging. This
procedure applies only to mini VIDAS blue (ref. 99737) and mini VIDAS
ARKRAY (ref. 99739).
Problem
The keys, particularly the function keys, may show cracks similar to those
shown in the following pictures.

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Light cracks
Figure Strong cracks
The appearance of such cracks (Light or Strong) indicate a premature aging

of the keypad.

6. Troubleshooting
Such a defect does not represent any electric risk to the user.
Solution
In case, during a visit to the customer (Preventive Maintenance for example),
you observe some keys which show similar cracks to those in the above
picture (Light or Strong), we recommend you to replace the keypad assembly
(ref. 45151057A for Blue) as soon as possible, to avoid further damage.
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: VIDAS Reagent Unstuck Dot (label at the top of the SPR)
Since end of 2007, we are recording remarks regarding lack of dots on
VIDAS SPR, on several items numbers. A work group has been created in
order to determine the origin of this issue. Several hypothesis were
considered, among which the possible influence of SPR blocks of VIDAS and
mini VIDAS instruments.
WARNING
When a complaint regarding unstuck DOT is registered, it is
mandatory to send a FSE at customer's site to check the following
points and to report this information to CCMC (E-mail:
ccmc_immuno@biomerieux.com).
The SPR blocks alignment
SPR block alignment check
Result OK Not OK Corrective actions comments

(OK after corrective action)
Section A
Section B
Section C
Section D
Section E
The height of the towers
Tower home position / leveling check (all sections). A= B= C= D= E=

Note the number of steps you need to correct
If you performed the SPR block alignment or the adjustment of height of
the tower, it is mandatory to run a final QCV after FSE's intervention.
Please see below technical causes for unstuck DOT and the way to proceed
to correct each one. Two parts of the VIDAS/ Mini-VIDAS system can cause
DOT to be unstuck: SPR block or Pump assy. Each time an unstuck DOT is
found inside a VIDAS / mini VIDAS, we require you to check misalignment of
SPR block
The horizontal misalignment of the SPR block can unstuck a DOT because,
the light gap on SPR block induces that the tubes 1, 2 or 5, 6 are too close to

6. Troubleshooting
the clip which holds the retainer plate to the pump assy. Misalignment of SPR
block can be due to several causes.
Section Misaligned
Proceed to section adjustment by referring to chapter "VIDAS Alignment Tool
- Procedure for Use and Realignment".
Worn Holder of the Section Door / Worn Holder of the Dust Cover
A worn holder of the section door can induce a light horizontal gap on the
section door (the SPR is screwed on the section door, so the SPR block will
be misaligned towards the pump assy).
Figure The worn holder of the dust cover can induce a light horizontal play
of the section door
If replacement of spare parts is needed, these are the references:

Designation Reference
Door Section 4521229A
Dust cover grey 4520628A
Dust cover blue 4510000066-1

6. Troubleshooting
Bad Adjustment of Pump Block
Horizontality of the Pump Assy

If the horizontality of the pump is not well adjusted on one side, it can be the
cause of DOT unstuck (use the tool: TOWER PHASING, reference:
4550267A to adjust the pump assy horizontality).
Figure Bad adjustment of the pump assy
Figure Good adjustment of the pump assy
The complete adjustment procedure is described in chapter "Alignment".
Height of Tower
The height of tower must be imperatively checked:
Figure VIDAS tool Alignment 4550258A

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Height adjustment
Adjustment with the tool (reference for VIDAS TOOL ALIGNMENT:

4550258A) so as to obtain the right adjustment of the height of the tower
(chapter "Alignment").
Pump Ballast
On the pump assy, the pump ballast changed: so we have currently two
generations of ballast in the field.
Figure Old ballast: angle at 90
Figure New ballast, reference: 4510000067-1
We suspect that the old generation of ballast, because of its angle at 90,
may hit the top of the SPR and unstuck the DOT. Replace the old ballast
by new one.
NOTE: This part contains LEAD. Please discard it according to local
regulation.
This investigation regarding unstuck DOT is still on going, and we will
communicate about all the other causes and their solutions as soon as
possible in a next update of this MAR.

6. Troubleshooting
VIDAS: Power Supply Grounding

6. Troubleshooting

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Power supply grounding 1

6. Troubleshooting

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Power supply grounding 2

6. Troubleshooting
VIDAS and mini VIDAS: Error 59 and ESD (Electro Static Discharge), Problems on
Incubator Board
The LF347 component located on the incubator board and which generated
the error 59 (temperature reference on incubator board invalid) is very
sensitive to the electro static freak.
To avoid the ESD problems, it is very important for the FSE to use an
antistatic bracelet permanently during the handling of the electronics board
(not only for the incubator board).
VIDAS / mini VIDAS: Scanner Board Information: Digipot Break Detection

Our Production Department identified that a Scanner Board electronic
component (U6) fails during instrument power-up. On a new Vidas or, after
Scanner Board replacement by a new one, you could meet a defective
Digipot.
NOTE: The damaged boards showed up only after a power up sequence,
no boards were damaged while the instrument is on.
The serial numbers of the instruments that may be involved in the scanner
board issue are:
From To
mini VIDAS ITV12I10941 ITV12I11276
VIDAS ITV30I01251 ITV30I01352

When one of the digipots on the scanner board breaks, you can have the
following situations:
1 The digipot breaks and the instrument detects the failure: in this case the
error 161 is set and the instrument is stopped. With a digital multimeter
check the voltage between the test points TP2 and TP14: the value
between this test points, when the instrument is not making any reading
and the digipot is not broken, this voltage shall be around 6 mV but when
one of the digipots is broken it goes above 1 V.
If the value is close to 6 mV (below 500 mV), run the Optic Calibration
procedure / Rough Zero Adjustment during this procedure, when you
cannot bring the R36 potentiometer between +6.0 mV and +6.5 mV DC
without lamp flashing, the board is broken.
2 The digipot breaks and the instrument doesn't detect the failure: with a
digital multimeter check the voltage between test points TP2 and TP14
and for a broken board this voltage shall be above 1 V.
3 The instrument has never been calibrated: run the Optic Calibration
procedure / Rough Zero Adjustment (please refer to your Service Manual
Vidas or mini VIDAS): during this procedure, when you cannot bring the
R36 potentiometer between +6.0 mV and +6.5 mV DC without lamp
flashing, the board is broken.
You may have this case during the installation, if the problem was not
detected at the Production Department.

6. Troubleshooting
Review: Failure after Power-Up Sequence or Self-Calibration
Error code At instrument level Effect / To do
161 The instrument is no able to perform a The instrument is out of work

self - calibration FSE service is required
Change the Scanner Board.
160 The instrument is able to perform a self - The linearity is not impacted
calibration within the range There is no impact on the results.
HOWEVER a FSE service is
required
Change the Scanner Board.
In any case:
Please check the power supply between TP2 and TP14 during each
service or Preventive Maintenance, for the instrument which could be
involved.
Change the scanner board by a new one and perform an optics
calibration.

6. Troubleshooting
VIDAS: Troubleshooting for HP Laser Jet 1320N

In case of you will really have a problem to connect the printer, you could
check the network configuration as follow:
To print a network configuration page, press the network Reset button located
on the back of the printer.
Figure Pressing Reset button
On the Network Configuration page, check to see if a non-zero IP address

is assigned to the printer.
If the Network Configuration page does not have a valid, non-zero IP
address, reset the Internal HP Jetdirect print server to the factory defaults.
To cold reset the Internal HP Jetdirect print server, turn off the printer.
While pressing the Reset button on the back of the printer, turn on the
printer. Continue to press the Reset button until the printer is in the Ready
state (from 5 to 30 seconds).
Two minutes after the printer reaches the Ready state, print another
Network Configuration page, and check to see if a valid IP address is
assigned to the printer.
If the IP address is still zeros, Contact your BioMrieux local support
VIDAS: Troubleshooting for HP Deskjet 1100d

If you need to service the printer:
1 Click on "Start" -> "Setting" -> "Printers".
2 Click with the right button on the hp business inkjet 1100 series.
3 Select "Document Defaults.."

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Printers
You arrive at the following window:
Figure Paper/Quality
4 Click on "Services".

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Services
In this menu, you could initialize the print heads. Click on "OK" when it is
finished.
VIDAS: Warning on Page Number Print-Out Identification for VIDAS PC (V 4.0.0) only
In the VIDAS PC Version 4.0.0, when printing with the condensed printing
option selected, the result does occupy more than one page and the print-out
does not include the page number at the bottom of each page.
Reason: Driver default on V4.0.0 (only)
Solution: Driver correction will be added on VUO5 (V4.3.0)
VIDAS: Printer HP 6122 on EN600 / EVO 510 with Windows Xpe
Anomaly Description
With the VIDAS PC update (V4.0.0) the Operating System changes from
Windows NT to Windows Xpe.
For the systems EN600 and EVO530 with the printer HP 6122, after the
migration, the printing is very slow.
Anomaly Explanation
The printer driver, under Windows XPe, is not appropriate. The driver must be
changed.
Solution
Material
The Green CD from the migration kit.
For EN 600: Green CD-EN600 (FSE EN600 migration kit: 93494)

6. Troubleshooting
EVO 510: Green CD EVO510 (FSE EVO510 migration kit: 93496)
Figure Check the CD version; V2 must be written.
Procedure
1 Open a cession with "db2bmx"
2 Click on "Start" - "Settings" - "Printers and Faxes".
3 Verify that "hp deskjet 6122 series" printer is set by default (black and
white symbol present at right of the printer icon).
4 Right mouse button click on "hp deskjet 6122 series" then click on
"Properties".

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Printer Properties
5 Select "Advanced" menu

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Advanced
6 Click on "New Driver".

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Add Printer Driver Wizard
7 Click on "Next".
Figure Printer Driver Selection

6. Troubleshooting
8 Select "HP" manufacturer (in left column)

9 Select "hp deskjet 990c" printer (in right column)
Figure Printer Driver Selection 2
10 Click on "Next"

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Completing the Add Printer Driver Wizard
12 Insert the GREEN CD V2 (for Compaq EN600 or Compaq EVOD510-
depending platform used)
Figure Files needed
13 Click on "Browse"

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Locate File
14 Select "GREEN_D510 (E:)" or "GREEN_EN600 (E:) (depending platform

used) from look in: "menu"
15 Double Click on "Patch_hp6122" directory

6. Troubleshooting
16 Click on "Open"
Figure File Needed
17 Click on "OK".

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Insert Disk
18 Click on "OK".
Figure Files Needed
19 Click on "Browse"

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Locate File
20 Click on "Open".
Figure Files Needed
21 Click on "OK".

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Printer Properties
22 Click on "OK".
23 Right mouse button click on "hp deskjet 990c" then click on "Rename".

6. Troubleshooting
24 Rename printer name by "hp deskjet 6122 series".
NOTICE
Pay attention: respect the case.
25 Press "Enter".
26 Close "Printers and faxes" windows.

27 Remove the green CD from the CD driver.

6. Troubleshooting
mini VIDAS: PDF Bar Code Reader - Alarm ***Exception 3*** Task # 21
The PDF barcode reader is correctly plugged into the mini VIDAS
"Diagnostic" port but an error message displays when reading a 1.5 D
barcode.
***Exception 3*** Task # 21
Diagnostic Port Use Description

The diagnostic port is a bidirectional communication port. This port is used:
At the manufacturing site for VIC board repairs.
At the customer site, to connect an external barcode reader. In this case,
the selection "barcode wand" in the Configuration menu must be done.
This selection allows the mini VIDAS to receive and process correctly the
information coming from the barcode reader.
"Barcode wand" Not Selected - Consequence

If "Barcode wand" is NOT selected in the Configuration menu, when the
customer tries to read a 1.5 D barcode, the special diagnostic process in mini
VIDAS receives information which is not expected.
The mini VIDAS starts to beep.
The following message appears on the screen:
***Exception 3***
***address Error***
PC*: 000f62bc SR*: 2010
4e76 5a325653 4e75
Task # 21
*The PC and SR parameters may have not the same values
The keypad is frozen.
Solution
When the error appears:
1 Turn the mini VIDAS off.
2 Wait 30 seconds.
3 Turn the mini VIDAS on.
4 Select "Utility" menu, "Configuration", "Barcode wand".

6. Troubleshooting
Figure mini VIDAS menu
5 Select Barcode wand.
6 Press 3 times to go back to the Main menu.
7 Read again all bar code on the configuration sheet included in the
barcode reader box.
In case of V5.2.0 Update, on the marketing letter sent with the update, a 1.5
D barcode is printed.
This 1.5 D barcode is an exercise to get used to read this king of barcode.
On mini VIDAS, this exercise must be done when the Main menu is displayed
on the screen and when the configuration process, described before is
achieved.
VIDAS: Windows XPe Platforms V4.0.0 - Bar Code Reading Anomaly During PTC
Update
Scope
The scope is VIDAS PC Windows XPe V4.0.0 environment.
The PC's are now shipped with two keyboards in French and English US
International layouts. Some customers may use a "local" language
keyboard (non-referenced) and since the release of the new software
version VIDAS PC V4.0.0., a new PDF barcode reader is provided, in
order to, update the VIDAS PC systems with new protocols or new tests.
NOTE: Only German, Italian, Spanish or Portuguese "local" customer
keyboards are allowed, as also English US International or French
keyboard, which are shipped with the computer.
Problem
When updating a new test PTC assay, using the new PDF Barcode Reader,
through Display Navigation Tree -> Configuration -> Assay Activation ->
Update Assays With Cards ( ), for example the new CORTISOL S
test, the following window is displayed:

6. Troubleshooting
This window may appear, even if the sound of a correct reading is emitted by
the PDF Barcode Reader, as a consequence it is not possible for the VIDAS
PC System to memorize the new PTC assay.
Reason
The language configuration of the new PDF Barcode Reader must match the
selected default keyboard layout as defined in Regional and Language
Options, according to chapter "VIDAS: Bar Code Reader Installation", which
informs you that only German, Italian, Spanish, English UK or Portuguese
"local" customer keyboards are possible to be used with the new PDF
Barcode Reader beside of English US International or French keyboard,
shipped with the computer.
Solution
Configuration of the PDF Bar Code Reader

If you need to reconfigure the keyboard, see chapter "Selecting the
Correct Regional Settings, for All Platforms and Countries" to setup the
keyboard with the predefined language.
The default language configuration of the PDF Barcode Reader is in
French. Configure the Barcode Reader, according to the procedure
provided in the PDF Barcode Reader Package, to match the keyboard
language selected. See chapter "VIDAS: Bar Code Reader Installation"
for the correct bar code reader configuration.
NOTICE
To print the appendix please use Laser Printer with a minimum
300ppp (600ppp recommended).

6. Troubleshooting
mini VIDAS (Grey) - Blank Screen when Connecting a New PDF Bar Code Reader
After equipping a mini VIDAS Grey with a new PDF Bar Code Reader, its
display may remain empty when powering the instrument. The same
symptom will be observed when the mini VIDAS Grey is cycled.
Blank screen mini VIDAS Grey + Normal Display

PDF Bar Code Reader
TURNED ON
Apply bypass procedure END
NOTE: NO ANOMALY has been seen on mini VIDAS Blue nor recent
versions of VIC Boards.
Anomaly Explanation
The power consumption of the new Bar Code Reader ref. 99747 is increased
compared to previous ones.
For a very few number of VIC Boards ref. 526700-1 (Version -1 ONLY), this
increase of power consumption, due to the connection cable itself, may
disable the interface management after the mini VIDAS grey as been turned
on.
Restoring the Display - Solving the Anomaly

A specific Bar Code Reader cable has been produced in order to decrease
the Bar Code Reader power consumption. This replacement cable is
referenced 02747234 MINI VIDAS BARCODE RS232 CABLE.
NOTICE
DO NOT REPLACE these cables systematically, as only a limited
stock is available.
For the same reason, DO NOT ORDER more cables than
necessary.
The final cure, in case the problem occurs, will always be the original cable
replacement by ref. 02747234.
While waiting for this replacement, please apply the appropriate bypass
solution as described next page.
mini VIDAS Grey + PDF Bar Code Reader - Blank Display Bypass
Procedure
Blank screen at Power on

After PDF bar code reader installation or after cycling mini VIDAS

6. Troubleshooting
Wait 5 minutes until instrument reset is terminated (no motor movement in progress)
Press the "Enter" key on the mini VIDAS Grey keypad
NO The usual screen displays YES
Turn the mini VIDAS Grey OFF mini VIDAS Grey is operational.
Disconnect the bar code reader
(Optional if applicable: refit the
previous 1D bar code reader)
Turn the mini VIDAS Grey ON
The usual screen displays
mini VIDAS Grey is operational.
Cable to replace
Plan replacement at customer's
Cable Reference
The references of the replacement cable (F.O.C.) are as follows:
Ref. 02747234
English name: MINI VIDAS BARCODE RS232 CABLE
French name: MINI VIDAS BARCODE RS232 LECT.CAB
Cable Replacement
1 While the bar code reader IT3800 is disconnected from mini VIDAS Grey,
using a paper clip, release the original cable as shown below:
Figure Cable release using a paper clip

6. Troubleshooting
2 Fit the replacement cable
Figure Cable refitting
3 Connect the bar code reader to the "Diagnostics" port, and turn mini
VIDAS Grey on.
NOTICE
NEVER RECONNECT THE BAR CODE READER WHILE mini
VIDAS Grey is ON!
NOTE: DO NOT REPLACE CABLES SYSTEMATICALLY. Only a few

cases have been reported.

6. Troubleshooting
VIDAS: BCI RS232 Problem when Opening the BCI RS232 Application
The aim of this Information is to provide you a solution of a VIDAS BCI
RS232 potential problem:
Operator cannot open the BCI RS232 software on VIDAS PC System.
The "link operation" window appears briefly. Then, the error message
"Communication already established" displays.
Depending on the ability of the end user, this procedure may be applied
through phone.
The solution allowing the customer to work with the connection (as before the
problem occurred) is to delete the configuration files and the temporary log
file of BCI RS232 software.
NOTICE
After running the procedure below, the configuration of the BCI
RS232 software will be lost. So, Make sure that the configuration
of the BCI RS232 software is known.
Close Applications
1 Wait for the end of all runs on the VIDAS System,
2 Close all applications,
3 Log you as an administrator of Windows NT ("admin" or "db2bmx")
Stop "Bio-Com Server" Service

1 Click on "Start-Settings - Control Panel"
2 Double click on "Services"
3 Stop "Bio-Com Server" service
Figure Services

6. Troubleshooting
4 Confirm stopping ("Yes")

5 Wait until the Bio-Com Server Service Status Turns blank
Delete Configuration Files

1 Open "Windows Explorer"
2 Open "D:\Bmx\Bcint\Config"
Figure Explorer
3 Delete both files: "Com.cfg" and "Com_Previous.cfg"
Delete Temporary Log File

1 Open "D:\Bmx\Bcint\log"
Figure Explorer 2
2 Delete "Log.tmp" file

6. Troubleshooting
Restart "Bio-Com Server" Service

1 In "Services" window
2 Restart "Bio-Com Server" service
Figure Services - Start
3 Wait until status turns to "Started" and close "Services" window
Open BCI RS232 Software

1 Run BCI RS232 software
2 Log you as an user from the group BCI_ADMIN
3 The configuration of the BCI RS232 links is reset as shown below

6. Troubleshooting
Figure COM Manager
Configure the BCI Link(s)

1 Click on "link configuration" to set up the link as previously
2 Save the new configuration clicking on another link
3 Save the new configuration in to the "D:\bmx\BCINT\Field Service" Folder

6. Troubleshooting
Figure Link Configuration
Restart the Link Operation in BCI RS232 Software

1 Restart the Link in the "Link Operation" menu
Figure Link Operations
Check the Communication VIDAS PC - BCI RS232:

1 Run VIDAS PC software as an user from the VIDAS_ADMIN group
2 Disable the link if necessary in the "Configuration" menu
3 Enable the Link
4 Save the new configuration

6. Troubleshooting
Figure VIDAS software
5 Check that the Upload (and Download) function(s) is operating depending

on initial configuration.
Reboot the VIDAS PC Computer

1 Close all applications
2 Reboot the VIDAS PC computer
3 Ask to the customer to start BCI RS232 software and VIDAS PC software
as usual

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Troubleshooting Guideline for QCV Results Out of Range
Introduction
Please find hereunder an updated version of the troubleshooting Guideline
for QCV results out of range, with new associated documents for a better
investigation. Modified sentences and paragraphs are highlighted.
This Guideline concerns both clinical and industry customers.
Therefore you will find two new chapters (see "Appendix 5" and "Appendix 7")
to help FSEs' technical information and ASs' patient data collections.
The main purpose of this chapter is:
to help you in your investigation when you are facing QCV results out of
range or some abnormal results generated by VIDAS technical
dysfunctions,
to improve the technical feed back in case of a Potentially Reportable
Event (PRE) to Competent Authorities.
It is mandatory that data collections shall be returned to the CCMC for correct
complaint management and replaced parts sent for expertise.
Scope
Due to an increasing number of complaints regarding out of range QCV
results at the customer's, a Troubleshooting Guideline was set to allow the
Local Customer Services to perform the proper actions that must be taken.
Special attention must be paid to any QCV with out of range results. Due to
our current procedures, if a failure is detected by the QCV test, when
confirmed, it is a Potentially Reportable Event (PRE) and bioMrieux CCMC
must be notified about this incident within 24 hours following the confirmation.
The following guideline will provide the Local Customer Services (LCS), Field
Service Engineers (FSE) and Application Specialists (AS), depending on the
local structure, with:
A step-by-step decision flowchart
QCV interpretation
Procedures that must be followed and decisions to be taken
Other necessary flowcharts
The collection of several documents into one only
Reminder of QCV (Quality Control VIDAS)

The aim of this reminder is to show the importance of the QCV that must be
performed by the Customer. Here after we highlight the most important
information that already exists in this GCS info.
The QCV is intended to detect a pump dysfunction (either clogged or very
near to be clogged), and to detect a scanner board dysfunction (impairs
reading of fluorescence above 4095 RFU).

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
The QCV: How Does It Work?

This test performs series of pipette / dilution of standardized substrate
solutions (4-Methyl-umbelliferon) at various speeds to verify the pipette ability
of the VIDAS pumps.
In addition, the reading of a very concentrated fluorescent substrate solution
checks the ability of the optical system of the instrument to perform readings
within the high fluorescence range (over 4095 RFU).
Details of the principle and test values are available from the package insert.
The QCV: When?

QCV must be performed every month for VIDAS / mini VIDAS (ask your local
product Manager if you need any further information).
The QCV: Why?

The main reason was that we need a CE-marked product with a metrological
link to a standardized reference (usually weights).
In QCV the use of an enzymatic reaction (alkaline phosphatase) which
converts the initial substrate to a fluorescent signal prevents any metrological
link between the VIDAS instrument and any established metrological
references.
The QCV: Performances

"QCV sensitivity": the ability to detect a clogged pump.
The standard values VT1 (TV1 for mini VIDAS) has been determined in order
to:
Detect a clogged pump (with a Pump Tester Value, PTV 13)
"QCV Specificity":
The risk of discarding a well pipetted pump.
The specificity has been established at 99,99% after repeated testing.
"QCV Reproducibility":
The reproducibility of the test has been established CV% 6%

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
Flowchart
Figure Flowchart
Appendices to the Flowchart
Appendix 1
The Local Customer Service, LCS, must instruct the customer to keep
Strips and SPRs of the first QCV run aside for the FSE visual inspection.
A first analysis must be performed by the LCS to focus the next 2 QCV on
the Position, Section or instrument depending on the result of the first
QCV:
If the out of range QCV results were random and in several positions
and/or sections, the next 2 QCV must be performed in all sections

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
If the out of range QCV result was only in one specific position or
section, the next 2 QCV must be performed as follows in a way not to
have a report printed with out of range QCV results:
For the mini VIDAS system, repeat the QCV only in the position
showing a defect
For the VIDAS system, repeat the QCV in the whole section
showing a defect.
Appendix 2
QCV Results and Interpretation (for more detailed instructions, please
consult the Package Insert):
The R1 is performed at the beginning of the assay to check that the
reagent is intact.
The R2 is performed after successive aspirations at different speeds,
to check the ability of the pump to pipette properly.
The R3 is taken after a small quantity of highly concentrated substrate
is pipetted. This operation is performed to check that the optical
system is able to measure high fluorescence levels
The computer will calculate TV1 (R2/R1).
The values for TV1 and R3 must be within the acceptable ranges has
indicated below:
For TV1: each position must be the value indicated on the kit label.
Only if, in 2 out of 3 cases in the same Position, the TV1 ratio is out
of range, inform the customer to take the Section offline.
For R3 4100 RFU. An anomaly should be suspected if at least one
position produces a value for reading 3 < 4100 RFU. In this case,
inform the customer to take the Instrument offline.
Appendix 3
Controls to perform at the "FSE dispatch" step:
Visual inspection of the out of range QCV results Strips and SPR must be
performed and focused mainly in:
The quantity of reagent present on each well. It should be almost the
same between Strips.
The presence of two distinct punctures in the aluminum leaf of the
Strip. One of the punctures is very lesser relatively to the other and is
lateral.
The presence of the dot on the SPR. It should be pierced and the
pierce, through visual observing, is approximately centered.
Check visually the grommet seals without disassembling them (misplaced
or glued dots).
In case of unstuck dot, apply the actions described in chapter "VIDAS
and mini VIDAS: VIDAS Reagent Unstuck Dot (label at the top of the
SPR)".
If needed, install the new retainer plate model (ref. 4510000012-1), see
chapter "Pump Assembly".
Perform pump tester before replacing the seals, keep unchanged all the
instrument conditions, and check for the results.

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
If needed, FSE can perform QCV run so as to visually observe the

dysfunction (check the quantity of reagent in each well, the puncture
caused by SPR).
Appendix 4
Controls to perform at the "instrument checking" step:
Grommets seals and their condition:
Remove them from the retainer plate and check each seal individually
for debris, crystals, fibers, damaged or abnormal objects in the way
and keep any abnormal objects aside to be sent to the CCMC
department. If possible document the report with digital pictures.
Replace the grommet seals with new ones.
Install the retainer plate spring (if it is not already assembled) to
improve the positioning and tightening of retainer plates (ref.
4510000012-1), see chapter "Pump Assembly".
Inquire the customer if he has performed any kind of manipulation: i.e.
accidental cleaning of the grommet seals with a substance beside
water or removed retainer plate. Any of these actions is not allowed to
be performed by the customer and it is documented in the User
Manual.
Check each SPR spring individually by pressing it completely. When
pressing, check for stiff points during the way or if the sleeve comes back
to the correct starting position.
Check the SPR block and its condition, write down the condition on the
FSE report:
Remove the SPR block from the door and inspect the bottom of the
SPR block for dry plasma (clinical), or dry enrichment broth (Industry)
or debris coming from an incorrect or not performed Preventive
Maintenance as the Procedure Manual instructs the customer to do.
Disassemble the SPR block to check inside for debris. Install new SPR
block if needed (see chapter "Door / SPR Block").
Perform an optical calibration according to the procedure of the Service
Manual and then the tests TP1 and OPT. Also have a particular attention
to the option "Extended Range", Spreads and CV, during the calibration
process.
Check the error messages from the system in the event viewer in VIDAS
PC. Confirm what kind of errors were produced by the system:
If they belong to one Section the kind of errors present will be related
with the section mechanics or sensors failure.
If the errors are Scanner Code Errors then is the complete system that
has failed.
Perform the 'New LEAK' Test.
Please refer to chapter "VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Leak Test" to be able
to perform, update and have the interpretation of the result.
Results:
The R1 is performed at the beginning of the assay to check that the
reagent is intact.
The R2 is taken after dilution of the fluorescent substrate (4 MU)
solutions. It is used to check the ability of the pump to pipette

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
properly and should provide an optical signal close to that of the

optical calibrator OPT.
The R3 is taken after a strong concentration of 4MU in the SPR's is
held over the substrate. This operation is performed to check that
the pipette/seal/SPR assembly is airtight.
The computer will calculate TV2 (R3/R2).
Interpretation:
The values for TV2, R1, and R2, must be within the acceptable
ranges indicated below:
For TV2: each position must be 2. If not then there may be a
leak in the pipette mechanism in this position:
Refer to the Solutions Chapter below (or chapter "VIDAS and
mini VIDAS - Leak Test").
For R1: each position must be between 200 and 500 RFU. If not
then:
repeat the assay using a new QCV strip.
For R2: each position must be between 2000 and 4000 RFU. If
not then there may be due to one of these reasons:
The SPR is not inserted into the instrument
The pump is clogged
There is an unacceptable level of leak in the pipette
mechanism in this position.
Solutions:
Check that the grommet seals are clean and properly positioned
and replace them.
If the grommet seals are OK, check that the retainer plate is clean
and properly locked.
If the retainer plate is OK, replace the pump assembly. Proceed to
section alignment.
Perform a 'New LEAK' Test to validate.
Appendix 5
The AS should perform a retrospective analysis with the customer, to
validate the results provided by the system.
If:
one particular position is concerned: TV1 from the QCV was out of the
acceptable range or the detected failure by the FSE was due to a
clogged position. Therefore, the period to perform the analysis must
start from the day when TV1 was out of the acceptable range until the
last good QCV passed.
one particular section is concerned: which TV1 from the QCV was out
of the acceptable range or the detected failure was due to a
misalignment of any mechanical part, sensor or motor problem.
Therefore, the retrospective analysis has to be performed on the
complete section concerned for each position, applying the same
procedure for one particular position (see above: from last good QCV).
the complete instrument is concerned: which R3 from the QCV was out
of the acceptable range or the detected failure was due to a recurrent

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
optical problem or optic error, for example error 147 during a run.
Therefore, the retrospective analysis should be done on all
instrument's sections, applying the same procedure for one particular
position (see above: from last good QCV).
In case of a out of range 'New LEAK' Test, perform a retrospective
analysis of all results to have them validated since the last report of good
QCV, taking into account the same aspects and points described
previously.
The report of the retrospective analysis must be translated in English and
copied into the MOVEX contact or SAP notification, or any other type of
tool used to communicate these incidents with the CCMC (i.e. CFO0016).
NOTICE
Please use the following document to gather all patients results
information, fill it fully and send it back immediately to CCMC by
mail or fax after the retrospective analysis has been done: Report
for PRE_AS.xls.
Appendix 6
Check if there is any strange object that could lead to a failure and keep it
aside to be sent to the CCMC.
Check and align each part individually and all the assembly (tower/pump
block, SPR block, tray).
Use the tools in the following order and respect the instructions from the
chapter "VIDAS Alignment Tool - Procedure for Use and Realignment".

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
Figure Alignment tool flowchart
The "VIDAS Pump Cleaner" or VPC, Tool ref. 4550760A (chapter

"VIDAS Pump Tube Cleaner") should be used only if the values of the
"VIDAS Pump Tester" obtained in the beginning of the intervention
were not OK.
The "VIDAS Pump Tester" or VPT, Tool ref. 4530120B or 4530120B-N
(chapter "VIDAS Pump Tester (Part no. 4530120A) - Procedure for

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
Use") will be used only if the "VIDAS Pump Cleaner" was used or if the
"VIDAS Pump Tester" performed in the beginning of the intervention
was not OK.
NOTICE
The VPT tool is a measuring device that must be under a valid
calibration.
The VPT tool calibration is valid for 1 year starting from the date
indicated on the Display Module.
The process to return and calibrate the VPT tool is managed by
the Sales Administration using the CFO00142.
Figure VPT tool flowchart
Perform a QCV
Preserve and keep the changed spare parts or strange object to be sent to
the CCMC department if needed.
Appendix 7
Information necessary to join and gather:
Inquire the customer if the Preventive Maintenance was performed like
the User Manual instructs (schedule and tasks performed)

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting
If the customer was under or not a Preventive Maintenance Contract

Last date of the grommet (seals), springs, scanner cable e-chain
replacement and also the VPT and VPC use
Date from the last PM before the problem, spare parts changed and
'New Leak' Test values, with the QCV batch number
Values of the "VIDAS Pump Tester" before and after intervention, in
case of clogged pump.
Optical calibration data, in case of scanner dysfunction.
Actions performed to solve the problem
Spare parts used to solve the issue
Keep and send all strange objects or/and damaged spare parts found
on the system that could lead to the failure
Values of the QCV and 'New LEAK' performed by the FSE and the
batch number (if necessary).
The report of the FSE must be translated in English and copied into the
MOVEX contact or SAP notification, or any other type of tool used to
communicate these incidents with the GCS (i.e. CFO0016).
NOTICE
Please during FSE's intervention, use the following document to
gather all technical information and send it back immediately to
CCMC department by mail or fax: Report for PRE - FSE.doc.

6. Troubleshooting
QCV Troubleshooting

7. Quality Control / Specific Tools / Metrology
1 7. Quality Control / Specific Tools /

Metrology
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Leak Test
VIDAS and mini VIDAS - Quality Control VIDAS (QCV)
Temperature Validation
VIDAS Pump Tester (Part no. 4530120A) - Procedure for Use
VIDAS Pump Tube Cleaner
VIDAS Alignment Tool - Procedure for Use and Realignment
VIDAS Inter-Tray RFV Adjustment

Introduction
This automated test is intended for use on the VIDAS system to detect
abnormal operation of the VIDAS and mini VIDAS instrument pipette
mechanisms.
Aim of the Test

Leak test VIDAS (LEAK) is used to check that the pipette/seal/SPR assembly
is not leaking, as this could affect the results of the biological tests.
The Leak Test VIDAS (LEAK) is a protocol that is used with the kit QCV ref
30706.
NOTE: As the LEAK protocol does not read the QCV strip bar codes, the lot
number (YYMMDD-x) must be keyed into the VIDAS PC software
by the operator.
The test will be completed in approximately 18 minutes.
Principle
The test corresponds to successive aspirations/dilutions of standardized
fluorescent substrate (4-methyl-umbelliferone) solutions with different levels
of concentration. The operations are performed over a defined period of time,
which should be long enough to allow the detection of a leak in the pipette
mechanism.
At the end of the test, only the TV2 ratio of the fluorescence readings is used
to check that the pipette mechanism is operating correctly.
The values obtained must be within the acceptable range defined later in this
procedure.

WARNING
The LEAK Test must only be used by bioMrieux personnel or
operators approved by bioMrieux SA.
The LEAK Test must be run during preventive maintenance
operations, at the frequency indicated by bioMrieux, in each
position of the VIDAS PC or mini VIDAS instrument, or
whenever a pipette mechanism leak is suspected.
The LEAK Test VIDAS CANNOT BE USED WITH A VIDAS
TEXT CONFIGURATION!
The VIDAS or mini VIDAS must meet the conformity
requirements (particularly the mechanical and optical
adjustments) to ensure a correct result is obtained.
The VIDAS LEAK Test must be performed on each position to
ensure that the complete instrument has been checked.
The instrument tested must be equipped with at least the
following software versions:
mini VIDAS: ver. R5.2.0
VIDAS PC: ver. 4.0.0
Do not use the reagents after the expiration date indicated on
the QCV kit label.
Do not dispose of the reagents into the sink as some kit
reagents contain sodium azide which can react with lead or
copper plumbing to form explosive metal azides. If any liquid
containing azide is disposed of in the plumbing system, drains
should be flushed with water to avoid build-up.
It is recommended to wear gloves as if handling biological
tests.
CAUTION
The strips are photosensitive and must be kept in their box to be
protected from light.
For complete operating instructions, see the VIDAS or mini VIDAS
User's Manual.
Storage
Storage temperature: 2 - 8C.
CAUTION
Do not freeze the reagents. Store all unused reagents in their
box at 2 - 8 C.
Do not use the reagents after the expiration date.

If stored according to the recommended conditions, all components are

stable until the expiration date indicated on the label.
Index of Symbols
Symbol Meaning
GB: Catalogue number

US: Catalog number
Manufacturer
Temperature limitation
Use by
Batch code
Consult Instructions for Use
Contains sufficient for <n> tests
Procedure for Use
First Time Use (VIDAS PTC Protocol Data Entry)

When using the assay for the first time, scan the bar code(s) below, using the
VIDAS or mini VIDAS bar code reader and the PTC update function to allow
VIDAS protocol data to update the VIDAS PC (or mini VIDAS) software.
These data should only be read the first time the assay is used, or if
requested by the instrument. With mini VIDAS, the "LEAK" protocol will be
updated by the new one.
NOTE: If the assay name is "New LEAK test" then the protocol has already
been updated.
With VIDAS PC, the complete assay name "New LEAK Test (LEAK)" must be
validated in the software: the previous complete assay name "PIPETTE
LEAK TEST 2 (LEAK)" should no longer be used.

Figure Bar code of the Leak Test
Performing the Assay

1 Insert the QCV SPRs and strips into the instrument. Close all section
doors and tray covers.
2 VIDAS PC: create the work list, type LEAK and indicate the number of
tests to be performed (30).
RUN the test and type in the lot number (YYMMDD-x, see the User's
Manual) when requested.
The instrument will perform all the steps automatically. Print the results.
mini VIDAS: enter the fast code 3278 and select LEAK.
A test will be performed in each position. A report will be printed
automatically.
3 After the test is completed, analyze the results as instructed later in this
procedure.
4 Once interpretation of the results has been validated, dispose of the used
SPRs and strips into an appropriate receptacle.
NOTE: As for QCV assays, to start the LEAK assay for LIS-connected mini
VIDAS, you must unselect the option "Warn about Missing IDs" in
the "LIS User options" menu.
When it is performed, the LEAK assay generates more noise (tray
vibration) than usual assays.
Results
A first reading (reading 1 for VIDAS and R1 for mini VIDAS) is performed
at the beginning of the assay to check that the reagent is intact.
The second reading (reading 2 for VIDAS and R2 for mini VIDAS) is taken
after dilution of the fluorescent substrate (4 MU) solutions. It is used to
check the ability of the pump to pipette properly and should provide an
optical signal close to that of the optical calibrator OPT.
The third reading (reading 3 for VIDAS and R3 for mini VIDAS) is taken
after a strong concentration of 4MU in the SPRs is held over the substrate.

This operation is performed to check that the pipette/seal/SPR assembly

is airtight.
When the test is completed, the computer automatically calculates test
values TV1 (reading2/reading1 ratio) and TV2 (reading3/reading2 ratio)
using the 3 fluorescence readings. The results of these calculations
appear on a report.
Interpretation
The values for TV2, reading 1, and reading 2, must be within the acceptable
ranges indicated below:
Acceptable range for TV2: each position must be 2.
If the result of a particular position is outside the range, then there may be
a leak in the pipette mechanism in this position.
Refer to the solutions chapter.
Acceptable range for reading 1: each position must be between 200 and
500 RFU.
If the result of a particular position is outside the range, then the QCV strip
is not correct:
Repeat the assay using a new QCV strip.
Acceptable range for reading 2: each position must be between 2000 and
4000 RFU.
If the result of a particular position is outside the range, it may be due to
one of the following situations:
The SPR is not inserted into the instrument.
The pump is clogged.
There is an unacceptable level of leak in the pipette mechanism in this
position.
Refer to the solutions.
Solutions
If the results are not acceptable:
Check that the grommet seals are clean and properly positioned and
replace them if necessary.
If the grommet seals are OK, check that the retainer plate is clean and
properly locked.
If the retainer plate is OK, replace the pump assembly. Proceed to the
alignment section.
Perform a LEAK assay to validate the solution. If this operation is
performed during Preventive Maintenance, the final LEAK assay of the
PM procedure will validate the solution.
Limitations of the Method

VIDAS LEAK should only be used to diagnose pipette leakage problems.
It is not a calibrator.
VIDAS LEAK does not diagnose temperature or optical problems.
VIDAS LEAK should only be used to test the VIDAS PC or mini VIDAS
instruments.

mini VIDAS: QCV Assay

To run a QCV (Quality Control Vidas) assay on the mini VIDAS proceed as
follows:
1 Power up the mini VIDAS.
2 Load QCV Reagent Strips into all tray positions, and QCV SPRs into all
SPR compartments. Allow a 20-minute warm-up.
3 At the MAIN MENU, select STATUS SCREEN.
4 Select Display Temperatures. Verify the Tray temperatures are 37C
1.7C and SPR are temperatures are 37C 1.5C.
5 On the keypad, enter 3278 and press the key. The Express Start Menu
appears on the screen (see Figure 1).
6 Select QCV. Starting Section message appears briefly. The Main Menu
will appear and the test starts.
7 Press the Previous Screen key to return to the MAIN MENU.
8 Verify no error messages appear on the screen during the run or printout
after the assay completes.
9 Verify the test printout passes each position in the instrument, indicated by
an OK. If not, verify the "High and Low Volume Pipette" results are within
the range specified in the QC mean report included in the kit.
10 Verify "Optical Read 3" RFV's are within 175 counts of the reported QC
mean report included in the kit.
VIDAS: QCV Assay

To run a QCV (Quality Control Vidas) assay on the VIDAS proceed as
follows:
1 Power up the VIDAS and Computer (if not already ON).
2 Enter the db2bmx login and password.
3 Click on the VIDAS PC icon available in the desktop.
4 Click on the Loading Menu button from the Main Menu.
5 Select QCV and the number of assays to be run in the Sample Input Area,
with the option Reserve selected, and then click on the (Create box icon)
or F10.
6 In the Predefined Section List of the Display of the Analysis Request, the
screen displays the virtual placement of assays, attached to a work list
number.
7 Reserve the section by clicking in the square containing the number of the
working list, and then access to the Loading Plan by clicking on the tool
bar the concerned module to load the samples in the correct position.
8 The operator inserts the strip(s) into the instrument and the SPR's into the
SPR compartment above each strip.
9 On the Loading Plan menu you can either start one section or all reserved
sections at the same time. Click on the Start button.

Purpose & Definition of Terms

This procedure describes the operations necessary to verify:
the accuracy of the trays and SPR blocks temperature for each section of
the VIDAS and mini VIDAS instruments,
the temperature uniformity between the trays and SPR blocks of each
section.
Temperature Tolerances of the VIDAS and MINI VIDAS Analyzers
Trays
The temperature average must be between 36C and 38C.
The value measured on each tray should not vary more than 1C from the
average of all of the trays.
The difference between each tray should be less than 1C.
SPR Blocks
The temperature average must be between 36C and 38C.
The value measured on each SPR block should not vary more than 0.7C
from the average of all of the SPR blocks.
The difference between each SPR block should be less than 0.7C.
Materials
Measurement Instrument
Testing the VIDAS and mini VIDAS temperature requires the uses of a
temperature probe connected to a controller compatible with the probe.
The Bead Weld PT100 or "t" type probe (1 x 2 x 0.5 mm3) without is
protective sheath should have a geometry ensuring a close contact with the
surface of the plates and the shape of the SPRs.
The probe and the controller, when they are associated, must guarantee a
measurement at +/- 0.2C in the interval (35-40C).
Accessories
6 VIDAS reagent strips
6 VIDAS SPRs
thermal adhesive tape
Methodology
Allow the instrument to warn up for 30 minutes before carrying out the
temperature tests.

Testing the Trays Temperatures

1 Place the probe on the tray surface centrally placed in slot 3 of the section
being tested
2 Attach the probe with thermal adhesive tape.
3 Place 6 blank VIDAS strips in all the slots of the tray being tested. Make
sure that the probe does not move.
4 Connect the probe to the controller.
5 Close the SPR doors and tray covers.
6 Allow a few minutes for temperature stabilization.
7 Record the measured temperature.
8 Repeat the same operation for each tray of the instrument (5 trays for
VIDAS and 2 trays for mini VIDAS).
9 Calculate the average of all the trays.
10 Ensure that this average temperature is between 36 C and 38C.
11 Check that the temperature of each tray does not more than 1C from the
average temperature of all the trays.
12 Check that the difference of the temperature between each tray is less
than 1C.
Testing the SPR Blocks Temperatures

1 Take a SPR and cut off 2.5 cm from the tip in order to place and maintain
the probe.
2 Pass the probe through the SPR from the other end and allow the probe to
produce 2.5 cm the cut end of the SPR.
3 Place the SPR with the probe in the 3rd slot of the SPR block being
tested.
4 Place 5 other blank SPRs in the empty slots of the SPR blocks being
tested.
5 Connect the probe to the controller.
6 Close the SPR doors and tray covers.
7 Allow a few minutes for temperature stabilization
8 Record the measured temperature.
9 Repeat the same operation for each SPR block of the instrument (5 SPR
blocks for VIDAS and 2 SPR blocks for mini VIDAS)
10 Calculate the average of all the SPR blocks.
11 Ensure that this average temperature is between 36C and 38C.
12 Check that the temperature of each SPR block does not vary more than
0.7C from the average temperature of all the SPR blocks
13 Check that the difference of the temperature between each SPR block is
less than 0.7C.
Results Sheet

Figure Results sheet

Introduction
The VIDAS pump tester (VPT) should be used by personnel who have been
trained by bioMrieux.
This device is designed to check the diameter of pump tubes, which should
not exceed 0.38 mm (+ 0.02). The operating principle of the pump tester is
based on pressure drop measurement.

Characteristics
Technical Characteristics
Power supply 100 to 240 V ~
Frequency 47 to 63 Hz
Intensity 400 mA
Voltage overload category II
External power supply - output 12 V 1.25 A
Maximum altitude for installation 2,500 meters
Operating temperature 15 to 30 C
Degree of pollution: no. 2 in accordance with ECI 664, 1992.
WARNING
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference
will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and the
receiver.
Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different to the
one on which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for
help.
Presentation of the VIDAS Pump Tester (VPT)

The VPT is divided into 4 parts:
Power Supply.
SPR Manifold which collects the air inside the SPR-stand tubes.
Channel selector and sensor unit which selects one of the measuring
channels and converts the pneumatic signal into an electric signal.
Display module which acquires and processes the electric signal in order
to display the measurement.

Figure Presentation of the VIDAS Pump Tester

Recommendations for Use
CAUTION
The pump tester must be used by personnel who have been
trained by bioMrieux.
Only the power supply provided with the VPT should be used
to ensure the safety of the users and equipment. Use of any
other power supply is forbidden.
In case of power supply failure, return the power supply to
obtain a replacement (see chapter "Procedure for returning the
VPT for metrological testing or maintenance" or obtain a
replacement locally.
During use, the power supply must be easily accessible.
Protective gloves should be worn when cleaning or
decontaminating the VPT and the VIDAS or mini VIDAS
instrument (see chapter "Cleaning and decontamination
procedure").
The pump tester is a measuring instrument which contains
fragile parts, particularly the white tubes connected to each
channel, and the silicone tube connected to the channel
selecting coupler (see chapter "Cleaning and decontamination
procedure").
Prior to use, check that the SPR Manifold unit is clean. There
should be no deposit inside the stainless steel tubes and the
measurement SPRs (see chapter "Cleaning and
decontamination procedure").
The VPT should be HANDLED WITH CARE.
Use the VPT in an environment free from noise and vibrations
(during measurement, move away the centrifuges or any
devices which may generate interference).
Check the coherence of results if the tester is dropped or
knocked and may be damaged. If you have any doubts
concerning the accuracy of results, return the tester for
verification (see chapter "Procedure for returning the VPT for
metrological testing or maintenance") indicating the reason for
return.
NOTE: The VPT is automatically powered off after approximately 13

minutes of use.

Testing the Pumps
CAUTION
The VIDAS or mini VIDAS should be decontaminated according to
the procedure described in the current instrument user's manual.
The VPT device should be decontaminated every 6 months (see
chapter "Cleaning and decontamination procedure").
The VIDAS or mini VIDAS grommets must imperatively be
changed before testing the pumps.
Figure Installation of the VIDAS/ mini VIDAS grommets
CAUTION
Handle the seals with care to guarantee cleanliness and avoid
loss.
Discard any defective seals.
Make sure the seals are correctly positioned in their
compartments before replacing the retainer plate.
NOTE: Check that the power voltage (power network) complies with the
VPT power voltage. Use the "primary plug" corresponding to the
type of power supply used (US or EC power networks).
Connect the VPT components (Figure 3) as follows: connect the channel
selector and sensor unit to the display module () and then, the display
module to the power supply ().
Connect the VPT power supply to the power supply.

Figure Connections
Connect the diagnostics terminal (e.g.: a laptop computer equipped with a

command terminal) to the VIDAS or mini VIDAS instrument.
Open the rear panel of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS module.
Switch the incubator and terminal to "echo" mode.
NOTE: On the VIDAS or mini VIDAS instrument, the SW1 switch should
only be handled after the incubator card has been
DISCONNECTED.
Open the door of section A,B,C,D or E.
Disconnect the "tower motor" on the BIB card (Bay Interface Board).
NOTE: Before moving the tower unit, DISCONNECT the "tower motor".
For the selected section, raise the tower set as high as possible by
manually moving the "tower motor" belt.
Reconnect the "tower motor" to the BIB card.
Install the tester (Figure "Installation of the VIDAS Pump Tester") as
follows:
Place the SPR Manifold on the SPR-stand tubes and make sure it is
correctly positioned on the tubes.
Place the channel selector and sensor unit module on the door.
CAUTION
It is imperative to decontaminate the surface on which you intend
to place the VPT display module.

Place the display module on a section cover or on the bench next to the
instrument.
Figure Installation of the VIDAS Pump Tester
NOTICE
Make sure that none of the tubes are pinched before closing the
door.
Close the door.

Close the rear panel of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS instrument.
Connect the channel selector tube to channel 1.
NOTE: The coupler should be pushed until it is locked into position (see
Figure "Connection of the channel selector tube").
Figure Connection of the channel selector tube

Initializing Measurement
Raise the pump by typing the following command on the terminal
keyboard (diagnosis mode):
motor pump home speed 1 in 300
Press <Enter>.
Lower the pump by typing the following command on the terminal
keyboard:
motor spr speed 1 out 3200
Press <Enter>.
Press the "ON" switch to power on the VPT.
Press the "RESET" switch on the VPT. The "READY" LED comes on.
NOTICE
To avoid incorrect measurement, do not touch the channel
selector tube.
The value displayed on the tester should be 000. If this value differs,
Press the "RESET" switch again.
If the value is still not equal to 000 at 001, the tester is out of service.
NOTE: DO NOT USE THE TESTER BEFORE REPAIR.
To generate pulse,
type the following command on the keyboard terminal:
motor pump out 3 in 3.
NOTICE
The pulse measurement is a sound measurement which should
be performed in a quiet environment. Should any noise occur
during measurement, restart.
Press <Enter>.

Note down the value displayed on the VPT display module. If this value is
less than 110, perform the pulse measurement again. If the second
measurement is still less than 110: note down which channel is involved
and replace the faulty pump.
NOTE: If the pump cannot be replaced immediately, disconnect the section
using the VIDAS or mini VIDAS software.
Delicately move the channel selector tube to the following channel and
perform pulse measurement.
Perform pulse measurement for each section channel.
Switch off the VPT.
Once all channels have been tested, calculate the difference between the
highest and the lowest value. If this difference is greater than 40, check
that the inside of the tubes and pump tester measurement SPRs is clean
(see the procedure for cleaning and decontamination). If the difference
between the channels is still greater than 40, replace the faulty pump.
NOTE: If the pump cannot be replaced immediately, disconnect the section
using the VIDAS or mini VIDAS software.
Raise the tower by typing the following command:
motor spr in 3200
Press <Enter>.
Remove the VPT from the VIDAS or mini VIDAS instrument and close the
door.
Exit the "echo" mode by pressing <Ctrl> <X> on the terminal.
Switch the tested card to "RUN" and the card to be tested to "TEST".
Switch the terminal to "echo" mode.
Perform the "Initializing measurement" and "Measuring pulse" operations
on the subsequent sections until all have been tested.
Once all the sections of the VIDAS or mini VIDAS have been tested, make
sure that all the cards are on "RUN".
Reset all sections by typing the following command on the keyboard
terminal:
rsincs
Disconnect the VIDAS-Terminal diagnostics cable.
Make sure that all sections reset properly.
Before taking any other action, run a QCV (6 positions) on each section
that shows a pressure drop of less than 110 (measured twice in
succession) or a difference between channels greater than 40.
If QCV results are within the acceptable range, inform your local technical
support specialist.
If QCV results are outside the acceptable range, inform the Global
Customer Service within 24 hours (e-mail:
gcs_immunomarcy@biomerieux.com) and also your local technical
support specialist.
Replace each pump presenting a pressure drop of less than 110
(measured twice in succession) (France ref.: 4520652A / U.S ref.:527148-
3).
NOTE: If the pump cannot be replaced immediately, disconnect the faulty

section(s) using the user software.

Screw the rear panel of the instrument back into place.
Run a QCV on each section where the pump has been replaced.
Cleaning and Decontamination Procedure
CAUTION
DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR to clean the "SPR Manifold" or
"Channel selector and sensor unit" of the VPT as this could
damage the pressure sensor. Should this occur, return the VPT for
verification before using it again.
See Procedure for returning the VPT for metrological testing or
maintenance in chapter "Procedure for returning the VPT for
metrological testing or maintenance".
Before Use
Check that the SPR Manifold unit is clean. There should not be any
deposit inside the stainless steel tubes and measurement SPRs. If this is
not the case, return the VPT for maintenance.
Figure Verification of the cleanliness inside the stainless steel tubes and
measurement SPRs
Each Time the VPT is Decontaminated (every 6 months and before

metrological testing or maintenance)
Use a 0.5% solution of Hexanios (product no. 4550747A) (read the
product package insert carefully) on a lint-free cloth, taking care not to
obstruct the inside of the stainless steel tubes.
NOTICE
Only a solution of Hexianos should be used as any other product
could damage the PTV.
Apply the Hexanios solution on the SPR Manifold parts shown in Figure
"Parts to be decontaminated on the VIDAS Pump Tester".

Figure Parts to be decontaminated on the VIDAS Pump Tester
After decontamination,
Wait for 15 minutes, rinse with water and dry before using the VPT again
or before putting it back inside its case.
If necessary,
Clean the display module with a soft cloth dampened with soapy water.
Dry and remove the excess soap with a dry cloth.
Procedure for Returning the VPT for Metrological Testing or Maintenance

For any maintenance or metrology operations, the VPT should be returned
complete and in its case along with the decontamination certificate (see
Figure "Decontamination certificate").
For details, contact your sales administration.
NOTICE
You will be informed of the frequency of metrology operations by a
Technical Note. The owner of the tester is responsible for returning
it for metrological testing on the specified dates.
The tester should not be used after the date determined following
metrological testing.
Figure Decontamination certificate

Pump Tester Verification Date
Scope
The VIDAS Pump Tester used to check the Pump Blocks on VIDAS and mini
VIDAS systems, is verified every year. Currently, we are using the date
indicated on the box label, as a reference, from which we are counting one
year to determine the return to bioMrieux to be verified.
This way is non-compliant with the current regulation anymore.
Information
Due to this, the starting date determining the 1 year countdown, is now
indicated on the Certificate supplied with the VIDAS Pump Tester.
Please do not loose nor discard the Certificate.


A new tool designed to clean the inside of the VIDAS pump tubes is now
available.
The Vidas Pump Cleaner Tool (VPCT) must be used by Field Service
Engineer from or approved by bioMrieux.
You will find attached the Vidas Pump Cleaner Tool procedure for use
(French/English).
New spare parts have been created:
455 0760A Vidas Pump Cleaner Tool (VPCT) (tool case)
451 1404A Pins Drills 40-21 MM for VPCT (set of 6 items)
454 0312A Silicon Tube for Pin (set of 30 items)

Note that:
The Vidas Pump Tester (VPT) must be run before each use of the VPCT.
The purpose of this step is to ensure that all investigations are made in
case of VPT result out of tolerances (see VPT manual for information).
The VPT must be run after each use of the VPCT. The purpose of this step
is to ensure that the pump tube has been correctly cleaned and is in the
tolerance.
The VPT threshold for pump assembly replacement after cleaning is now
set to 160.
The VPT threshold of 110 is still used for initial control. If the result is
lower, a Pipetting System Control Test must be run before any other
action, to verify the section integrity.
Immediately after VPCT cleaning, the Delta > 40 criteria doesn't apply
anymore, as this time the Delta that may occur is due to manufacturing
and not to a start of clogging.
NOTE: It may happen on early pump assembly that the drill bit cannot enter
fully into the pump tube (due to its small internal diameter).
No metrology apply on the VPCT.
In case of failure, the tool can be sent to France (Craponne) for repair after
decontamination following the manual procedure.
Introduction
This chapter presents instructions for the use of the VIDAS Pump Tube
Cleaner (VPCT).
The VPCT was designed to clean VIDAS and mini VIDAS pump tubes.
The VPCT provides cleaning action through a rotating drill bit placed inside
the tubes.
The VPCT must only be used by technicians from or approved by bioMrieux
sa.

Specifications
Technical Specifications
Supply voltage 1.5V =
Intensity 300 mA
Rotation speed 3000 rpm
Environmental Specifications
Operating temperature 15C to 40C (59F to 104F)
Maximum operating altitude 2500 m
Relative humidity 10% to 80% without condensation
Degree of pollution 2, in accordance with IEC 664
Storage temperature -20C to 50C (-4F to 122F)
WARNING
The VPCT is a Class A instrument. It may create radiofrequency
interference in residential areas. The user is responsible for taking
all necessary precautions.
Description
The VPCT consists of:
1 Six micro mega cleaning drill bits (Product no. 4511404A)
2 An insertion guide
3 A motorized tool with handle and rotation control
4 A protective cap for the drill bit
5 A magnetic handle (to facilitate positioning of the guide)
6 Six silicone sleeves (motor/drill bit coupling).

Figure VIDAS Pump Tool Cleaner kit

Operation
Precautions for Use
DANGER
Before using the VPCT, the VIDAS or mini VIDAS system
must be decontaminated in accordance with current
procedures (see the manual provided with instruments).
The VPCT sleeve/drill bit assembly could become
contaminated and must therefore be handled using the
protective cap and pliers. The sleeve/drill bit assembly must be
decontaminated each time it has been used (see
Decontamination of the sleeve/drill bit assembly on this
procedure).
The VPCT tool must be decontaminated each time it has been
used (see Decontamination of the VPCT tool on this
procedure).
Gloves must be worn when operating or decontaminating the
VPCT and its accessories.
For the safety of users and equipment, only an alkaline, 1.5V
AA battery must be used. The use of storage cells or other
power sources is prohibited.
For the safety of users and equipment, only the drill bit
provided by bioMrieux must be used. The use of other drills or
bits is prohibited.
Before operating the VPCT, check that the equipment is clean
and that there is no deposit on the drill bit.
Installation of the Drill Bit on the Motor

Insert the drill bit into the silicone sleeve using pliers (the drill bit should
reach the middle of the silicone sleeve).
Figure Insert the drill bit
Place the sleeve/drill bit assembly on the motor shaft using pliers.

Figure Placing the sleeve/drill bit assembly on the motor shaft
NOTE: The tip of the drill bit must come into contact with the motor shaft.
Leave approximately 0.5 mm of space between the motor body and the
silicone sleeve.
Place the protective cap on the drill bit using pliers.

Figure Placing the protective cap on the drill bit
Cleaning the Pump

NOTE: Perform a preliminary control on the pump using the VIDAS
Pump Tester (PTV).
For any section in which at least one channel gave a result < 110:
Run a "pipetting system control test" on the pipetting system (6 positions)
before taking any other action.
If the "pipetting system control test" results are within the acceptable
range, inform your local technical support specialist.
If the "pipetting system control test" results are outside the acceptable
range, inform the Global Customer Service (GCS) within 24 hours
(GCS email: gcs_immunomarcy@biomerieux.com) and also your local
technical support specialist.
Remove the seal retainer plate.
Check that the six seals have been removed with the seal retainer plate
(remove any remaining seals).
Put the insertion guide into place using the magnetic handle.

Figure Putting the insertion guide into place
Remove the magnetic handle.

Remove the protective cap from the VPCT drill bit.
To check that the drill bit rotates properly:
Briefly operate the VPCT by pressing the button located under the metal
tab.
Position the drill bit under the first pump tube.
Figure Positioning the drill bit
Turn on the VPCT.

Slowly bring the instrument up until it blocks. Then, slowly bring the
instrument back down until the drill bit is completely revealed. This up/
down movement should take approximately 2 seconds.
Repeat this up/down movement twice.

Turn off the VPCT.

Repeat the same operation for each pump tube.
Remove the insertion guide.
Place the 6 pump seals in the seal retainer plate and reinstall the seal
retainer plate in accordance with current procedures.
Close the door.
Repeat the same operation for each section of the instrument.
WARNING
After using the VPCT, put the protective cap back onto the drill bit
using pliers.
Acceptance Criteria
Check that the VIDAS Pump Tester (PTV) has cleaned each position
properly.
If the results for one or more channels in any section are < 160 (results
displayed on PTV):
Remove the PTV.
Re-clean the pumps in the section using the VPCT (see Cleaning the
pump on page 10).
Put the PTV back into place and re-check.
If a channel still shows results < 160:
Replace the sleeve/drill bit assembly and battery on the VPCT,
Clean the pumps again using the VPCT and perform another control using
the PTV.
If a channel still shows results < 160 after it has been cleaned twice in
succession:
Replace the pump.

Additional Procedures
Cleaning and Decontamination
CAUTION
When using Hexanios or any other decontamination solution in the
laboratory, the specifications detailed in the package inserts for
these solutions must be respected.
DANGER
Gloves must be worn when performing decontamination
operations.
Decontamination of the Sleeve/Drill Bit Assembly

NOTE: This operation must be performed each time the sleeve/drill bit
assembly has been used.
Clean the sleeve/drill bit assembly by soaking or wiping it using a lint-free
cloth dampened with Hexanios (Product no. 4550747A) or any other
decontamination solution commonly used in the laboratory.
Wait for 15 minutes and then rinse with demineralized water and dry
before using the sleeve/drill bit assembly or storing it in its case.
NOTE: If deposit cannot be removed, discard the sleeve/drill bit assembly
and replace it in accordance with current laboratory procedures:
needle disposal procedures.
Figure Sleeve drill
Decontamination of the VPCT Tool

NOTE: This operation must be performed each time the VPCT has been
used.
CAUTION
Do not allow any liquid to spill into the motor.
Clean the external surfaces of the VPCT using a lint-free cloth dampened
with Hexanios (Product no. 4550747A) or any other decontamination
solution commonly used in the laboratory.
NOTE: Thoroughly clean around the motor shaft.

Figure Motor shaft
Decontamination of the Insertion Guide

NOTE: This operation must be performed each time the insertion guide has
been used.
Clean the external surface of the insertion guide by soaking or wiping it
using a lint-free cloth dampened with Hexanios (Product no. 4550747A) or
any other decontamination solution commonly used in the laboratory.
Wait for 15 minutes and then rinse with demineralized water. Dry the
insertion guide before using it or storing it in its case.
Battery Replacement
The battery is located in the handle of the tool:
Unscrew and remove the screw that closes the battery compartment.
Open the compartment.
Remove the used battery.
Insert a new battery: respect the correct polarity to ensure the instrument
operates properly.
NOTE: Do not forcibly insert the battery as there is a polarizing slot
mechanism.
Figure Inserting a battery
Close the battery compartment.

Replace the screw that closes the battery compartment and tighten.
CAUTION

Only a battery of the same type (alkaline, 1.5V AA) should be

used for replacement.
Dispose of the used batteries in accordance with current guidelines.
Repair
If repair work is necessary:
Clean and decontaminate the VPCT (see chapter "Cleaning and
Decontamination").
Return the VPCT (without the sleeve/drill bit assembly) in its case with a
completed decontamination certificate (see Figure "Decontamination
certificate").
For details, contact your sales administration.
NOTE: The drill bits are available as spare parts in batches of 6 (Product
no. 4511404A).
The silicone sleeves are available as spare parts in batches of 30 (Product
no. 4540312A).

Using the VIDAS Alignment Tool
Introduction
The VIDAS Alignment Tool should be used by personnel trained by
bioMrieux. It is designed to check SPR block to pump alignment.
Figure SPR block to pump misalignment
To detect misalignment you will need to use a puncher, a SPR that has not
been pierced and an eyepiece for reading the result.
During misalignment verification, the puncher should be installed in place of
the grommet and should mark the top of the non-pierced SPR.

Figure Installing the puncher
Presentation of VIDAS Alignment Tool

The VIDAS Alignment Tool kit (Part number: 4550745A) consists of:
10 punchers (Part number: 4521422A),
1 eyepiece (Part number: 4521423A),
2 sachets containing approximately 250 non-pierced SPRs (Part number:
4550744A).
Figure Presentation of Alignment Tool kit

Precautions for Use
DANGER
You must wear gloves when:
cleaning/decontaminating the instrument
checking alignment of VIDAS/mini VIDAS
cleaning/decontaminating the VIDAS Alignment Tool (see
chapter "Cleaning and Decontamination Procedure").
Opening covers or removing components, except those
maneuverable by hand, may give access to parts that can be
dangerous if touched (electric, thermal, mechanical risks). Any
adjustment, servicing or repair should be performed by a qualified
technician, well aware of the possible risks.
All waste (used SPRs, faulty puncher or eyepiece) should be
disposed of into an appropriate recipient for biological waste and
in accordance with any applicable regulations.
CAUTION
The VIDAS Alignment Tool must be used by personnel who
have been trained by bioMrieux.
Puncher tips are fragile. When not in use, punchers should be
kept in their respective positions in their case.
Do not use alcohol, even if it is diluted, to clean the eyepiece
(see chapter "Cleaning and decontamination procedure").
Prior to use, check that the punchers are clean (see chapter
"Cleaning and decontamination procedure").
Do not use a SPR if its colored label (DOT) is faulty (excess
glue, label has moved or come unstuck).
Do not use a SPR if its colored label (DOT) is pierced or
marked.
Do not use an eyepiece if it is scratched or if the circle has
been partially erased.
Environmental and operating conditions for the VIDAS
Alignment Tool are the same as for the VIDAS and mini VIDAS
instruments.
Checking Alignment
CAUTION
The VIDAS or mini VIDAS instrument must be decontaminated
according to the procedure indicated in the current instrument
user's manual.
The punchers should be decontaminated after each VIDAS or
mini VIDAS instrument check (see chapter "Cleaning and
decontamination procedure").

Spare parts or disposables 1 sachet of 250 non-pierced SPRs (Part number: 4550744A)
Puncher (Part number: 4521422A)
Eyepiece (Part number:4521423A)
6 grommets per section to be checked (FR part number.
4530061D and US part number: 527410-1)
Tools and equipment required 1 command terminal (Emulation on a laptop)

Equipment required to connect the terminal with the VIDAS/mini
VIDAS
1 mirror for checking the position of grommets.
Connect a command terminal, in diagnosis mode, to the VIDAS or mini
VIDAS.
Raise the pump assembly on section A as far as possible to allow the
section door to be opened.
Open door for section A.
Remove the retainer plate (grommet retainer plate).
Remove the 6 retainer plate grommets.
NOTE: Grommets may remain under the pump assembly or fall inside the
VIDAS/mini VIDAS.
Place 2 metal punchers in the spaces intended for the grommets in
positions 1 and 6 (See Figure "Inserting punchers").
Figure Inserting punchers
Insert the retainer plate under the section pump and secure the two
clamps.
Place 2 alignment SPRs in positions 1 and 6 on the SPR liner (See Figure
"Installing alignment SPRs").
Figure Installing alignment SPRs
NOTE: The pictures for this procedure were taken using prototype SPRs
which differ from the ones used in the field.

Carefully close the section door.

When the ": " (under <shell>) prompt appears on the laptop computer,
type the following command: rsinc x
(x = letter corresponding to the section being checked).
The section will reset and the green section status LED will light up.
When the green section status LED goes off, carefully open the door.
NOTE: After opening the door, check the SPR and its colored label (DOT):
if the SPR is no longer in its initial position, re-perform the
operations using another SPR,
if the label (DOT) is scratched, re-perform the operations using
another SPR.
A mark should be visible on the colored label (DOT):
Make note of this mark (which will be of use for realignment).
Rotate the SPRs180 without removing them (See Figure 791).
Figure Alignment SPRs rotated 180
Carefully close the section door.

When the ": " (under <shell>) prompt appears on the laptop computer:
Type the command: rsinc x
(x = letter corresponding to the section being checked).
NOTE: It is possible to run the test simultaneously on all the sections of a
VIDAS system using 10 punchers and 10 SPRs (2 for each section)
and by typing the command "rsincs" on the terminal keyboard.
In the same way, the test can be performed simultaneously on all
the sections of a mini VIDAS using 4 punchers and 4 SPRs.
The section will reset.
When the green section status LED goes off:
Carefully open the door.
NOTE: After opening the door, check the SPR and its colored label (DOT):
the SPR is no longer in it initial position: re-perform the operations
using another SPR,
the label (DOT) is scratched: re-perform the operations using
another SPR.
Remove the SPRs.

Position the eyepiece on the SPRs.
THE TWO MARKS ARE SITUATED INSIDE THE CIRCLE OK

DEFINED BY THE EYEPIECE (See Figure "Reading the
result").
AT LEAST ONE OF THE TWO MARKS IS SITUATED ON Perform Realignment

THE CIRCLE DEFINED BY THE EYEPIECE
(See chapter "Realignment").
AT LEAST ONE OF THE TWO MARKS IS NOT SITUATED
INSIDE THE CIRCLE DEFINED BY THE EYEPIECE.
NOTE: Even if both marks are situated inside the circle, it may be
necessary to perform realignment. In fact, for maximum robustness
of the instrument, the sections must be aligned to be as close to
centre as possible.
Figure Reading the result
DANGER
Used SPRs should be disposed of into an appropriate recipient for
biological waste and in accordance with any applicable
regulations.
Remove the retainer plate.

Remove the two punchers.
Insert 6 new grommets in the retainer plate (See Figure "Grommets
inserted in the retainer plate").
Figure Grommets inserted in the retainer plate

NOTICE
Handle the grommets with care (to guarantee cleanliness and
avoid loss).
Discard any defective grommets.
Make sure the grommets are correctly positioned before replacing
the retainer plate.
Put the retainer plate back into place in the instrument.

Use a mirror to visually check the position of the grommets.
Close the door.
Perform the same operations for all the instrument sections.
Cleaning and Decontamination Procedure
DANGER
Wear gloves when using Hexanios solution.
CAUTION
Do not clean the eyepiece with solutions containing alcohol. Use a
soft cloth, if necessary, dampened with water.
Do not use bleach to clean and decontaminate the VIDAS
Alignment Tool.
Do not use a cloth when cleaning and decontaminating the
punchers.
Before Use
Check that the punchers are clean. There should not be any deposit inside
the puncher cones.

Figure Verification of cleanliness inside puncher cones
After Use
Decontaminate the punchers using a 0.5% Hexanios solution (read the
product package insert carefully). Use a sponge, taking care not to create
a deposit inside the puncher cones.
After decontamination,
Wait for 15 minutes, rinse with water and dry before using the tools or
putting them back inside their case.
If necessary,
Clean the eyepiece with a soft cloth dampened with water.
Realignment
Prerequisite
This procedure should only be performed by personnel trained to service
VIDAS/mini VIDAS systems.
Diagnosis tool VIDAS Alignment Tool
Spare parts and disposables Ball plunger

(FR part number: 4510828A and US part number: 338103-1)
Striker plate
(FR part number: 4520686A and US part number: 527494-1)
Machined Slide block
(FR part number: 4520630B and US part number: 527367-2)
Flat washer
(US part number: 312701-101)
Introduction
This operation should be performed when AT LEAST ONE OF THE TWO
MARKS IS NOT SITUATED INSIDE THE CIRCLE DEFINED BY THE
EYEPIECE or AT LEAST ONE OF THE TWO MARKS IS SITUATED ON THE
CIRCLE DEFINED BY THE EYEPIECE during reading of the result (see
section Checking Alignment available in this procedure).
NOTE: Even if all the marks are situated inside the circle, it may be
necessary to perform realignment. In fact, for maximum robustness
of the instrument, the sections must be aligned to be as close to
centre as possible.
To correct (or improve) SPR block to pump alignment, make note of the
direction of misalignment: left/right, in/out or a combination of both.
NOTE: Misalignment may also be greater on one side than on the other
(positions 1 and 6).

Checking Slide Block Alignment

Remove the 2 Slide block pins that hold the SPR block to the door.
CAUTION
When handling the SPR block, be careful not to damage the
electric cables.
Position the SPR block on the locator plate as shown in Figure 10. Make
sure the SPR block is centered over the hole in the locator plate. (The
Heater Pad Cover will rest on the Locator plate behind the hole and the
Slide block feet will rest on the Locator plate in front of the hole).
Figure Position of SPR block (view inside the VIDAS)
Figure Orientation of SPR block
Press down on liners 1 and 6 as shown in Figure "Checking Slide block

position" below, to determine if the SPR block sits flat on the Locator plate
or if it rocks from corner to corner.
If the SPR block sits flat on the Locator plate, reattach the SPR block to
the door with the Slide block pins. Proceed to the section Checking Tower
Phasing in this procedure.
If the SPR block rocks from corner to corner, make note of the direction
the SPR block rocks: left-front to right-rear or right-front to left-rear.
NOTE: The front of the SPR block faces the user.
Figure Checking Slide block position

Loosen one of the two screws holding the Slide Block as indicated in
Figure "SPR block rocks left-front to rear-right" or Figure "SPR block rocks
right-front to left-rear" below.
Move that side of the SPR block up or down as appropriate to eliminate
the rocking of the SPR block on the Locator plate and retighten the screw.
Recheck for rocking.
If you are unable to eliminate the rocking by adjusting this side of the Slide
block, loosen the other screw on the slide block and try adjusting that side
of the Slide block up or down as needed to eliminate the rocking and
retighten the screw.
Recheck again for rocking.
Figure SPR block rocks left-front to rear-right
Figure SPR block rocks right-front to left-rear

Checking Tower Phasing

See chapter "5. Maintenance".
Recheck alignment using the VIDAS Alignment Tool.
If alignment is centered, perform procedure "QCV After Realignment".
If alignment is not centered, perform procedure "Correcting Left/Right
Misalignment".
Correcting Left/Right Misalignment

Remove the two Slide block pins that hold the SPR block to the door.
Loosen the two cross-headed screws that hold the Slide block in place
(see Figure "Slide block pins").
Figure Slide block pins
Move the Slide block left or right as required to correct the left/right
misalignment of this section.
Hold the Slide block up as far as possible and retighten the two screws.
NOTE: If the Alignment Tool indicated that the SPR block was too far to the
right, move the Slide block to the right to compensate for this.
If the Tool indicated the SPR block was too far to the left, move the
Slide block to the left.
Check Slide block alignment (see section "Checking Slide Block
Alignment").
Reinstall the two Slide block pins that hold the SPR block to the door and
tighten.

After Correcting Left/Right Misalignment

Inspect the condition of the nylon Ball plunger.
Replace the Ball plunger (FR part number: 4510828A and US part
number: 338103-1) if the ball is damaged or missing.
Adjust the Ball plunger if necessary (See Figure "Adjusting the Ball
plunger").
Figure Adjusting the Ball plunger
NOTE: The nylon ball must not be compressed more than 50-75% when
contacting the flat portion of the Striker plate. The metal body of the
Ball plunger should never scrape the flat area of the Striker plate.
If the Striker plate looks worn or has a groove caused by scraping or
wear from the Ball plunger, then replace the Striker plate (FR part
number: 4520686A and US part number: 527494-1).
After the Ball Plunger has been Verified/Adjusted

Verify it holds the SPR door securely at both detent positions (fully closed
and open half way).
If the offset between the Liner housing and Slide block has caused the Striker
plate to bend (see Figure "Striker plate"):
Correct the offset by inserting flat washers (US part number: 312701-101)
on the two attachment screws between the Striker plate and the door.
Figure Striker plate
After left/right misalignment has been corrected, recheck alignment (see

section "Checking Alignment").
If the left/right alignment is still not centered, repeat the left/right procedure for
correcting misalignment.

After left/right misalignment has been corrected and/or Ball plunger adjusted:
Proceed to correction of in/out misalignment if required (see section
"Correcting Left/Right Misalignment").
or if left/right and in/out alignments are correct:
Perform QCV (see section "QCV After Realignment").
Correcting In/Out Misalignment
CAUTION
The following in/out misalignment correction steps must be
performed in the order indicated in this procedure.
1 Step 1: Inspecting the condition of the Ball plunger.

If the condition of the Ball plunger has not been checked, follow the
procedure "Correcting Left/Right Misalignment", more precisely the nylon
plunger ball adjustment.
2 Step 2: Aligning Tower drive bearing retainers.
Remove upper front trim (plate with LEDs).
Disconnect power from the Tower motor (J9 connector B.I.B. board).
Manually raise the pump until the Tower drive nuts (grey plastic) are just
below the Tower plate without touching the plate (see Figure "Position of
Tower drive nuts").
Figure Position of Tower drive nuts
Loosen the screws holding the tower motor and loosen the Tower drive
belt.
Loosen the screws holding the Tower drive bearing retainers (diamond-
shaped plates holding the Tower bearings).
If the Alignment Tool indicated the pump as too far out (forward) relative to
the SPR block:
Push both retainers rearward as far as they will go and retighten the 4
Bearing retainer screws (see Figure "Adjusting the position of Tower drive
bearing retainers").
If the tool indicated the pump as too far in (back) relative to the SPR block:

Push both retainers forward as far as they will go and retighten the 4
Bearing retainer screws (see Figure "Adjusting the position of Tower drive
bearing retainers").
Figure Adjusting the position of Tower drive bearing retainers
Readjust Tower drive belt tension.

Recheck Tower phasing as per the VIDAS/mini VIDAS Service Manual.
Recheck SPR block to pump alignment using the VIDAS Alignment Tool.
If the in/out alignment is centered as desired, perform the procedure "QCV
After Realignment").
If the in/out alignment is still not centered, replacement of the Slide block will
be necessary (see "Step 3: Changing the type of Slide block").
3 Step 3: Changing the type of Slide block
Remove the SPR block from the door (see "Correcting Left/Right
Misalignment").
Inspect the Slide block on the SPR block assembly to determine if it is the
molded version (FR part number 4520630A and US part number 527483-
1) or the machined version (FR part number 4520630B and US part
number 527367-2).
Figure Types of slide blocks

NOTE: "Molded" slide blocks (used in the majority of new instruments) may
bend and cause SPR block to pump misalignment (too far "back"
relative to the pump).
In case of misalignment:
Replace the molded SPR block with a machined version.
NOTE: If the SPR block is a "machined" version, follow "Step 4: Replacing
Door assembly" below.
Recheck alignment using the VIDAS Alignment tool.
If the alignment is centered, perform "QCV After Realignment".
If alignment is not centered, replace the Door assembly (see "Step 4:
Replacing Door assembly").
4 Step 4: Replacing Door assembly
NOTE: Before continuing, check all the other sections in order to remove
the door retainer screw once only.
Remove and replace the Door assembly for the required section (FR part
number: 4521229A and US part number: 527217-1).
Recheck alignment using the VIDAS Alignment Tool.
If alignment is centered, perform QCV after realignment (see page 25).
NOTE: If, after you have performed the in/out misalignment correction
steps, the in/out alignment is still not centered, contact your local
bioMrieux technical support specialist.
QCV After Realignment

Cycle power on the instrument to reset it.
Test the instrument by running QCV (Quality Control Test (Ref.: 30500))
on all the sections.
Table of Spare Parts
Part numbers
FR US
VIDAS Alignment Tool kit 4550745A
Puncher 4521422A
Eyepiece 4521423A
Sachet containing approximately 250 4550744A

non-pierced SPRs
Pump grommet 4530061D 527410-1
Ball plunger 4510828A 338103-1
Striker plate 4520686A 527494-1
Flat washer 312701-101
Machined SPR block 4520630B 527367-2

Part numbers
Door assembly 4521229A 527217-1
QCV 30706


In case you proceed to an inter-tray RFV adjustment, we remind you that it is
mandatory to previously adjust tray to scan head gapping for all sections,
according to the chapter "Tray Sensor on Blue and Grey Systems". This
precaution will avoid any drift in tray position which can lead to false RFV
readings.
If you have previously made inter-tray adjustment without checking each tray
individually, we recommend you to proceed to a verification during next

8. Spare Parts And Consumables
1 8. Spare Parts And Consumables

Spare Parts Compatibility And Accessories
Printers
Cables
Fuses

mini VIDAS and VIDAS (Grey and Blue) - Spare Parts Compatibility Table
Legend
X Suitable
NOT Suitable
nn Suitable with restrictions, indicated as comment or footnote (nn)
P/N Designation VIDAS VIDAS MINIVIDAS MINI VIDAS

BLUE GREY BLUE GREY
19600490 1,5 A NANO FUSE X 4 X 4
19600491 3A NANO FUSE X 6 X 6
6200004 CABLE LCD DISPLAY - VIC BOARD X
6200005 MICROFUSE 5A VIC-BOARD X X
6200006 MINI VIDAS GREY PM FSE KIT X
6200007 VIDAS & MINI VIDAS SEALS KIT X X X X
6200085 BRACKET LOCKING DOOR X X
6200101 CLIP FUSEHOLDER X
45151004 KIT VIC PRINTER ADAPTER BOARD 8
45151005 VIC BOARD+PRINTER CABLE 9
45151006 MINI VIDAS VIC BOARD 14
45151007 PRINTER ASSY X
45151009 TRAY ASSY X X X X
45151011 HARNESS PRINT CTRL/CPU + FERR. X 11
45151028 STRIP ROOM +STRIP ROOM COVER X
45151029 NEW PWR SUPP.FAN WIR.+FIX PINS X
45151031 DISPLAY ASSY X
45151034 MINI VIDAS SCANNER CABLE X 2
192800-0003 FUSE, PBC, 3A 125V X X
192800-0015 FUSE, PBC, 1,5A 125V X X
192810-1500 FUSE, MDA, 1.5A, 250V X X
192817-1600 FUSE, GDS, 1.6A, 250V X X X X

P/N Designation VIDAS VIDAS VIDAS MINI VIDAS

MINI
BLUE GREY BLUE GREY
192818-0003 FUSE, PLUG-IN, SUB-MINI, 3 AMP
330711-0001 LEVELING FOOT, 5/16-18 X X X X
332504-0001 GUIDE WHEELS, 0.1875 ID X X X X
332505-0001 BUSHING, ADJUST ADAPTER X X X X
332506-0001 BUSHING, STATION ADAPTER X X X X
333603-0001 BELT, TIMING, 0.08P, 180GR X X X X
333606-0001 BELT, TIMING, 0.08P, 165GR X X X X
335205-0002 PULLEY, 2 FLNG, 16 GROOVE X X X X
335206-0001 PULLEY, 2FLNG, 32GR X X X X
335211-0001 PULLEY, 2FLNG, 36GR X X X X
337021-1 SPRING, COMP, 4,8 LB/IN X X X X
338103-0001 PLUNGER, NYL BALL, 1/4-20 X X X X
4500314A DOOR SENSOR A. X X X X
4500316A SENSOR ASSY TWR TRAY PUMP X X X X
4500317A SCANNER SENSOR ASSY X X X X
4500388A LED ASSEMBLY, SECTION X X
4500394A POWER SUPPLY PCB ASSY, V12 X
4500421A POWER SUPPLY, SWITCHING X X
4500422A FLASH TRIGGER PCB ASSY X X X X
4500423A BAY INTERFACE PCB ASSY X X X X
4500428A RAM BATTERY VIC BOARD X X
4500510A SPEAKER ASSEMBLY X X
4510000012-1 RETAINER PLATE SPRINGS X X X X
4510000048-1 END CAP - LEFT HAND X X
4510000050-1 END CAP - RIGHT HAND MINI VIDAS X X
4510000066-1 DUST COVER, VIDAS BLUE X X
4510000067-1 BALLAST, VIDAS PUMP X X X X
4510000073-1 RETAINER PLATE SEAL, CAST X X X X
4510000076-1 P.M. KIT VIDAS-MINI VIDAS MINI X X

VIDAS-BLUE

P/N Designation VIDAS VIDAS MINIVIDAS MINI VIDAS

BLUE GREY BLUE GREY
4510000077-1 KIT VIC PRINTER ADAPTER BOARD 8
4510000078-1 VIC BOARD+PRINTER CABLE 9
4510000079-1 MINI VIDAS VIC BOARD X 14
4510000080-1 RAM Battery VIC board X
4510000081-1 Fuse 5Amps X
4510573A MOTOR ASSY, VEXTA X X X X
4510574A MOTOR ASSY, LIN, SONCEBOZ X X X X
4510575A FAN ASSY, H.V.P.S. X
4510633A CABLE, BIB INTERCONNECT X X X X
4510736A LCD DISPLAY ASSY, OPTREX X
4510798A BAR CODE READER ASSY X X X X
4510801A H.V. POWER SUPPLY X X X X
4510829A RFI FILTER ASSY X X
4511079A PRINTER ASSEMBLY, FUJITSU X
4511085A PCB, THERMAL PRINTER X X
4511379A CABLE ASSY, E-CHAIN, V12 X
4511404A PIN DRILLS 40-21MM X X X X
45151042A GAGE BELT TENSION ADJ. X X X X
45151044A DOOR/LINER GUIDE ASSY X X
45151048A SENSOR ASSY SCANNER TRAY X X X X
45151054A LINER SUPP.FOR DOOR/LINER GUID X X X X
45151057A KEYPAD WITH SUPPORT X
45151068A DISPLAY TIANMA X
45151069A KEYPAD WITH SUPPORT ARKAY X
4520628A DUST COVER X X
4520631A RETAINER PLATE, SEAL, CAST X X X X
4520651A PLATE DUST COVER X X
4520652A PUMP/ACTUATOR ASSY, CAST X X X X
4520787A BRACKET, SOLID STANDARDS X X X X
4520788A NUT-TOWER X X X X


MINI
BLUE GREY BLUE GREY
4521422A PUNCHERS (REFILL FOR 4550745A) X X X X
4521423A EYEPECE FOR ALIGNMENT TOOL X X X X
4530120B PUMP TESTER (REFURB) X X X X
4530120C VIDAS PUMP TESTER (NOT UL) X X X X
4530120CR VIDAS PUMP T. REFURB. (NOT UL) X X X X
4540312A SILICONE TUBE FOR PIN X X X X
4550231A BAR CODE TEST STRIP X X X X
4550255A SENSOR ALIGNMENT TOOL X X X X
4550258A GAGE, VIDAS TOWER ALIGNMENT X X X X
4550267A GAGE, TOWER PHASING X X X X
4550268A GAGE, PULLEY BARCODE RDR ALG X X X X
4550283A STANDARD, SLD REF, 3150-3350 X X X X
4550284A KIT REFLECTOR X X X X
4550626A OUTIL, BOMBE DECOLNET 500ML X X X X
4550727A DISPLAY ENCLOSURE X
4550744A SPRS (X250) FOR 4550745A X X X X
4550745A VIDAS, ALIGNMENT KIT X X X X
4550760A VIDAS PUMP CLEANER X X X X
526101-0005 POWER SUPPLY ASSY X
526101-0007 POWER SUPPLY ASSY 12
526104-0003 TOROID AC POWER ASSY 13
526207-0001 LEAD SCREW, SCANNER X X X X
526218-0001 DOOR, PAPER HOLDER X
526219-0001 KEYPAD ASSY X X
526222-0001 POST, PAPER ROLL X X
526237-0001 PLATE, SLD REF STD RET X X X X
526238-0001 PAPER HOLDER X
526800-0001 INCUBATOR SERIAL COM. CABLE X X
526801-0001 CABLE, SCANNER/PROCESSOR X X
526806-0001 CABLE, PCB POWER X X


MINI
BLUE GREY BLUE GREY
526815-0001 HARNESS, PRINTER POWER X X
527132-0001 TRAY DRIVE ASSY X X X X
527151-0015 SCANNER/CARRIAGE ASSY, V12 1 X
527164-0001 SHIELD, PLATE INSULAT. ASSY X X X X
527300-0001 GEAR, TRAY DRIVE X X X X
527334-0001 GEAR-PIVOT PLATE X X X X
527340-0003 NUT, SCANNER X X X X
527352-0001 LEFT HAND END CAP X
527358-0002 RIGHT HAND END CAP X
527367-2 SLIDE BLOCK X X X X
527410-0001 SEAL, PUMP X X X X
527494-0001 STRIKER PLATE X X X X
527807-0001 SERIAL CABLE X X 7 7
527813-0001 CABLE, MOTOR EXTENSION X X X X
VD0128-1 MINI VIDAS SCANNER HEAD ASSY 1 1 X 1
VD0128-1R MINI VIDAS SCAN. HEAD ASSY REF 1 1 X 1
VD1013-1 LEFT HAND END COVER X X
VD1015-1 RIGHT HAND END COVER X X
VD1055-1 MOTOR TRAY SPRING X X X X
VD6003-1 POWER SUPPLY V12 BLUE X
6200595 SCANNER BOARD ASSY X 5 X 5
6200594 INCUBATOR BOARD ASSY X 3 X 3
Footnotes
1 Cable needs to be replaced.
2 Only with Scanner Head VD0131-1 and Scanner board 6200595 or higher installed.
3 Firmware version must be identical to other Incubator boards (old version of EPROM can be
recovered from replaced board if necessary).
4 Only with incubator board 6200594 and Scanner board 6200595 or higher installed.
5 The incubator boards must be equipped with Firmware version 3.10 or higher.

Footnotes
6 Only with incubator board 6200594 or higher installed.
7 Adapter to allow communication between Scanner board and Laptop serial port (J7-db25).
8 For SEIKO printers installed.
9 For old FUJITSU printers installed (black lever).
10 Only use the VIC board.
11 Only if the VIC board already installed in the mini VIDAS grey is 45151006.
12 Only validated for Incubator boards ref. 527720-3 or 6200594. Transformer providing
22VAC.
13 Only validated for Power Supply Assy 562101-0007.
14 Only if the ref. 45151004 or 45151005 has been previously installed.
15 Only with Scanner board 6200595 or higher installed.

Printers
Printers
LEXMARK Consumables References
Scope
The LEXMARK E352dn printer delivered by bioMrieux may not be available
in certain countries. Due to that and as a consequence, the dedicated
consumables are also not available in those countries.
For countries NOT listed below, the standard part number of the
consumables for the LEXMARK E352dn must be ordered as usual, according
to the references of LEXMARK.
NOTE: The LEXMARK E360dn printer is not impacted by this particular
situation.
Information
The dedicated consumables for this printer may be replaced by compatible
consumables supplied and referenced by LEXMARK.
These compatible consumables having the same characteristics as the
dedicated ones will not downgrade the printer performances and
characteristics.
For the following countries (and only for these) the compatible Cartridge and
Photoconductor part number must be ordered at LEXMARK supplier:
Country Cartridge Photoconductor
Afghanistan E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Australia E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Bangladesh E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Bhutan E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Burney E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
China / Taiwan E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Korea E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
India E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Indonesia E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Laos E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Malaysia E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Mongolia E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Myanmar E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Nepal E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
New Zealand E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Pakistan E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G

Printers
Country Cartridge Photoconductor
Philippines E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Seychelles E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Singapore E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Sri Lanka E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Thailand E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
Vietnam E250A11P or E250A21P E250X22G
HP 1320 Specifications and Consumables
HP Laser Jet 1320n Specifications
Speed/monthly volume
Print speed, black Up to 22 ppm

(best quality mode)
First page out, black Less than 8.5 sec
Processor speed 133 MHz
Print quality / technology
Print technology Laser
Print quality, black Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi
Paper handling / media
Paper trays, std. 1 (plus single-sheet input slot)
Paper trays, max. 1 (plus single-sheet input slot)
Input capacity, std. Up to 250 sheets
Input capacity, max. Up to 250 sheets
Output capacity, std. Up to 125 sheets
Output capacity, max. Up to 125 sheets
Media types Paper (plain, recycled, light, heavy, bond, rough), heavy media,
envelopes, transparencies, labels, cardstock

Printers
Memory / print languages
Memory, std. 16 MB
Memory, max. 144 MB
Memory slots One 100-pin DIMM
Hard disk None
Print languages, std. HP PCL 6, HP PCL 5e, Postscript Level 2 emulation with automatic
language switching
Connectivity
Connectivity, std. USB 2.0 compatible port, HP Jetdirect Fast Ethernet Embedded Print
Server
Connectivity, opt. HP Jetdirect external print servers; HP wireless print servers; Bluetooth
wireless printer adapter; HP Jetdirect 170x, 175x, 300x, 380x, 500x (for
Fast Ethernet) Print Server; HP Jetdirect en3700 Fast Ethernet Print
Server; HP Jetdirect ew2400 802.11g Print Server
Print drivers, std. HP PCL 6, HP PCL 5e, Postscript Level 2 emulation
Dimensions / weight
Dimensions (w x d x h) 13.78 x 13.98 x 10.03 in
Weight, U.S. 24.7 lb
What's in the box
What's in the box HP LaserJet 1320n Printer, HP LaserJet print cartridge, Getting Started
Guide, CD (includes software and User's Guide), HP Jetdirect Fast
Ethernet Embedded Print Server, power cord, 250-sheet input tray,
USB cord, Ethernet Cord
Software included HP printer software on CD-ROM includes HP installer/uninstaller,

drivers (HP PCL 5e, HP PCL 6, Postscript Level 2 emulation), HP
Toolbox for diagnostic status and configuration, HP Embedded Web
Server, control panel simulator, help, documentation
For more information regarding the specifications, you could visit the HP Web
Site: www.hp.com.

Printers
Warranty
The contract is a one year standard warranty provided by the manufacturer.
Please contact your HP local support in case of problem.
Consumables
You will find hereunder the cartridge consumables reference that the
customer could order:
Figure Consumables
HP Business Inkjet 1100d Printer (C8124A) - Specifications and Warranty
Specifications and Warranty
Speed/monthly volume
print speed, black -- draft mode (pages per minute) Up to 23 ppm
print speed, black -- normal mode (pages per minute) Up to 7.5 ppm
print speed, black -- best quality mode (pages per minute) Up to 4 ppm
print speed, color-- draft mode (pages per minute) Up to 20 ppm
print speed, color -- normal mode (pages per minute) Up to 7 ppm
print speed, color -- best quality mode (pages per minute) Up to 4 ppm
recommended monthly volume, maximum 6250 pages
print technology HP Thermal Inkjet
print quality, black Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi (up to 1200 x 1200 dpi rendered black text on
inkjet paper)

Printers
print quality, color Up to 4800 x 1200-optimized dpi color printing on premium photo
papers, 1200 x 1200-input dpi
resolution technology Resolution Enhancement technology
Paper handling / media
Paper trays, std. std: 2
Paper trays, max. up to 2 input trays
Input capacity, std. 400 sheets
Input capacity, max. 400 sheets
standard envelope capacity 22
Output capacity, std. up to 80 sheets
Output capacity, max. up to 80 sheets
duplex printing Automatic (standard)
media sizes, std. Letter, legal, executive, No. 10 envelopes, Monarch envelopes
media sizes, custom Tray 1: 3 x 5 to 8.5 x 14 in; Tray 2: not supported
media type Copier, bond, recycled, multipurpose, premium inkjet, premium inkjet
heavy weight, premium transparency, premium photo paper, photo
paper, professional brochure (matte and glossy), cards and envelopes
media weight, recommended 16 to 145 lb
Memory / print languages / typefaces
Memory, std. 8 MB
Memory, max. 8 MB
Print languages, std. HP High Performance ArchitectureTM PCL3
Connectivity
Connectivity, std. USB port, HP Jetdirect 200m
Connectivity, optional HP Jetdirect LIO internal print servers, HP Jetdirect external print
servers
macintosh compatible Yes

Printers
Dimensions / weight / warranty
Dimensions (w x d x h) 19.48 x 17.95 x 10.94 in
Weight 25.5 lb
warranty, std. One-year limited hardware and software warranty; 24-hour, 7 days a
week phone, e-mail and Web support
Ink Cartridge Ref. (http://www.hp.com for more information)
Cyan C4836AN
Black C4844A
Magenta C4837AN
Yellow C4838AN
HP LaserJet 2015dn
Consumables
Item Description or use Order number
Print cartridges for the HP Smart print Replacement print Cartridges for Q7553A
LaserJet P2015 Series printer cartridges the HP LaserJet P2015 Series (3000 pages)
printer
Q7553X
(7000 pages)
Warranty
The contract is a one year standard warranty provided by the manufacturer.
Please contact your HP local support in case of problem.

Cables
Cables
Null-modem Cable (Ref. 451 1251A)
Figure Null-modem cable connection diagram
VIDAS PC Host Cable (Ref. 93426)

Cable RS232 DB9(Female) DB25(Male)
Length 3 meters
Plugs pin out.
Figure VIDAS PC Host Cable

Fuses
Fuses
mini VIDAS Fuses List
Designation Picture if Part # Alt. Part # Instrument Location

available
FUSE, 5X20 192817-1600 4510816A Grey Back of the

1.6A 250V SB instrument
FUSE, 4.0 AT NA NA Blue Back of the

instrument
FUSE, PBC, 192800-0015 4510587A Grey Incubator and

1.5A 125V scanner boards
(motors)
1.5 A NANO 19600490 Blue Incubator and

FUSE scanner boards
(motors)
FUSE, PBC, 3A 192800-0003 4510586A Grey Incubator

125V boards (heaters)
3A NANO FUSE 19600491 Blue Incubator

boards (heaters)
FUSE, PLUG- 192818-0003 4510734A Grey Power Board

IN, SUB-MINI, 3
AMP
FUSE, PLUG- 192818-0005 4510733A Grey Power Board

IN, SUB-MINI, 5
AMP
FUSIBLE, 6X32 MOTORS MINI 4510815A Grey Power Board

8A TEMPO VIDAS
FUSE, 3.2 NA NA Grey PS1 Board
Pinout Serial to IF Terminal (Ref. 186009-1)

Fuses
Figure Pinout Serial to IF Terminal

9. Optional bioMrieux Equipment
1 9. Optional bioMrieux Equipment

VIDAS Heat And Go - INDUSTRY

Figure VIDAS Heat And Go
What is the VIDAS Heat And Go?

The VIDAS Heat And Go is a dry bath heater especially designed to heat
VIDAS strips in order to increase the accessibility to antigens.
This will be used by the current VIDAS and mini VIDAS Industry customers,
private and public external labs and food industries in their protocol to carry
out microbiological test for food, environment and feed.
The objective is to replace the current procedure involving a boiling water
bath and reduce the pipetting steps.
This step called "thermization", concerns the following VIDAS Industry kits:
SLM, ECO, CAM, LIS, LSX and LDUO.
The VIDAS Heat And Go is very easy to operate. It is composed of 3
different parts:

Figure VIDAS Heat And Go parts
The user interface consists of:

a LED panel that displays temperature of the heating plate of the DB3-D
3 indicators: Power ON / Heating indicator / Over-temperature indicator
3 buttons to allow calibration of the heating block and verification of the set
temperature.
1 button for the reset of over-temperature sensor
Figure VIDAS Heat And Go user interface

Figure VIDAS Heat And Go backside
You will find more details in the User's Manual

"MU_4501_1614_en_A_VIDAS_HEAT_AND_GO.pdf" available in the GCS
portal. This is also delivered with the instrument.
Product references
VIDAS HEAT AND GO 110V P/N 93554
CD User Manual VIDAS Heat And Go P/N 93557

This part is a CDROM containing the User's Manual and general warnings in
different languages. This part is integrated in VIDAS Heat and Go
packaging. A user's quick guide is also provided inside the packaging and in
the CDROM.
Accessories and Consumables

There is no accessories and consumables associated to the VIDAS Heat
and Go.
Contacts for Technical Support Assistance

Global Customer Service, Knowledge Center 2 - Immunoassays
Phone: +33 478 87 21 10
Fax: +33 478 87 20 80
E-mail: gcs_immunomarcy@biomerieux.com
Figure VIDAS Heat and Go technical communications, questions and

complaints flow

Training and Installation

No specific training for the FSE is needed to support the VIDAS Heat and
Go due to the simplicity of conception and use of the instrument and no repair
on the field (in case of defective instrument, exchange it by a new one).
The level of information contained in the User's Manual and in the User's
Quick Guide is enough for the FSE and customers solve any issue on the
instrument.
As you can see hereunder, the User's Quick Guide doesn't need any
translation.
Figure VIDAS Heat And Go User's Quick Guide
MOVEX Codification
NOTE: VIDAS Heat and Go: by default C11 but you can change to C09co
Error Cause Short Designation Long Designation
A0001 GENERAL QUESTIO GENERAL QUESTIONS
A0002 OPERATOR ERROR OPERATOR ERROR
A0003 SAFETY HAZARD SAFETY HAZARD
A0004 OPERATOR INJURY OPERATOR INJURY
A0005 OPERATOR DEATH OPERATOR DEATH
A0015 SHIPPING DAMAGE SHIPPING DAMAGE (BREAKAGE...)
B36 CONTAMINATION CONTAMINATION
C0051 DISPLAY/SCREEN DISPLAY/SCREEN PROBLEM

Error Cause Short Designation Long Designation
C0089 ERROR MESSAGE OVER TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
C0090 CALIBRATION CALIBRATION FAILURE
C0118 S/W BUG PB FIRMWARE
C0141 CPU BOARD PB CPU BOARD PROBLEM
C0157 KEYPAD FAILURE KEYPAD FAILURE
C0159 LED ERROR LED ERROR
C0162 MECHANICAL PROB MECHANICAL PROBLEM
C5005 POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY PROBLEM
C5006 FUSE/SWITCH FUSE,SWITCH PROBLEM
C5017 INITIALISATION INITIALISATION ERROR
C5037 INUNDATION INUNDATION
D10 INCOR INSTR SET INCORRECT INSTRUMENT SETTING
99999 MISCELLANEOUS MISCELLANEOUS
WTO - Where to Order Document

The Where To Order after release is available in the GCS Portal for all the
subsidiaries. This document is maintained by the Global Supply Chain and
mentions the distribution and order flow for the VIDAS Heat and Go, which
has to be followed by the subsidiaries.
Warranty
Warranty period: 36 months after shipment of the VIDAS Heat and Go from
bioMrieux Instrumentation Distribution Platform.
Defective instruments under warranty have to be returned directly to the
bioMrieux Instrumentation Repair and Distribution Platform.
To return a defective instrument under warranty:
Fill the document: CFO0141R00 AUTHORIZATION REQUEST FOR
INSTRUMENT RETURN Implemented 01DEC2006.doc
Follow the instructions provide by the Sales Administration department.
Return the equipment in is original packaging with all the parts associated to
the unit.
Figure VIDAS Heat and Go Instrument Repair Flow

Spare Parts
There is no spare parts linked to the VIDAS Heat and Go.
Metrology
BioMrieux recommends to the customer to perform a temperature
verification every 3 months. The control/adjustment procedure is described in
the user manual provided with the VIDAS Heat and Go.
There's no spare parts available, no curative action on the field.
Temperature Verification
An additional control of temperature has to be performed once a year
(preferably during VIDAS/mini VIDAS preventive maintenance).
Tools
The temperature verification must be performed with Bioblock LNT100KC
thermometer with wired thermocouple or with any other thermometer in
combination with wired thermocouple probe (example: Testo 925 / Testo 110
with radio handset linked to a thermocouple.).
The uncertainty of this tool must be less than 1C. The tool must be under
metrology control.
Method
The VIDAS Heat and Go must be powered-on for 1 hour before measuring
the temperature.
Verify that the consignee temperature is set to 131,0C (press on the
<set> button).
Put the probe inside calibration hole located in the aluminum heating
tower.
Wait for temperature reading stability (depending on thermometer used).
Note the temperature on the certificate in Appendix 1.
If the temperature is correct (between 127 and 135C), the temperature
verification is completed.
If not, proceed to the temperature adjustment procedure described in the
user manual.
If you need more help please refer to the User's Manual Chapter
Maintenance.
Troubleshooting
Refer to the User's Manual Chapter Troubleshooting.

Appendix 1
Figure Temperature verification certificate

VIDAS and miniVIDAS Service Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

VIDAS and miniVIDAS Service Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

VIDAS - mini VIDAS Service Manual

ii VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

Any other name or trademark is the property of its respective owner.

2011 bioMrieux S.A.

1.0 01/2011 First Edition

VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual iii

iv VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

8 8. Spare Parts And Consumables

1 1. How To Use This Manual

VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual 1-1

Scope of the Manual

1-2 VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

Organization of the Manual

VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual 1-3

Layout and Functions of the HTML Service Manual

Figure HTML service manual displayed in an internet browser

A Internet browser functions

D Table of contents for navigation within the HTML service manual

E Field to enter search text

F Click on this icon to display copyright and version information

The Contents tab

1-4 VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

Figure Contents tab

Contents tab not active. Click this button to display

Contents tab is displayed.

Click this button to hide the Contents (or Search)

Closed chapter or subchapter. Click to open.

Opened chapter or subchapter showing its contents

Topic without further subchapters. Click to display

The Search tab

VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual 1-5

Figure Search tab

Search tab not active. Click this button to display

Search tab is displayed.

Click this button to hide the Contents (or Search)

Text field Enter your search text here.

Click this button to start the search.

Highlight search Enable this option to highlight the matching search

Title Headline of the chapter containing the search term.

Rank Relevance of search result (1-99).

1-6 VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

1, 2, 3, ... Search results pages.

<<, >> Proceed to previous / next page of search results.

VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual 1-7

NOTE: Symbol calls attention to especially useful information or

mini VIDAS Keypad

1-8 VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual

The use of a selection key is always associated with a selection option

VIDAS and mini VIDAS Service Manual 1-9

Glossary and Abbreviations

"..." Command typed

'...' Message displayed

<...> Action on one key

A,B Section A and B for mini VIDAS

BCI Bidirectional Communication Interface

A,B,C,D,E For VIDAS

CCMC Customer Complaint Management Center

ESD ElectroStatic Discharge

FSE Field Service Engineer

GCS Global Customer Service

mean TP1X tray mean (RFU) with calibrator.strips for section X = A or B or C or D or E

OPT Liquid Calibrator

OPTST Reference value displayed on the OPT bag

PTV Pump Tester Value